Preview multiple timetables ➡️
If the course checkbox is checked even if the course is not part of that particular timetable, check and uncheck "Show only selected courses", it should fix it.
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Instructor: Kandaswamy Subramanian
This course introduces to the student how cosmic objects can be studied using various messengers, such as electromagnetic waves at a wide variety of bands, gravitational waves and various energetic particles. The course describes how these different signals originate, how they are detected, what information they carry and how to interpret them.
------
Syllabus:
Overview of Cosmic messengers: Electromagnetic radiation-Neutrinos-Gravitational waves-Cosmic rays-Atmospheric limitations-Ground based versus Space observatories-Coherent versus incoherent detection.
Radiative transfer-Black Body radiation- Optical telescopes-detectors-noise and statistics-photometry-X-ray and Gamma-ray telescopes- Observations of Stars, galaxies, GRBs incontinuum.
Bohr Model-Hydrogen atom-Lyman and Balmer series-Optical spectroscopy-Probing star formation, high redshift galaxies-absorption line systems.
Radiation from moving charges - Bremsstrahlung, Synchrotron and Compton processes-Thermal vs non-thermal radiation - Acceleration of relativistic particles - polarization from Synchrotron emission and Compton scattering - selfabsorption
Radio telescopes-Single dish-Radio interferometers-aperture synthesis-image reconstruction-Probing radio galaxies, quasars, black holes, CMB-coherent emission from pulsars- 21 cm line from galaxies and the EOR- Molecular lines and cold gas
Neutrino detection-Solar and supernova neutrinos-neutrino oscillations-cosmic neutrinos from early universe
Cosmic Ray detectors-highest energy cosmic rays-origin?
Gravitational wave detectors-Quadrupole formula-LIGO detections-detecting black holes and neutron star mergers-Stochastic backgrounds as probe of supermassive black holes and early universe
The student will learn to appreciate the messengers and tools astronomers use to observe and understand the diverse phenomena that occur in the universe.
Pre-requisites: PHY/AST-2850: “Physics of the Universe” [desirable]; exposure to Electricity and Magnetism and basic Quantum Theory.
Recommended Reading:
1. Astrophysical Techniques, C.R. Kitchin, IoP publishing
2. Astronomy Methods, Hale Bradt, Cambridge University Press
3. High Energy Astrophysics, Malcolm Longair, Cambridge University Press
4. Radiative Processes in Astrophysics, G.W. Rybicki and A.P. Lightman, Wiley
5. Gravitational Waves vol I, Theory and Experiments, M. Maggiore, Oxford University Press
6. Physics of the Interstellar and Intergalactic Medium, B.T. Draine, Princeton UniversityPress
3 assignments of totalling 50 marks, 1 mid term of 20 marks and end exam of 30 marks
Attendance of 80% of classes is minimum
None
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course aims to introduce students to their local ecosystem and biological world by involving both fieldwork and lab work. The course will also have open-ended exercises wherein students will be encouraged to develop small questions and seek answers through experimentation.
N/A
Attendance and discussion (5%): Every week, there will be one class, where activities include field visits, lab exercises and discussion. Students will be evaluated on their participation in these, where participation grades will be based on quality of participation.
Weekly lab reports (90%): Students will have to submit weekly lab reports on their experiment. However, we will drop the lowest two assignment scores during final evaluation. We will consider best 9 assignments. You will be evaluated based on how structured and meticulous (and honest) you are, not entirely on the experimental results. We will also consider your critical abilities (e.g. pointing out strength and weakness of experimental methods, future direction) while writing the report.
Lab etiquettes (5%): You will be evaluated based on how you behave and follow the lab protocols in the lab.
Percentage to grade conversion: >= 90% A, 85- < 90 A-, 75- < 85 B+, 70- < 75 C+, 60- < 70 C, 40- < 60 D, <40 F.
Attendance is mandatory. Absences are only excused if the student routes their excused absences via the OAA’s office.
It is not possible to repeat experiments that have been missed.
None
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course aims to introduce students to their local ecosystem and biological world by involving both fieldwork and lab work. The course will also have open-ended exercises, wherein students will be encouraged to develop small questions and seek answers through experimentation.
Attendance and discussion (5%): Every week, there will be one class, where activities include field visits, lab exercises and discussion. Students will be evaluated on their participation in these, where participation grades will be based on quality of participation.
Weekly lab reports (90%): Students will have to submit weekly lab reports on their experiment. However, we will drop the lowest two assignment scores during final evaluation. We will consider best 9 assignments. You will be evaluated based on how structured and meticulous (and honest) you are, not entirely on the experimental results. We will also consider your critical abilities (e.g. pointing out strength and weakness of experimental methods, future direction) while writing the report.
Lab etiquettes (5%): You will be evaluated based on how you behave and follow the lab protocols in the lab.
Percentage to grade conversion: >= 90% A, 85- < 90 A-, 75- < 85 B+, 70- < 75 C+, 60- < 70 C, 40- < 60 D, <40 F.
Attendance is mandatory. Absences are only excused if the student routes their excused absences via the OAA’s office.
It is not possible to repeat experiments that have been missed.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Overview: This is an introductory course for students interested in biology. We will follow the development of ideas and experiments that best explain how life came to be. In doing so, we will explore concepts of both genetics and evolution, touching upon key ideas and debates that have shaped our current understanding. By the end of the course, students should have a broad understanding of both areas, laying the foundation for the biology curriculum at Ashoka university. Classes will be as follows:
Week 1
Introduction to evolution-I
Sub-topics: Brief history of evolutionary thought, misconceptions, evolution in action around us
Week 2
Introduction to evolution-II
Sub-topics: Evidence for evolution, natural selection, artificial selection
Week 3
Darwin and Mendel: genes and evolution -I
Sub-topics: Genes as the physical basis of heredity, Mendel’s laws (link with artificial selection)
Week 4
Genes and evolution-II
Sub-topics: Understanding monohybrid and dihybrid crosses, pedigree analysis
Week 5
Genes and evolution-III
Sub-topics: Exceptions to Mendel’s laws: linkage, epistasis, pleiotropy, penetrance and expressivity, phenocopy
Week 6
Linkage and gene mapping
Sub-topics: Bacteria, fungi and bacteriophages in gene mapping
Week 7
Introduction to population genetics: how allele frequencies feed into species evolution
Sub-topics: Mutation, variation, selection, genetic drift, Hardy-Weinberg law
Week 8
Sexual selection
Sub-topics: Sex-linked inheritance, Fisher’s runaway selection, the handicap principle
Week 9
DNA structure and function
Sub-topics: DNA structure, mutations and variation, the genetic code
Week 10
Real-world impact: Genetics
Sub-topics: Genetic disorders, gene manipulation (including CRISPR), ethical considerations
Week 11
Real world impact: Evolution
Sub-topics: Antimicrobial resistance, Pandemics, climate change
Week 12
Summary class, also movie screening (Inherit the wind) and discussion
Learning Outcomes: At the end of this course, students should be familiar with the following ideas:
Textbooks
Other reading materials will be handed out in class.
There will be three components as described below ─
Exams:
There will be two exams: on February 28th and April 29th. I will consider the best two scores for the final grade.
Writing Assignment: Mini Review on a given topic (pick one out of the options given to you, to be handed out during the course), to be submitted on April 15th.
The paper should be approximately 50% summary of existing literature and 50% critical analysis or synthesis. Essays should be 4 pages long (1.5 line spaced in Times New Roman style, Font 12). I will grade your assignments based on the clarity of writing style and grammatical correctness (30%) and substance of critical and creative thought (70%). The write-up should be clear and avoid long and complicated sentences.
The review paper should include:
A general introduction to the topic (1 page)
Summaries of existing literature with critical evaluation of the issues presented; arranged under subheadings with logical relationships (2 pages)
A strong conclusion (1 page)
Proper references wherever required. Use professional referencing software like Zotero or Mendeley. You may ask the TAs to show you how to use these.
NOTE:
The deadline for the review paper will be on April 15th 2023. This is non-negotiable and we will not accept any submission beyond this deadline as we have other course assignments and responsibilities. So, please start writing in advance.
Class participation:
Active participation is strongly encouraged and recommended. Engaging in discussions and answering questions posed in class will count towards class participation.
Relative weightage on each grading component
Exam: 60%
The mini-review paper: 30%
Class participation:10%
Number to grade conversion
Grading may be absolute or relative, depending on class performance.
90 – 100 A; 85 – 89 A-; 80 – 84 B+; 75 – 79 B; 70 – 74 B-; 65 – 69 C+; 60 – 64 C; 55 – 59 C-; 50 – 54 D+; 45 – 49 D; 40 – 44 D-; < 40 F.
Course policy with respect to attendance and behaviour:
Although attendance is mandatory and will count towards your class participation, you can miss a maximum of 2 classes without leave. You will be randomly asked to participate in discussions as and when needed.
Please note that we (me and TFs) have multiple responsibilities apart from teaching this course. We all run multiple courses and laboratory experiments. Hence, do not ask for extensions for submitting exam copies/ assignments unless there are pressing emergency medical/ Health issues. A copy of a valid/ detailed medical certificate has to be submitted to me as well as to the departmental head.
Do not ask for an incomplete grade unless you have strong medical/ Health reasons. Please note that you may not be granted an ‘I’ since it also depends on our availability and schedule after this course gets over.
Please respect the timing of your scheduled meeting with me and TFs.
If you copy or cheat in some other way on the review paper or exam, you will receive ‘F’ for the course, without any further discussion.
Any inappropriate gestures or discriminatory comments will be strictly dealt with. Please refrain from making comments not directly related to the course contents
Do not share the slides and question papers beyond the genetics and evolution [bio-1200] [bio-1200-1] classroom, without prior permission of the instructor. This is against the course, the instructor and the university policy.
None
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course aims to teach students the concepts of forward genetics by subjecting microorganisms to harsh environmental conditions and observing the phenotypes. Then, these mutated microorganisms will be used as an infection model system in the eukaryotic model organism in order to observe the effect of mutated microorganisms in the feeding environment of other organisms. The course will provide students with a basic understanding and hands-on experience in handling, manipulating, and investigating cell-biology problems using genetic tools. During the course, students will also learn several cell biology techniques useful in observing and characterizing the phenotypes in biological systems.
We will employ 2 genetic - Pseudomonas or E.coli (prokaryotic) and C. elegans or mammalian cells (eukaryotic) model systems along with several cell-biology techniques like cell culture, microscopy, and image analysis techniques.
During this course, the students will learn:
Knowledge of basic cell biology, microbiology and bacterial genetics will help. Examples of some good textbooks: ‘Genetics’ by Russell, ‘Genes’ by Levin et al, ‘Molecular Genetics’ by Stent, and http://www.wormbook.org/.
Students will be evaluated on :
1. Lab notebooks (10%),
2. Overall participation (continuous assessment) during the lab sessions (70%), and
3. Viva session and or final exam (20%) at the end of the semester.
Grades will be calculated based on Ashoka's grading policy.
Attendance is mandatory during the practical sessions as it will not be possible to repeat lab classes.
Introduction to Biology I: Genetics and Evolution [BIO-1200]
Introduction to Biology II: Cell Biology [BIO-2214]
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course aims to teach students the concepts of forward genetics by subjecting microorganisms to harsh environmental conditions and observing the phenotypes. Then, these mutated microorganisms will be used as an infection model system in the eukaryotic model organism in order to observe the effect of mutated microorganisms in the feeding environment of other organisms. The course will provide students with a basic understanding and hands-on experience in handling, manipulating, and investigating cell-biology problems using genetic tools. During the course, students will also learn several cell biology techniques useful in observing and characterizing the phenotypes in biological systems.
We will employ 2 genetic - Pseudomonas or E.coli (prokaryotic) and C. elegans or mammalian cells (eukaryotic) model systems along with several cell-biology techniques like cell culture, microscopy, and image analysis techniques.
During this course, the students will learn:
Knowledge of basic cell biology, microbiology and bacterial genetics will help. Examples of some good textbooks: ‘Genetics’ by Russell, ‘Genes’ by Levin et al, ‘Molecular Genetics’ by Stent, and http://www.wormbook.org/.
Students will be evaluated on :
1. Lab notebooks (10%),
2. Overall participation (continuous assessment) during the lab sessions (70%), and
3. Viva session and or final exam (20%) at the end of the semester.
Grades will be calculated based on Ashoka's grading policy.
Attendance is mandatory during the practical sessions as it will not be possible to repeat lab classes.
Introduction to Biology I: Genetics and Evolution [BIO-1200]
Introduction to Biology II: Cell Biology [BIO-2214]
15:00-16:30
Monday
16:40-18:10
Monday
Add to schedule:
The laboratory classes are designed to provide the students with hands-on-experience of different aspects of biological sciences starting from molecular biology to ecology. The course is designed not only to understand the basic mechanism of biological processes but also will be beneficial to appreciate the use of biotechnological tools and techniques in academic research and industrial applications. The course will also introduce students to their local ecosystem and biological world by involving both fieldwork and lab work.
The students will learn basic methods in Biotechnology, Bioinformatics and Biodiversity.
The final grading of the student is based on continuous grading and examination.
70% attendence is must for the course.
None
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The course will cover a range of topics from individuals to ecosystems with an emphasis on theoretical foundations and recent developments in the field. We will begin with how ecological understanding is achieved, how conditions and resources influence individual species and then move to processes at higher levels of organization and end with rethinking some of the big questions in ecology. The topics covered will include physiological ecology, population ecology, species interactions, community ecology, succession and disturbance; ecosystem ecology, and biogeochemistry. Topics introduced in the lectures will be followed by in class-activities (and simulations) and discussions. For discussion sessions, I will suggest classic and recent research papers and students will lead discussions based on those. The course will allow reflecting on uncertainty and variation in natural processes from individual behavior to ecosystem services. It is recommended strongly to take Genetics and Evolution course prior to this since this course will build on some of the modules covered in that course.
Towards the end of this course, students will be able to (a) understand how ecologists empirically study processes occurring at various scales and apply evolutionary thinking to these processes (b) integrate proximate and ultimate factors to understand natural processes (c) quantitatively synthesize ecological research (d) explore applications of ecological concepts such as conservation, landscape management.
Begon, M., Harper, J. L., & Townsend, C. R. Ecology. Individuals, populations and communities. Blackwell scientific publications.
Scott, G. (2009). Essential animal behavior. John Wiley & Sons.
Davies, N. B., Krebs, J. R., & West, S. A. (2012). An Introduction to behavioural ecology. John Wiley & Sons.
Grading scheme for undergraduate students:
Absolute grading system will be followed for the course
Assignments - 30% (2 assignments of 15 marks each)
Presentations- 10%
Midterm (in class)- 25%
Final (in class)- 25%
Class participation and attendance- 10%
There will be two take-home assignments (15 marks each) and two examinations (midterm and final). A list of research papers will be circulated towards the second week of the course for discussions and presentations.
For graduate students:
Paper discussions and presentations- 10%; Assignments - 20% (2 assignments of 20 marks each); Reaction paper/critique paper- 30% (2 papers of 15 marks each); Midterm- 20%; Final- 20%
Graduate students are required to submit two written papers: 1500-word critique papers briefly summarizing and critically evaluating published research work, presenting personal viewpoints along with evidence backed by constructive criticism on a specific concept or research article.
No more than three unexcused absences will be allowed.
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Most biology courses segregate evolutionary thought from molecular biology. As a consequence, the molecular underpinnings of evolutionary processes remain at the periphery. In this advanced course, we aim to introduce students to the rich world of molecular evolution as well as the mechanisms thereof, starting with theory and ending with some techniques and real-world examples. The course is divided into two modules (M1: Laasya Samhita; M2: Sandeep Ameta). The first module will cover the molecular basis of variation, adaptation and selection. We will discuss how experimental evolution can be carried out in the laboratory, and how genetics, molecular biology and evolution blend in as we look at the evolution of genes and genomes. The second module will cover the principles of directed evolution and how it can be used to evolve/select functional biomolecules for various applications. We will discuss various techniques used for aptamers/ribozymes, proteins, therapeutic antibodies, enzymes, and metabolic pathway evolution. Additionally, some recent developments in implementing machine learning in guiding directed evolution experiments will also be discussed.
Prerequisites: This course requires a basic understanding of Biochemistry, Molecular Biology, and Evolution which are covered in the following courses: Introduction to Genetics and Evolution, Understanding Structure and Function, and Chemical Basis of Life. The first course is mandatory, and the other two are recommended but not a prerequisite for this course.
At the end of this course, we aim to have students familiar with the following ideas:
Week 1 to Week 6: Introduction to Molecular Evolution by Dan Grauer and Wen Hsiung-Li (2nd edition), Strickberger’s Evolution (4th or 5th edition). Reading material in the form of papers and notes as well as talk links will be circulated.
Week 7 to Week 12: This module will be mostly based on research papers and reviews. The following books can be referred to by students: Directed Enzyme Evolution: Screening and Selection (Frances H. Arnold, George Georgiou, Springer International Publishing); Directed Enzyme Evolution: Advances and Applications (Miguel Alcalde, Springer International Publishing); Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry 6th Edition (David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox., Freeman Publishing). In addition, reading material in the form of papers and notes will be circulated.
As per Ashoka University policy.
The evaluation will be done by both the instructors separately and total marks will be averaged at the end of the course.
50 marks (Dr. Laasya Samhita):
The marks will be distributed between one assignment (25%) and one writing exercise (25%). Details will be discussed at the start of the course.
50 marks (Dr. Sandeep Ameta):
The marks will be distributed between one assignment (25%), active class participation (10%), and one end-semester exam (15%). The details will be discussed at the start of the course.
Overall three informed absences are allowed after which you will be penalized.
Introduction to Biology I: Genetics and Evolution [BIO-1200]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Chemical Basis of Life [BIO-2300/ BIO-6300]
OR
Introduction to Biology II: Cell Biology [BIO-2214]
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Monday
Add to schedule:
Course Name (code if available): Developmental Biology
Point of Contact person: Dr. Kasturi Mitra with Dr. Vijay Raghavan and Dr. Hiroshi Hamada
Overview: The field of developmental biology aims to understand how an organism develops from a single cell to fully matured. Interplay of various gene products (proteins) guide key cellular processes to allow the appropriate developmental task to happen at the right time and place. Errors in developmental processes lead to serious disorders and diseases. The course will take a multidisciplinary approach and will aim to cater to students beyond biology department with the goal of training minds to contribute in tackling major outstanding tasks in the broad field of fundamental developmental biology.
Learning Outcomes: This course will have both basic and advanced contents. The main learning outcome will be to understand all the genetic and cellular process in key
Prerequisites: None. For students who have not taken the core Biology courses, extra reading materials will be provided.
Course Contents:
March 27th to Apr 4th
Feb 21st to 24th
Week
Broad topics to be covered
Details (subtopics)
Week 1
Refresher of the basic Biological concepts
Summary of topics covered in Bio-2 and Bio-3 courses
Week 2
Overview of development
Molecular and cellular processes involved in development
Week 3
Use of model systems and basic techniques (list)
Advantages and disadvantages of various developmental model systems
Week 4
Embryology and germ layer development
Events happening post fertilization upto formation of the three germ layers. Both basic and advanced concepts will be covered.
Week 5
Pattern formation (Vijay)
Involvement of morphogen gradients, lateral inhibition etc. Developmental timing will be covered. Basic and advanced concepts
Week 6
Development of symmetry and asymmetry (Hiroshi)
Basic and advanced concepts will be covered.
Week 7
Stem cells and regeneration
(Hiroshi)
Properties of embryonic, adult and neoplastic stem cells. Principles of regeneration and application in applied fields. Basic and advanced concepts will be covered.
Week 8a
Cellular reprogramming (Hiroshi)
Animal cloning and iPSC technology
Week 8b
Plant development (Utpal Nath-IISc, Usha-IISc, Kalika Prasad-IISER,Pune)
Week 9
Integrating disciplines (L mahadevan, Mukund Tattai, Archisman NCBS)
Importance of physics, math and engineering
Week 10
Neural development (Vijay)
Basic and advanced concepts will be covered.
Week 11
Developmental disorders of brain and behavior (Vijay/Sanjeev Jain)
Basic and advanced concepts will be covered
Week 12
Paper presentations
Students will present
Requirements (Reading List and other materials):
1. Molecular Cell Biology. Lodish H, Berk A, Kaiser CA, Krieger M, Bretscher A, Ploegh H, Amon A and Scott MP. 7th edition. New York: W. H. Freeman and Company.
2. Molecular Biology of the Cell, Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, David Morgan, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, and Peter Walter. 6th edition. New York: Garland Science.
3. Principle of Development, Lewis Wolpert, Cheryll Tickle and Alfonso Martinez Arias, 6th edition, Oxford University Press. This textbook explains principles of development (not too much detail), so may be suitable to undergraduate students.
4. Additional reading, including research papers and review articles, will be provided.
Introduction to Biology II: Cell Biology [BIO-2214]
AND
Introduction to Biology II: Cell Biology [BIO-2214]
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Monday
Add to schedule:
The aim of this course is to provide a bird’s eye view of human disease. The complexity and diversity of different classes of infectious agents and the mechanisms they use for survival and host evasion will be explored using some key examples. Non-communicable diseases are equally important to human health and we will examine pathobiological mechanisms behind metabolic syndrome, cancer and some rare genetic disorders. As we explore each topic throughout this course, we will also examine strategies for disease prevention and treatment. Please contact both instructors before the first two classes complete for any specific access or learning needs.
Learning Outcomes
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the diversity and complexity of infectious agents:
2. Evaluate the significance of non-communicable diseases in human health:
3. Apply knowledge of disease mechanisms to understand current prevention and treatment strategies:
4. Integrate interdisciplinary perspectives on human disease:
5. Engage in critical thinking and problem-solving using case studies or scientific literature to comprehend and critique current research in the field of human disease.
6. Communicate effectively about human disease concepts:
Expectations from students. It is important that students clarify doubts as we progress through the course. Students are expected to take active part in their learning experience and contribute to an environment conducive to learning by
Prerequisites. For undergraduate students, completion of core biology courses is required for enrollment. A foundational understanding of cell and molecular biology, as well as immunology, is recommended. Students are encouraged to reach out to instructors for additional readings to enhance their knowledge and address any gaps in understanding.
Reading list. Students will be directed to sections / chapters from Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine and Microbiology with Diseases by Taxonomyby Robert W. Bauman as needed. Students are NOT expected to purchase these books. Additional media or readings will be provided by instructors as needed.
Students will be assessed by written or oral assignments given during the module (50%) and an end semester exam (40%). Attendance (5%) and class participation (5%) will also count towards the final grade. Absolute grading will be used for the final grade. Please note again: Class participation, a continuous assessment component, can be accrued through various means beyond speaking in class.
As per OAA guidelines, students can take up to three absences with no documents required. This course allows for one more absence with no documentation but we appreciate prior information to the instructors. Further absences will need a valid reason and a timely doctor’s note or documentation as necessary. There is a 5 percent grade for attendance, absences beyond 6 classes will impact your final grade.
None
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course is for students who want to apply basic knowledge (from textbooks) towards understanding current research questions in immunology. Over the duration of the course, students will read, discuss and present talks on an instructor-determined set of 8-10 published or pre-print papers.
Please see the document attached for more details and contact the instructor for specific access or learning needs.
1. Recall:
2. Understand:
3. Apply basic immunological knowledge to analyze and critique research methodologies used in selected papers.
Students are required to have a fundamental knowledge of the immune system (students can do a self-assessment here https://forms.gle/pfRKVditAp1BDBpr6 - if you can easily answer at least 8 out of 10 questions, then this course is for you). If you have learnt immunology through self-study or as a course taught in your previous degree, please do the quiz and talk to the instructor.
6-10 main papers published in last 20 years or pre-prints (to be determined by the instructor) will be used. Textbooks for a refresher of fundamental concepts : Lauren Sompayrac’s How the immune system works and Kuby's immunology. Lower on the list (only for specific topics) : Janeway's Immunobiology.
The final grade will be determined using relative grading.
As per OAA guidelines, students can take up to three absences without providing any excuse or documents. This course allows for one more absence with no documentation but the instructor requests being informed prior to class. Further absences will need a valid reason and a timely doctor’s note or documentation as necessary. There is a 10 percent grade for attendance, absences beyond 6 classes will impact the final grade of the student.
Immunology [BIO-3443/ BIO-6443]
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Climate change has played a critical role in shaping the biological diversity in our planet. This course aims to introduce participants to the effects of climate change to biotic diversity, biogeography and human evolution focusing specifically on:
a. evolution and diversity in the last few million years, and
b. the contribution of genetics and genomics in understanding the evolution of natural populations during this period.
A significant portion is devoted towards introducing participants to the concepts and methods of population genetics, phylogenetics, molecular ecology, archaeogenetics/genomics etc. including elements of ancient DNA genomics and its application in understanding biotic evolution under climate change.
The course aims to equip students with conceptual and methodological knowhow of related evolutionary research and both case studies and hands-on exercises will be frequently used in this regard.
Students will learn how climate change has shaped the biodiversity on earth over a period of a billion years, with special focus on the evolution of current biodiversity. They will also learn how genomic data can be used to understand these associations. With the help of games and hands-on sessions, students will perform these analyses to understand the impact of climate change.
None
Assignments: 20%
Mid-term exam: 20%
Final exam: Term paper 50%
Class attendance and participation 10%
Most likely, we will use absolute numbers for grading (90 – 100 A; 85 – 89 A-; 80 – 84 B+; 75– 79 B; 70 – 74 B-; 65 – 69 C+; 60 – 64 C; 55 – 59 C-; 50 – 54 D+; 45 – 49 D; 40 – 44 D-; < 40 F). In case this scheme changes, we will inform you in advance
Course policies
Attendance is mandatory and it will count towards your class participation. You will be randomly asked to participate in discussions as and when needed. However, you can miss a maximum of 2 classes.
Do not use mobile phones in class.
Please note that we have multiple responsibilities apart from teaching this course. We all run multiple courses and laboratory experiments. Hence, do not ask for extensions for submitting exam copies/ assignments unless there are pressing emergency medical/Health issues. A copy of a valid/ detailed medical certificate has to be submitted as well as to the departmental head.
Do not ask for an incomplete grade unless you have strong medical/ Health reasons. Please note that you may not be granted an ‘I’ since it also depends on our availability and schedule after this course gets over.
If you copy or cheat in some other way on the review paper or exam, as per the course policy, you will receive ‘F’ for the course, without any further discussion.
Do not share the slides, question papers beyond the classroom, without prior permission of the instructor. This is legally against the course, the instructor and university policy.
Recording the lectures is not allowed
Finally, any inappropriate gesture or discriminatory comments (related to gender, class, caste, religion etc) will be strictly dealt with. Please refrain from making comments not directly related to the course contents
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Modern biology is changing rapidly, and it has become unimaginable to teach biology in silos without discussing the underlying physical and chemical processes. One of the main precepts behind this course is to discuss and analyze the physical concepts underlying biological phenomena. This elective course is aimed at students who wish to understand how physical principles governing molecular interactions come together during biological processes.
The course will begin with simple order-of-magnitude estimates in biology. We will then move on to the basic quantifiable physical properties of biomolecules. We will then discuss the application of principles of physics to complex biological systems.
Understand and appreciate the role of mechanics and physical forces in biological processes.
Able to approach biological processes using physical equations.
Able to assumptions to build basic mathematical models in motion and force balance in biological processes.
No formal requirements. However, this is an advanced elective. The participants are assumed to have a basic understanding of biology, high school physics and maths. If not , the student is required to brushup on these concepts. For any clarification on this, please discuss with the course co-ordinator.
Grading as per Ashoka Grading policy
Tutorial (1 hr/week) to be scheduled beyond the class hours
Assessment - 1 or 2 quizzes and 1 presentation of a published paper
Requirements (Reading List and other materials):
Minimum 80% is mandatory.
None
16:40-18:10
Friday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In the present century, exceptional advancements in computational power and numerical optimization routines have made quantitative methods critically important for solving biological problems. This course lays a basic foundation of model thinking and provides exposure to quantitative treatments of various biological processes.
During this course, the students will actively participate in learning several key quantitative biology techniques, including ODEs, cellular automata, phase plane analysis, stability analysis, steady-state analysis, quantifying chaos and population stability, through active participation in the class. Upon completion, the students will appreciate the rationale, principles and methodology of constructing and analysing models in various fields of biology, inter alia, population dynamics, microbiology, enzyme kinetic, epidemiology, and evolution.
The primary focus of this course will be on graphical interpretations and hands-on training sessions. The amount of mathematics involved will be minimal. Basic knowledge of coding in any computational programming language will be helpful for this course.
Quantitative thinking and modelling intuition in Biology
There are no prescribed text books for this course. Suitable reading materials will be shared after the lectures. Interested students may to go through the following books for additional reading.
There are four grading components. Their relative weightages are given below.
Exam (best 2 out of 3): 40%
Classroom assignments 30%
DIY Project: 20%
Class participation: 10%
At the end of the course a letter-grade will be given based on the overall percentage marks as per the scheme below.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 A-
75 – 79 B+
70 – 74 B
65 – 69 B-
60 – 64 C+
55 –59 C
50 – 54 C-
45 – 49 D+
40 – 44 D
<40 F
None
18:20-19:50
Friday
18:20-19:50
Monday
Add to schedule:
This course aims to cover the basics of structural determination and prediction methods for biological macromolecules. This course will equip the students with recent developments in the field of structural biology and prepare them to utilize these methods for their research projects.
Isolation and characterization of carbohydrates and lipids (L1-L2)
Fundamentals of protein structures (L3)
Molecular cloning, Protein expression, and purification strategies (L4-L6)
Circular dichroism spectroscopy and single-molecule fluorescence methods for studying protein folding, stability, and interactions (L7)
Characterization of protein-protein/protein-ligand interactions (Biophysical methods) (L8)
Protein crystallization, screening and optimizing protein crystals, and X-ray diffraction (L9-L10)
Phasing strategies: MR and ab initio phasing (L11)
Model building, refinement, and validation (L12)
In solution studies: NMR and Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) (L13)
Neutron and Electron diffraction for protein structure determination (L14)
Cryo-EM: basic concepts of EM (L15)
Cryo-EM sample preparation: challenges and strategies (L16)
Negative stain EM and, cryo-EM single particle reconstruction, cryo-Electron tomography, cryo-CLEM (L17-L18)
Mass spectrometry for structural and functional characterization of proteins and complexes (L19-L20)
In silico tools for structure prediction (L21)
Structure visualization and analysis (L22)
Structural biology in drug discovery (L23)
Discussion and presentation by students (L24)
This course will equip the students with recent developments in the field of structural biology and prepare them to utilize these methods for their research projects
1. Biomolecular Crystallography: Principles, Practice, and Application to Structural Biology: Bernhard Rupp
2. Advances in Protein Molecular and Structural Biology Methods: Elsevier
3. Drenth, J., "Principles of Protein X-Ray Crystallography", 3rd edition, 2007 Springer
4. Online resources, review articles, and book chapters related to advanced topics
Relative grading:
Class attendance and participation: 15 marks
Assignments: Two assignments (30 marks each)
Final exam: 25 marks
Minimum 75% attendance required (Relaxation only in case of medical or family urgencies)
None
18:20-19:50
Thursday
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Rhythms of Life
Rhythms ranging from milliseconds to a year are observed across all kingdom of life. We will learn about all rhythms with special emphasis on the 24 hour circadian rhythms. Living organisms adapt to the surrounding environment by coordinating different biological tasks with the 24 h rotation of the earth with the help of a cell-based clock, termed as the circadian clock. Circadian clock generates self-sustaining endogenous rhythms in physiology, behaviour and metabolism that have wide implications in eukaryotes and prokaryotes. This course will give a brief overview of how circadian clocks generate temporal rhythms and their significance in survival and adaptability of the organisms.
Sleep
Sleep is a brain state we enter into and exit from daily. Further, it is not just us humans who sleep - sleep is near ubiquitous among animals. Yet, sleep remains enigmatic. In this section, we will introduce the neuroscience of sleep. We will begin with a description of sleep phenomenology, go on to discuss the circuits and transmitters that regulate sleep, talk about sleep disorders, and finally consider some ideas about the functions of sleep. We will draw on sleep literature in humans, small mammals, and crucially very many invertebrates that are known to sleep
Rhythms of Life
Understanding the fundamentals and mechanism of temporal rhythms of behaviour, physiology, biochemistry and metabolism from a single celled to multicellular organisms
Sleep
Understanding the mechanisms that regulate sleep as well as the functional consequences of sleep for brain and body function.
This course is for UG who have completed Introduction to biology 2 or Introduction to biology 3 OR Biology M.Sc. OR PhD students.
Some printed material will be provided in the class.
Some electronic reading materials will be provided in the class.
Rhythms of Life
a) Class Participation (5 marks). b) One exam of (20 marks). c) Class assignments (15 Marks). d) Presentation (10 Marks). The grading rubric will be different for M.Sc. and PhD students and will be discussed during the class.
Sleep
a) Journal club style presentation on research paper of choice (25 points)
b) Written assignment - Use ChatGPT to generate a News & Views style article on a recent paper / preprint. Then analyse and critique ChatGPT's output (25 points)
Final score from both the section will be added and then graded on a curve
Rhythms of Life
1) Plagiarism or academic dishonesty (cheating on exams) will not be tolerated and will be dealt with utmost seriousness.
2) Attendance at theory and examinations are mandatory. There will be one theory exam attendance in theory is mandatory. If you miss any theory class, you must find out what you missed and make sure you understand it. If you need help regarding the course please request for appointment by dropping emails to Sougata Roy(sougata.roy@ashoka.edu.in). 3) It is expected that you will keep up to date notebooks for theory course. 4) I strongly advise not to use cell phones during the class. Please silence your cell phones during the class. Laptops and tablets are allowed but strictly for note taking purpose. Cell phones or laptops are not allowed during exams unless advised otherwise.
Grievance redressal - Any grievance regarding marks should be discussed within 3 das after the marks has been distributed (for exams, assignments, presentations). Otherwise it will not be entertained at the later stages
Sleep
1) We have zero tolerance towards plagiarism. All submissions will be run though a plagiarism checker. Penalties for plagiarism could range from a deduction of 10 - 30 points (depending on severity). Further, all instances of plagiarism will be reported to OAA.
2) Attendance at lectures is mandatory. Absence of up to two classes is excused - no questions asked.
Introduction to Biology II: Cell Biology [BIO-2214]
OR
Introduction to Biology 3: Molecular Genetics and Molecular Biology [BIO-2201]
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The overall learning objective of this section of the module is to understand the principles behind basic molecular biology techniques, and develop hands-on experience with a few. Students are also expected to develop familiarity with basic data analysis largely using open-source scientific computing languages. Since the course has both lab and theory components, it will be asymmetrically structured, with 3 lab and theory hybrid classes of 3 hours each, and 6 X 1.5 hour theory classes to delve into R.
Ability to understand and apply the principles behind PCR, agarose and SDS gel electrophoresis, and organise and analyse basic data sets in R.
There are no text books for this course. However, ‘Molecular cloning’ by Sambrook and Green (2012 and beyond) is recommended. At least one edition is available on google books, and it can also be freely downloaded online. Material will be shared in class.
The following topics will be covered:
Principles and hands-on agarose gel electrophoresis
Principles and hands-on SDS gel electrophoresis
Principles and hands-on PCR
Analyzing and Interpreting biological data using open-source scientific computing language
Exploratory data analysis (EDA) & Visualization
Gene expression data handling & analysis
Dimensionality reduction
Grading will be absolute and according to the Ashoka grading rubric. For the lab component, it will be based on one assignment and performance in class. For the computational analysis, it will be based on class assignments.
90 – 100 A; 85 – 89 A-; 80 – 84 B+; 75 – 79 B; 70 – 74 B-; 65 – 69 C+; 60 – 64 C; 55 – 59 C-; 50 – 54 D+; 45 – 49 D; 40 – 44 D-; < 40 F.
Attendance is compulsory since all the learning outcomes depend on hands-on work. Leave will be granted only under extenuating circumstances with prior information. If you miss
more than one class, marks will be deducted as per the instructor's discretion.
None
08:30-10:00
Friday
08:30-10:00
Monday
Add to schedule:
This is a mandaory course for MSc Biology 2nd year students only. Syllabus will be shared with them directly.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Thursday
Add to schedule:
Science provides an integrative approach to understanding the society around us. Therefore, as a scientist, it is crucial to understand how our actions will impact the society and environment. This course aims to educate students about scientific philosophy, methodology, and ethical considerations required for carrying out scientific research. Starting from the basics of working in the lab, this course aims to cover topics of data handling, understanding, interpreting, and communicating. The students will be then taught details of ethics in science and educate them to understand the impact of their actions on the society around. This course will be taught together with Dr. Durgadas Kasbekar (CDFD Hyderabad) as a guest lecturer who will be covering topics related to Ethics, along with a few classes by Dr. Alok Bhattacharya (Ashoka University).
Prerequisites: None
At the end of this course, we aim to have students have learnt about:
1: Scientific philosophy, hypothesis framing and developing a scientific idea.
2: Research methodology, designing experiments, appropriate controls, and data handling.
3: Communicating the scientific outcome.
4: Ethical consideration in executing and communicating science.
The course content will be prepared from multiple sources which will be sufficient to understand but the following book can be referred to for additional knowledge: Research Methodology in the Medical and Biological Sciences (Petter Laake, Academic Press).
In addition, reading material in the form of notes will be circulated.
As per Ashoka University policy.
The grading will be done by each instructor separately and the total marks will be averaged at the end of the semester.
50 marks (Dr. Sandeep Ameta):
The marks will be distributed between two assignments (20%), one group debate (20%), and active class participation (10%). The details will be discussed at the start of the course.
50 marks (Dr. Durgadas Kasbekar, Dr. Alok Bhattacharya):
Will be updated in due course.
As per Ashoka University guidelines, overall 3 informed absences are allowed.
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Introduction to Mandarin is a beginner’s language course, specifically designed for students with no exposure to Modern Standard Chinese (putonghua 普通話). The course will introduce students to the Chinese language and culture and focus on basic speaking, listening, reading, and writing skills. This includes an introduction to phonetics, basic vocabulary, and expressions of daily use. Various cultural activities will also be conducted during the semester.
The course will prepare the students to attain a certain level of understanding and proficiency in Chinese language through interpretive, interpersonal, and presentational modes. It will integrate Chinese culture into language learning through both written and audio-visual means to familiarize students with the culture and language. At the end of the class, students will be able to read and comprehend Chinese texts on various topics moderately without the aid of pinyin and tone marks. They will be able to give presentations in Chinese on a prepared topic and write short paragraphs and compositions on a limited range of topics and situations.
This course is part of a two-semester sequence building towards a TOCFL Novice certification.
Course timetable in Spring 2024: Mon/Wed/Fri 15:00-16:30 (taught by Hsu Weili Laoshi)
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Introduction to Mandarin is a beginner’s language course, specifically designed for students with no exposure to Modern Standard Chinese (putonghua 普通話). The course will introduce students to the Chinese language and culture and focus on basic speaking, listening, reading, and writing skills. This includes an introduction to phonetics, basic vocabulary, and expressions of daily use. The course will prepare the students to attain a certain level of understanding and proficiency in Chinese language through interpretive, interpersonal, and presentational modes. It will integrate Chinese culture into language learning through both written and audio-visual means to familiarize students with the culture and language. At the end of the class, students will be able to read and comprehend Chinese texts on various topics moderately without the aid of pinyin and tone marks. They will be able to give presentations in Chinese on a prepared topic and write short paragraphs and compositions on a limited range of topics and situations.
This course is part of a two-semester sequence building towards a TOCFL Novice certification at the end of the Spring semester.
CHI-1102 M/W/F 15:00–16:30 (taught by Shao Jhe Chin Laoshi)
Classroom performance,homework, regular short quizzes, attendence,video,participate in the TOCFL exam.
Two points are deducted for each absence.
* No points will be deducted for the first 3 absences.More than 10 min late count as an absence.
* If you fail to attend more than 8 classes, you will not be allowed to continue the course.
Introduction to Mandarin Level - 1 [CHI-1101]
Introduction to Mandarin Level I [IR-1900]
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course introduces religion in modern China with an emphasis on the relationship between religion and politics. We will consider how different political authorities attempted to use, control, and suppress religious movements to various ends. We begin with a historical overview from the late Qing Dynasty up to the present. Then, for the rest of the course, each week will focus on a different theme in connection to contemporary China.
We will consider questions about the role of religious groups in society and their relationship with the state, how different institutions and practices get categorized as religion or not, how urban development has re-shaped the religious landscape, the interplay of religion and ethnicity, how religious ideas shape gender roles, the role of religious groups in philanthropic and environmental movements, and the use of new media technologies by religious groups. While some of these may initially appear detached from the political realm, the state plays a role in monitoring, regulating, and managing many aspects of them.
▫ Develop an understanding of the issues surrounding religion in modern China and be able to critically engage with these ideas.
▫ Read and analyze academic writing in terms of their argumentation, sources used, and rationale.
▫ Evaluate secondary academic sources.
▫ Use proper academic citation styles.
▫ Synthesize big ideas concisely in writing.
▫ Share your thoughts, opinions, or critiques of the assigned readings in class
▫ Connect issues discussed in the class with events in the real world.
None
16:40-18:10
Friday
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Mandarin 4 is designed for students who have successfully completed Mandarin Level 3. This course introduces students to the Chinese language and culture, focusing on developing their listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills. The curriculum includes an introduction to pre-intermediate level vocabulary, grammar, and expressions for pre-intermediate use. Students will be prepared to attain a certain level of understanding and proficiency in the Chinese language through interpretive, interpersonal, and presentational modes.
The course integrates Chinese culture into language learning through various means, familiarizing students with both the culture and language. By the end of the semester, students should be able to read short, simple texts on familiar concrete topics, which consist of high-frequency everyday or job-related language. They should also be able to understand commonly used expressions and grasp the main point in a short conversation when conducted slowly and clearly.
Mandarin 4 is part of a two-semester sequence building towards a TOCFL A1-A2 certification at the end of the Spring semester.
Course Timetable for the Spring 2024 semester: Mon/Wed 10:10-11:40, Fri 16:40-18:10 (taught by Hsu Weili Laoshi).
Mandarin Level - 3 [CHI-2101]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Among the most vivid images of China’s modern history have been the extremes of decadent imperial courts and starving peasants. China’s sixteenth-century commercial revolution, in the context of the growing international trade in silver, transformed social and cultural life in every corner of society. Since then, arguments about the distribution of resources and the proper remedy for inequality have been central to political and social movements, especially during the twentieth century. In this course we will examine the economic bases of income inequality in Chinese history, investigate strategies Chinese governments and individuals have used to mitigate rural and urban poverty, and come to appreciate how these economic realities affected people at all levels of Chinese society. Wealth and poverty were experienced differently according to factors including (but not limited to) gender, age, level of education, disability, sexuality, ethnicity, and location. We will read primary sources which illuminate a wide range of perspectives and consider, in conversation with the secondary literature, how to synthesise these materials. The written assessment for this class will be a writing portfolio including that will build towards developing expertise on a single Chinese region or locality. It addition to an annotated bibliography, it will include a research paper or storymap (other final project options may be considered).
Preparation/participation: 30%
Annotated bibliography: 30%
Final project proposal: 10%
Final project: 30%
Note: >93 =A; >90 = A-; >87 = B+; >83 = B; >80 = B- etc
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Mandarin 6 is for students who have completed Mandarin Level 5. The course will introduce students to the Chinese language and culture and focus on speaking, listening, reading, and writing skills. This includes an introduction to intermidate level vocabulary, grammar and expressions of intermidate use. The course will prepare the students to attain a certain level of understanding and proficiency in Chinese language through interpretive, interpersonal, and presentational modes. It will integrate Chinese culture into language learning through both written and audio-visual means to familiarize students with the culture and language. At the end of the class, students will be able to read and comprehend Chinese texts on various topics moderately. They will be able to give presentations in Chinese on a prepared topic and write short paragraphs and compositions.
This course is part of a two-semester sequence building towards a TOCFL A2-B1 certification at the end of the Spring semester.
CHI-3102 M/W/F 10:10–11:40 (taught by Shao Jhe Chin Laoshi)
Attendence,homework,interview report,participate in the TOCFL exam.
Two points are deducted for each absence.
* No points will be deducted for the first 3 absences.More than 10 min late count as an absence.
* If you fail to attend more than 8 classes, you will not be allowed to continue the course.
Mandarin Level 5 [CHI-3101]
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Chemistry is about study of interacting electrons and how the details form a variety of matter that is useful to the society, from renewable energy to healthcare. Historically, chemistry has been focusing on the variation of matter, how transformation takes place and that variation is reflected in a great variety of subjects. The topics in chemistry will cover the role of electrons, as manifested from quantum principles and how the interaction of electrons play crucial role in transformation of substances. In particular, the course will cover the following:
Part A
Atoms and Molecules in Chemistry
Basic Quantum Principles forming molecules from atoms
Bond breaking and bond making- The essence of chemistry
Thermodynamics and kinetics and their effects on chemical reactions
Catalysis- The heart of chemistry
Part B
Organic Molecules- The origin of life
Language of arrows in organic chemistry, electrophilicity, nucleophilicity and reactivity
Basic organic reactions- Addition, elimination, substitution, polymerization, oxidation, reduction, and functional group interconversion to build new molecules for applications in medicines and materials
Fundamental Physical Chemistry involved in transformation of molecules
Understanding of organic reactions and the reactivity
None
Reading list to be updated
General Chemistry texts first year UG
Materials and videos from web
EndSem 40 %
Midsem 20 %
Quiz 20%
Assignment 20 %
Minimun 80 percent required.
Less than 80 percent attendance will result in negative marks
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Metalloproteins and Metalloenzyme
Electron transfer proteins
Metals in medicine (MIM)
Learning outcomes:
Bioinorganic Chemistry is an interdisciplinary subject and has grown interest in Chemistry, Biology, and medicine. This course will teach you various applications of metals in nature and in our daily life.
Students will be able to
Basic Knowledge and interest in Chemistry
References:
Textbooks:
1. J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter, R.L. Keiter and O. K. Mehdi, Inorganic Chemistry, Principles of Structure and Reactivity, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2006.
2. C. E. Housecroft and A. G. Sharpe, Inorganic Chemistry, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2012.
3. S. J. Lippard and J. M. Berg, Principles of Bioinorganic Chemistry, University Science Books, 1994.
Grading rubrics:
Quiz 30%
Assignment 40%
Exam 30%
70% attendance
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
16:40-18:10
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Thursday
Add to schedule:
This course is an intensive introduction to the techniques of experimental chemistry, covers the principles and applications of instrumentation techniques for the identification and analysis of chemical compounds, and thus gives the students an opportunity to learn and master the basic chemistry lab techniques for carrying out experiments.
Course contents
1. Characterization Technique by Spectroscopy
A. UV-Vis Spectroscopy: Verification of Lambert Beers Law.
B. Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy: Functional Groups Identification in Organic & Inorganic Molecules.
C. Fluorescence Spectroscopy:
2. Karl-Fischer Titrator to Determine Water Content in Solvents
3. Gas Chromatography & Mass Spectrometry for Separation & Identification of Molecules
i) Analysis of organic contents in
ii) Monitoring chemical reaction to find the % of products obtained (Ex. Nitration of anisole)
4. Electrochemistry:
Students will be able to
1. Banwell, C.N. (2006), Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Skoog, D. A.; Holler, F. J.; Crouch, S. (2006), Principles of Instrumental Analysis, Cengage Learning.
Final Exam & viva 60%
Lab notebook 20%
Attendance 20%
Attendence 70%
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
08:30-10:00
Friday
08:30-10:00
Monday
Add to schedule:
Course description
This course is an undergraduate elective and a course for PhD program. This course covers the branch of chemistry which deals primarily with the linking of diseases, its mechanisms, development and how they can be modulated or reversed using the chemistry of compounds. The curriculum is designed with an objective to familiarize students with the fundamental concepts of medicinal chemistry in drug discovery, development, uses, and mechanism of drug action. The course is intended for students who have a background in chemistry, biochemistry, biology, biotechnology, pharmacy and interested in the process of medicinal chemistry. Students can gain knowledge of synthetic chemistry, process chemistry, pharmaceutical chemistry, computational chemistry, and basics of chemical understanding in biological mechanism throughout this special course.
Special features
This course is aimed at students with a strong interest in the biological aspects of chemistry in drug development in major disease areas. Students will have the opportunity to develop a comprehensive knowledge of chemistry alongside subject-specific and generic skills to develop a strong understanding of application of chemistry in contexts relevant to society and industry. This course also imparts building a strong base for all those who wish to pursue higher education in related fields.
Upon completion of this course, students will have the opportunity to develop a comprehensive subject-specific knowledge and understanding of medicinal chemistry alongside and how chemistry is extensively applied in the field of drug discovery. The intended outcome is to train students on various aspects of new drug discovery/development, target identification, lead discovery, optimization and the molecular basis of drug design and drug action, drug formulation, drug toxicity and bioavailability.
Books and references
1. An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry, Graham L. Patrick
2. The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action, Richard B. Silverman
3. Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry, Cox and Nelson
For a detailed Course Description, please go through the attached file.
Assignment: 30%
Quiz: 20%
Presentation: 10%
Final Exam: 40%
70%
None
16:40-18:10
Friday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Learning Objectives:
Chemical analysis is the process through which nature of any substance and identity of its constituents is analysed. In this course we will perform tasks to identify some constituent ions (cations & anions) of some inorganic salts and learn methods to find out functional groups present in certain organic compounds. Procedures opted in qualitative analysis of any compound involve reactions that produce easily observable changes such as precipitation, colour change, gas release, smell etc. Generally, a simple three step scheme is followed. These three steps differentiate the ions in major groups, then into subgroup and then finally individual ion is characterized.
Contents:
Systematic qualitative analysis of the given organic compounds containing monofunctional Groups:
Qualitative analysis of carbohydrates: Glucose, Fructose, Lactose, Maltose, Sucrose
Systematic analysis of anion in a given inorganic salt
Preliminary Examination of the Salt for Identification of Cation
Lab Report (20%)
Mid-term Exam (30%)
Final term Exam (40%)
Attendance (10%)
Attendance 80%
None
08:30-10:00
Thursday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Learning Objectives:
This course will include topics from stimuli-responsive materials. Such systems are referred to as Smart Materials as they can quickly respond to certain external stimuli such as temperature, light, pH etc.
Smart Materials find a wide range of applications in biological as well as device-based applications. Houses having windows coated with smart materials can keep the house cool during the hot summer days by preventing the heat penetration, and same time can generate electricity as well. Self-healing materials can repair small fractures caused by applied stress and thereby increase the lifetime. For example, if car gets scratches, it may heal itself. Smart biomaterials have recently evolved as a highly fascinating area to become an integral component in the modern-day improvement of human condition and quality of life. These are said to impact the modern medicines in various ways. Tissue engineering, drug delivery systems, medical devices are some of the areas where smart biomaterials have significant role to play. Nevertheless, apart from biomedicine, biomaterials also play a crucial role in developing green technology.
Under this course, we will study about the various types of smart and biomaterials that find applications in biomedical sciences, electronic materials, and modern displays. We will learn the fundamental principles behind properties that make them unique in their classes. Topics that will be discussed in more details are Hydrogels, Self-healing materials, Liquid crystals, and brief introduction to single molecule electronics and molecular machines. Different classes of natural biomaterials including their properties and functions will be discussed. Design of synthetic biomaterials that requires knowledge and understanding of chemistry, materials science, biology, engineering, and medicine, will be covered. The course has been designed to provide students a comprehensive idea and in-depth understanding of biomaterials.
Course contents:
1. Introduction: Smart Functional and Biomaterials: Optical Materials, Shape Memory Systems, Materials for drug delivery, Tissue engineering etc.
2. Hydrogels
Self-healing materials
3. Smart Optical Materials
Organic light emitting devices (OLED)
4. Liquid Crystals
5. Introduction to Biomaterials
6. Natural Biomaterials
7. Artificial/synthetic Biomaterials
8. Applications
Student will learn
Polymeric and Self Assembled Hydrogels; From Fundamental Understanding to Applications. Royal Society of Chemistry (2013)
Supramolecular Gels; Materials and Emerging Applications. Wiley (2021)
Organic Light Emitting Devices; Synthesis, Properties and Applications. Wiley (2006)
Fundamentals of Smart Materials. Royal Society of Chemistry (2020)
Smart Materials for Drug Delivery, Volume 1. Royal Society of Chemistry (2013)
Structure and Properties of Liquid Crystals, by Lev M. Blinov. Springer (2010)
Self-Healing Polymers; From Principles to Applications. Wiley (2013)
Biomaterials Science and Biocompatibility by Frederick H. Silver, David L. Christiansen, Springer New York, NY, 1999 (doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0557-9).
Biomaterials Science: An Introduction to Materials in Medicine by Buddy D. Ratner, Allan S. Hoffman, Frederick J. Schoen, Jack E. Lemons. Elsevier, 2004.
Advanced Biomaterials: Fundamentals, Processing, and Applications by Bikramjit Basu, Dhirendra S. Katti, Ashok Kumar, Wiley and Sons. 2009.
Tutorial Review Articles from ACS, RSC and Wiley journals
End sem 40%
Mid sem 30%
Assingment 30%
Attendance 10%
Attendance 80%
None
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The term “stereochemistry” has its origin in the Greek word “stereos” which means solid. As the name suggests, stereochemistry is the branch of chemistry that explores the properties of any compound that depend on the three-dimensional arrangement of the atoms/groups in the molecule. Compounds studied under this topic have identical chemical structures. Such compounds, called as stereoisomers, despite having exactly same elemental composition and formula may display huge differences in their properties, especially the way they interact with biological systems. A very basic example is found in the naturally occurring sugars which predominantly have D-chirality. We all know that the D-glucose is primary source of energy but L-glucose is totally different in that aspect. It is quite commonly observed fact that a particular enantiomer of the drug is biologically active while other remains silent. All this could be explained if their stereochemical aspects are considered. This course is designed to provide explanation about how certain subtle differences in spatial arrangements of atoms/groups in a compound can give rise to prominent effects. Stereochemistry is of particular importance in the field pharmaceuticals industry where it can provide great insights about designing new drugs.
This course will also have some selected topics from heterocyclic chemistry. The contents within this part will provide a broad understanding of the major classes of heterocyclic compounds. Emphasis is given on the nomenclature, structure, properties, syntheses, and reactions of the simple 5 and 6-membered ring heterocycles, such as pyridines, pyrroles, furanes, thiophenes, indoles, quinoline and isoquinolines.
Course contents:
Introduction & Applictions:
Nomenclature and Terminology:
Conformatonal Analysis and It effect on recativities:
Chemistry of Heterocyclic compounds:
Synthesis & Recations of some common Heterocylcic Compounds:
References:
-Stereochemistry by Eliel
-Stereochemistry by Nasipuri
-Introduction to the Chemistry of Heterocyclic compounds, John Welly& Sons (1976) by R.M. Acheson.
-The Chemistry of Heterocycles, 2nd Edition. By Theophil Eicher and Siegfried Hauptmann. 2003 Wiiey-VCH Veriag GmbH & Co. KGaA
-Heterocyclic Chemistry, 3rd edition, J. A. Joule, K. Mills, and G. F. Smith, 1995, Stanley Thornes (Publishers) Ltd
This course is designed to provide explanation about how certain subtle differences in spatial arrangements of atoms/groups in a compound can give rise to prominent effects.
Students will be able to learn the fundamentals of chirality and properties related to chiral and heterocyclic compounds. These two topics are important part of carbohydrate chemistry and pharma industry.
No Prerequisite.
Assignments (10%)
Mid-term Exam (40%)
Final term Exam (40%)
Attendance (10%)
Attendance 80%
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
A. Basic Quantum Mechanics: Postulates of quantum mechanics: Concept of stationary and nonstationary states; Ehrenfest Theorem and its consequences; Commutation of Operators and its significance in measurement; Some exactly solvable systems as examples of stationary states of energy
B: Introduction to group theory and its relevance to Quantum Mechanics: Properties of a group, Subgroup and Class, Symmetry operators and their relevance to stationary states in quantum mechanics; Wigner’s theorem; Concepts of groups in symmetry; Angular Momentum algebra and their representations; Runge-Lenz symmetry of the Coulomb potential with reference to the H atom solution; Matrix representation of groups; Operators and basis functions; Symmetry of Hamiltonian Operator; Unitary and Similarity transformation; Reducible and Irreducible representations; Schur's Lemma, Great Orthogonality Theorem and its consequences; Character tables, Wavefunctions as bases for irreducible representation, Direct product and significance; Symmetry adapted basis and the consequence in the solution of energy eigenfunctions; Discreet symmetries; Permutation symmetry with reference to many-particle problems
C: Applications to quantum chemistry and spectroscopy: Symmetry-adapted states and how these simplify matrix problems associated with quantum mechanis/ chemistry; Huckel calculations; Einstein A and B coefficients; dipolar interaction between light and matter; time-dependent perturbation approach; Weak and strong field interaction; Transition probability and Transition moment integral, Fermi's golden rule; Vibrational spectroscopy; Normal coordinates, normal modes and their symmetry; Selection rules for fundamental vibrational transitions
How symmetry is related to the Quantum Mechanics and the simplification in solution of quantum mechanics problems and the application to spectroscopy
Volker Heine- Group Theory in Quantum Mechanics- ScienceDirect, 1960
F A Cotton-Chemical Applications of Group Theory- 3rd Ed, Wiley, 2008
Michael Tinkham- Group Theory and Quantum Mechanics - Dover Publications, 2012
Other Standard Quantum Mechanics texts and books on symmetry
More books will be updated in this section
Midsem -15 %, Endsem 40%
Internal evaluation, Quiz and Assignment- 45 %
None in terms of marks, But the expectation is that students should attend all classes.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Storytelling is a timeless human activity that is older even than
writing and is home to one of the oldest, richest and most culturally diverse traditions of
the world. This course is directed at individuals who wish to develop their knowledge of
Urdu through Storytelling. We will read classic popular Daastans like Bāgh o
Bahār (Qissa-i Chahār Darwesh), Dāstān-i Amīr Hamza, Fasana -e- Ajaeeb, that have
circulated in India and across the world and interpret them in relation to enduring
questions about power, justice, identity, knowledge and love. The Study of Qissebaazi is
framed for the students to learn about storytelling in the Urdu language focussing on
popular Daastans and short stories.
Attendance for lectures: Attendance is mandatory. Each absence will lead to loss of the attendance grade and more than 5 absences will be an automatic fail.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The course is divided into two modules. The course's first module will cover elementary Telugu, the alphabet, and basic vocabulary. We will move gradually from naming objects to comprehending poetic sentences. We will learn basic communication skills through in-class activities and exchanges. This foundation aims to foster an appreciation for the language's melodic sound and rhythmic flow.
The objective of the second module is to enhance foundational vocabulary by actively engaging with 20th-century poetry, both in its original and translations, and exploring protest poetry and cartoons. In each class, we read a few lines of poetry and examine Telugu content cartoons. The course acts as a foundation to spark further interest in Telugu literature.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This is a course about phonetics, which aims to explore the sounds used in human language,
and how they are pronounced and how they are written.
We will study the structure of the human vocal tract, the places of articulation, the different
types of sounds and the airstreams involved in producing them. This will give us a picture of
the variety of sounds in all the languages of South Asia, and will also explore sounds in
languages abroad. Besides vowels and consonants, we will also learn about syllable stress
and the tones found in tone languages of the Northeast.
At the end of the course the student will be able to produce the sounds of words in all the
languages of South Asia.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
India’s reading culture, particularly in the Hindi–speaking regions, was shaped by the nationalist movement. Habits of reading, buying, circulation and editing were anchored to the exigencies of the anti-colonial struggle. However, post-independence, nationalism had to be imbued with a new epoch-making/anachronistic charge. India’s reading public, too, had to re-orient itself, seeking new associations with print that were driven by questions of usefulness, affordability and entertainment. By focussing on the material history of Hindi pocket books and comics—from their emergence in the late 1950s, consolidation and subsequent waning in the late 90s— the course attempts an exploration of Hindi public sphere's ‘vision’ for modern India, as projected in the domain of popular literature.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Brajbhasha, or Braj, is the tongue of the people of present-day western Uttar Pradesh and its neighbouring areas. As the literary form of medieval Hindi, it became one of the primary registers of poetry, especially devotional poetry, in North India. Brajbhasha literature flourished through the works of Bhakti saint-poets, regional performative traditions, and the patronage of the Mughal court. This course provides an introduction to Brajbhasha language and literature. We will learn some basic grammar and vocabulary, read poems in Braj and translation, and follow their iterations in popular culture and cinema.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
What is the difference between a live performance and one that is being performed for the camera?
The course explores how the camera becomes a medium to govern any performance, focusing on the elements of Time and Space. Further, we will be developing a Scene during the course, to be shot towards the end of the course. This development will focus on two aspects:
1) Performance of the actors
2) Elements of visual language- composition, colors, camera movement…
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
We live charged and frenetic lives as students in urban India. We work towards definitive endings: ‘deadlines’, ‘final exams’, ‘end-sem’ and more. Our bodies keep us going, working towards results and the possibility of rest. But is rest something you only ‘do’ at the end of the day, when you ‘crash’ for the night? What would it mean to think of rest as an embodied practice, as a way of being you consciously arrive at? This elective uses ideas from daily movement and performance to begin to think about what it means for the body to rest and ‘chill’ in urban environments. How do we find comfort, rest and relaxation even as we negotiate everything else happening around us? What does rest/ aaram even mean? Can it mean different things to different people, to different bodies in different spaces? What does it look like when you actively practise or perform rest?
In this CC, we will explore rest and relaxation as embodied practice in the following ways:
1) Try out simple (guided) movement exercises in the studio/ across campus
2) Build on our own imagination of rest/ aaram/ chilling/ relaxation
3) Observe how others find ‘rest’ in public spaces
4) Explore how other artists perform or depict rest in performance, cinema and the visual arts
5) Translate some of our observations into rhythm, movement, text and visuals, to play with what it means to ‘perform’ rest.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Swang is a musical and comedic theatre performance that is popular in villages of Haryana. It is
performed by a group of artists who are singers, dancers, actors, and musicians. Swang texts
are often based on mythology, royal family stories and romantic folktales etc. They often focus
on moral values and ethics. The arrival of television and cinema has led to changes in Swang
texts and performances.
Saang (Swang): Text and Performance is a course that explores the folk theatre form of
Haryana, India. It covers discourses around its texts, and performances. It is a practice-based
module that will gradually evolve into a small performance with swang elements.The course will
help students understand the history of Swang, analyze Swang texts and performances, identify
socio-political relevance and concerns in Saang, and find out new dimensions of it.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In this course there will be an emphasis on learning the basic movement vocabulary of Mayurbhanj Chhau, a martial dance form from Mayurbhanj in Odisha. The movements, said to be based on observations of flora and fauna as well as daily village chores, require a combination of various dance skills. These skills are strength, fluidity and balance. The course will introduce the students to all three of these aspects in equal measure. After the exploration of comparatively small units of dance, these units will also be tried out in longer sequences. In addition to the physical practice of the dance, social and historical aspects of the dance and how they influenced the particular aesthetic of Chhau will also be discussed.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course looks at aspects of puppet theater like building puppets with materials like paper and cardboard on the one hand and to explore the idea of the metaphor of puppets on another. The workshop will focus on exploring narratives using puppets and exloring non visual storytelling, dytopic and fantastical worlds and also the participants own stories. These would be sculpted with newspaper, paper cut outs, found objects and materials. These explorations would culminate in short sketches, live or digital or as interactive installations.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
How does movement evolve with context? What can context resolve in our chosen ways to move and dance? The course aims to create space to explore movement through some foundational dance techniques from jazz, contemporary dance, ballet and bharathanatyam, and to navigate context and accessibility of movement, and eventually exploring movement free of form. No prior training required.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
"Finding Your Voice : An Introduction to the Art of Singing" encourages fellow participants to get in touch with their musical side by rediscovering the relationship with their voice. The interactive course modules allow participants to draw upon their singing experiences and connect the same with diverse facets of vocal music.
The course will include vocal exercises and workouts, jam sessions, and aspects of A Cappella singing. The course will also include sessions wherein participants will sample a range of folk vocal music traditions, which are repositories of cultural expression.
Students with prior musical experience are encouraged to join this course. Students with none, more so.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Welcome to CS 1101, your gateway to computer science. This is one section among three. All three sections of this course will be essentially the same. In this course we will cover: Concept of an algorithm; principle of mathematical induction; correctness of algorithms; efficiency of algorithms - time and space measures; algorithms to programs; specification, top-down development and step-wise refinement; the notion of state and finite state machine; imperative programs; correctness and loop invariants; basic algorithm design techniques; encapsulation, abstractions and modularity; basics of object-oriented programming; basic logic, soundness and completeness, example of a propositional resolution; an example of concurrency; an intro to numerical computation.
The course will be programming language independent, and will involve programming in multiple programming languages, in both functional and imperative styles.
We hope you will enjoy the class!
This course will introduce you to algorithmic and computational thinking, and programming in the small, and will address the following issues:
Problem formulation in a precise and concise fashion and independent of language considerations.
Design of simplealgorithms from a problem specification, as well as correctness and analysis of efficiency.
The intermediate steps in the design of a program from an algorithm through a process of step-wise refinement. Language dependent considerations may be used in this process, but not elsewhere.
The emphasis throughout the course will be on the analysis required while designing correct and efficient algorithms. The course is intended to teach a student a systematic process of design -- beginning with problem formulation from an informal specification, through convincing arguments to algorithms, the analysis of their correctness and efficiency, and finally arriving at programs through a process of step-wise refinement. A programming language bias will be avoided and programs will be developed in both imperative and functional styles. We will cover fundamental algorithmic ideas that have had (and continue to have) a major influence on the evolution of computer science and several other disciplines, ranging from mathematics to biology to the social sciences.
The first part of the course will introduce the basics of the functional and imperative models of computation, recursive and iterative processes, and the basics of programming using higher-order functions.
The second part of the course will introduce data-directed programming. It will emphasize on programming with records, lists, trees, arrays and developing abstract data types.
The third part of the course will address the issues in design and analysis of simple algorithms. Examples will be taken from Divide and conquer, Backtracking, Logical resolution, Numerical algorithms, Randomized algorithms and Geometric algorithms.
This is an introductory course, so there are no prerequisite courses. We will however expect students to have mathmatics as subject in Class 12; alternatively they will need to pass the Calculus enabler course at Ashoka with a minimum of B grade. We will also expect basic familiarity with class 12 level mathematics (sets, relations, functions, basic logic and truth tables, basic counting and the principle of mathematical induction) – no prior programming experience is required, though it helps to be “computer literate”.
This course will have a midterm and a final exam:
Midterm: 1.5 hours (first week of March, just before spring break)
Final Exam: 1.5 hours (cumulative; during exam week)
The midterm and the final exam will be closed book. However, you will be allowed to bring and use one double-sided, letter-sized piece of paper with your own notes for the first quiz, and two for the final. These should not be necessary but might be helpful.
Attendance at the exams is mandatory. Legitimate conflicts can be discussed with the teaching staff but must be due to extenuating circumstances and discussed in advance. If a student misses either exam due to an emergency, make-up exams may be offered at the discretion of the instructor.
Invalid excuses: an interview; multiple exams on the same day; unprepared.
Regrade requests. Any student who feels that a quiz or final exam was not graded prop- erly may submit a regrade request. The request must be made online by the announced deadline. The request should include a detailed explanation of why she or he believes that a regrade is warranted. Please make sure you read the solutions carefully before requesting a regrade.
The final grade will be calculated as follows:
Homework 40%
Midterm 25%
Final exam 25%
Class participation 10%
100% attendance is expected. The TAs will keep track of class participation by students; this will include both active participation during lecture and on Piazza.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Welcome to CS 1101, your gateway to computer science. This is one section among three. All three sections of this course will be essentially the same. In this course we will cover: Concept of an algorithm; principle of mathematical induction; correctness of algorithms; efficiency of algorithms - time and space measures; algorithms to programs; specification, top-down development and step-wise refinement; the notion of state and finite state machine; imperative programs; correctness and loop invariants; basic algorithm design techniques; encapsulation, abstractions and modularity; basics of object-oriented programming; basic logic, soundness and completeness, example of a propositional resolution; an example of concurrency; an intro to numerical computation.
The course will be programming language independent, and will involve programming in multiple programming languages, in both functional and imperative styles.
We hope you will enjoy the class!
This course will introduce you to algorithmic and computational thinking, and programming in the small, and will address the following issues:
Problem formulation in a precise and concise fashion and independent of language considerations.
Design of simplealgorithms from a problem specification, as well as correctness and analysis of efficiency.
The intermediate steps in the design of a program from an algorithm through a process of step-wise refinement. Language dependent considerations may be used in this process, but not elsewhere.
The emphasis throughout the course will be on the analysis required while designing correct and efficient algorithms. The course is intended to teach a student a systematic process of design -- beginning with problem formulation from an informal specification, through convincing arguments to algorithms, the analysis of their correctness and efficiency, and finally arriving at programs through a process of step-wise refinement. A programming language bias will be avoided and programs will be developed in both imperative and functional styles. We will cover fundamental algorithmic ideas that have had (and continue to have) a major influence on the evolution of computer science and several other disciplines, ranging from mathematics to biology to the social sciences.
The first part of the course will introduce the basics of the functional and imperative models of computation, recursive and iterative processes, and the basics of programming using higher-order functions.
The second part of the course will introduce data-directed programming. It will emphasize on programming with records, lists, trees, arrays and developing abstract data types.
The third part of the course will address the issues in design and analysis of simple algorithms. Examples will be taken from Divide and conquer, Backtracking, Logical resolution, Numerical algorithms, Randomized algorithms and Geometric algorithms.
This is an introductory course, so there are no prerequisite courses. We will however expect students to have mathmatics as subject in Class 12; alternatively they will need to pass the Calculus enabler course at Ashoka with a minimum of B grade. We will also expect basic familiarity with class 12 level mathematics (sets, relations, functions, basic logic and truth tables, basic counting and the principle of mathematical induction) – no prior programming experience is required, though it helps to be “computer literate”.
This course will have a midterm and a final exam:
Midterm: 1.5 hours (first week of March, just before spring break)
Final Exam: 1.5 hours (cumulative; during exam week)
The midterm and the final exam will be closed book. However, you will be allowed to bring and use one double-sided, letter-sized piece of paper with your own notes for the first quiz, and two for the final. These should not be necessary but might be helpful.
Attendance at the exams is mandatory. Legitimate conflicts can be discussed with the teaching staff but must be due to extenuating circumstances and discussed in advance. If a student misses either exam due to an emergency, make-up exams may be offered at the discretion of the instructor.
Invalid excuses: an interview; multiple exams on the same day; unprepared.
Regrade requests. Any student who feels that a quiz or final exam was not graded prop- erly may submit a regrade request. The request must be made online by the announced deadline. The request should include a detailed explanation of why she or he believes that a regrade is warranted. Please make sure you read the solutions carefully before requesting a regrade.
The final grade will be calculated as follows:
Homework 40%
Midterm 25%
Final exam 25%
Class participation 10%
100% attendance is expected. The TAs will keep track of class participation by students; this will include both active participation during lecture and on Piazza.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Welcome to CS 1101, your gateway to computer science. In this course we will cover:
Concept of an algorithm; principle of mathematical induction; correctness of algorithms; efficiency of algorithms - time and space measures; algorithms to programs; specification, top-down development and step-wise refinement; the notion of state and finite state machine; imperative programs; correctness and loop invariants; basic algorithm design techniques; encapsulation, abstractions and modularity; basics of object-oriented programming; basic logic, soundness and completeness, example of a propositional resolution; an example of concurrency; an intro to numerical computation.
The course will be programming language independent, and will involve programming in multiple programming languages, in both functional and imperative styles.
We hope you will enjoy the class!
This course will introduce you to algorithmic and computational thinking, and programming in the small, and will address the following issues:
The emphasis throughout the course will be on the analysis required while designing correct and efficient algorithms. The course is intended to teach a student a systematic process of design -- beginning with problem formulation from an informal specification, through convincing arguments to algorithms, the analysis of their correctness and efficiency, and finally arriving at programs through a process of step-wise refinement. A programming language bias will be avoided and programs will be developed in both imperative and functional styles. We will cover fundamental algorithmic ideas that have had (and continue to have) a major influence on the evolution of computer science and several other disciplines, ranging from mathematics to biology to the social sciences.
This is an introductory course, so there are no prerequisite courses. We will however expect students to have mathmatics as subject in Class 12; alternatively they will need to pass the Calculus enabler course at Ashoka with a minimum of B grade. We will also expect basic familiarity with class 12 level mathematics (sets, relations, functions, basic logic and truth tables, basic counting and the principle of mathematical induction) – no prior programming experience is required, though it helps to be “computer literate”.
This course will have a midterm and a final exam:
The midterm and the final exam will be closed book. However, you will be allowed to bring and use one double-sided, letter-sized piece of paper with your own notes for the first quiz, and two for the final. These should not be necessary but might be helpful.
Attendance at the exams is mandatory. Legitimate conflicts can be discussed with the teaching staff but must be due to extenuating circumstances and discussed in advance. If a student misses either exam due to an emergency, make-up exams may be offered at the discretion of the instructor.
Invalid excuses: an interview; multiple exams on the same day; unprepared.
Regrade requests. Any student who feels that a quiz or final exam was not graded prop- erly may submit a regrade request. The request must be made online by the announced deadline. The request should include a detailed explanation of why she or he believes that a regrade is warranted. Please make sure you read the solutions carefully before requesting a regrade.
The final grade will be calculated as follows:
100% attendance is expected. The TAs will keep track of class participation by students; this will include both active participation during lecture and on Piazza.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Discrete mathematics is the study of mathematical structures that can be considered discrete (in a way analogous to discrete variables, having a bijection with the set of natural numbers) rather than continuous (analogously to continuous functions). A related but somewhat different interpretation of the phrase discrete mathematics denotes all those branches of mathematics that deal with discrete entities as opposed to continuous entities. For example, a typical undergraduate course on calculus will not be considered discrete in this sense, whereas probability theory is something that can come in both discrete and continuous flavors. Sound understanding of Discrete Mathematics is critical for all areas of Computer Science. Hence this course attempts to lay the foundation for a curriculum in CS. Many of the thematic areas as covered like – combinatorics (counting methods), graph theory, number theory, information theory, etc. – are deep and vast subject areas on their own. Interested students are encouraged to follow up on any area/s they might find interesting. However, everyone interested to pursue CS must grasp the fundamentals in all these well.
The course comprises 9 modules in 4 parts:
Part 1: Models and Proofs
1. Propositional and Predicate Logic
2. Proof Techniques
Part 2: Mathematical Structures
3. Basic Structures: Sets, Functions, Relations, Sequences and Matrices
Part 3: Computational Problem Solving
4. Problem Solving with Recursive Decomposition
5. Graphs and Trees
6. Models of Computation
Part 4: Techniques for Analyses
7. Counting
8. Number Theory
9. Probability and Information Theory
The detailed outline of topics in every module is given in the attached document.
To lay the mathematical foundations for computational thinking for the core and elective courses including Data Structures and Algorithm, Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Programming Languages and Translation, Theory of Computation, Design Practices in CS, Introduction to Machine Learning, Data Science and Management, and Information Security to build on.
The course:
1. introduces students to mathematical structures, tools, techniques, and frameworks for algorithmic and computational thinking
2. illustrates ways for problem formulation, representation, and analysis using mathematical models
3. elucidates how mathematical rigour and formalism ensure soundness and completeness of computation
The emphasis throughout the course is on teaching how various concepts and results of mathematics are used in correct, efficient, and robust computations. It trains the students to think and reason about computation in a programming language-agnostic manner. It complements the course on Introduction to Computer Science from mathematical perspective and thinking.
Slides with links to online resources
• Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, 7th Ed. by Kenneth H. Rosen (Primary Textbook)
• Concrete Mathematics – A Foundation for Computer Science, 2nd Ed. by Ronald L. Graham, Donald E. Knuth, and Oren Patashnik
• Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians by Joe L. Mott, Abraham Kandel, and Theodore P. Baker.
• Applied Combinatorics by Fred Roberts and Barry Tesman.
• Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Science by Narsingh Deo.
• Introduction to Graph Theory by Douglas B. West.
• Elements of Information Theory, 2nd Ed. by Thomas M. Cover and Joy A. Thomas
No book discusses all the topics. So it is important to attend all the lectures by the instructor. You are also expected to carefully study the solved problems that will periodically be posted.
The following is a tentative guideline for evaluations and the grading policy. It may undergo change that will be announced in the class and / or Google Classroom.
1. Assignments: There will be an assignment on each module to solve mathematical problems and/or
write mathematical proofs. All the assignments will
• be combined to contribute 20% to your final score.
• not carry the same credits.
• be released through the Google Classroom.
• be take-home with online submission through the Google Classroom.
• be individual. There will be no group assignment.
2. Quizzes: There will be three in-class quizzes that will require you to solve mathematical problems
and/or write mathematical proofs. All the quizzes will
• be combined to contribute 30% to your final score.
• carry the same credits.
• be conducted physically in the classroom with physical submission.
3. Mid-term Exam: Mid-term Exam will
• contribute 20% to your final score.
• be conducted physically in the classroom with physical submission.
4. End-term Exam: End-term Exam will
• contribute 30% to your final score.
• be conducted physically in the classroom with physical submission.
Attendance in every class is mandatory. Please note that the potential actions on getting low on attendance:
• If your attendance falls below 80% at any time during the semester or if you are absent from two consecutive classes, you will be reported to the Head, Computer Science.
• If your attendance falls below 60% at any time during the semester or if you are absent from four consecutive classes, you will be reported to the Head, Computer Science and Dean, Academic Affairs, and de-registration from the course would be sought.
The exemption to the above will be only on medical ground:
• Every missed attendance on medical ground must be corroborated by written certificate of incapacitation or prescription of rest issued from the infirmary at Ashoka. No other medical certificate will be accepted.
The certificate justifying the dates of the classes missed must be mailed prior to next class.
• No missed attendance will be allowed for representing in sports or other events, for taking examinations elsewhere, or on any other ground.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Discrete mathematics is the study of mathematical structures that can be considered discrete (in a way analogous to discrete variables, having a bijection with the set of natural numbers) rather than continuous (analogously to continuous functions). A related but somewhat different interpretation of the phrase discrete mathematics denotes all those branches of mathematics that deal with discrete entities as opposed to continuous entities. For example, a typical undergraduate course on calculus will not be considered discrete in this sense, whereas probability theory is something that can come in both discrete and continuous flavors. Sound understanding of Discrete Mathematics is critical for all areas of Computer Science. Hence this course attempts to lay the foundation for a curriculum in CS. Many of the thematic areas as covered like – combinatorics (counting methods), graph theory, number theory, information theory, etc. – are deep and vast subject areas on their own. Interested students are encouraged to follow up on any area/s they might find interesting. However, everyone interested to pursue CS must grasp the fundamentals in all these well.
The course comprises 9 modules in 4 parts:
Part 1: Models and Proofs
1. Propositional and Predicate Logic
2. Proof Techniques
Part 2: Mathematical Structures
3. Basic Structures: Sets, Functions, Relations, Sequences and Matrices
Part 3: Computational Problem Solving
4. Problem Solving with Recursive Decomposition
5. Graphs and Trees
6. Models of Computation
Part 4: Techniques for Analyses
7. Counting
8. Number Theory
9. Probability and Information Theory
The detailed outline of topics in every module is given in the attached document.
To lay the mathematical foundations for computational thinking for the core and elective courses including Data Structures and Algorithm, Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Programming Languages and Translation, Theory of Computation, Design Practices in CS, Introduction to Machine Learning, Data Science and Management, and Information Security to build on.
The course:
1. introduces students to mathematical structures, tools, techniques, and frameworks for algorithmic and computational thinking
2. illustrates ways for problem formulation, representation, and analysis using mathematical models
3. elucidates how mathematical rigour and formalism ensure soundness and completeness of computation
The emphasis throughout the course is on teaching how various concepts and results of mathematics are used in correct, efficient, and robust computations. It trains the students to think and reason about computation in a programming language-agnostic manner. It complements the course on Introduction to Computer Science from mathematical perspective and thinking.
Slides with links to online resources
• Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, 7th Ed. by Kenneth H. Rosen (Primary Textbook)
• Concrete Mathematics – A Foundation for Computer Science, 2nd Ed. by Ronald L. Graham, Donald E. Knuth, and Oren Patashnik
• Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians by Joe L. Mott, Abraham Kandel, and Theodore P. Baker.
• Applied Combinatorics by Fred Roberts and Barry Tesman.
• Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Science by Narsingh Deo.
• Introduction to Graph Theory by Douglas B. West.
• Elements of Information Theory, 2nd Ed. by Thomas M. Cover and Joy A. Thomas
No book discusses all the topics. So it is important to attend all the lectures by the instructor. You are also expected to carefully study the solved problems that will periodically be posted.
To lay the mathematical foundations for computational thinking for the core and elective courses including Data Structures and Algorithm, Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Programming Languages and Translation, Theory of Computation, Design Practices in CS, Introduction to Machine Learning, Data Science and Management, and Information Security to build on.
The course:
1. introduces students to mathematical structures, tools, techniques, and frameworks for algorithmic and computational thinking
2. illustrates ways for problem formulation, representation, and analysis using mathematical models
3. elucidates how mathematical rigour and formalism ensure soundness and completeness of computation
The emphasis throughout the course is on teaching how various concepts and results of mathematics are used in correct, efficient, and robust computations. It trains the students to think and reason about computation in a programming language-agnostic manner. It complements the course on Introduction to Computer Science from mathematical perspective and thinking.
Attendance in every class is mandatory. Please note that the potential actions on getting low on attendance:
• If your attendance falls below 80% at any time during the semester or if you are absent from two consecutive classes, you will be reported to the Head, Computer Science.
• If your attendance falls below 60% at any time during the semester or if you are absent from four consecutive classes, you will be reported to the Head, Computer Science and Dean, Academic Affairs, and de-registration from the course would be sought.
The exemption to the above will be only on medical ground:
• Every missed attendance on medical ground must be corroborated by written certificate of incapacitation or prescription of rest issued from the infirmary at Ashoka. No other medical certificate will be accepted. The certificate justifying the dates of the classes missed must be mailed prior to next class.
• No missed attendance will be allowed for representing in sports or other events, for taking examinations elsewhere, or on any other ground.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course covers fundamental algorithmic ideas that have had (and continue to have) a major influence on the evolution of computer science and several other disciplines, ranging from mathematics to biology to the social sciences. We will introduce students to the
mathematical modeling and solution of computational problems, and teach them how to design and analyze efficient algorithms. We will:
1. Cover the usual algorithmic paradigms and explore a toolkit of common algorithms.
2. Analyze the correctness and performance of these methods, and learn some principles of good design.
3. Explore different ways of thinking about and representing problems.
Detailed coverage: Techniques for the design and analysis of efficient algorithms, emphasizing methods useful in practice. Topics include divide-and-conquer; dynamic programming; greedy algorithms; branch and bound; backtracking; amortized analysis; graph algorithms, especially flow. Advanced topics may include computational geometry, number theoretic algorithms, polynomial and matrix calculations, caching, and optionally, distributed and parallel computing.
This course will enable students to think algorithmically and apply imporant algorithms to advanced areas, including but not limited to Computer Science.
Pre-requisites: Data Structures, Probability and Statistics. We will not be using a textbook as such, but if you really want one, you can use the third edition of the textbook Introduction to Algorithms by Cormen, Leiserson, Rivest, and Stein (MIT Press). Check the Google classroom for updates on office hours, class material, problem sets, and announcements.
This course will have two midterm quizzes, and, for some students, a final oral exam (tentative timings):
Quiz 1: March
Quiz 2: Late-April or early-May
Oral Exam (for some students): Last week of classes
The oral exam is only for some students at the discretion of the instructor. There will be no lecture on the two quiz days. Each of the quizzes and the oral exam will be closed book. Instructions regarding bringing additional materials to quizzes will be explicitly provided, if required.
Any student who feels that something was not graded properly may submit a regrade request. The request must be made online by the announced deadline. The request should include a detailed explanation of why they believe that a regrade is warranted.
The final grade will be based on ten problem sets (with the lowest two given half-weight), two quizzes, and a final oral exam. The grading breakdown is as follows:
Problem sets 40%
Quiz 1 30%
Quiz 2 30%
Oral exam NA
Attendance at the quizzes is mandatory. Legitimate conflicts can be discussed with the teaching staff but must be due to extenuating circumstances and discussed in advance. Attendance in class is strongly suggested as this is an extremely important course that would require absolutely clear understanding of the concepts -- merely going through the topic/syllabus or doing the homework alone might not be sufficient for the quizzes/examinations.
Introduction to Computer Programming [CS-1101]
Introduction to Computer Programming [CS-1101/ PHY-1101]
AND
Data Structures [CS-1203]
10:10-11:40
Friday
16:40-18:10
Thursday
Add to schedule:
Computer Organization and Systems [CS-1216]
Computer Organisation and Systems [CS-4990-7]
AND
Data Structures [CS-1203]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The subject - theory of computation, comprises the fundamental mathematical properties of computer hardware, software, and certain applications thereof. In studying this subject, we seek to determine what can and cannot be computed, how quickly, with how much memory, and on which type of computational model; to see a new, simpler, and more elegant side of computers, which we normally consider to be complicated machines; to learn conceptual tools that practitioner use in computer engineering. The main topics/subtopics covered will be:
• Automata and Languages
– Regular Languages: Finite Automata, Non-determinism, Regular expressions, Non-regular lan- guages
– Context Free Languages: Context free grammar, Push down automata, Non-context-free lan- guages, Deterministic context-free languages
• Computability Theory
– Turning Machines, Variants of Turning Machines, The definition of algorithm – Decidability: Decidable Language, Undecidability
– Reducibility
• Complexity Theory
– Time Complexity: Complexity Classes - P, NP – NP Hard, NP Completeness
– NP Complete Problems
– Intractability
Data Structures [CS-1203]
OR
Advanced Programming [CS-1202]
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Data Structures [CS-1203]
OR
Advanced Programming [CS-1202]
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Computer Networks [CS-1340]
AND
Discrete Mathematics [CS-1104]
Critical Thinking Seminar-Computer Science (Discrete Math) [CT-102/CS-106]
Probability and Statistics [CS-1208]
Probability and Statistics [MAT-2020/ CS-1209/ PHY-1208]
Introduction to Computer Programming [CS-101/ MAT-321]
Introduction to Computer Programming [CS-1101/ PHY-1101]
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
India is arguably the biggest deployer of Digital Public Goods (DPG, digital systems in public life) with large public service applications (in-use or contemplated) like national identity, phone-based payment systems, electronic voting, national-level health registry, national population and voter registries, public credit registry, income and other tax registries, face recognition based access control at airports and other facilities, bluetooth based contact tracing and a national intelligence grid. It is undeniable that the DPGs have had a huge impact on public life in the last decade.
However, these systems also come with risks of exclusion and increased cost of transactions, and increased risks of privacy violations, especially for a population in which digital literacy is low. The privacy judgement of the Supreme Court of India read all such risks into the Articles 14, 19 and 21 of the Indian constitution and broadly classified them as `privacy'. However, the technical and operational standards for such privacy protection are not yet well developed. This has led to a constant tension between the state and the civil society and privacy activists resulting in several constitutional cases in the Supreme court and various High courts. The possibilities of inferential privacy and other human rights violations with modern machine learning -- whether deliberate or inadvertent -- or unfair and discriminatory processing of data, compound the problem.
In this course we will unpack the privacy and other human rights requirements in such applications from both legal and technical points of view. We will investigate the possibilities of early alignment of the two and examine if it is possible to outline the necessary and sufficient conditions for privacy protection, as envisaged by the privacy judgement of the Supreme court of India. We will review the privacy enhancement techniques in computer science, ranging from encryption and applied cryptography, electronic voting, database and network security, trusted execution environments, blockchains, anonymization and other data minimisation techniques, and evaluate their suitability and efficacy for privacy protection. In the final part of the course we will investigate the architectural possibilities for privacy protection - from both legal and technical perspectives - that may help not only in design but also in assessing vulnerabilities and omissions.
The evaluations in this course will be based on scribing, reading and presentations, small implementations and a project cum term paper.
In this course we will unpack the privacy and other human rights requirements in such applications from both legal and technical points of view. We will investigate the possibilities of early alignment of the two and examine if it is possible to outline the necessary and sufficient conditions for privacy protection, as envisaged by the privacy judgement of the Supreme court of India. We will review the privacy enhancement techniques in computer science, ranging from encryption and applied cryptography, electronic voting, database and network security, trusted execution environments, blockchains, anonymization and other data minimisation techniques, and evaluate their suitability and efficacy for privacy protection. In the final part of the course we will investigate the architectural possibilities for privacy protection - from both legal and technical perspectives - that may help not only in design but also in assessing vulnerabilities and omissions.
The reading material in this course will be based on handouts, articles and research papers, Supreme Court judgements, Basic cryptography and system security texts.
CS training is not explicitly required for this course. However, familiarity with computational thinking will be very helpful.
The evaluations in this course will be based on scribing, reading and presentations, small implementations and a project cum term paper.
100% class participation will be expected in this course.
Introduction to Machine Learning [CS-1390]
Introduction to Machine Learning [CS-1390/ PHY-1390]
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Natural Language Processing - Theory and Applications
1. Basics of NLP : Syntax and Semantics - Parsing, Dependency, Named Entity Recognition
2. Deep Neural Models :
2.1 Representing Word meaning with word vectors
2.2 From Neural Networks for word prediction to building large language models - LSTMs, Transformers, GPTs, Large Language Models (LLM)
3. NLP applications - machine translation, question answering, summarization
4. Responsible Language Models - dealing with bias and hallucination in LLMs
5. Designing LLM-based applications - Best practices
5.1 fine-tuning, Retrieval Augmented Generation, Chain of reasoning
Students will learn the fundamentals of NLP, difference between analytical and generative tasks. They will also learn how language models are trained, resource requirements
Understanding of how language models can be used to obtain insights from large volumes of text for decision making ; a
The shortcomings of current models will also be discussed along with ethical implications
By end of the course students should be able to design their own applications using standard libraries
Machine Learning, Coding in Python / R
Grading will be based on Continuous evaluation over multiple components
1. Coding assignments - coding with NLP libraries in Python / R - grading based on submission of code, results and report along with insights obtained from task - 2 small coding assignments, 1 project of choice - in groups of 2
2. Paper presentation - Application based papers will be shared - students will have to read and make presentations to entire class - in groups of 2
3. Written exams - individual - 1 mid-semester, 1 end-semester
Approximate division of marks -
Coding and result presentation - 40
Reading and Paper presentation - 20
Mid semester exam - 15
End semester examination - 2
Expected - 70% attendance
Introduction to Machine Learning [CS-1390]
Introduction to Machine Learning [CS-1390/ PHY-1390]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The Introduction to Critical Thinking course is grounded in the building of proficiency through focussed attention on the basic tasks that develop a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening. It considers these vital acts – of reading a text closely, of making connections between different subjects, of participating in an ongoing conversation, of being discerning about source material – as essential habits that can be strengthened through repetition. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding -- of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university. By the close of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
This is an unthemed ICT, which means that we will cycle through different topics rather than focus on one principle subject.
Reading
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking and Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials).Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output). The components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In this course, you’ll learn how to read a text, how to write one, and how to navigate the reasoning that goes in both. A useful description of this triad is mastery of text, language, and logic. A simpler, more eloquent formation would be read, write, and think.
How do you read an academic text, losing on neither time nor comprehension? How do you write to express both depth and breadth, perhaps even pathos? How do you use logic, to unravel the reasoning of others, but also your own? This course will develop your skills across all three domains.
Although the reading-writing twins hover large over this course, they are expected to share, even cede room to other art-forms, such as music, photography, films, games, and comics. Classroom activities will consist of writing prompts, response papers, summaries; but also include annotation and mind-mapping exercises, close reading, and argument analysis. Throughout the semester, you will tinker with the elements of style, unpack ideas in robust prose, craft strong sentences, sharpen your editing knives; in summary, ace your writing game. These writing detours are more than handmaidens for hard logical arguments. Rather, they occupy a space of their own, anchoring, and enveloping ideas, often breathing life in them. You’ll learn not only the what of good writing, but also the why, and how.
Reading
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking and Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials).Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output). The components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In this course, you’ll learn how to read a text, how to write one, and how to navigate the reasoning that goes in both. A useful description of this triad is mastery of text, language, and logic. A simpler, more eloquent formation would be read, write, and think.
How do you read an academic text, losing on neither time nor comprehension? How do you write to express both depth and breadth, perhaps even pathos? How do you use logic, to unravel the reasoning of others, but also your own? This course will develop your skills across all three domains.
Although the reading-writing twins hover large over this course, they are expected to share, even cede room to other art-forms, such as music, photography, films, games, and comics. Classroom activities will consist of writing prompts, response papers, summaries; but also include annotation and mind-mapping exercises, close reading, and argument analysis. Throughout the semester, you will tinker with the elements of style, unpack ideas in robust prose, craft strong sentences, sharpen your editing knives; in summary, ace your writing game. These writing detours are more than handmaidens for hard logical arguments. Rather, they occupy a space of their own, anchoring, and enveloping ideas, often breathing life in them. You’ll learn not only the what of good writing, but also the why, and how.
Reading
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking and Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials).Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output). The components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The Introduction to Critical Thinking course is grounded in the building of proficiency through focussed attention on the basic tasks that develop a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening. It considers these vital acts – of reading a text closely, of making connections between different subjects, of participating in an ongoing conversation, of being discerning about source material – as essential habits that can be strengthened through repetition. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding -- of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university. By the close of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
If you want to know more about the kinds of themes or topics we will be tackling, feel free to write to me.
Reading
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking and Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials).Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output). The components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The Introduction to Critical Thinking course is grounded in the building of proficiency through focussed attention on the basic tasks that develop a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening. It considers these vital acts – of reading a text closely, of making connections between different subjects, of participating in an ongoing conversation, of being discerning about source material – as essential habits that can be strengthened through repetition. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding -- of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university. By the close of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
If you want to know more about the kinds of themes or topics we will be tackling, feel free to write to me.
Reading
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking and Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials).Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output). The components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Thursday
Add to schedule:
The Introduction to Critical Thinking course is grounded in the building of proficiency through focussed attention on the basic tasks that develop a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening. It considers these vital acts – of reading a text closely, of making connections between different subjects, of participating in an ongoing conversation, of being discerning about source material – as essential habits that can be strengthened through repetition. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding – of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university. By the close of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials). Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
Readings and Theme:
The theme for this section of ICT is "Sense and Sensibility: Towards meaning-making through Radical Doubt". Through our readings and class-discussions we will think about sensory faculties as tools for critical thinking, the meanings they generate, and how we arrive at them. The thematic concern of this course will enable us to undertake critical work in two directions: the reading of texts through sight, sound and feeling (smell, touch, taste); and conversely, the reading of every sensory experience as text — thus, subjecting empirical evidence to radical doubt. Through this practice, we shall locate readers and writers not only in a sensory world, but also within systems of knowledge and cultural production. The texts chosen cut across (and challenge) the categories of genre, form and medium. Expect to encounter photographs, songs, cinema, research papers, poems etc. As a class, we are most interested in the business of academic writing. Our exercises will, thus, focus on synthesizing authorial voices, formulating arguments, and developing robust methodologies for research.
Listed below are prospective readings for the course:
1. Berger, John. Ways of Seeing. Penguin UK, 2008.
2. Descartes, René. Meditations on first philosophy. Broadview Press, 2013.
3. Lee, Joel. "Odor and order: how caste is inscribed in space and sensoria." Comparative Studies of South Asia, Africa and the Middle East 37.3 (2017): 470-490.
4. Kikon, Dolly. "Fermenting modernity: Putting akhuni on the nation's table in India." South Asia: Journal of South Asian Studies 38.2 (2015): 320-335.
5. Hazarika, Bhaskar. Aamis. Signum Productions, 2019
6. Baudrillard, Jean. The Gulf War did not take place. Indiana University Press, 1995.
1. Mid-term Assignment (20% of total grade)
a) 15% for Synthesis Paper
b) 5% for Peer Review
2. End-term Assignment (40% of total grade)
a) 30% for Academic essay
b) 10% for Annotated Bibliography
3. Group Presentation (15% of total grade)
4. Course Engagement (25% of total grade)
a) 15% for class participation and continuous assessment
b) 10% for turn-it-in assignments
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
The Introduction to Critical Thinking course is grounded in the building of proficiency through focussed attention on the basic tasks that develop a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening. It considers these vital acts – of reading a text closely, of making connections between different subjects, of participating in an ongoing conversation, of being discerning about source material – as essential habits that can be strengthened through repetition. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding – of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university. By the close of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials). Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
Readings and Theme:
The theme for this section of ICT is "Sense and Sensibility: Towards meaning-making through Radical Doubt". Through our readings and class-discussions we will think about sensory faculties as tools for critical thinking, the meanings they generate, and how we arrive at them. The thematic concern of this course will enable us to undertake critical work in two directions: the reading of texts through sight, sound and feeling (smell, touch, taste); and conversely, the reading of every sensory experience as text — thus, subjecting empirical evidence to radical doubt. Through this practice, we shall locate readers and writers not only in a sensory world, but also within systems of knowledge and cultural production. The texts chosen cut across (and challenge) the categories of genre, form and medium. Expect to encounter photographs, songs, cinema, research papers, poems etc. As a class, we are most interested in the business of academic writing. Our exercises will, thus, focus on synthesizing authorial voices, formulating arguments, and developing robust methodologies for research.
Listed below are prospective readings for the course:
1. Berger, John. Ways of Seeing. Penguin UK, 2008.
2. Descartes, René. Meditations on first philosophy. Broadview Press, 2013.
3. Lee, Joel. "Odor and order: how caste is inscribed in space and sensoria." Comparative Studies of South Asia, Africa and the Middle East 37.3 (2017): 470-490.
4. Kikon, Dolly. "Fermenting modernity: Putting akhuni on the nation's table in India." South Asia: Journal of South Asian Studies 38.2 (2015): 320-335.
5. Hazarika, Bhaskar. Aamis. Signum Productions, 2019
6. Baudrillard, Jean. The Gulf War did not take place. Indiana University Press, 1995.
1. Mid-term Assignment (20% of total grade)
a) 15% for Synthesis Paper
b) 5% for Peer Review
2. End-term Assignment (40% of total grade)
a) 30% for Academic essay
b) 10% for Annotated Bibliography
3. Group Presentation (15% of total grade)
4. Course Engagement (25% of total grade)
a) 15% for class participation and continuous assessment
b) 10% for turn-it-in assignments
None
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course, Introduction to Critical Thinking, (ICT) will be an exercise at reading through the cracks, ruptures, bandages, and facades that constitute our social, economic, and emotional realities. While primary materials may range from peer reviewed articles to court verdicts to short films to memes, the focus will remain squarely on enabling and urging the student to read the text closely and to help them inculcate a range of scholarly habits. A major component of the course is to instill among the students an appreciation for structure and precision both in thought and writing, a dichotomy which the course will also attempt to bridge by engaging the student in discussions and debates. At the end of the semester, the students will not only be able to write a well researched essay but will also begin to interrogate the mechanisms through which knowledge is produced and reproduced.
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking,Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
This is a writing intensive course. You will be required to turn in short written assignments every week. For longer assignments, (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) you will be offered multiple rounds of feedback. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials). You can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
An exhaustive list of reading materials will be uploaded soon but you can expect it to be diverse in form and content. All reading will be done in class barring the odd unavoidable take home reading assignment.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output).
The components are below.
1. Participation (in class as well as in meetings with the instructor and the peer tutor): 15% of the final grade.
2. Regular Assignments. 15% of the final grade.
3. Presentations: 15% of the final grade.
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources: 20% of the final grade.
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words : 25% of the final grade.
6. Improvement over the course : 10% of the final grade.
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course, Introduction to Critical Thinking, (ICT) will be an exercise at reading through the cracks, ruptures, bandages, and facades that constitute our social, economic, and emotional realities. While primary materials may range from peer reviewed articles to court verdicts to short films to memes, the focus will remain squarely on enabling and urging the student to read the text closely and to help them inculcate a range of scholarly habits. A major component of the course is to instill among the students an appreciation for structure and precision both in thought and writing, a dichotomy which the course will also attempt to bridge by engaging the student in discussions and debates. At the end of the semester, the students will not only be able to write a well researched essay but will also begin to interrogate the mechanisms through which knowledge is produced and reproduced.
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking,Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
This is a writing intensive course. You will be required to turn in short written assignments every week. For longer assignments, (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) you will be offered multiple rounds of feedback. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials). You can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
An exhaustive list of reading materials will be uploaded soon but you can expect it to be diverse in form and content. All reading will be done in class barring the odd unavoidable take home reading assignment.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output).
The components are below.
1. Participation (in class as well as in meetings with the instructor and the peer tutor): 15% of the final grade.
2. Regular Assignments. 15% of the final grade.
3. Presentations: 15% of the final grade.
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources: 20% of the final grade.
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words : 25% of the final grade.
6. Improvement over the course : 10% of the final grade.
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In this course, you will develop and rehearse the habits that are essential to the development of a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening and, of course, thinking. In effect, you will learn to ask the ‘why’ and ‘how’ questions alongside the ‘who’ and ‘what’ queries you have been posing through your school education. You will engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding—of situations, texts, institutions and people. You will explore the distinctness of academic research and writing, and participate in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers. By the close of the course, you will have a clearer understanding of what it means to be a scholar in an academic setting, and a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing.
The theme of this course this Monsoon Semester will be Reading the Other, where we will be reading narrative non-fiction works by David Baldwin, Meena Kandasamy, Nanjala Nyabola, Hansda Sowvendra Shekhar, Gopal Guru, Sharmila Rege and others to enable you to acquire the skills described above with an added understanding of what it means to read works by or about individuals or communities who are outside your own comfort zone.
Learning Outcomes
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material and documenting these via strategic note-making.
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking-Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You can expect to do regular reading (of academic texts and wider materials) in this course. These will be specified on a weekly basis on the schedule at the end of the course outline note. In addition, you can expect to write consistently, participate in giving and taking feedback, and work on medium-term projects both individually and in collaboration with your course mates.
Grading Rubric
The ICT will be graded on a rubric. The weightage of the elements, their exact definition, and the decision to add new elements, will be equally divided between the following parameters:
1. Participation (in classes, office hours’ meetings, and the weekly blog)
2. Research paper (a longform argumentative paper with citations, written in academic style)
3. Small summative written assignments (including a written quiz at mid-term)
4. Presentations in class (including a group-based semester-end Debate)
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This Introduction to Critical Thinking (ICT) course, will engage with the question of criticality and criticism with some detail, examining a variety of texts and forms of criticism over a 13-week period. In doing so, we shall make connections between the art and practice of criticism both as a formal mode of writing and thinking as well as an everyday practice, drawing from the study of cinema, poetry, art, fiction, the internet, and the city of Delhi.
One of the key objectives of an ICT course is to develop with a critical mind the habits of writing, reading and the practices and ethics of research for undergraduate students. This course conceives of a number of these habits as formed through a community-based engagement, one which foregrounds aesthetic experiences as a collective activity. There will be a lot of group viewings when we get to our module on cinema, as well as a field trip later in the semester.
By the end of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking,Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials).Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output).
These components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 700 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term academic essay of 2,000 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course
This course does not have a minimum attendance requirement but operates on an honour-code with regards to absences. Students wil need to communicate the reasons for their absences to the PT and instructor, and will be expected to keep up with the material discussed in class through the PT or your peer buddies.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This Introduction to Critical Thinking (ICT) course, will engage with the question of criticality and criticism with some detail, examining a variety of texts and forms of criticism over a 13-week period. In doing so, we shall make connections between the art and practice of criticism both as a formal mode of writing and thinking as well as an everyday practice, drawing from the study of cinema, poetry, art, fiction, the internet, and the city of Delhi.
One of the key objectives of an ICT course is to develop with a critical mind the habits of writing, reading and the practices and ethics of research for undergraduate students. This course conceives of a number of these habits as formed through a community-based engagement, one which foregrounds aesthetic experiences as a collective activity. There will be a lot of group viewings when we get to our module on cinema, as well as a field trip later in the semester.
By the end of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking,Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials).Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output).
These components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 700 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term academic essay of 2,000 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course
This course does not have a minimum attendance requirement but operates on an honour-code with regards to absences. Students wil need to communicate the reasons for their absences to the PT and instructor, and will be expected to keep up with the material discussed in class through the PT or your peer buddies.
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The Introduction to Critical Thinking course is grounded in the building of proficiency through focussed attention on the basic tasks that develop a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening. It considers these vital acts – of reading a text closely, of making connections between different subjects, of participating in an ongoing conversation, of being discerning about source material – as essential habits that can be strengthened through repetition. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding -- of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university. By the close of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
If you want to know more about the kinds of themes or topics we will be tackling, feel free to write to me.
Reading
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking and Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials).Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output). The components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The Introduction to Critical Thinking course is grounded in the building of proficiency through focussed attention on the basic tasks that develop a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening. It considers these vital acts – of reading a text closely, of making connections between different subjects, of participating in an ongoing conversation, of being discerning about source material – as essential habits that can be strengthened through repetition. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding -- of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university. By the close of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
If you want to know more about the kinds of themes or topics we will be tackling, feel free to write to me.
Reading
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking and Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials).Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output). The components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
08:30-10:00
Thursday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In a liberal arts university where the emphasis is on original thinking and the pursuit of knowledge, you will find yourself drawn into many conversations, whether purely academic or about the world we inhabit. You will find that these ongoing conversations will be enriched more and more by your contributions, as you learn to think critically, argue effectively, and write seriously. The aim of this course is to:
READING:
WRITING:
THINKING:
SPEAKING-LISTENING
RESEARCH
The semester will have four modules:
Readings will be handed out in advance and there will be a fair amount of variety. You may find yourself reading a short story one week, several OpEds during another, and an academic paper next! You will need to come to class having read the assigned text in advance.
Once I have read your first in-class submission, I will share the detailed course outline that we shall follow in the weeks ahead. But the very nature of this course makes it two-way in nature, and your interests, your requirements, and your learning arc will help shape the syllabus – and readings might change depending on the interests, needs and chemistry of the classes.
Your major written submissions will be under “Research Project” and “Argument Essay” while for modules 1 and 4, there will be multiple smaller assignments and exercises. In the course of the semester, you will be graded on the following:
For each major submission, the grading rubric will be shared with you in advance.
The usual Ashoka norms will apply. Since your contributions in the classroom are noted and add to your final grade, do try to be regular and punctual. The philosophy of this class is that every week we build on what was accomplished in the previous week. It’s not a syllabus-based course where you merely ‘cover’ something that was missed on your own, but a collaborative studio space where your contribution to each class actually shapes it. So regularity and active participation are desirable.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In a liberal arts university where the emphasis is on original thinking and the pursuit of knowledge, you will find yourself drawn into many conversations, whether purely academic or about the world we inhabit. You will find that these ongoing conversations will be enriched more and more by your contributions, as you learn to think critically, argue effectively, and write seriously. The aim of this course is to:
READING:
WRITING:
THINKING:
SPEAKING-LISTENING
RESEARCH
The semester will have four modules:
Readings will be handed out in advance and there will be a fair amount of variety. You may find yourself reading a short story one week, several OpEds during another, and an academic paper next! You will need to come to class having read the assigned text in advance.
Once I have read your first in-class submission, I will share the detailed course outline that we shall follow in the weeks ahead. But the very nature of this course makes it two-way in nature, and your interests, your requirements, and your learning arc will help shape the syllabus – and readings might change depending on the interests, needs and chemistry of the classes.
Your major written submissions will be under “Research Project” and “Argument Essay” while for modules 1 and 4, there will be multiple smaller assignments and exercises. In the course of the semester, you will be graded on the following:
For each major submission, the grading rubric will be shared with you in advance.
The usual Ashoka norms will apply. Since your contributions in the classroom are noted and add to your final grade, do try to be regular and punctual. The philosophy of this class is that every week we build on what was accomplished in the previous week. It’s not a syllabus-based course where you merely ‘cover’ something that was missed on your own, but a collaborative studio space where your contribution to each class actually shapes it. So regularity and active participation are not only desirable but necessary.
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In this course, you will develop and rehearse the habits that are essential to the development of a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening and, of course, thinking. In effect, you will learn to ask the ‘why’ and ‘how’ questions alongside the ‘who’ and ‘what’ queries you have been posing through your school education. You will engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding—of situations, texts, institutions and people. You will explore the distinctness of academic research and writing, and participate in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers. By the close of the course, you will have a clearer understanding of what it means to be a scholar in an academic setting, and a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing.
The theme of this course this Monsoon Semester will be Reading the Other, where we will be reading narrative non-fiction works by David Baldwin, Meena Kandasamy, Nanjala Nyabola, Hansda Sowvendra Shekhar, Gopal Guru, Sharmila Rege and others to enable you to acquire the skills described above with an added understanding of what it means to read works by or about individuals or communities who are outside your own comfort zone.
Learning Outcomes
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material and documenting these via strategic note-making.
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking-Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You can expect to do regular reading (of academic texts and wider materials) in this course. These will be specified on a weekly basis on the schedule at the end of the course outline note. In addition, you can expect to write consistently, participate in giving and taking feedback, and work on medium-term projects both individually and in collaboration with your course mates.
Grading Rubric
The ICT will be graded on a rubric. The weightage of the elements, their exact definition, and the decision to add new elements, will be equally divided between the following parameters:
1. Participation (in classes, office hours’ meetings, and the weekly blog)
2. Research paper (a longform argumentative paper with citations, written in academic style)
3. Small summative written assignments (including a written quiz at mid-term)
4. Presentations in class (including a group-based semester-end Debate)
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course introduces students to critical thinking and writing through an emphasis on close reading, attention to detail, and a slow, deliberative articulation of logical arguments. Students will undertake a reading and writing intensive coursework in which readings will be organised around a meditation on ‘the Self’, that goes beyond disciplinary constraints and attempts to understand the self as an emergent phenomenon with a relationship to space, time, and media, each of which will be an area of investigation.
The first section aims to move away from the universalising language that one encounters in utterances such as ‘the unmarked citizen’ or ‘the rational individual’. The readings in this section aim to help one understand the self as a complex and multidimensional entity, which emerges relationally with others, as a ‘presentation’, and narratively as a ‘construct’. The second section then looks at how the self is an inherently ‘spatialised’ entity with readings that speak to the relationship between space and selfhood through cultural concepts such as ‘place-making’, and ‘lifeworlds’. In this, we will also be interested in exploring the ways in which such spatialised, cultural expressions of selfhood get articulated through an engagement with and in various forms of media, especially internet mediated social-media that pervades our ordinary lifeworlds. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding -- of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university.
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing:
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking:
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking, Listening:
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
Students can expect to undertake reading and short writing assignments each week, with a longer mid-term writing assignment and a final end-term research paper.
Short-Writing Assignments: These are the elementary blocks of the course aimed at performing crucial habit-building around the act of writing. Students will be required to produce short pieces of writing (around 500 words) each week based on the reading they would have undertaken in the preceding week. Students will ideate about their thoughts and opinions on the readings and class discussions and articulate them in these short pieces. These will be due before class each Monday.
Long-Writing Assignments: These will comprise the mid-terms assignment (800-1000 words) and the end-semester research paper (1500-2000 words). Students will be evaluated on the basis of their critical thinking skills as well as their writing skills in reference to the grading rubric that students shall be familiarised with.
In addition to writing, this course is focused on developing an extensive reading habit among students and as such, students shall be required to undertake reading tasks each week, from a range of articles, academic essays, anthologies, and books. The writings assignments shall be based on students reading of these texts and therefore emphasis shall be placed on close reading and attention to detail and a careful dissection of ideas presented in each text. (The reading list shall be updated in consultation with the cohort).
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output).
The components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this cours
For this course, students are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course introduces students to critical thinking and writing through an emphasis on close reading, attention to detail, and a slow, deliberative articulation of logical arguments. Students will undertake a reading and writing intensive coursework in which readings will be organised around a meditation on ‘the Self’, that goes beyond disciplinary constraints and attempts to understand the self as an emergent phenomenon with a relationship to space, time, and media, each of which will be an area of investigation.
The first section aims to move away from the universalising language that one encounters in utterances such as ‘the unmarked citizen’ or ‘the rational individual’. The readings in this section aim to help one understand the self as a complex and multidimensional entity, which emerges relationally with others, as a ‘presentation’, and narratively as a ‘construct’. The second section then looks at how the self is an inherently ‘spatialised’ entity with readings that speak to the relationship between space and selfhood through cultural concepts such as ‘place-making’, and ‘lifeworlds’. In this, we will also be interested in exploring the ways in which such spatialised, cultural expressions of selfhood get articulated through an engagement with and in various forms of media, especially internet mediated social-media that pervades our ordinary lifeworlds. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding -- of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university.
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing:
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking:
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking, Listening:
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
Students can expect to undertake reading and short writing assignments each week, with a longer mid-term writing assignment and a final end-term research paper.
Short-Writing Assignments: These are the elementary blocks of the course aimed at performing crucial habit-building around the act of writing. Students will be required to produce short pieces of writing (around 500 words) each week based on the reading they would have undertaken in the preceding week. Students will ideate about their thoughts and opinions on the readings and class discussions and articulate them in these short pieces. These will be due before class each Monday.
Long-Writing Assignments: These will comprise the mid-terms assignment (800-1000 words) and the end-semester research paper (1500-2000 words). Students will be evaluated on the basis of their critical thinking skills as well as their writing skills in reference to the grading rubric that students shall be familiarised with.
In addition to writing, this course is focused on developing an extensive reading habit among students and as such, students shall be required to undertake reading tasks each week, from a range of articles, academic essays, anthologies, and books. The writings assignments shall be based on students reading of these texts and therefore emphasis shall be placed on close reading and attention to detail and a careful dissection of ideas presented in each text. (The reading list shall be updated in consultation with the cohort).
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output).
The components are below.
1. Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
2. Regular Assignments
3. Presentation
4. A mid-term assignment of 800-1500 words involving the synthesis of multiple sources
5. An end-term Academic essay of 1500 - 2500 words
6. Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’.In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this cours
For this course, students are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The Introduction to Critical Thinking course is grounded in the building of proficiency through focussed attention on the basic tasks that develop a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening. It considers these vital acts – of reading a text closely, of making connections between different subjects, of participating in an ongoing conversation, of being discerning about source material – as essential habits that can be strengthened through repetition. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding – of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university. By the close of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
Learning Outcomes
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking,Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials). Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output).
The components are below.
Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
Weekly Assignments
Presentations
Podcast Project
A mid-term assignment
An end-term assignment
Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’. In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The Introduction to Critical Thinking course is grounded in the building of proficiency through focussed attention on the basic tasks that develop a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening. It considers these vital acts – of reading a text closely, of making connections between different subjects, of participating in an ongoing conversation, of being discerning about source material – as essential habits that can be strengthened through repetition. The course provides space in which you can engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding -- of situations, texts, institutions and people. It is also intended to be an induction into the distinct practices of academic research and writing within a university. By the close of the course, you will have a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing, and a more robust sense of what it means to be ‘scholar’ in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers.
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking,Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You do not need to have any specific kind of training in order to do an ICT course. Nor is any ICT course geared towards preparing you specifically for a career in a particular subject or field. Rather, you can expect it to guide you in transition out of how you approached academic work in school to how you might approach it in a university setting, and to sharpen your understanding of what it means to be critical, questioning and deliberate in your approach to the world.
ICT is writing-intensive. You can expect to work on longer assignments (the Mid-Term and the End-Term essays) over multiple rounds of feedback, as well as shorter assignments through the semester. You will also need to rehearse regular habits of reading (of academic texts and wider materials) and responding (to prompts, or given materials). Finally, as the ICT is a small cohort-oriented course, you can expect it to have a strong participation and interaction component, and can expect to work on projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
The ICT will be graded on a number of elements[1]. Your final assessment will account for your participation and performance in writing and non-writing components, and in formative work (building towards a bigger piece, or continuing a specific ‘habit’) and summative work (producing a final output).
The components are below.
Participation (in classes, meetings and peer work)
Weekly Assignments
Presentations
Podcast Project
A mid-term assignment
An end-term assignment
Improvement over the course
A standard Ashoka rubric will be used in your eventual ICT grade, wherein the highest possible grade is ‘A’ and the lowest possible grade is ‘F’. In general, grades in the ‘A’ range demonstrate that you have consistently exceeded the expectations of the course; grades in the ‘B’ range indicate that you have met the expectations for the course; grades in the ‘C’ range and below, demonstrate that you have fallen short of the expectations for this course.
For this course, you are allowed three unexcused absences (for which you do not need permission from the instructor) and two excused absences (for which you do need permission from the instructor). The penalty for any absence beyond these five will be decided by the ICT instructor on a case-by-case basis. Please note that a consistent pattern of non-attendance may include discretionary penalties such as grade cuts.
If you are absent, the responsibility for making up for what has been missed -- by looking at class notes and/or speaking to classmates -- is yours. The responsibility for finding out about any homework that has been set for future classes is yours too.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Thursday
Add to schedule:
In this course, you will develop and rehearse the habits that are essential to the development of a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening and - of course - thinking. You will engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding -- of situations, texts, institutions and people. You will explore the distinctness of academic research and writing, and participate in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers. By the close of the course, you will have a clearer understanding of what it means to be a scholar in an academic setting, and a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing.
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing:
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking-Listening
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You can expect to do regular reading (of academic texts and wider materials) in this course. The reading list will be communicated to you directly by your instructor and will be included in your course outline as well. In addition, you can expect to write consistently, participate in giving and taking feedback, and work on medium-term projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates
This course will be graded on the basis of the general criteria, listed below:
1. Class Participation (20%) : Participating in class discussions, Class reflection blog entries, Office hours with instructor and peer tutor, in-class group work
2. Short Assignments (10%) : smaller summative assignments, homework, outlines, drafts
3. Mid-Term: Literature Review Paper (25%) : longform synthesis paper written in academic style, 1000 words, APA style of citations
4. End-Term: Academic Essay (30%): longform argumentative essay written in academic style, 2000 words, APA style of citations
5. Presentation (15%) : semester-long group project, non-written submission, in-class presentations
This course does not have a minimum attendance requirement but operates on an honour-code with regards to absences. Students wil need to communicate the reasons for their absences to the PT and instructor, and will be expected to keep up with the material discussed in class through the PT or your peer buddies.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Thursday
Add to schedule:
In this course, you will develop and rehearse the habits that are essential to the development of a critical mind: reading, writing, speaking, listening and - of course - thinking. You will engage with a variety of source materials and understand how to ask questions that extend and enrich your understanding -- of situations, texts, institutions and people. You will explore the distinctness of academic research and writing, and participate in an active knowledge community constituted by your peers. By the close of the course, you will have a clearer understanding of what it means to be a scholar in an academic setting, and a keener sense of your own processes of learning, thinking and writing.
Reading:
1. Breaking down texts into identifiable parts.
2. Making patterns and connections across texts
3. Building reading stamina and the ability to select texts
4. Understanding textual context, genre and source material
Writing:
1. Developing the craft of outlining, revising, editing
2. Applying form, voice, style, tone to affect writing
3. Developing logical, coherent, structured writing
4. Using explanatory, narrative and justificatory writing
Thinking:
1. Practising converting thoughts into words
2. Narrowing down a curiosity or thought into a question
3. Constructing and developing a reasoned argument
4. Engaging meaningfully with multiple perspectives
Speaking-Listening:
1. Aiming for confidence, clarity, coherence
2. Practising and harnessing audience engagement
3. Developing active and respectful listening to others
4. Engaging meaningfully with ongoing discussions
You can expect to do regular reading (of academic texts and wider materials) in this course. The reading list will be communicated to you directly by your instructor and will be included in your course outline as well. In addition, you can expect to write consistently, participate in giving and taking feedback, and work on medium-term projects both individually and in collaboration with your coursemates.
This course will be graded on the basis of the general criteria, listed below:
1. Class Participation (20%) : Participating in class discussions, Class reflection blog entries, Office hours with instructor and peer tutor, in-class group work
2. Short Assignments (10%) : smaller summative assignments, homework, outlines, drafts
3. Mid-Term: Literature Review Paper (25%) : longform synthesis paper written in academic style, 1000 words, APA style of citations
4. End-Term: Academic Essay (30%): longform argumentative essay written in academic style, 2000 words, APA style of citations
5. Presentation (15%) : semester-long group project, non-written submission, in-class presentations
This course does not have a minimum attendance requirement but operates on an honour-code with regards to absences. Students wil need to communicate the reasons for their absences to the PT and instructor, and will be expected to keep up with the material discussed in class through the PT or your peer buddies.
None
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The main objective of this course is to investigate the relationship between literature and imprisonment. Why do people write in prisons? Why do people write about prisons? Why should we read these narratives? These writings have often been valued as counter histories or for the political significance they hold. But what happens when we read these narratives as literature? What does a literary framework do that other disciplines of engagement cannot? How does a literary framework enhance the socio-political importance of these writings but also what are some of the ethical constraints that come with its association with the literary and how does it challenge the limitations of literature itself ? Though the relationship between writing and imprisonment is as old as the institution of confinement, we will focus on how prison literature in postcolonial and post emancipation era offers a distinct critique of imprisonment that has gained its legitimacy in the rhetoric of modernity, in its claims of upholding humane, democratic values and its promises of being reformative in nature. We will explore how the narrative power of these writings investigates the construction of categories like ‘the human’ and ‘the criminal’, thereby revealing how carceral structures participate in the formation of racial and colonial subjectivities as outside of the domain of the human, that constantly need to be disciplined into being one but can never be. Some of the prison narratives we will look at are Behrouz Boochani’s No Friend but the Mountains, Sinan Antoon’s Ijaam, Naguib Mahfouz’s Karnak Cafe, Mohamedou Ould Slahi’s Guantanamo Diary, Elias Khourey’s Yalo, Chester Himes’s Cast the First Stone and Varavara Rao’s Captive Imagination.
None
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In The Souls of Black Folk, published first in 1903, William Edward Burghardt Du Bois, asks a question so powerful that we are yet to entirely understand its immense profundity: “How does it feel to be a problem?” In the posing of such a seemingly prosaic question, Du Bois radically alters the ways in which we apprehend the “systemic” machinations of “power,” by framing them in uncompromisingly experiential terms. In this course, we will be endeavoring to work with such a framing in understanding the fundamentals of a field of inquiry often referred to as Critical Race Theory. While this course will focus largely on critically examining race, race consciousness and racism in literary and cultural texts across Europe and the United States, it will also look at race at the intersections of and in counterpoints with other marginalities such as gender and gender identity, class, caste, sexuality, and nationality. We will be attempting to map the contours of a wider landscape of bigotry, and in doing so reflect upon the insights that such a cartography can offer regarding the “systemic” forces that shape our own experiential locus and locations.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course encourages students to engage with drawing-based processes that emphasize experience, transition, dialogue, and memory as integral to meaning-making. We will be looking at contemporary drawing practices, including works by William Kentridge, Kara Walker, Nalini Malani, Chitra Ganesh, and Nikhil Chopra. We will be re-questioning the idea of ‘what is a drawing’ and what role it plays in critiquing contemporary socio-political systems. Students may work with cut-outs, stencils, printmaking, and collages as means of experimenting with new ways of seeing, experiencing, and visualizing, leading towards a collective on-site work as part of the end-semester presentations.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course helps one express their personality, thoughts and emotions using tools of free form art as well as basic tools of graphic design. The student will ultimately achieve a motif, logo, composition that’s a symbolic reflection of a part of them.
The course will begin with understanding the basic elements and principles of design, something that is taught in first year of every design school. Following this, we will identify these elements and principles in visual arts to understand how semiotics aesthetically add a lot of hidden meaning to any artwork - from basic logos to famous fine art pieces. The second of the program will be practise led; students will get a chance to try several art mediums - both dry and wet, to choose their favourite. The last few classes would be then to learn a few frameworks of expressing oneself in design, bringing together every learning from the first half of the course.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In this visual communication course, we'll explore letterforms, the vocabulary and principles of
typography, and their relation to message and purpose. This studio-focused class nurtures
typographic thinking through drawing and grid work, enhancing students' ability to "see" type
for legibility and readability. Students will sharpen their evaluative skills through the critique
format and set specific goals for their type project. Students will experiment with everyday items
to create unique typefaces and finally design their own typeface or revival project. Despite the
emphasis on professional typography, there's flexibility for everyone to delve into their unique
interests—such as graffiti and street signage.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The course will focus on introducing a weekly practice of collage making for the students along
with engaging in discussions about art appreciation for the duration of the semester.
Each class is designed to engage students kinesthetically, exploring different styles of analogue
collaging. We will work with cutting out images from magazines, newpapers, wrappers, waste
materials, and then creating/montaging single-framed narrative collages from our harvest. We
will heavily focus on taking objects and images out of their intended context and appropriating
them to furnish our narratives. For instance, images of the Lotus temple and the dome from Bara
Imambara can be combined to look like an extraterrestrial spaceship. The idea is to expand the
limits of our imaginations and have fun while we do it. Students will be encouraged to tap into
their imaginations/inner world to make collages.
Each class will also focus on the cultural significance of collage as a medium. We will be tracing
the history of collaging, that became a post war symbol of resistance and think about how it
evolved as a means to question and challenge the dysfunctional norms of the society. We will
also dwell into the art practices of a few Dadaist and Surrealist artists; while also explore how
collaging is employed in zines, posters, banners and flyers in feminist and other
establishment-resistant contexts.
We will work towards using collage as a political tool to creatively express/communicate our
desires, inhibitions, and emotions, especially anger.
A few questions that we will discuss; How can art be a form of resistance? How do we critically
lace our artistic projects with sincerity and positivity while dealing with politically complex
subjects?
Outcomes: We will explore different styles of collage making using different materials, creating one piece of
art in each class.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
A hands-on, demonstration-oriented course that introduces students to textiles as an art medium. It delves into the history of Textile Art, exploring various processes and materials. The course aims to nurture creative self-expression by guiding students through the art creation process. Students can concentrate on a single theme, such as Gender, Slice of Life, Portraits, Conflicts, or a focal premise of their preference (no imposed restrictions). Students will experiment with diverse textile processes, including weaving, fabric and paper printmaking, textile surface manipulation, mixed-material exploration, natural dyeing, wet felting, and more. Additional techniques can be incorporated as per the artwork requirements. The course will conclude with an individual art piece from every student and a collective/class art piece displayed at the final exhibition.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Hold the camera and you become the subject, whatever we film is a reflection of our understanding of the world. We can be curious to know the world around us by looking at this viewfinder, still this image creation is never purely observational or objective. It's a very unique and personal view over the things we choose to capture/exhibit.
Who am I ? | How do I feel? | Does it hurt? | Does it heal? |
What I look at, when I look at myself |
In this creative documentary course, Letters to self : Cinema as therapy, we dive into the art of storytelling through the lens of self and others, and explore the relation of turning the camera on self and other discovering how the both approaches hold the mirror to the human experience of our innermost feelings. The course looks at the image and sound design through the concept of a “scene” and how to craft it, why we need to create it, how to give it a cinematic language to capture our expression. Throughout the course there will be a series of exercises and film screenings revolving around “Personal is Universal” which encourages students to think critically, investigate their own perspectives and engage in self reflection.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will focus on the different methods of drawing such as drawing through memory and through observation, so as to develop an approach towards visual expression. We will explore different drawing techniques such as mark-making, stippling, cross-hatching and lines created through free hand movement onto the paper.The course will encourage the students to be a part of independent and collaborative drawing exercises, and visually create in expected and unexpected ways. From preparatory to unfinished drawings and moving onto finished drawings, students can arrive at works in colour and monochrome.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course explores how drawing, painting and movement practice can inspire and inform each other. How can working with the body deepen one's approach to drawing and painting, and vice versa? Can changing how we relate to our senses change how we create and think about visual art? This course delves into these questions through practical study and exercises across artistic mediums. Emphasis will lie on the sketchbook or process notebook as a primary site for artistic practice. Prior experience in drawing, painting or embodied work is not needed. By opening to the sensory, we reorient to the ways in which we relate to and experience the world.
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
"With every passing day, the mundanity of daily life threatens to burst through the seams of reality and weigh everything down like so many melting clocks. One’s salvation lies in embracing the absurd, surrendering to the surreal for succour. From floating fruit to precariously perched pachyderms, we will dive into the bizarre, the uncanny, the irrational, and all that is more real than real.
The course will focus on how surreal art has been used as a way to respond to reality itself, and especially to expose the absurdity of what is accepted as routine. We will traverse the impossible stairways of surreal art, be it traditional visual media, acts of resistance & rebellion, or even modern physical creations that deconstruct the normative. Students will spend the semester creating a portfolio of visual art or a series of installations that melds their subconscious with the world surrounding them."
None
18:20-19:50
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Pottery is an ancient and primal medium of creative expression of form. The course is designed to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the art and science of pottery. It will combine hands-on studio work with in-depth theoretical exploration, offering students the opportunity to develop a holistic understanding of the art and practice of pottery. This co-curricular course introduces students to the history and cultural significance of pottery across different civilisations, and develops students’ practical skills in pottery-making techniques in order to explore the philosophy, aesthetics, semantics and symbolism of pottery as an art form.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In this course, students will be exposed to different genres of creative writing: poem, short story, essay, letter, interview, graphic narrative, literary criticism. Classes will be discussion heavy with regular writing assignments and workshops.
Reading for Writing [CW-1005]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In this course, students will experiment with several creative genres—spoken storytelling, poetry, prose—as a means of developing different imaginative approaches to experience. The emphasis will be on generating substantial amounts of raw material, and advancing a body of this work toward completion. Each craft lecture will be tied to a set of readings that will be discussed in class. At the end of the course, students will learn how to look at literature from the point of view of a practitioner and apply writing techniques to a variety of rhetorical situations. Anyone who wants to earn this minor or take creative writing courses, must successfully complete this course. There are no prerequisites for this course.
Reading for Writing [CW-1005]
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
How does one capture in English lives that are not lived in English? That is one of the defining challenges for the writer for whom English arrives as a literary language as a legacy of colonialism and globalization in contexts beyond the Anglosphere. In this course, we shall watch the paths taken by others who have grappled with this question, reading a selection of English fiction, poetry, and nonfiction by writers from sub-Saharan Africa, south Asia, the West Indies, and other possible locations on the globe where English co-exists with other indigenous and creolized languages. We will then turn to our own experience and discuss the possibilities before us as writers and translators who work with English as a medium of literature, with the chaos of many tongues around us.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course is an intensive immersion in reading as preparation to be a writer. It involves reading 10 novellas and novels (tentative reading list below), participating in discussions, writing short papers, and making a presentation. The objective is to read in a way that will inform your writing subsequently.
Haruki Murakami: Drive My Car
Alessandro Barricco: Silk
Annie Zaidi: Prelude to a Riot
Han Kang: The Vegetarian
KR Meera: Qabar
Anushka Jasraj: Radio Story
Adrian Tomine: ‘Amber Sweet’ from Killing and Dying
Vivek Shanbhag: Sakina's Kiss
Sally Rooney: Normal People
Aravind Jayan: Teen Couple have Fun Outdoors
Perumal Murugan: One Part Woman
Meg Mason: Sorrow and Bliss
Natalie Ginzburg: A Dry Heart
20%: Class participation (including attendance)
60%: Four pieces of 500 words each on one selected work from the readings, to be submitted at the end of weeks 3, 6, 9, 12
20%: A presentation on a chosen book-length text from outside the readings
You are permitted TWO absences in a semester for non-health/non-emergency reasons.
Beyond this there will be half a grade cut (from class participation and attendance) for each subsequent missed class.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In this course, students will experiment with the genre—folk tales, parables, chain tales, as well the as the modern form of the short story—as a means of developing different imaginative approaches to experience. Using a workshop format, students will learn craft through close readings of each other’s work. The emphasis will be on generating raw material and advancing a chunk of this work toward completion. During the semester, we will discuss a set of craft elements and students will be expected to apply those craft elements in their own writing while critiquing the work of their classmates. In short, this course will teach students the basic techniques of short fiction, how to apply those in their own writing and how to look at literature from the practitioner's point of view.
Introduction to Creative Writing [CW-1001]
Reading for Writing [CW-1005]
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This is a workshop for poets, readers of poetry, and those with an interest in the ‘poetic’. We will look at form, content and aesthetic, the classical, canonical and the contemporary. We will write in each class, share and analyze our work with our peers, read poems from across languages and cultures, learn from close reading, study sub-genres, technique and rhetorical devices, and also prepare our work for possible publication in journals and magazines. By the end of the workshop each participant can expect to have a significant number of poems that might lead to a possible collection of poems.
Introduction to Creative Writing [CW-1001]
Reading for Writing [CW-1005]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This will be an intensive pen-on-paper – physical or digital – approach to practical translation of fiction, non-fiction, poetry or any other form. Students will work on producing 20,000 words in translation from a language of their choice into English. We will be translating every week, sharing our translations with one another, critiquing them, and solving translation-related problems that we encounter through discussion and debate. Since this is a workshop, feedback and suggestions to the work being done by the entire class will be a crucial aspect of this course.
Students should have completed the Reading for Writing / Reading to Write course and the Introduction to Creative Writing Course.
100% grade from end semster submission of translated text.
Introduction to Creative Writing [CW-1001]
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The Publishing Workshop aims to work with the students to hone their skills at editing their own writing to develop it into a publishable manuscript as well as to have a clear understanding of how their writing would be received by the publishing ecosystem. The pedagogy will include both hands-on exercises and presentations of the students' work as well as interactions with visiting publishing editors.
Students should have their thesis first draft ready when the semester starts for sure. Without that it is very difficult to proceed through the semester.
The Publishing Seminar aims to equip you with the tools to editor-proof your writing and make it ready for submission for publication.
Please make sure the first draft of your thesis is ready at the beginning of the semester.
Grading will be done on the basis of class participation through the semester, and quality of the thesis (this part will be graded jointly with the students' thesis advisors).
Three unexcused absences and two excused.
Introduction to Creative Writing [CW-1001]
Reading for Writing [CW-1005]
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course functions as a “laboratory” for working writers of fiction. It will follow a studio format where each student takes turns to submit a piece of fiction that the class will workshop when they meet. Each submission is limited to 1,500-3,000 words. We will also be reading a series of short novellas through the semester to instigate class discussion on craft and literary technique.
Introduction to Creative Writing [CW-1001]
AND
Reading for Writing [CW-1005]
Reading to Write [CW-1002]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will be an introduction into the economic way of thinking about the world and of analyzing questions and figuring out answers. It will cover both Microeconomics and Macroeconomics and lay the foundation for the methodology and practices in both.
This course aims to equip students with basic comprehension of demand, supply, markets, the economic basis for trade, national income accounting, prices and inflation, real and nominal measures of GDP, and help students understand externalities and welfare, the choices in the labor market and its resulting level of employment, and the role of government in markets and the economy. Additional Microeconomics & Macroeconomics topics might be covered depending on the pace of the course.
The Economy, by The CORE project/team; and The Economy: A South Asian Perspective, by The CORE project/team.
Both are available online on The Core website.
Class Participation (Attendance + Surprise Quizzes) = 12
Assignments or take-home Quizzes = 18.
Exams (One or Two) = 70.
Attendance will be taken randomly in some classes at some unannounced time, and will contribute to your grade. There will also be short unannounced/surprise Quizzes in class. Students will be graded on their responses in these Quizzes, either individually or in groups. If you miss a class in which a Quiz/Jam was held or you fail to turn in your response to a Quiz/Jam, you miss the opportunity to score on that Quiz/Jam. Points on attendance and class Quizzes/Jams will together contribute to a student’s performance on ‘Class participation’, which is 12 points on the course total of 100.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
OR
Calculus [MAT-1000]
Calculus [MAT-1005]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will be an introduction into the economic way of thinking about the world and of analyzing questions and figuring out answers. It will cover both Microeconomics and Macroeconomics and lay the foundation for the methodology and practices in both.
This course aims to equip students with basic comprehension of demand, supply, markets, the economic basis for trade, national income accounting, prices and inflation, real and nominal measures of GDP, and help students understand externalities and welfare, the choices in the labor market and its resulting level of employment, and the role of government in markets and the economy. Additional Microeconomics & Macroeconomics topics might be covered depending on the pace of the course.
The Economy, by The CORE project/team; and The Economy: A South Asian Perspective, by The CORE project/team.
Both are available online on The Core website.
Class Participation (Attendance + Surprise Quizzes) = 12
Assignments or take-home Quizzes = 18.
Exams (One or Two) = 70.
Attendance will be taken randomly in some classes at some unannounced time, and will contribute to your grade. There will also be short unannounced/surprise Quizzes in class. Students will be graded on their responses in these Quizzes, either individually or in groups. If you miss a class in which a Quiz/Jam was held or you fail to turn in your response to a Quiz/Jam, you miss the opportunity to score on that Quiz/Jam. Points on attendance and class Quizzes/Jams will together contribute to a student’s performance on ‘Class participation’, which is 12 points on the course total of 100.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
OR
Calculus [MAT-1000]
Calculus [MAT-1005]
08:30-10:00
Thursday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Please see the attached detailed course outline.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
OR
Calculus [MAT-1000]
Calculus [MAT-1005]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Please see the attached detailed course outline.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
OR
Calculus [MAT-1000]
Calculus [MAT-1005]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Please see attached sample syllabus from previous year-the format will remain the same.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
OR
Calculus [MAT-1000]
Calculus [MAT-1005]
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Please see attached sample syllabus from previous year-the format will remain the same.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
OR
Calculus [MAT-1000]
Calculus [MAT-1005]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
PFA the document for course catalogue.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
PFA the document for course catalogue.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course introduces students to all the mathematical tools necessary for the study of economics at the undergraduate level. We start with preliminary topics like logic and reasoning. First few topics include set theory, linear equations and their solutions. We will learn to apply these concepts to some applications from economics. We will then cover univariate and multivariate calculus, and rules of differentiation. Some of the material will be proof-based and technical. Once basic calculus is covered, we will study optimization techniques and linear algebra. We will apply theorems from these topics to different optimization problems in Economics like the consumer's utility maximization problem.
By the end of the course students should be adept at calculating derivatives, slopes of different graphs, concavity and convexity, single variable and multivariable optimization, comparative statics. Students are expected to learn proof techniques like the method of contradiction, direct proof, contrapositive, and mathematical induction. This will set a foundation for more advanced topics in Economics.
Prerequisites:
1. Basic algebra
2. Logic and reasoning
I will assume knowledge of class 12th Mathematics or Calculus Enabler course
(Students will be given problem sets regularly throughout the semester for practice.)
1. Essential Mathematics for Economic Analysis, Fifth Edition (2016) by Knut Sydsæter, Peter Hammond, Arne Strøm and Andrés Carvajal, Pearson Education Inc.
Others:
1. Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics by Chiang, Alpha C.
2. Mathematics for Economic Analysis, by Sydsæter and Hammond's, 2002, Pearson Education.
3. Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, by Chiang and Wainwright, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill Education .
Student grades have four components: final exam (50% weightage), first mid-term (20% weightage), second mid-term exam (20% weightage), and the total score in all problem sets combined (10% weightage).
The syllabus for the first and second mid-term exams will be announced in class and on AMS.
The instructor does not entertain marks obsession. Students should make use of office hours for any extra help or resources they require.
The Ashoka grading scheme:
A/A- letter grade = outstanding. Students know the mathematical techniques and have the ability to apply them in novel problems.
B+/B/B- letter grade = good. Students have expertise in most of the mathematical techniques taught in the course. They may lack creativity in problem solving but are well trained to do well in any mathematical or applied course.
C+/C/C- letter grade = adequate. Student knows enough. If s/he tries to revise the course content, s/he shall do well in any application of the course content.
D+/D/D- letter grade = barely satisfactory. Student knows little. S/he requires guidance and then s/he would be able to apply the courses’ concepts.
F letter grade = unsatisfactory. Student knows less than 40% of the course content. S/he has not achieved the minimum standards for this course.
If you miss 8 classes or less than that, you will be awarded an extra credit of 2%. If you miss either 9 or 10 classes, you will be given 1% extra credit. If you miss more than 10, you will not be given any advantage.
Attendance during mid-term exams and final exams is compulsory, no exam will be re-taken.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course is compulsory for all Economics Majors, PPE as well as Economics Minor. This course introduces students to all the mathematical tools necessary for the study of economics at the undergraduate level. We start with preliminary topics like logic and reasoning. First few topics include set theory, linear equations and their solutions. We will learn to apply these concepts to some applications from economics. We will then cover univariate and multivariate calculus, and rules of differentiation. Some of the material will be proof-based and technical. Once basic calculus is covered, we will study optimization techniques and linear algebra. We will apply theorems from these topics to different optimization problems in Economics like the consumer's utility maximization problem.
By the end of the course students will be adept at calculating derivatives of functions, linear approximation, concavity and convexity, single variable and multivariable optimization, the Lagrange's method. We will cover optimization examples like utility maximization, profit maximization, cost minimization, etc. These topics will form the foundation for further analysis in Economics.
Students are expected to learn proof techniques like the method of contradiction, direct proof, contrapositive, and mathematical induction. This will enable them to learn more advanced topics in Economics.
Prerequisites: Basic algebra and logical reasoning. I will assume knowledge of class 12th Mathematics or Calculus Enabler course.
References:
Main textbook:
1. Essential Mathematics for Economic Analysis, Fifth Edition (2016) by Knut Sysæter, Peter Hammond, Arne Strøm and Andrés Carvajal, Pearson Education Inc.
Others:
1. Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics by Chiang, Alpha C.
2. Mathematics for Economic Analysis, by Sydsæter and Hammond's, 2002, Pearson Education.
3. Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, by Chiang and Wainwright, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill Education .
Grading weights: 20% for Assignments/Quizzes and tests, 40% for midterms and 40% for finals. Bonus points for exceptional class participation.
Relative grading but conditional on thresholds being cleared. For example, if a student has top rank but has scored below 85% of the total, that student may not qualify for the highest grade. This does not mean that anyone above 85% will get the highest grade. Similar thresholds will exist for other grades as well. A student will require 40 % or more to pass the course.
Students who consistently respond in class and make useful comments get points throughout the semester and get bonus points in the end.
Use of laptops and mobile phones are not allowed. All handwriting-based ipads, tablets and notepads are allowed.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
PFA document
Mathematics required in XI or XII
18:20-19:50
Thursday
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
PFA document
Mathematics required in XI or XII
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The course, the second one in the Microeconomics sequence, is an introduction to strategic reasoning. While Microeconomics I focused on single agent decision making, in this course we will explore strategic interactions when multiple economic actors make decisions and each one's action affects the others. Economists use the mathematical toolkit of Game Theory to study strategic interactions. The course will, therefore, equip you with the toolkit of game theory. We will cover complete information games and its applications in different contexts like firm competitions, auctions, public good provision, etc. Time permitted, we will also discuss the games of incomplete information and Bayesian learning.
The course will teach you one of the most widely used tool in modern microeconomics: game theory. You should be able to model real life situations using game theoretic reasoning and apply the logic.
Textbook:
∙ Strategy: An Introduction to Game Theory by Joel Watson (ISBN: 9788130915999)
∙ A Course in Game Theory by Osborne and Rubinstein (ISBN: 9788120351868)
∙ The main reference will be the lecture slides outlining the material, which will be uploaded weekly on Moodle.
Assignments 15%
Class Participation 15%
Midterms 20%+20%
Final 30%
Attendance in lectures and active class participation is highly recommended. The in-class quizzes will not be announced beforehand and missed quizzes can not be taken at any other time.
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The course, the second one in the Microeconomics sequence, is an introduction to strategic reasoning. While Microeconomics I focused on single agent decision making, in this course we will explore strategic interactions when multiple economic actors make decisions and each one's action affects the others. Economists use the mathematical toolkit of Game Theory to study strategic interactions. The course will, therefore, equip you with the toolkit of game theory. We will cover complete information games and its applications in different contexts like firm competitions, auctions, public good provision, etc. Time permitted, we will also discuss the games of incomplete information and Bayesian learning.
The course will teach you one of the most widely used tool in modern microeconomics: game theory. You should be able to model real life situations using game theoretic reasoning and apply the logic.
Textbook:
∙ Strategy: An Introduction to Game Theory by Joel Watson (ISBN: 9788130915999)
∙ A Course in Game Theory by Osborne and Rubinstein (ISBN: 9788120351868)
∙ The main reference will be the lecture slides outlining the material, which will be uploaded weekly on Moodle.
Assignments 15%
Class Participation 15%
Midterms 20%+20%
Final 30%
Attendance in lectures and active class participation is highly recommended. The in-class quizzes will not be announced beforehand and missed quizzes can not be taken at any other time.
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Please see attached syllabus
Please see attached syllabus
Please see attached syllabus
Please see attached syllabus
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Please see attached syllabus
Please see attached syllabus
Please see attached syllabus
Please see attached syllabus
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Overview:
This course builds on the foundational concepts introduced in Microeconomics 1, delving deeper into advanced topics crucial for understanding modern economic phenomena. The course begins with exploring game theory, examining strategic interactions and Nash equilibrium, and providing students with analytical tools to assess decision-making in various economic scenarios. It then moves on to study its applications to industrial organization investigating the nuances of monopoly, oligopoly, monopolistic competition, and perfect competition. The analysis extends to understanding market failures caused by externalities and the provision of public goods, followed by a focus on information economics and labor markets. Applications of dynamic games of complete information include bargaining and repeated games. Throughout the semester, students engage in critical thinking through problem-solving assignments, and discussions, fostering a deeper understanding of microeconomic principles and their real-world applications.
20% Assignments
30% Midterm exams (two exams of 15% each)
50% Final exam
No mandatory attendance
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Overview:
This course builds on the foundational concepts introduced in Microeconomics 1, delving deeper into advanced topics crucial for understanding modern economic phenomena. The course begins with exploring game theory, examining strategic interactions and Nash equilibrium, and providing students with analytical tools to assess decision-making in various economic scenarios. It then moves on to study its applications to industrial organization investigating the nuances of monopoly, oligopoly, monopolistic competition, and perfect competition. The analysis extends to understanding market failures caused by externalities and the provision of public goods, followed by a focus on information economics and labor markets. Applications of dynamic games of complete information include bargaining and repeated games. Throughout the semester, students engage in critical thinking through problem-solving assignments, and discussions, fostering a deeper understanding of microeconomic principles and their real-world applications.
20% Assignments
30% Midterm exams (two exams of 15% each)
50% Final exam
No mandatory attendance
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
08:30-10:00
Thursday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The process of economic growth and differences in patterns of growth within and across economies are some of the most interesting areas in economics. This course provides an introduction to the study of economic growth. The first two units of the course will be a theoretical exploration on the different sources of growth – population growth, technological change, accumulation of physical and human capital, geography, government and structural change. The analysis of these economic models will set the stage for the last unit where we will look at empirical studies on current patterns of growth. Students must be mathematically comfortable with concepts of functions, derivatives, integrals, and ordinary differential equations. Some basic knowledge on regression analysis is also required.
Students should understand growth concepts like: technological progress, capital accumulation, source of growth, endogenous growth, to name a few
Students should be well aware of the growth experiences of various countries or regions in the past few decades
Students must be well-read on stylized facts on economic growth
Students must be able to write on topics in economic growth
Exceptional students shall be comfortable with inter-temporal problems. They should be able to convert such questions in mathematical equations as well as English language
Students should have a hard or soft copy of the textbooks. They should be able to do all end-of-chapter questions.
Final exam (30% weightage), Blog post/Presentation (20%), Midterm (30%), Group Assignments (20%)
The grading rubric may change depending on course enrollment numbers. A student has to pass the final exam (i.e. score 40% or more) to pass the course.
If a student misses any assessment or deadlines, the weightage of the assessment will be added to the final exam.
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
Intermediate Macroeconomics [ECO-201]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The process of economic growth and differences in patterns of growth within and across economies are some of the most interesting areas in economics. This course provides an introduction to the study of economic growth. The first two units of the course will be a theoretical exploration on the different sources of growth – population growth, technological change, accumulation of physical and human capital, geography, government and structural change. The analysis of these economic models will set the stage for the last unit where we will look at empirical studies on current patterns of growth. Students must be mathematically comfortable with concepts of functions, derivatives, integrals, and ordinary differential equations. Some basic knowledge on regression analysis is also required.
Students should have a hard or soft copy of the textbooks. They should be able to do all end-of-chapter questions.
Final exam (30% weightage), Blog post/Presentation (20%), Midterm (30%), Group Assignments (20%)
The grading rubric may change depending on course enrollment numbers. A student has to pass the final exam (i.e. score 40% or more) to pass the course.
If a student misses any assessment or deadlines, the weightage of the assessment will be added to the final exam.
If a student misses 6 or more classes, they get two grade cut (A- will be lowered to B, B+ to B- and so on)
The attendance policy may change subject to course enrollment
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
Intermediate Macroeconomics [ECO-201]
08:30-10:00
Thursday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This is the second course in the Macroeconomics sequence at the undergraduate level.
The focus of this course is studying economic outcomes in the long run. We will
primarily be learning about theoretical models pertaining to economic growth and
current empirical patterns associated with it. We will discuss the different sources of
growth: technological change, accumulation of physical and human capital, population growth, geography and institutions. We shall also consider a simple consumption-savings problem, with an extension to overlapping generations.
Students are expected to be well versed with
the mathematical concepts of functions, derivatives, integrals and ordinary differential
equations.
The following two textbooks are required for this course. You must obtain a hard or
electronic copy of the books:
1. Introduction to Economic Growth, by Charles I. Jones and Dietrich Vollrath
(3rd edition)
2. Economic Growth, by David N Weil (3rd edition)
Student grades have the following four components, with weights in parenthesis:
• Homework (30%): No more than three problem sets shall be assigned, that can
be submitted by groups of no greater than three students. They are intended
to test your ability to apply concepts taught during the lectures.
• Essay (25%): Groups of no more than three students must submit one short
essay on a current topic which is closely connected with the ideas discussed in
the course. Possible material could be drawn from:
– Pieces on current economic events related to economic growth or macroe-
conomic variables in, for instance, The Economist, Financial Times, Mint,
Business Standard etc.
– Stylized facts using the latest data and recent economic trends
• Final exam (25%): The final examination will be cumulative
None
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
Intermediate Macroeconomics [ECO-201]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This is the second course in the Macroeconomics sequence at the undergraduate level.
The focus of this course is studying economic outcomes in the long run. We will
primarily be learning about theoretical models pertaining to economic growth and
current empirical patterns associated with it. We will discuss the different sources of
growth: technological change, accumulation of physical and human capital, population growth, geography and institutions. We shall also consider a simple consumption-savings problem, with an extension to overlapping generations.
Students are expected to be well versed with
the mathematical concepts of functions, derivatives, integrals and ordinary differential
equations.
The following two textbooks are required for this course. You must obtain a hard or
electronic copy of the books:
1. Introduction to Economic Growth, by Charles I. Jones and Dietrich Vollrath
(3rd edition)
2. Economic Growth, by David N Weil (3rd edition)
Student grades have the following four components, with weights in parenthesis:
• Homework (30%): No more than three problem sets shall be assigned, that can
be submitted by groups of no greater than three students. They are intended
to test your ability to apply concepts taught during the lectures.
• Essay (25%): Groups of no more than three students must submit one short
essay on a current topic which is closely connected with the ideas discussed in
the course. Possible material could be drawn from:
– Pieces on current economic events related to economic growth or macroe-
conomic variables in, for instance, The Economist, Financial Times, Mint,
Business Standard etc.
– Stylized facts using the latest data and recent economic trends
• Final exam (25%): The final examination will be cumulative
None
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
Intermediate Macroeconomics [ECO-201]
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
By mutual agreement between the macroeconomics faculty of the Econ department, the course ECO 2202: Macroeconomic Theory II is standardized across instructors (be it me, Prof. Contractor, Prof. Saha, or Prof. Mukta Jain) in terms of topics to be covered (not in terms of evaluation/ assessment plans).
The course will cover
Components
Midterm 1: 20% weightage
Midterm 2: 20% weightage
Homework and/ or Pop Quizzes: 15% weightage
Final Exam: 35% weightage
Participation (including attendance): 10% weightage (see 'Attendance Policy' section)
There will be no makeup midterm or pop quizzes. In cases of documented emergencies, I might (i.e. it is not guaranteed) agree to a make-up Final Exam when school reopens in August/ September 2024 and award you an 'Incomplete' in the meantime. This will be done on a case-by-case basis.
Points to note
Total Score to letter grade conversion
90 to 100 is A
85 to 89 is A-
80 to 84 is B+
75 to 79 is B
70 to 74 is B-
65 to 69 is C+
60 to 64 is C
55 to 59 is C-
50 to 54 is D+
45 to 49 is D
40 to 44 is D-
Below 40 is F
I do not usually curve the scores.
If you are not in the habit of attending lectures regularly do not sign up for this course.
10% of the course grade is allotted to Participation an important part of which is regular and timely attendance. There are 26 scheduled lectures, of which 2 will be reserved for the two midterms. The class will effectively meet 24 times during the semester. If a student’s lecture attendance falls below 17 lectures (~ 71% of 24), then the student will earn nothing on the Participation Grade (0 on 10% of the total course score). This almost certainly amounts to the difference between two consecutive letter grades, and in some cases between three consecutive letter grades.
I will be taking a roll call at the beginning of every class. If a student shows up after the roll call, they will be marked as "absent" for that particular lecture. This is what I mean by timely attendance.
Due to seminars, conferences, or other such scholarly engagements, I might be traveling for some days of the semester. If I am out of the station on a lecture day and unable to teach in person, I will make up for it either through an in-person lecture or an online lecture on a pre-agreed date or time. If I teach an online lecture, I will take note of the Zoom attendance log to determine your participation points.
Finally, it is called Participation Grade so a student must not engage in anything that qualifies as non-participatory or disruptive behavior including (but not limited to) using laptops/ tablets/ cellphones for purposes not related to the course, sleeping in class, studying for another course in class, chit-chatting, leaving the lecture early without permission, etc. Non-participatory or disruptive behavior will lead to the cancellation of attendance points for that particular lecture.
During the first couple of weeks (shopping weeks)
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
Intermediate Macroeconomics [ECO-201]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Macroeconomic Theory II [ECO-2202]
Course Instructor: Mukta Jain
Course Overview:
Macroeconomics is not just a discipline, but a thought process that shapes our ability to think big. ECO-2202-5 is designed to initiate your journey to develop, formalize and defend this mindset. I will use the basics of modern growth theory to teach the way of addressing macroeconomic problems. It starts by studying one of the most widely asked questions in macroeconomics - how countries grow around the world. We will analyze various sources of growth through theoretical models and explore ways to empirically support the theoretical findings. Once the foundation for macroeconomic analysis is established, we will discuss current patterns of growth and newly emerging global challenges.
Course Prerequisites:
Macroeconomic Theory I (ECO 2201)
Mathematics for Economics (ECO 2101)
Students must be comfortable with functions, derivatives and optimization, integrals, and simple differential equations. Basic knowledge of regression analysis is also required.
Lectures & Drop-by Sessions:
Lectures: Mondays & Wednesdays (10:10 am to 11:40 am)
Drop-by Sessions: Mondays (12:30 pm to 3:00 pm)
Learning Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course, students should be able to attain the following.
Ability to formulate questions through macroeconomic lens.
Understand key concepts in growth theory.
Awareness of growth experiences in various countries.
Get acquainted with empirical methods in macroeconomic research.
Reading Material:
The basic readings followed for the course are the following:
Introduction to Economic Growth, by Charles I. Jones and Dietrich Vollrath, Third Edition
Economic Growth, by David N Weil. Third Edition
If needed, additional sources may be consulted as supplementary materials for specific segments of the course. The references for such material will be shared as the course progresses.
Topics Covered:
Below is an outline of the subjects I plan to cover in my lectures. Please note that this list serves as a guide to the areas we'll explore during the course. I reserve the option to introduce new topics or omit certain ones based on our pace and progress.
Introduction - Economic Growth
Evidences \& Issues in the literature of Economic Growth
Solow Model, its extensions \& Empirical Applications
Economics of Ideas
The Engine of Growth
A simple model of growth \& development
Alternative Theories of Endogenous Growth
Human Capital
Measuring Productivity
Role of Technology in Growth - New \& Emerging Technologies
Government
Culture
Geography
Income Inequality
Growth in the Open Economy
Evaluation:
End-Term Examination (30%), 2 Mid-Term Examinations (15% each), Group Term Paper (30%), Attendance (5%) and Class Participation (5%)
If the student misses any assessment/deadline, its weightage will be added to the final exam.
Course Organization:
All communications (announcements, queries, lecture slides, readings, term paper submissions, and result display) will be made through Google Classroom (GC). Students will be required to download the application before the course starts.
Will be announced later
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
Intermediate Macroeconomics [ECO-201]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Please see attached course outline for all relevant details.
Please see attached course outline for all relevant details.
Please see attached course outline for all relevant details.
Please see attached course outline for all relevant details.
Please see attached course outline for all relevant details.
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This is a standard introductory econometrics course for undergraduates pursuing a major or an interdisciplinary major in economics. Through this course, we will under- stand how to infer economic relationships from data. We will learn a number of tools economists use to analyse data, and apply these tools to datasets using Stata.
Students must have a basic understanding of statistics and mathematical tools for economists. As such, students should have completed the Mathematics and Statistics courses offered by the Economics department.
Gain a comprehensive understanding of how to estimate linear regression models using the OLS estimator
Learn how to read and interpret a table of estimated coefficients from a regression model
Basic understanding of how to use Stata for simple tasks
The core text for this course is Jeffrey Wooldridge’s “Introductory Econometrics - A Modern Approach”. Any edition will do, though I will reference the chapters from 5th edition (the 4th edition is very similar). We will complete Section I on Regression Anal- ysis with cross-sectional data (Chapters 2-9) and parts of Chapter 13 (time permitting).
We will also use Stata for data applications, so please make sure you have access via the Ashoka licence.
1 Class participation (5%)
At the very least, you are expected to show up to class, listen attentively, and stay off your phones. Students who actively participate in classroom discussions will get credit for doing so under this component of the total grade. Students on their phones and laptops during class will lose credit here.
2 Take-home assignments (25%)
We will have 3 take-home assignments, which will be open-book but must be completed individually, and submitted by the deadline. We will drop the lowest of these three grades. Late submissions will be penalised by a grade cut for every day that the assignment is late. However, no further submissions will be allowed after the answers are discussed in class.
3 In-class assignments (35%)
We will have 3 in-class assignments which will be approx 30-40 minutes long. These will be pen-and-paper assignments that will test your ability to interpret the results of regressions. We will drop the lowest of these three grades. There will be no make-up assignments.
4 Final exam (35%)
This will be a 90 minute test that will take place at the end of the course. There will be no make-up assignments or finals. If you miss more than one take-home assignment or in-class assignment, and have a legitimate reason for doing so (illness, injury, death), you can write to me and we will work out an accommodation. The percentage to letter grade conversion will follow the standard Ashoka CGPA-percentage band relationship (i.e. 90 and above is an A, 85-90 is an A-, 80-85 is a B+, and so on).
I do not take attendance so you do not need to write to me in case you miss a class.
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This is a standard introductory econometrics course for undergraduates pursuing a major or an interdisciplinary major in economics. Through this course, we will under- stand how to infer economic relationships from data. We will learn a number of tools economists use to analyse data, and apply these tools to datasets using Stata.
Students must have a basic understanding of statistics and mathematical tools for economists. As such, students should have completed the Mathematics and Statistics courses offered by the Economics department.
Gain a comprehensive understanding of how to estimate linear regression models using the OLS estimator
Learn how to read and interpret a table of estimated coefficients from a regression model
Basic understanding of how to use Stata for simple tasks
The core text for this course is Jeffrey Wooldridge’s “Introductory Econometrics - A Modern Approach”. Any edition will do, though I will reference the chapters from 5th edition (the 4th edition is very similar). We will complete Section I on Regression Anal- ysis with cross-sectional data (Chapters 2-9) and parts of Chapter 13 (time permitting).
We will also use Stata for data applications, so please make sure you have access via the Ashoka licence.
1 Class participation (5%)
At the very least, you are expected to show up to class, listen attentively, and stay off your phones. Students who actively participate in classroom discussions will get credit for doing so under this component of the total grade. Students on their phones and laptops during class will lose credit here.
2 Take-home assignments (25%)
We will have 3 take-home assignments, which will be open-book but must be completed individually, and submitted by the deadline. We will drop the lowest of these three grades. Late submissions will be penalised by a grade cut for every day that the assignment is late. However, no further submissions will be allowed after the answers are discussed in class.
3 In-class assignments (35%)
We will have 3 in-class assignments which will be approx 30-40 minutes long. These will be pen-and-paper assignments that will test your ability to interpret the results of regressions. We will drop the lowest of these three grades. There will be no make-up assignments.
4 Final exam (35%)
This will be a 90 minute test that will take place at the end of the course. There will be no make-up assignments or finals. If you miss more than one take-home assignment or in-class assignment, and have a legitimate reason for doing so (illness, injury, death), you can write to me and we will work out an accommodation. The percentage to letter grade conversion will follow the standard Ashoka CGPA-percentage band relationship (i.e. 90 and above is an A, 85-90 is an A-, 80-85 is a B+, and so on).
I do not take attendance so you do not need to write to me in case you miss a class.
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Course Code: ECO-2400
Course description
By the end of the semester, the students are expected to be at ease with basic econometric techniques such as setting up a model, testing assumptions and have a critical view on econometric results. Computer classes introduce the student to real life problems and help to understand the theoretical content of the lectures. The course reviews the linear model, ordinary least square regression, hypothesis testing, heteroskedasticity and endogeneity.
Course objectives
To understand classical linear model assumptions, it’s violations, and solutions.
To estimate linear regression models and test its violation using STATA software.
Topics
1. The Simple Regression Model
2. Multiple Regression Analysis: Estimation
3. Multiple Regression Analysis: Inference
4. Multiple regression analysis: Further issues
5. Heteroskedasticity, Autocorrelation, Multicollinearity.
6. More on specification and data problems
7. Multiple regression analysis with qualitative information: Dummy variables
8. Limited dependent variable models.
9. Instrumental variable estimation
10. Introduction to Panel Data and Time Series Regression Modelling
Learning outcomes
After completing this course, students will be able to
1. Identify modelling problems relating to continuous endogenous variables
2. To solve problems relating to continuous endogenous variables through empirical analysis
Mandatory reading
Wooldridge, J.M. (2007): Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach, Fourth Edition, Thomson South- Western.
Statistical Software
STATA
Evaluation criteria
Written exam (Mid-term) 25%
Practical Exams 25%
Written examination (Final) 50%
Mandatory
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This will be an introductory course in econometrics. It will build on the concepts of statistical inference with the aim to apply them to data and enable understanding of economic relationships. The course will have both a theoretical and an application-based part. The theory will involve understanding the method of least squares estimation and the application part will involve data visualization and analyses using STATA computing software.
The crux of econometrics is to be able to test hypothesis about a population using a sample. We begin by building on our understanding of a population and a sample and the basics of hypothesis testing. The course then moves onto the methods of estimation to understand causal relationships between variables. These methods are not just restricted to economics but are also relevant to the study of political science, sociology and public policy in general. The emphasis will be on inferring causality throughout the course. By the end of this course you should be able to understand and apply the taught econometric methods to test a relevant hypothesis of interest using data, interpret the results and draw appropriate conclusions.
Course Outline
Chapter 1-7 of JMW will form the core of this course. Below is topic wise course outline.
1. Review of Statistics: Random variables, Joint distribution, Probability Distributions, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis Testing
Appendix A, B and C [JMW]
2. Nature of Econometrics:
Chapter 1 [JMW] and Chapter 1 [Mastering Metrics by Joshua Angrist and Jörn Steffen Pischke, this will be circulated]
3. Simple Regression Model: Estimation, Inference
Chapter 1 and 2 [JMW]
4. Multiple Regression Model: Estimation, Inference
Chapter 3 (exclude appendix 3A), 4, and 6(exclude prediction interval and prediction error, Appendix 6A) [JMW]
5. Dummy Variables in a Regression Model
Chapter 7 (exclude testing for difference in Regression functions across Groups and section 7.5) [JMW]
Prerequisites: Statistics; Hard Work
Calculus and algebra will be used in the theory.
Textbooks and Articles
Jeffrey M. Wooldridge [JMW], Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach, 4th or 5th edition
Cameron, A.C. and Trivedi, P.K [CT]. Microeconometrics using Stata, 2nd ed., Stata Press, 2010
Evaluation
Home-assignments: 20%
Class quizzes: 20%
Mid-term: 30%
Final: 30%
Attendance will not be used as an eligibility to sit for exams and will not count towards any assessment but is highly encouraged. Class participation is also recommended. This course forms the basis for electives that follow in the coming semesters and conceptual gaps that remain will snowball later.
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This will be an introductory course in econometrics. It will build on the concepts of statistical inference with the aim to apply them to data and enable understanding of economic relationships. The course will have both a theoretical and an application-based part. The theory will involve understanding the method of least squares estimation and the application part will involve data visualization and analyses using STATA computing software.
The crux of econometrics is to be able to test hypothesis about a population using a sample. We begin by building on our understanding of a population and a sample and the basics of hypothesis testing. The course then moves onto the methods of estimation to understand causal relationships between variables. These methods are not just restricted to economics but are also relevant to the study of political science, sociology and public policy in general. The emphasis will be on inferring causality throughout the course. By the end of this course you should be able to understand and apply the taught econometric methods to test a relevant hypothesis of interest using data, interpret the results and draw appropriate conclusions.
Course Outline
Chapter 1-7 of JMW will form the core of this course. Below is topic wise course outline.
1. Review of Statistics: Random variables, Joint distribution, Probability Distributions, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis Testing
Appendix A, B and C [JMW]
2. Nature of Econometrics:
Chapter 1 [JMW] and Chapter 1 [Mastering Metrics by Joshua Angrist and Jörn Steffen Pischke, this will be circulated]
3. Simple Regression Model: Estimation, Inference
Chapter 1 and 2 [JMW]
4. Multiple Regression Model: Estimation, Inference
Chapter 3 (exclude appendix 3A), 4, and 6(exclude prediction interval and prediction error, Appendix 6A) [JMW]
5. Dummy Variables in a Regression Model
Chapter 7 (exclude testing for difference in Regression functions across Groups and section 7.5) [JMW]
Prerequisites: Statistics; Hard Work
Calculus and algebra will be used in the theory.
Textbooks and Articles
Jeffrey M. Wooldridge [JMW], Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach, 4th or 5th edition
Cameron, A.C. and Trivedi, P.K [CT]. Microeconometrics using Stata, 2nd ed., Stata Press, 2010
Evaluation
Home-assignments: 20%
Class quizzes: 20%
Mid-term: 30%
Final: 30%
Homework problems will generally be assigned from Wooldridge. Homework assessments will be submitted individually. Group discussions are allowed but plagiarism will be dealt with a fail grade on the assessment. For STATA based assessments, printouts/word/pdf outputs should be accompanied with proper explanations and do/log file must be uploaded as per instructions. Assignments must be submitted in time. Late submission will not be graded. The quizzes will not be announced and no make-up will be allowed for missed quizzes.
Attendance:
Attendance will not be used as an eligibility to sit for exams and will not count towards any assessment but is highly encouraged. Class participation is also recommended. This course forms the basis for electives that follow in the coming semesters and conceptual gaps that remain will snowball later.
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The course will build on the material discussed in EC 2102 and then discuss how game theoretic tools can be applied in various contexts taken from Economics, Computer Science, Law and Biology. Much of the course will focus on the applications rather than on learning more Advanced Game Theory. EC2101 and 2102 are prerequisites for the course.
A rough outline of the course structure is the following.
1. Review of Game Theory. 1 week.
2. Economics and Game Theory : Auction, Bargaining and markets, introduction to mechanism design. 4 weeks.
3. Evolutionary Game Theory and Biological interactions 2 weeks
4 Game Theory and Computer Science. 2 weeks.
5. Game Theory and Law . 2 weeks.
6. Game Theory and Political Science. 2 weeks.
There is no textbook for this course. I will distribute lecture notes and also give detailed references to various papers as we go along.
Grading : There will be one midterm test (40% weight), one final exam (40% weight) and 2 assignments (each 10% weight).
Attendance Policy : You are allowed 5 absences during the semester. Each absence beyond 5 will entail a loss of 5 marks. The only deviation from this rule will be if any incidence of illness results in hospitalization. So, you are advised to not use up your quota of 5 permitted absences until the last few weeks of the semester.
Microeconomic Theory II [ECO-2102]
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Prior knowledge of basic game theory will be assumed. We want to understand outcomes in environments
where some players have more information than others. For example, a car salesman knows more about
the value of the car than a customer, a person buying car insurance knows more than the insurance
provider about their own driving style, a job applicant is more aware of her abilities than the interviewer.
The objective of this course is to understand player incentives and strategies in such environments with
the use of formal economic models. We will highlight the role played by asymmetric information and
study how it changes outcomes compared to an environment where everyone has the same information.
Specific topics include models involving adverse selection, moral hazard, signalling, cheap talk, reputation
and information cascades.
Will be discussed on the first day of class
No attendance will be taken. However, please keep up with the class. Apart from discussions on basic concepts, there will be practice problems done in the class that will help you understand the topics better. If you are unable to attend two lectures in a row (or if you will miss an exam) you must e-mail me and let me know of this in advance. Please note that if you can’t keep up with the classes due to illness (or if you miss an exam/problem set submission), please send me a doctor’s note on the doctor's official letterhead which clearly indicates your name, your doctor’s name, and the dates on which the doctor has deemed you unfit to attend classes.
Microeconomic Theory II [ECO-2102]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Please note that this course will be offered by Prof. Arunava Sen (Economics and Planning Unit, ISI, Delhi). His biographical profile can be accessed here : https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arunava_Sen. His professional website is here: https://www.isid.ac.in/~asen/
Course outline:
This is a course in economic theory based on the axiomatic method. It will cover classical topics in preference aggregation, strategic voting, matching, bargaining and resource allocation.
Specific topics, in the rough order that we will discuss them, are the following.
The course will emphasise concepts. The content will be formal though we will not require knowledge of any specific concepts in economics or any mathematical results.
Whatever is required will be motivated and introduced in class. The only requirement is a basic level of comfort with abstract argumentation.
We will do some lengthy proofs but I do not expect students to memorize and reproduce them in exams.
I am happy to adjust the pace of the lectures in accordance with student preferences. This will be first-principles course and will be fun for all those who want to learn new things.
There is no textbook. References will be made to notes and papers.
The final grade will be based on the following:
The final grade will be based on absolute scores according to the following distribution.
A: 90 and above.
A-: 80-89.
B+: 70-79.
B: 60-69.
B-: 50-59.
C: 40-49.
F: below 40.
Attendance is strongly encouraged but will not be marked.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This is an elective course in advanced macroeconomics. This course will study macroeconomic policy by understanding crucial components of the macroeconomy – monetary policy and fiscal policy. In the first half of the course, we will look at consumption, investment, and risk-sharing in basic life cycle models, budget deficit, government debt dynamics, and fiscal policy. We will then focus on banks, their role in the monetary system, and how they interact with the central monetary institutions. We will develop a deeper understanding of the monetary transmission mechanism and how banks impact inflation beyond the central bank's control.
By the end of the course students should have a firm understanding of:
• Consumption and Investment Models
• Macroeconomic Models of Fiscal Policy and Government Debt Dynamics
• Monetary Policy Making with and without Financial Frictions
• Policy Making to Promote Growth
The course consists of both required course materials and some suggested readings. I will provide lecture notes on the different topics we cover in the class, which will be usually uploaded before the relevant class. Students should acquire a soft copy of these textbooks or use the library resources:
a) Mankiw, G., Macroeconomics (5th edition or later)- Required.
b) Jones, C., Macroeconomics (3rd Edition)
c) Froyen, R.T., Macroeconomics Theories and Policies (7th Edition or later)
e) Dornbusch, R., Fischer, S., Startz, R., Macroeconomics (9th Edition or later)
f) Handa, J., Monetary Economics (2nd Edition)
The total grades from the course will be distributed among Assignments (2 x 25% = 50%), class tests (2 x 20% = 40%), and class participation and discussion (10%). Grading is absolute.
Class attendance and participation are a part of the grading scheme
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
Macroeconomic Theory II [ECO-2202]
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Why do countries trade? Who gains and who loses from international trade? How have the global trade patterns evolved in the last three decades? What is the relation between international trade and Economic growth? We will study these questions both empirically and theoretically. In particular, we will cover the Ricardian theory of comparative advantage, the Heckscher-Ohlin Model of factor endowments, and trade driven by Economies of scale. Next, we will study the welfare consequences of trade, including empirical literature from the last decade and the role of trade policy. We will briefly cover different exchange rate regimes and the nature of trade imbalances. Finally, we will study the relationship between trade and economic development.
International trade : Theory and Policy by Krugman, Obstfeld and Melitz 10th edition (required)
Lecture slides
The grading will consist of following elements:
1) 2 homeworks worth 5 percent each,
2) 2 in-class exams worth 35 percent each,
3) 1 emprical project/write-up (with possible presentation) worth 20 percent
Attendence is not mandatory.
Macroeconomic Theory II [ECO-2202]
AND
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Why do countries trade? Who gains and who loses from international trade? How have the global trade patterns evolved in the last three decades? What is the relation between international trade and Economic growth? We will study these questions both empirically and theoretically. In particular, we will cover the Ricardian theory of comparative advantage, the Heckscher-Ohlin Model of factor endowments, and trade driven by Economies of scale. Next, we will study the welfare consequences of trade, including empirical literature from the last decade and the role of trade policy. We will briefly cover different exchange rate regimes and the nature of trade imbalances. Finally, we will study the relationship between trade and economic development.
International trade : Theory and Policy by Krugman, Obstfeld and Melitz 10th edition (required)
Lecture slides
The grading will consist of following elements:
1) 2 homeworks worth 5 percent each,
2) 2 in-class exams worth 35 percent each,
3) 1 emprical project/write-up (with possible presentation) worth 20 percent
Attendence is not mandatory.
Macroeconomic Theory II [ECO-2202]
AND
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Course description:
This is an advanced level course in the area of Applied Econometrics dealing with Panel Data and Nonlinear Models. The range of topics covered in the course will span a large part of econometrics generally, though we are particularly interested in those techniques as they are adapted to the analysis of panel or longitudinal data sets. The second half of the course will focus on nonlinear models. Topics covered will focus on micro-econometric methods, including binary and discrete choice modelling, limited dependent variables, and sample selection. This course places heavy emphasis on solving computer exercises. Practicals will involve applications from the fields of labor economics, environmental economics, and agricultural economics.
Course objectives:
1. To understand basic differences in linear endogenous variables and non-linear endogenous variables
2. Learn about violations of classical linear model assumptions (relating to first and second moments) under panel and non-linear regression.
3. Learning solutions through theoretical and empirical analysis
Topics
Linear Models: Panel Data Models Basic Linear Unobserved Effects Panel Data Models
Unobserved Effects by Pooled OLS
Fixed Effects Methods
Nonlinear Models
Discrete Response Models
Models for Binary Response: Probit and Logit
Multinomial Response Models
Cornered Solution Outcomes and Censored Regression Models
Estimation and Inference with Censored Tobit
Sample Selection, Attrition, and Stratified Sampling.
Selection on the basis of the Response Variable: Truncated Regression
Count Data and related Models
Poisson Regression Models
Negative Binomial Regression Models and log-normal Poisson Models
Learning outcomes:
1. After completing this course the students will be able to
2. Distinguish modelling issues relating to panel and non-linear regression modelling
3. Analyse problems that seek solutions through panel and non-linear regression.
4. Proficiency in statistical software.
Mandatory reading
Wooldridge, J.M. (2007): Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach, Fourth Edition, Thomson South- Western.
Statistical Software
STATA
Evaluation criteria:
1. Written Examination (Mid-term) 25 %
2. Lab Practical 50%
3. Major Exam (Final) 25%
Mandatory
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course is an introduction to time-series forecasting analyses and techniques and dedicated to teaching students the latest tools in time-series econometrics to enable them to make knowledgeable judgements about various types of data. This course is especially useful for forecasting business time series such as sales, expenditures, and macroeconomic time series such as GDP, interest rate, inflation, etc.
The course will introduce some of the basics of time-series econometrics before moving on to main topics in forecasting. You will learn the ways to examine and prepare data before forecasting. Various useful techniques will be taught about improving the precision of forecasting. Time series topics will include linear regression, ARIMA models, Box Jenkins models, reduced form VAR models, ARCH-GARCH models, and Unit root Models. With an emphasis on applications, this course will walk you through the methods of analyses of both macro and micro level data.
This course covers major issues in financial econometrics and macroeconometrics. Topics include Box Jenkins models, reduced form VAR models, ARCH-GARCH models, and Unit root Models.
Students will obtain a thorough and complete understanding of major issues of time series analysis and will be able to conduct their own research.
Prerequisite:
Mathematics for economics, Statistics for Economics, Macroeconomics I, Macroeconomics II, Econometrics. This course should be accessible to students with basic knowledge in algebra, statistics, and linear regression.
Required Texts:
Walter Enders, Applied Econometric Time Series, 4th edition, Wiley, 2014. ISBN 978-0-470-50539-7
Martin, V., St. Hurn, and D. Harris, Econometric Modelling with Time Series, Specification, Estimation and Testing, Cambridge University Press, 2013, ISBN 978-0-521-13981-6
Reference Texts:
James Hamilton, Time Series Analysis, 1st edition, Princeton University Press, 1994. ISBN 0-691-04289-6
R. Tsay, Analysis of Financial Time Series, Wiley, 3rd edition, 2010.
Grading Policy
Description Weights
Midterm Exam 40% (20% to the written exam & 20% to the take-home empirical exam)
Homework Assignments 10%
Proposal of term paper 10%
Term Paper 40%
No attendance policy.
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
AND
Macroeconomic Theory II [ECO-2202]
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course scrutinises India as a welfare state, using the lens of applied microeconomics.
We will consider social policy in some key areas: food security; child nutrition; basic education; employment guarantee; social assistance and cash transfers. In addition, we will consider the nature of social exclusion in India, with a special focus on caste.
Through its interactive discussion-based format as well as by giving you the opportunity of engaging in a substantive empirical research project, this course hopes to give you a deep dive into understanding how economic principles interplay with social forces to shape the Indian development experience.
Class discussions are central to the way we will all learn in this course. These discussions will occur in two ways:
Class participation will be graded on a simple scale: 0 if you are absent, 1 if you are present, and 2 if you are present and actively participating. For the purposes of receiving a score of 2, active participation in the online discussion and active participation in the discussion in class will be treated as substitutes. However, absence from class will result in a score of 0 irrespective of your participation online.
Grading is the sole prerogative of the Teaching Assistants and the instructor.
Attendance will be taken in the first 5 minutes of a class meeting. If you are not present during that time, you will be marked absent for the day. Please make it a point to be punctual. The instructor reserves the right to mark you absent if you leave for a substantial part of the class after attendance is taken.
The number of assessment points for class participation are not pre-determined. The lowest 15% of such assessments (including absences) will be dropped in the computation of your final class participation grade.
There is no concept of ‘excused absences’ in this course, other than in exceptional cases of protracted illness, etc.
Absence from more than eight class meetings at which class participation is assessed, will result in automatic failure in the course.
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
AND
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Experimental methods have been widely adopted by economists to develop new insights, it is the fastest growing research methodology in economics. This course will be an introduction to experimental economics, its methods, and some of the major subject areas that have been addressed by laboratory experiments. Substantive areas of application in the course will include market equilibrium, individual decision-making, risk and uncertainty, strategic interactions, learning in games, public good provision, and labor market relationships. Additional topics will include field experiments in development economics.
By the completion of the course the students should be able to do the following:
1.Understand and explain the principles behind experimental economics.
2.Recognize an original economic question and design a suitable experiment to address the question.
3.Conduct laboratory experiments using the software zTree.
4.Analyze experimental data to obtain results.
5.Evaluate a literature critically and determine what important elements may be missing that could lead to future research.
Final Project: Experimental Design worth 40% of your grade
Referee Reports: worth 20% of your grade
Problem Set: One problem set worth 5% of your grade
Paper Presentation: worth 20% of your grade
Class Participation: worth 15% of your grade
Class Participation: worth 15% of your grade
Microeconomic Theory II [ECO-2102]
08:30-10:00
Friday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This is a 300-level research-focused elective course. The main objective of this course is to introduce you to cutting-edge research in behavioral economics. In the first part of the course,
we will explore two different types of biases, namely bias in preference and cognitive biases. In terms of preference, we will consider time, risk, and social preference. In the context of cognitive biases, we will explore ideas related to attention, memory, belief formation etc. In the second half of the course, we will start with questions of measurement and identification. Following this we will explore the application of behavioral economics in several subdisciplines, namely, development economics, household finance, finance, industrial organization,
public economics, etc. The goal is to study a select few topics from each sub-discipline in substantial detail. The exact choice of papers will be decided by the mutual preference of the
students and the faculty.
For Economics students: Econometrics
For Psychology students: SRM 1 and SRM 2
None
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This is a 300-level research-focused elective course. The main objective of this course is to introduce you to cutting-edge research in behavioral economics. In the first part of the course,
we will explore two different types of biases, namely bias in preference and cognitive biases. In terms of preference, we will consider time, risk, and social preference. In the context of cognitive biases, we will explore ideas related to attention, memory, belief formation etc. In the second half of the course, we will start with questions of measurement and identification. Following this we will explore the application of behavioral economics in several subdisciplines, namely, development economics, household finance, finance, industrial organization,
public economics, etc. The goal is to study a select few topics from each sub-discipline in substantial detail. The exact choice of papers will be decided by the mutual preference of the
students and the faculty.
For Economics students: Econometrics
For Psychology students: SRM 1 and SRM 2
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will cover the role of government in modern economies. We will dig deep into the study of various instruments used to generate government revenue and analyze efficient ways to spend government monies. You will also be exposed to microeconomic models that are used to study the reaction of agents to government policies. This course will serve as a comprehensive introduction to various empirical tools used in modern public economics. Government expenditure, externalities, public goods, taxation, social security programs, are some of the topics that will be covered in this course. Abstract concepts will be mapped to real-world examples to develop your public economics intuition.
The main course material will be papers assigned during the course. In case you haven’t studied public economics during undergraduate studies, please refer to the following textbook:
Gruber, J., Public Finance & Public Policy (I am using the 5th edition).
A list of topics that will be discussed in the course are given below. Please note that subject to time constraints, topics may be added or deleted from this list. List of topics are: Introduction to Public Economics; Defining and Measuring Inequality; Theoretical and Emprical Tools for Public Economics; Tax Incidence and Efficiency costs of Taxation; Optimal Labor Income Taxation; Taxes and Labor Supply; Externalities; Public Goods; Taxes on Capital and Savings; Behavioral Public Finance; Political Economy; Social and Health Insurance; Education and Discrimination.
Homeworks: 20%
Exams (Mid-term and Final): 30%
Class presentation: 10%
Term paper: 40%
None.
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
AND
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will cover the role of government in modern economies. We will dig deep into the study of various instruments used to generate government revenue and analyze efficient ways to spend government monies. You will also be exposed to microeconomic models that are used to study the reaction of agents to government policies. This course will serve as a comprehensive introduction to various empirical tools used in modern public economics. Government expenditure, externalities, public goods, taxation, social security programs, are some of the topics that will be covered in this course. Abstract concepts will be mapped to real-world examples to develop your public economics intuition.
The main course material will be papers assigned during the course. In case you haven’t studied public economics during undergraduate studies, please refer to the following textbook:
Gruber, J., Public Finance & Public Policy (I am using the 5th edition).
A list of topics that will be discussed in the course are given below. Please note that subject to time constraints, topics may be added or deleted from this list. List of topics are: Introduction to Public Economics; Defining and Measuring Inequality; Theoretical and Emprical Tools for Public Economics; Tax Incidence and Efficiency costs of Taxation; Optimal Labor Income Taxation; Taxes and Labor Supply; Externalities; Public Goods; Taxes on Capital and Savings; Behavioral Public Finance; Political Economy; Social and Health Insurance; Education and Discrimination.
Homeworks: 20%
Exams (Mid-term and Final): 30%
Class presentation: 10%
Term paper: 40%
None.
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
AND
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course aims at undertaking an economic analysis of the issues affecting women in the economy. The discrimination faced by women in market scenarios, such as those of labour and credit as well as the impact of globalization on women will be studied. Further, the course will explore issues that women face in non-market situations such as bargaining within the household, marriage and fertility and how market and non-market scenarios interact to influence women's well-being. Lastly the roles of education, healthcare, property rights, birth control, political franchise and representation in mitigating gender-based inequalities will be studied. Students would be able to understand and appreciate both market and non-market factors that result in or promote gender based inequalities. They would also be able to critically understand why some policies succeed while others may fail to mitigate gender-based inequalities. Microeconomics I and Econometrics at the undergraduate level are pre-requisites for this
course.
Please refer to the attached course syllabus for all relevant details.
Please refer to the attached course syllabus for all relevant details.
Please refer to the attached course syllabus for all relevant details.
Please refer to the attached course syllabus for all relevant details.
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
AND
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
About the Course
This course familiarizes students with theories and empirical tools to understand and measure economic discrimination based on social group identities, such as caste, race, gender, tribal status, ethnicity and so on. The course will focus on evidence related to caste and sex in India.
The first part of the course will take students through theories of discrimination such as statistical discrimination and taste for discrimination, based on the work of Kenneth Arrow, Gary Becker and George Akerlof. This will lead to a discussion of the overlap between economics of discrimination and related sub-disciplines that are relatively new but are rapidly expanding, viz., “Identity Economics”, pioneered by George Akerlof and Rachel Kranton, “Feminist Economics”, and “Stratification Economics”.
The second section will introduce students to concepts in social psychology such as stereotype threat and implicit bias that produce discriminatory outcomes.
The third part of the course introduces students to some of the key methods of empirically gauging discrimination in market settings. This section would familiarize students with decomposition analyses applied to the labour market (what part of the wage gap between two groups is due to differences in abilities, and what part is due to discrimination), using standard techniques from Labour Economics. We would also discuss experimental methods – both field-based as well as lab-based experiments to gauge discrimination outside the labour market (e.g. housing market), or in the field of charitable giving, or even in labour markets but during the job search process (before applicants find jobs).
Students will be familiarized with literature that applies these methods in the Indian context, particularly to the study of caste and gender discrimination.
The final part of the course will deal with policy options to deal with group-based disparities and discrimination, with a focus on affirmative action policies. This section will outline the various types of affirmative action, including quotas or reservation, and discuss debates around affirmative action, focusing on evidence-based research gauging its impact.
Course Outline and Reading List
Note: This reading list could see minor changes during the semester which will be announced well ahead of time.
Overall reference: A. Deshpande (ed.), Handbook on Economics of Discrimination and Affirmative Action,
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-33-4016-9_54-1
I. How does social identity shape economic outcomes?
Akerlof, George. 1984. “The economics of caste and of the rat race and other woeful tales”, in An Economic Theorist’s Book of Tales, Cambridge University Press, 1984, models of statistical discrimination and the caste economy.
Becker, Gary. 1957. The Economics of Discrimination, Chs. 1, 2 and 10
Eshwaran, Mukesh: Why Gender Matters in Economics, Ch. 4
Optional: Darity, William Jr., Darrick Hamilton, Patrick Mason et al 2017: “Stratification Economics: A general theory of Intergroup Inequality”, in Hidden Rules of Race (https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320335744_Stratification_Economics_A_General_Theory_of_Intergroup_Inequality)
Optional: Akerlof, George and Kranton, Rachel. Identity Economics, Chs. 1 and 2.
II. Stereotype Threat and Implicit Bias
Steele, C. M., & Aronson, J. (1995). Stereotype threat and the intellectual test performance of African-Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 797-811.
Nosek, B.A., Banaji, M.R. and Greenwald, A.G. 2002. “Math=male, me=female, therefore math me.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83(1), 44-59.
III The caste system in India and contemporary caste disparities
Optional: Moses, David. 2018. Contemporary Perspectives on a structure of discrimination and disadvantage, World Development, 110 (2018), 422-436
Background reference: not included for the exam: Deshpande, Ashwini. “The Grammar of Caste: Economic Discrimination in Contemporary India”, Oxford University Press, 2017 paperback edition
Rajesh Ramachandran: Caste and Socioeconomic Disparities in India: An Overview, in “Handbook on Economics of Discrimination and Affirmative Action”
IV. Decomposition analyses
Gurleen Popli: Decomposition: Accounting for Discrimination, in the “Handbook on Economics of Discrimination and Affirmative Action”
V. Experimental methods to investigate labour market discrimination
Bertrand, M. and Mullainathan, S. 2004. “Are Emily and Greg more employable than Lakisha and Jamal? A field experiment on labour market discrimination”, American Economic Review, 94 (4): 991-1013
Thorat, Sukhadeo and Paul Attewell. 2007. “The legacy of social exclusion: A correspondence study of job discrimination in India”, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. XLII, No. 41, October 13.
Pager, Devah and Bruce Western. 2005. “Race at Work: realities of race and criminal record in the NYC job market”, Report for NY City Human Rights Commission, 50th Anniversary conference.
Deshpande, Ashwini and Katherine Newman. 2007. “Where the path leads: role of caste in post university employment expectations”, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. XLII, No. 41, October 13, 2007, pp. 4133-4140.
Jodhka, Surinder and Katherine Newman. 2007. “Meritocracy, Productivity and the Hidden language of Caste”, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. XLII, No. 41, October 13, 2007.
VI. Beyond the labour market
Hoff, Karla and Priyanka Pandey. 2006. “Discrimination, Social Identity and Durable Inequalities”, American Economic Review, Vol. 96, No.2, May, pp. 206-211
Deshpande, Ashwini and Dean Spears. 2016. “Who is the Identifiable Victim?: Caste and Charitable Giving in Modern India”, Economic Development and Cultural Change, Vol. 64, No. 2, pp. 299-321, January
VII. Remedies for inter group disparity: affirmative action and compensation issues
Loury, Glenn C., Roland G. Fryer. 2005. "Affirmative Action and its Mythology," Journal of Economic Perspectives, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Summer 2005).
Deshpande, Ashwini and Thomas E. Weisskopf. 2014.“Does Affirmative Action Reduce Productivity? A Case Study of the Indian Railways”, World Development, Vol. 64 (December 2014), pp. 169-180.
Bertrand, Marianne, Rema Hanna and Sendhil Mullainathan. 2010. “Affirmative Action in Education: evidence from engineering college admissions in India”, Journal of Public Economics, Elsevier, vol. 94(1-2), pages 16-29.
VIII. Inequality of Opportunity
Chapter 19 of the CORE textbook: https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/book/text/19.html: Sections 19.1 to 19.4
VIII. Gender discrimination and the gender caste overlap
Deshpande, Ashwini. 2007. “Overlapping identities under liberalisation: gender and caste in India”, Economic Development and Cultural Change, 55 (4), July 2007, pp.735-760
Diane Elson: Transforming Gendered Labor Markets to End Discrimination, in the “Handbook on Economics of Discrimination and Affirmative Action”
Blog: Tim Harford, 24 February 2022. Hard Truths about the Gender Pay Gap
Extra-curricular resources
Podcast on linguistic Discrimination: https://www.bbc.co.uk/programmes/w3ct3hgt
Films:
Masaan (Hindi); Geeli Pucchi (Hindi); Sairat (Marathi); Court (Marathi); Jai Bhim (Tamil)
India Untouched (Documentary)
The final grade will be a weighted average of three components, with the weights defined as follows:
I. Mid-term Test: 20%
II. Second-Mid Term/Project (TBD): 30%.
III. Final Examination: 50%
You can miss up to 6 classes through the semester. These six absences are supposed to cover illnesses (your own and family members’), weddings, other family commitments. Remember that illness typically arrives unannounced and unexpectedly. If you have already missed 6 classes for non-essential reasons, you will NOT get extra classes off for illnesses, even with medical certificates. Late entry (entering class 5 minutes later than the start time), early exit (any time before the class ends), and repeated entry-exit are not allowed, unless there is a serious medical emergency. Mobile phone usage is not allowed.
If you miss 7-9 classes, you get one grade downgrade. If you miss 10 or more, you get an F.
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This is a course on game theory and applications. We will study the four fundamental types of games. They are (1) static games of complete information, (2) dynamic games of incomplete information, (3) static games of incomplete information and (4) dynamic games of incomplete information. In each of these topics, we will study the fundamental game theoretic solutions and important economic applications.
1. Static games of complete information: Dominant strategies, rationalizability, Nash equilibrium and applications like oligopoly and externalities.
2. Dynamic games of complete information: Backward induction, subgame perfection and applications like limit pricing, bargaining and repeated games.
3. Static games of incomplete information: Bayesian Nash equilibrium and applications like auctions and mechanism design.
4. Dynamic games of incomplete information: Perfect Bayesian equilibrium and applications like adverse selection and moral hazard.
1. "Microeconomic Theory" by Mas-Colell, Whinston and Green,
2. "Game Theory-An Introduction" by Steven Tadelis.
Homework: 20%; Midterm: 40%; Final: 40%.
Aggregate Score: Grade
90 and above: A
85 to below 90: A-
80 to below 85: B+
75 to below 80: B
70 to below 75: B-
65 to below 70: C+
60 to below 65: C
55 to below 60: C-
50 to below 55: D+
45 to below 50: D
40 to below 45: D-
Below 40: F
No attendance requirement. But attendance is higly recommended in order to keep up with the class.
Microeconomics 1 [ECO-5101]
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This is a compulsory Economics course offered by the Department of Economics at Ashoka University for all students in MA Economics and PhD students. This course is the second course in the macroeconomics sequence for first year MA and PhD students. Having been exposed to ideas and models of macroeconomic growth in Macroeconomics I, this course introduces students to modern macroeconomic theories of- Real Business Cycles and New Keynesian Economics. Moreover, the course will be focus on the micro-founding behaviour of economic agents that is absent in introductory macroeconomics by discussing theories on consumption and saving. Finally, the course will cover models on search and matching, a benchmark of modern macro labour theory.
The course consists of both required course materials and some suggested readings. I will provide lecture notes on the different topics. These notes will however be brief, and the main emphasis would be on attending classes, discussions, and teachings in class. The recommended textbooks for this course are the following:
Romer, D., Advanced Macroeconomics (4th Edition or later)
Gali, J., Monetary Policy, Inflation, and the Business Cycle - An Introduction to the New Keynesian Framework, Princeton University Press
Ljungqvist, Lars, and Thomas J. Sargent, Recursive macroeconomic theory, MIT press, 2018.
Students are not required to buy these textbooks. Pdf versions are easily available online and should be accessed for reference. You are encouraged to ask the library and consult additional resources to your own benefit.
The total grades from the course will be distributed among Assignments, Mid-term Exam and Final Exam. The points will be allocated as follows:
Homework Assignments (30%): Take home assignments (2 x 15% = 30%), Assignments will be based on the concepts discussed during the lectures. You are encouraged to work in groups, but submissions need to be individual.
Midterm Exam (25%)
Final Exam (45%)
Will be discussed during class.
Macroeconomics 1 [ECO-5201]
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In today’s world analyzing any problem at hand using data is an important skill. This course is designed to equip students to learn the statistical tools for analyzing real life data, related to economics in particular and social sciences in general. This course will focus on both theoretical knowledge as well as implementation of theory through software applications like STATA and real datasets. The main thrust of the course will be data analysis using multivariate regression technique, followed by specific econometric tools for cross-sectional and program evaluation. An important objective of this course is to acquaint students with the language of advanced econometrics so that they can later pick-up higher order courses in this area.
Review of statistics and matrix algebra
Joint distribution and conditional expectation
Hypothesis Testing
Matrix Algebra
JMW: Appendices (B, C (exclude C.4), Freund Ch 13) and Class Notes
Multivariate Regression Analysis with cross-section data:
Matrix Formulation, Partialling out interpretation, Goodness of Fit, OLS as Best Linear Unbiased Estimator (BLUE);
JMW: Appendices (D), Ch 3; CSPD: Ch 4
Hypothesis testing: Linear combination of parameters, Multiple Linear restrictions
CSPD: Ch 4, JMW: Ch 4
Asymptotic properties of the OLS estimator
CSPD: Ch 4(Excluding Asymptotic Efficiency)
Specification issues: Omitted Variable Bias, Non spherical disturbance: Generalized Least Squares, Measurement Error
CSPD: Ch 4; JMW: Ch 8, 9.3, Ch 12 (Exclude Durbin-Watson Test, GARCH and correcting for AR(2))
Dummy variables: Intercept and slope effects; Interaction; Testing linear restrictions using F-Tests;
CSPD: Ch 6; JMW: Ch 7
Multivariate Regression Analysis with Panel data
JMW: Ch 13, 14; CSPD: Ch 10
Causal methods:
Program Evaluation
Instrumental Variables
Difference-in-Difference Introduction
JMW: Ch 13(Exclude Chow Test, 13.3, 13.4). MHE: Ch 5
STATA Instruction: Using Wooldridge datasets and unit level National Sample Survey data
Textbooks and Articles
Jeffrey M. Wooldridge, Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach, 4th or 5th edition (JMW)
Wooldridge, J. Econometric Analysis of Cross Section and Panel Data, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2010. (CSPD)
Cameron, A.C. and Trivedi, P.K. Microeconometrics using Stata, 2nd ed., Stata Press, 2010
Angrist, J.D and Pischke, J.-S. Mostly Harmless Econometrics, Princeton University Press, 2008. (MHE)
Mathematical Statistics with Applications, John E. Freund, Irwin Miller and Marylees Miller, 8th editions (Freund)
Greene, W.H., Econometric Analysis, (7th edition), Pearson, 2012 (Optional)
Evaluation
Homeworks: 35%
Mid-term: 25%
Final: 40%
Homework problems will generally be based on data. Homework assessments will be submitted individually. Group discussions are allowed but plagiarism will be dealt with a fail grade on the assessment and on the course for repeated violation. STATA based assessments should be accompanied with proper outputs and explanations. Assignments must be submitted in time on google classroom. Late submission will not be graded. Cheating during exams will be dealt with by a fail grade on the course.
Attendance will not explicitly count towards grades but past data shows strong correlation between the two.
Statistics for Economics [ECO-5400]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will consist of lectures in three broad areas :
1. Topics in Economic and Social Networks :
2. Introduction to Mechanism Design
3. Matching Theory.
The bulk of the lectures will be on Economic and Social Networks.
While the tools of analysis will be a combination of game theory and elementary graph theory, the lectures will be self-contained and no prior knowledge is assumed. Lecture notes will be distributed throughout the semester. Students will also have to read papers and other reading material during the semester.
The course is open to all MA Economics students as well as ASP students who have majored in Economics.
The following book (pdf dowloadable) is an excellent introduction to the recent literature on Economic and Social Networks.
Networks, Markets, Crowds by David Easley and Jon Kleinberg.
A more advanced textbook is Networks : An Economic Approach by Sanjeev Goyal. This is available in the library.
I will also specify papers published in various journals from time to time.
Grading
There will be a midterm exam (weight 40%) and three assignments (weight 20% each).
Attendance Policy
There is no formal attendance requirement. However, students who miss lectures will find it difficult to follow the material in subsequent lectures.
Microeconomics 1 [ECO-5101]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This is an advanced course in microeconomics. Knowledge of basic game theory will be assumed. The objective of this course is to equip the students with the tools to build and analyse models of strategic behaviour in environments with asymmetric information. We will then take these tools and apply them to study real-life problems. Specific topics include Bayesian equilibrium, models of moral hazard and adverse selection, and applications to microfinance, insurance, herd behaviour and advertising.
Will be discussed on the first day of class
Microeconomics 2 [ECO-5102]
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This will be a course on evolutionary game theory. Evolutionary game theory seeks to provide foundations to Nash equilibrium by weakening some of the rules of rationality. The primary focus of study would be when and under what conditions will a society consisting of a large number of agents converge to Nash equilibrium behaviour. The course will be broadly divided into two parts. In the first part, we will cover the fundamentals of evolutionary game theory. This part will introduce students to large population games and different evolutionary dynamics used in this field of game theory. The second part will be based on the instructor’s research and will cover various applications of the theory including oligopoly, public goods provision, problems of social coordination, implementation theory and evolution of preferences.
1. Learn the fundamentals of evolutionary game theory.
2. Population games and examples like potential games and negative definite games.
3. Evolutionary Dynamics and notions of evolutionary stability of Nash equilibrium.
4. Mathematical background of evolutionary game theory.
5. Applications like oligopoly, public goods provision, problems of social coordination, implementation theory and evolution of preferences.
The course will be based on my notes. For background reading, I suggest
Population Games and Evolutionary Dynamics by William H. Sandholm (MIT Press).
50% weigtage on a midterm exam and 50% weightage on a final term paper. Grades will be assigned according to the standard Ashoka rubric.
None. But attendance is highly advisable in order to keep up with the course.
Microeconomics 2 [ECO-5102]
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Course Overview:
The objective of this course is to help students understand important issues and methodologies for forecasting and time series analysis in empirical and theoretical research. Upon completion of the course, students will be able to undertake forecasting and perform time series analysis. This course covers major issues in financial econometrics and macroeconometrics. Topics include Box Jenkins models, reduced form and structural VAR models, ARCH-GARCH models, and Unit root Models. Students will obtain a thorough and complete understanding of major issues of time series analysis and will be able to conduct their research.
Learning Goals:
Students will obtain a thorough and complete understanding of major issues of time series analysis and will be able to conduct their own research.
Method of Instruction:
The course will be given primarily through lectures and class discussions. Each student is strongly encouraged to participate in class discussions. Besides, every student is responsible for attending the class and being prepared to contribute substantively to the class discussion. Classroom participation is a vital part of this course.
In each lecture, we collectively share ownership and responsibility for the success of the course.
A minimum requirement for each class meeting is to have read the assigned material from the reference books and articles, and to express opinions, comments, and insights relative to the discussion topic. Students are also expected to participate in all class activities. Tardiness and absenteeism will negatively affect your contribution grade.
Required Texts:
Walter Enders, Applied Econometric Time Series, 4th edition, Wiley, 2014. ISBN 978-0-470-50539-7
Martin, V., St. Hurn, and D. Harris, Econometric Modelling with Time Series, Specification, Estimation and Testing, Cambridge University Press, 2013, ISBN 978-0-521-13981-6
Reference Texts:
James Hamilton, Time Series Analysis, 1st edition, Princeton University Press, 1994. ISBN 0-691-04289-6
Walter Enders (Handbook), RATS Handbook for Econometric Time Series, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
C. Kim and C. Nelson, State-Space Models with Regime Switching, The MIT Press, 1999.
T. Terasvirta, D. Tjostheim and C. Granger, Modelling Nonlinear Economic Time Series, Oxford University Press, 2010.
R. Tsay, Analysis of Financial Time Series, Wiley, 3rd edition, 2010.
Prerequisite:
Mathematics of economics, Statistics for economics, and Econometrics I.
Grading Policy
Description Weights
In-class part of the midterm exam 20%
Take-home part of the midterm exam 20%
Proposal for the term paper 20%
Term Paper 40%
No Attendance Policy.
Econometrics 1 [ECO-5401]
10:10-11:40
Saturday
11:50-13:20
Saturday
Add to schedule:
The objective of this course is to familiarize students with a wide range of issues that hold key to the economic development in the contemporary world. This course will follow critical investigation of a set of recent relevant research papers with an emphasis on possible policies and remedies to overcome poverty and inequality. We will begin with a quick re-cap of development theories and transition into micro issues related to development. The focus will be on the relationship between development and institutions, education, gender, social capital and culture. The underlying objective of this course is to familiarize students with the dimensions of policy research to explore the relationship between theory and practice. At the end of the course, students should be able to critically think and carry out evidence backed policy research crucial for economic development. The prerequisite for this course is the understanding of basic econometrics.
1. Familiarity with issues inhibiting nations from development
2. Understanding of causal concepts
3. Think critically about development policies
4. Identification of literature gaps for future research in development economics
5. A working knowledge of writing a policy research paper
There is no particular book. I will share relevant book chapters for the concepts and applied research papers as we move along the topics.
Grading will be absolute. And can be broken down into following:
Class attendance + participation 20%
Paper presentation* 15%
Short research proposal/paper# 25%
Policy Debate in Class+ 10%
Take home final exam@ 30%
*Probably a group task (depends on class size). Each group will be assigned an applied research paper from the reading list for presentation/discussion for 45 minutes.
#Probably a group task (depends on class size). Each group will come up with a novel research idea related to development policy. Groups are required to discuss the idea in the class towards after the mid semester break. Students would be required to submit a formal written research proposal incorporating feedback from the class discussions.
+ Individual task. We will have an open house (discussion) in class that will focus on learnings from the course around developmental policies.
@ Individual task. Students will get 24 hours to complete the take home exam towards the end of the semester. Cheating will be dealt harshly in terms of grades.
Class attendance is expected. Students are expected to participate in class discussions. Attendance and participation in the class accounts for 20% of your grades. These grades depend on interaction, attention and participation in the class discussions along with show up.
Econometrics 1 [ECO-5401]
08:30-10:00
Friday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This hands-on course intends to equip students with the necessary computational tools to tackle real world problems. While establishing solid foundations in computer programming & data science, the course will inspire & enable students to leverage state of the art computational techniques to areas of their choice. The intended audience for this course is First Year MA economics students. This course is structured into 2 phases:
Phase 1: Lay the foundation --> Foundations of Computer Science & Data Science, learning Python along the way.
Phase 2: Build your skyscraper --> Students solve a problem of practical importance using the foundation of Phase 1. There is no upper bar in this phase. Often, students set ambitious goals and end-up going well beyond phase 1 in order to accomplishing them. E.g.: Picking up a new programming language or leveraging a state-of-the-art machine learning model.
- To truly deliver the learning outcomes of this course, it is recommended that each student has a laptop and brings it to the class. Be ready to program during the class – as the core vision of the course is to empower you to transform what you are thinking into something actionable, by harnessing the computational power of machines.
- The course doesn't assume any prerequisites, except class 12 mathmatics. Though, I would highly recommend the following as a prep: For students with zero or limited exposure to basic computer science concepts, here is a fun and accessible intro (free Harvard Course): CS50's Introduction to Computer Science | edX . This will also serve as a refresher in case you have not studied programming after school.
The grading process is focused on bringing the best out of each student and therefore encourages continuously practicing and iterating to get better:
Note that there is an Attentiveness bit in grading (20% weightage). Attendance though, is a necessary, but not a sufficient condition for Attentiveness 😊.
Microeconomics 1 [ECO-5101]
13:30-15:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course is the gateway course to the English major and minor at Ashoka University. It introduces English students to literary history as articulated through different genres: the epic, the tale, the novel, the lyric, the drama, and the short story. Rather than regarding literary forms as fixed categories with specific rules, we will instead examine them as dynamically shaped by, and in conversation with, their social and historical contexts. We will consider how these forms have meant different things at different times, both to understand the transformations of literature and the changing meanings of genre itself. We will look at epic and how its world view has transformed from Gilgamesh to John Milton’s Paradise Lost; tales and how their preoccupations have changed from Geoffrey Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales and Kalyana Malla’s Suleiman Charitra to T.S. Eliot’s Waste Land; novels and how their social function and meaning vary from Joseph Conrad’s Heart of Darkness to Amruta Patil’s Kari; lyric poetry and how its modes of intimacy have transformed from Sappho’s fragments, Amir Khusro’s ghazals, and William Shakespeare’s Sonnets to Audre Lorde’s poetry; drama and how its representation of gender has morphed from Kalidasa’s Shakuntala to Caryl Churchill’s Top Girls; and short stories and how their uncanny imaginative scope has been reconfigured from E. T. A. Hoffman to Saadat Hasan Manto and Ismat Chughtai. We will also read some theories of literature and literary transformation, including essays by Karl Marx, Mikhail Bakhtin, T. S. Eliot, Bertolt Brecht, and Sigmund Freud.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Forms of Literature is the first ‘gateway’ course into the English major/minor at Ashoka—a gateway we enter to consider, together, some significant literary modes as they have emerged historically. We will be reading and discussing epic, tragedy (and drama more broadly), lyric poetry, the short story and the novel. Our focus on the making of these genres will allow us some freedom in the worlds we roam—from the classical to the contemporary, traversing many parts of the globe through different literary cultures.
In thinking through form historically, we will begin by assuming that literary genres articulate the material foundations we recognize in their social and historical contexts. We will trace how the evolution and sedimentation of these forms reflects the conditions of their making. Along the way, we’ll think about the many ways in which human beings have considered their place in the world, about what it means to be, live, love, act, work, desire, write and create—questions that seem to reach out from the particular places and times in which they are asked, even as they tell us all the more about how those places and times were inhabited and imagined.
Our readings will include epic texts like The Odyssey and Paradise Lost; drama that includes both Sophocles’ Antigone and Bertolt Brecht’s Mother Courage and Her Children; works by Chaucer and T. S. Eliot, poetry from down the ages and across the globe, including Sappho and Du Fu, Shakespeare and Kabir, Langston Hughes and Meena Kandasamy; and fictional writing that includes story cycles from earlier eras, some of the great short stories of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, and a novella. We will also be reading supplementary theoretical works by Karl Marx, Mikhail Bakhtin, T. S. Eliot, and Bertolt Brecht.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In this course, we will look at a range of texts – primarily novels, poetry and drama, as well as early journalism, travel narratives and polemics – to consider how the history of Empire shapes intellectual and literary developments from the end of the seventeenth to the early twentieth centuries. How does Empire make its presence known in these texts, and how do they constitute our understanding of Empire? Our readings will range, chronologically, from John Dryden’s Aureng-zebe to E. M. Forster’s A Passage to India. Moving across countries and centuries, this course will study cultural formations that continue to affect us to this day.
None
08:30-10:00
Friday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In this survey course we will read a selection of texts written by British poets, novelists, painters and philosophers from the late 17th to the 19th century in order to examine how they participated in the creation and construction of Empire. We will read texts ranging from Aphra Behn’s Oronooko and Alexander Pope’s The Rape of the Lock to William Wordsworth’s Lyrical Ballads and Adam Smith’s Wealth of Nations, Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein, Emily Bronte’s Wuthering Heights, the Sherlock Holmes novels as well as a few colonial subjects who write back to Empire (mostly from the Urdu literary tradition) such as Ghalib, Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, and Altaf Hussain Hali.
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
How does one define the “Indian” in Indian literature? Is there a unified body of works that qualifies to be called “Indian”? Or is Indianness an aggregation of multiple conceptions of what is “India”? From the period of the early nationalist writings of Rabindranath Tagore and Premchand at the beginning of the twentieth century to present day, this course attempts to deal with works in the plethora of Indian languages such as, but not limited to, Tamil, Malayalam, Hindi, Urdu, Gujarati, English, Bengali, and others. It endeavours to engage with themes and ideas such as questions of nation and nationalism, the self in relation to society, and caste and discrimination. It will study pivotal moments of nation-making, such as Partition, and focus on experimentation in writing that takes place under the rubric of movements such as modernism, in the form of poems, novels, short stories, and plays. The course aims to introduce students to a multiplicity of voices that constitute the term “Indian Literature” in an effort to draw attention to the study of literatures of the languages that call India their home.
Forms of Literature [ENG-1001]
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course introduces students to modern Indian literatures in English translation. We will be discussing the works of Rabindranath Tagore, Premchand, Intizar Hussain, Ambai, Kiran Nagarkar, U R Ananthamurthy, Vaikom Muhammad Bashir and Indira Goswami among others. We will also be screening film adaptations of the key works of some of these authors. The course will pay special attention to such movements in Indian literature as the Progressive Writers movement and regional modernisms. We shall be exploring the questions of caste, class, gender and nation in Indian literatures and study different genres such as the novel, short story and poetry. The theorists and critics we will read, in order to situate our discussion of Indian literature in a wider historical, political and theoretical context, include Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak, Walter Benjamin, Gilles Deleuze, Shamsur Rahman Faruqi and G.N.Devy. Is there an “Indian” literature? What is the relation between modern literatures in Indian languages and the forms of the nation? What are the theoretical and political stakes in the debate(s) on realism and modernism in Indian literatures? How do we think the idea of a ‘comparative literature’ in relation to Indian literatures? How do we approach the politics and ethics of translation in the situation opened up by translations from and between Indian languages? These are some of the questions we will address in this course.
Forms of Literature [ENG-1001]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Alexander the Great is one of the most iconic figures of the Ancient World. Each age and culture makes its own Alexander. Depicted as prophet and proto-Jesus or demi-God and demon, each Alexander mirrors the spirit and desires of the host culture. Following in the footsteps of Alexander we will travel through time and space, traversing the width of Eurasia and two millennia in tales. Together with Alexander we will encounter topless Amazons and nudist Brahmins, venture into the Land of Darkness and search for the Source of Life. Our class will be an excursion of intrepid explorers who venture into unknown (literary) territories. In the course of this journey we will read excerpts from the Bible, Plutarch, Josephus, the Babylonian Talmud, the Quran and the adaptations of the Greek Alexander Romance in Syriac, Ge’ez, Persian and the languages of mediaeval Europe. We will analyse the transformation of Alexander’s legends in visual culture from manuscript illuminations to their depictions on the screen. We will read texts in fine-grained detail and also learn to zoom out for an overview of the developments of narratives and motifs. Though we will study literature on Alexander in translation, we will supplement our reading with references to the source languages and their literary contexts. In the course of the seminar you will be exposed to topics in historical criticism and narratological studies — What is a stemma? What is an Urtext? How and why do motifs transform.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Shakespeare is widely regarded, rightly or wrongly, as the greatest writer in the English language. In the 21st century, however, he has undergone a metamorphosis: Shakespeare has arguably become Hindi cinema’s favourite storyteller. This course is designed to introduce students to the study of Shakespeare with attention to seven of Shakespeare’s plays and their “Bollywood” film adaptations: Comedy of Errors/Angoor, A Midsummer Night’s Dream/10 Ml Love, Romeo and Juliet/Goliyon ki Rasleela Ram Lila, The Taming of the Shrew/Isi Life Mein, Macbeth/Maqbool, Othello/Omkara, and Hamlet/Haider.
We will read each of these seven plays closely, along with critical literature about it, before discussing its film adaptation. But we won’t be reading any play simply as a prelude to thinking about how the film has reimagined it. Instead, we will be using “masala” as a critical lens with which to make sense of three seemingly disparate entities: Shakespeare’s theatre, a genre of Hindi (and non-Hindi) film, and an idea of India. We will, in short, read the plays as masala entertainments themselves.
We all use the word “masala.” In particular, we associate it with a certain kind of (often bad) Hindi or Indian regional language film from the 1970s and 1980s – the masala movie, full of both laughter and tears, both dialogue and naach-gaana, both poetic ghazals and vulgar gaalis. But how might the root meaning of “masala” as “mixture” make the word serviceable as a lens through which to read Shakespeare too?
As we will see, Shakespeare is a sutradhar of mixture: mixed genres, mixed languages, mixed locations, mixed communities, mixed messages, mixed feelings. How does Shakespeare’s “masala” resonate not just with Indian forms of entertainment but also the realities of India’s messy plurality? How, in short, might we become better readers of Shakespeare by becoming better readers of masala Indian film, better readers of masala Indian film by becoming better readers of Shakespeare, and better students of Indian culture, history and politics by becoming better readers of both Shakespeare and Bollywood?
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
While the medieval past may seem like a foreign country, it’s closer to home than we think. From popular television shows to fantasy novels to divisive political rhetoric, the medieval pops up where we least expect it, shaping our views of the present as well as of the past. In this class, we will examine the phenomenon called “medievalism,” which refers to reimaginations, and reenactments of medieval culture in post-medieval times. Reading medieval literary works alongside literature and films that these works inspired, we will investigate the sources and creative outputs of the continued fascination with medieval culture in Europe and Japan as well as in regions that may never have had a ‘middle age’.
We will begin with medievalist rhetoric in the contemporary political arena—from the display of medieval shields in the “Unite the Right” rally in the United States to celebrations and rejections of the ‘medieval’ in Putin’s Russia and Modi’s India. We will then turn to different themes within literary and cinematic medievalism, starting with some of the texts that inspired J.R.R. Tolkien’s fantasy world. We will go on to examine fictions about and inspired by medieval accounts of knights, samurai, and women saints and warriors. We will conclude with the film Mughal-e-Azam, considering how the use of a past that may or may not be called medieval has been deployed in service of an image of national unity. In these examinations, we will interrogate the category of the medieval itself by focusing on regions beyond those that 'medievalism' traditionally includes, and we consider how different uses of the past continue to shape our present and future.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
What we read as children forms who we become and provides our first world view. This course provides an opportunity to critically assess the stories that shaped our understanding of morals, culture, and values, as well as those we will impart to future generations. In this discussion-oriented interactive course, we will read and review children’s books, examine the purposes of visual literacy, and write reviews on specific authors and illustrators. We will write our own children’s book to gauge all that we have learnt.
This course aims to examine how the books children read shape their outlook and emotional development. We will study the historical, creative, nurturing, emotional, and educational aspects of these forms of literature and their impact on us later in life. We will also consider why a study of children’s literature is important, and how it impacts pedagogies for children across borders.
We will examine the views of multiple theoretical thinkers and texts in conjunction with actual children's literature. We will ask the important but often overlooked questions about this particular genre, mainly focusing on Indian and Western children’s literature. The purpose is not so much to compare these two cultural offerings, but to give us a taste of both.
We shall consider popular stories for children up to 12 years old, including Harry Potter & The Philosopher’s Stone, Amar Chitra Katha, Matilda, The Little Prince, Feluda and Mulan. At the same time, we will also study theoretical thinkers such as Jack Zipes, Seth Lerer, Paulo Freire, and Bruno Bettelheim to help us navigate the complex field of children’s literature in relation to issues of culture, religion, difference, gender, and sexuality.
We will unpack the didactic intent as well as the pleasure principle that might have prompted the writers. Authorial intent is, however, only one part of our study; the other part is to see how children and parents receive these stories. Children’s literature creates moral as well as national frameworks that help acculturate young people. In examining the genre of children’s literature, we will consider various sub-genres such as picture books, fairy tales, fables, and chapter books.
• Why do we need to read children’s literature?
• The impact of children’s literature on students.
• What are the main criteria for writing children’s literature?
• Understanding the cultural and geographical concepts of children’s literature.
For all readings that are written in the syllabus on a particular date: you should have completed your reading before that day’s class.
Please note that supplementary readings may be assigned during the course of the semester. The syllabus and most readings are available electronically and can be viewed or downloaded on the Ashoka University server.
Below are the primary readings which you must have ordered before hand. Other readings, especially picture books, can be seen in the library or online.
Attendance is mandatory and will impact your final grade. You may miss 3 classes during the semester without penalty. After three absences, a letter from your final grade will be deducted for each missed class. If you have 3 unexcused absences, I will reserve the right to fail you for the course. Coming more than 5 minutes late to class will count as an absence. Participation in-class discussions are an essential requirement. This means listening as well as responding and reacting to the ongoing discussions about the readings. Your ability to raise issues and questions that occurred to you while you read the texts demonstrates your attention to the readings. You must complete the assigned readings by the day before so you come prepared to discuss in class.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course seeks to examine the autobiography or memoir as a literary genre, an historical archive, and an individual/community narrative.
We will also consider how graphic novels, poems and blogs can be seen as constructions of a specific kind of persona. As the definition of autobiography has expanded over time, different kinds of memoirs and autobiographies have liberated Identity as a singular noun to self-consciously manage our plural or even desired identities and playfully experiment with different notions of selfhood.
In this course, we will examine the idea of “truth telling” that is often associated with autobiographies. We also consider how the study of international autobiographies allows us a view of the local in the context of the global.
• Learn about the genre of autobiography.
• See the historical development and change in the form and content of autobiography.
• Explore the diverse cultural contexts in which autobiographies are produced.
• Question why autobiographies are written.
Primary Texts (tentative):
Attendance + Class Participation: 10%
Class Presentation: 10%
Paper 1: 10%
Paper 2: 20%
Paper 3 (Mid-term) – Oral (in-class oral presentation) + written (one chapter of your personal autobiography/memoir): 10% + 20%
Paper 4: 20%
Attendance is mandatory and will impact your final grade. You may miss 3 classes during the semester without penalty. After three absences, a letter from your final grade will be deducted for each missed class. If you have 3 unexcused absences, I will reserve the right to fail you for the course. Coming more than 5 minutes late to class will count as an absence. Participation in class discussions is an essential requirement. This means listening as well as responding and reacting to the ongoing discussions about the readings. Your ability to raise issues and questions that occurred to you while you read the texts demonstrates your attention to the readings. You must complete the assigned readings by the day before so you come prepared to discuss in class. (E.g. – You must be prepared to discuss the readings listed for Tuesday, January 21st on that day. So you should have completed these readings by Monday, January 20th at the latest.)
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course will look in detail at a number of Middle English texts that make use of a common medieval topos -- the author falls asleep and dreams the events that the poem describes. We will inquire into the affordances of this framing topos of the dream or vision: why is it so popular in the Middle Ages? what philosophical, scientific, and/or religious assumptions, and what poetic possibilities does it entail? Readings will include some of the most important canonical Middle English texts, such as Chaucer's Book of the Duchess, Langland's Piers Plowman, and the anonymous Pearl, as well as less-studied works such as The Assembly of Ladies. The course will also provide instruction in reading basic Middle English: by its end, students will be equipped to read at least Chaucer in the original.
Acquaintance with canonical Middle English texts; basic reading knowledge of Middle English; exploration of dream-theory.
The Dream of the Rood
The Romance of the Rose (excerpts)
Pearl
The House of Fame
The Faerie Queene (part)
Mid-semester essay plan: 10% of grade
End-semester essay (15 pages): 80% of final grade
Attendance and prepared participation: 10%
Attendance and prepared participation counts for 10% of the final grade. 3 unexcused absences are allowed. Further absences (except for medical or urgent family reasons, of which you must notify the course head) will lead to a significant drop in your final grade. More than 6 absences will lead to you being asked to withdraw from the course.
Forms of Literature [ENG-1001]
Introduction to Literary Theory [ENG-1002]
20:00-21:30
Thursday
20:00-21:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
What does it mean to be a human being? What is human freedom? How do we make sense of and give meaning to our existence? These are some of the questions taken up by theistic and atheistic existentialist philosophy, literature, and film, which we will study in this course. While existentialism is often studied in a European context, this course approaches existentialism as a global movement tracing its trajectory beyond its beginnings in Europe to the Americas, Middle East, South Asia and East Asia. We will be studying texts by philosophers such as Soren Kierkegaard, Friedrich Nietzsche, Jean-Paul Sartre, Simone de Beauvoir and Simone Weil as well as texts by writers such as Fyodor Dostoyevsky, Franz Kafka, Albert Camus, V.S.Naipaul and Nirmal Verma.
None
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
European modernism is an artistic, literary, and philosophical movement whose heyday is usually after the period of the First World War. It is characterized by a search for new modes of expression to articulate the psychological dislocation caused by the War and is an attempt to break away from the conventional rules and traditions of representation in literature. Modernism tries to provide a fresh outlook towards the human predicament and endeavours to address the isolation of the modern human being in a rapidly changing and deteriorating society. The course aims first to study the background of the modernist movement, for example, through the works of Freud and Walter Benjamin, and then engage with the works of writers across genres (with a special focus on poetry) such as, but not limited to, Charles Baudelaire, Arthur Rimbaud, T.S. Eliot, W.B. Yeats, James Joyce, Virginia Woolf, Samuel Beckett, Franz Kafka, and others. It tries to explore how these writers dealt with questions of the fragmentation of identity, the struggles of human existence, and the shift away from the realist trends of nineteenth-century literature to a psychological exploration of the human mind.
None
16:40-18:10
Monday
18:20-19:50
Monday
Add to schedule:
This course explores the metamorphosis of comics from a mass-produced commodity to a precious collector's item. The field of comics studies—wittingly or unwittingly—reproduces the dominant exclusionary attitudes toward “trashy” pop-culture, while simultaneously using the distinctions between high and mass art to recycle the form. The shift from comics to graphic novels, for example, represses comics’ historical association with the lower genres/passions, focusing exclusively on graphic novels' elevated status as self-reflexive narratives of trauma and struggles for social justice. This course will focus, among other things, on the early history of American, Japanese, and Indian comics to understand the formative elements of comics’ grammar, grounded in the dialectic of seen and unseen, fantasy and desire.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
What does it mean for a film to be queer and for us as spectators to develop a queer eye? Entwined with questions of subjectivity, identity, paranoia, and death, this course will think through the relationship between desire and film. Who desires what, when, and where? Is there an I that desires, or is the I constituted by desire? What is the relation of the I to the eye? How does film as a medium generate desire in ways that might make it distinct from novels, poems, or plays? What role does representation play on the screen
and in allowing us to recognise desire? How and why do we desire some films more than others? This course will think through films like Pedro Almodovar's Bad Education, Sanjay Leela Bhansali's Ram-Leela, and Maimouna Ducoure's Cuties, and theoretical texts by Kaja Silverman, Mary Ann Doane, and Leo Bersani, among others.
Forms of Literature [ENG-1001]
Introduction to Literary Theory [ENG-1002]
18:20-19:50
Thursday
Add to schedule:
This semester’s Graduate Proseminar is all about writing. The Monsoon Proseminar was meant to give you a sense of how academic writing looks and works through reading our guests’ essays and through the conversations we had about writing. This semester, you will put that knowledge to use in building up your own writing. The Proseminar is meant to help you advance through the stages of planning and composing your thesis; it is also meant to provide a collegial environment in which you can analyze and improve your writing as you produce it. Writing, rewriting, and editing are all parts of the writing process that we will undertake together.
English Graduate Pro-Seminar: Thesis Preparation [ENG-4001]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course is a broad-based introduction to medieval studies at the graduate level. Working first to establish the conceptual category of the 'medieval' (as periodic intermediary between 'antique' and 'modern'; as various place- specific constellations of cultural practices; as various place-specific historical periods), we will go on to examine some key stages and texts of medieval intellectual history. Our focus will be on the European Middle Ages, but in the context of global intellectual and cultural exchanges.
Gaining familiarity with a broad cross-section of medieval literature; exploring key cultural concepts and cruxes pertaining to the term "medieval" or "middle age(s)".
Course Texts:
“The Dream of the Rood”
“Elene”
Ibn Sina, Treatise on Love
Ibn Hazm, The Ring of the Dove (excerpts)
Marie de France, Eliduc
Chretien de Troyes, The Knight of the Cart
Petrarch, Canzoniere (selected poems)
The Wooing of Our Lord
“In a Valley of this Restless Mind” (https://d.lib.rochester.edu/teams/text/fein-moral-love-songs-and-laments-in-a-valley-of-this-restless-mind)
Bhakti poetry (selected pieces)
Chaucer, The Man of Law’s Tale (https://sites.fas.harvard.edu/~chaucer/teachslf/mlt-par.htm)
The King of Tars (https://d.lib.rochester.edu/teams/publication/chandler-the-king-of-tars)
The Letter of Prester John
Marco Polo’s account of Hangchow (https://sourcebooks.fordham.edu/source/polo-kinsay.asp)
Mandeville, The Travels of John Mandeville (excerpts)
Grading: Attendance and participation (15%); a 3-4 page mid-term paper (30%); a final group presentation on your tutorial topic (30%); a 6-8 page final paper (25%).
Attendance and prepared participation is a must, and counts for 15% of the final grade. 3 unexcused absences are allowed. Further absences (except for medical or urgent family reasons, of which you must notify the course head) will lead to a 3% drop per absence in your final grade. There are several micro-teaching sessions in this course, where you will be asked to explain a text or concept to the rest of the class. Much of the participation grade will depend on your presence and participation in these sessions.
None
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Late Antique Arabia has often been viewed as an ‘empty Ḥijāz’, culturally remote from the religious and political centres of the 7th century. However it is important to remember that the Qurʾan, while being the foundational scripture of one of the world’s largest religions, is also an important historic and literary document from Arabia of this time. In this course, we will explore the emergence of the Qurʾan (from Arabic qurʾān, ‘reading’ or ‘recitation’) and read it as a religious, historic and literary document -firmly situated within the cultural and historical milieux of Late Antiquity (ca. 3rd - 8th century CE). This course will introduce you to two exegetical worlds, the historical-critical study of the Qurʾan and Islamic exegesis (tafsīr). Notwithstanding their different approaches, premises and biases, they both share a fundamental commitment to close and patient reading, and an enduring fascination with the text of the Qurʾan. The initial segment of the course will focus on tracing the Qurʾan's origins within its historical context. We will delve into the intertextuality of Qurʾanic narratives and their Jewish and Christian counterparts. In the second part of the course we will read together excerpts from the 18th chapter of the Qurʾan, called Sūrat al-Kahf, accompanied by the seminal commentary known as the Tafsīr al-Jalālayn (15 th century CE). Sūrat al-Kahf is a particularly fitting since it offers a unique window into the rich literary worlds of Late Antiquity. Within its verses, a diverse collage of characters, motifs, and narratives unfolds, ranging from enigmatic sleeping youths and the prophet Moses to Alexander’s Doppelgänger Dhū l-Qarnayn.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Friendship often receives short shrift in comparison to romance plots in literary studies. Yet it is one of the most essential human bonds, serving as a building block for political society as well as encompassing competing elements of love, eroticism, envy, and betrayal. In this course, we will survey the philosophical and literary bases of friendship across a range of cultures—reading accounts of friendship in texts ranging from Cicero’s De Amicitia to Confucius—and track how these representations resurface and transform across an array of literary texts. These texts will take us through different types of friendship, from the homosocial bonds that undergird early modern English lyric poetry to spiritual friendships in Bhakti poetry to women’s friendships in Victorian England to the trope of the gay best friend in contemporary film and finally to the blurry line between friend and enemy in the contemporary novel.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The conclusion of Amir Khusrau’s Poem # 35 could serve well as an epigraph to Richard II: “Poetry became my plague. / Alas, that Khusrau never said, ‘Silence,’ / and I did not stop talking.” This class will have the pleasurable task of putting in conversation texts and ideas that have not often been thought of together. Routine Eurocentric readings of Shakespeare assume that Christianity is the only religious influence on Shakespeare’s work. And that Europe derived its poetic traditions autochthonously. But both these assumptions point to a paucity of the imagination rather than being an actual statement of fact. A play like Romeo and Juliet, for instance, owes a lot to Persian tales like Laila-Majnun and Shirin-Farhad. And a play like Richard II shares an investment in the poetic exploration of desire with the entire corpus of Sufi poetry. In the belief that it is time to present these Persianate links as avenues for exploration, this class will foreground the theoretical question of queer desire. The aesthetics of power, the impossibility of fulfilled desire, an enchantment with rhetorical dexterity, a depth of tumultuous affect, are some of the ideas with which we will engage in our twin exploration of Sufi and Shakespearean poetry and desire.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The act of reading is central to literary studies. Debates around different kinds of reading have marked defining concerns of the discipline in the last few decades: deep and surface reading, close and distant reading, professional and amateur reading. This course will extend these debates to the domain of world English. Examining patterns of reading and literary education in different parts of the historical British Empire, it will consider unifying patterns of such education in the colonies along with their postcolonial legacies: structures of universities, curricula, and an often-overlapping body of English texts. It will also examine how this pushed a body of imaginative readers to read against the variously limiting and exclusionary structures of colonial and postcolonial education, creating figures of disruptive autodidactism. Our focus will be on South Africa, West Indies, and India, and we’ll read texts by Es’kia Mphahlele, Njabulo Ndebele, Sindiwe Magona, C.L.R. James, V.S. Naipaul, Dionne Brand, Toru Dutt, Nirad C Chaudhuri and others; contemporary theorists of reading such as Felski, Marcus, Best, Moretti, Guillory; theorists of colonial education such as Sanjay Seth, Rosinka Chaudhuri, Chris Hilliard, Gauri Viswanathan, Chris Baldick, Simon During, etc.
None
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
"Martin Heidegger’s phenomenology is usually characterized as a hermeneutical phenomenology. In his book Being and Time, Heidegger claims that the question of the meaning of being can only be understood through the self-interpretation of the being that asks this question, which is Dasein or the beings that we are. Heidegger’s philosophy can be characterized as a hermeneutical philosophy because it takes as its methodological beginning point the interpretative or hermeneutical condition that Dasein is always thrown into. In this course we will situate Heidegger’s Being and Time in its philosophical context (Nietzschean and Kierkegaardian critique of German Idealism, Husserl’s phenomenological revolution, the neo-Kantian project) and analyze the various reasons for its incompletion and the necessity of the turn or Kehre that characterizes his later writings, which turn more towards question of art, literature, religion and poetry. We will also read later philosophers of hermeneutics such as Hans-Georg Gadamer and Paul Ricouer, and delve into the various controversies between hermeneutical philosophy and deconstruction and critical theory."
None
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The purpose of this course is to develop an account of modernity that de-centers the metropolis. While the emergence of sprawling industrial cities in the nineteenth century can be said to have produced new kinds of experience that in turn condition some of the aesthetic innovations of the historic avant garde, cities are not islands within some sort of unremarkable "provincial" terra nullius. Indeed, to equate the "urban" with the "modern" is itself a kind of provincialism, one that fetishizes the former based on the concentration of capital and political power that one finds in large cities. In point of fact, even the most seemingly rustic landscapes often bear the marks of their integration into global relations of production, while the growth of massive conurbations like the one in which this class will be conducted, India's National Capital Region, give lie to reified conceptions of city and country. Even so, one need not look far in contemporary politics, culture, or even literary theory and criticism to find this obviously false dichotomy at work. As a means of critiquing the ideological divide between city and country, we will read fictional texts from a variety of traditions that deal with that very problem by authors such as Thomas Hardy, Ishimure Michiko, Arun Kolatkar, and W.G. Sebald, as well as theoretical texts by authors such as Karl Marx, Raymond Williams, Theodor Adorno, and Mike Davis.
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
16:40-18:10
Friday
Add to schedule:
Unbeknownst to us, translation plays myriad roles in our everyday and professional lives. From seeking equivalents to names of spices or plants; metaphors of a poem, anatomical knowledge of the body; agony over the Indianness (or lack of it) of ‘secularism’ – all of these are instances of how translation pervades our very existence. Translation is a mode of understanding other people’s world-views which come to us in their words, idioms, forms of expressions and experiences. Translators escape the arrogance of being authors; and thereby create a bridge and non-threatening environment for mediation between divergent languages; contexts and epistemologies. Translators also collude in forms of epistemic violence. How have different disciplines thought about translation? What are the differences in theoretical perspectives that have emerged from multilingual societies, such as the Indian one? How have philosophers from time immemorial to Derrida perceived translation? This course covers a wide range of theorists from across the world; puts them in conversation with each other; and also turns every now and then to literary examples of translation.
None
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
I will use the Picador Book of Modern Indian Literature and a few other texts for this course, and also bring in cinema, art, and music as important entry-points into the 'modernity' I'm discussing here. The aim is to free pedagogy, reading, and creative-critical interaction with both Indian and European texts from the interpretative parameters of 'Western modernity', while also rejecting categories like 'non-Western modernity' that serve a merely corrective purpose. Instead, I wish to enquire afresh into the journey of literary and artistic modernity, using writing from India as my starting-point. I also plan to bring in some material from outside India – the stories of Junichiro Tanizaki, for instance. The question in the course title is one I asked myself as I began putting together the anthology I mention above in the late 1990s. How was one to conceive of a tradition called 'Indian literature'? Was it the total of the various literatures of India? Or was there another way of exploring this category? It was a time when the Indian novel in English and the idea of 'postcolonial literature' had begun to dominate. How did the modernist and avant garde trajectories of literatures in the Indian languages fit into these relatively recent categorisations? One of my own reasons for rethinking and enlarging the frame had to do with my affinities with modernism as a reader and writer, affinities that seemed out of place post-Midnight's Children, but not so out of place within the experimental histories of modern Indian literatures themselves.
The use of the word 'modern' was, and is, deliberate, to point to developments that the term 'postcolonial' doesn't address. The texts we'll read here would follow, without too much narrow systematising, ‘Indian literature’ and the way its emergence from the late nineteenth century in various languages embodied the trajectory of modernity, modernism, the avant garde, and formal preoccupations in India. The course means to question the largely theme-driven, Anglophone parameters of the ‘postcolonial’ that have been with us for some decades now.
As in 2023, this will be a hybrid course, co-hosted by The Oxford Research Centre of the Humanities. Participants will join in from all over the world, but the core class will comprise Ashoka University students, who will take the course in person and will be required to write two essays of 1500 words each over the course of the semester.
None
08:30-10:00
Friday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
What makes psychoanalytic writing psychoanalytic? With equally hovering attention on language, form, and theoretical content, this class will grapple with the work of psychoanalytic writers from a few different schools, geographies, and time periods writing on diverse topics such as the body, art, violence, mourning and the clinic. Amongst others, we will read: Sigmund Freud, D.W. Winnicott, Masud Khan, Osaumu Kitayama, Melanie Klein, Otto Rank and Octave Mannoni. As we read, we will discuss how and to what extent the concepts we read about translate from the language of psychoanalysis into the language of literary English, and from the clinic into other human experiences.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Writing a dissertation, as you will soon realize, is an intimate and personal process. Some even go as far as calling it akin to childbirth, but I will spare you the gendered imagery. Yet, I will say it is indeed intimate, private, personal and momentous. At the same time, graduate students often feel that writing within an academic institution does not bear much relevance to their lives outside of academia. To dispel such myths and make more happy ones for ourselves, in this course we will ask; How should we begin to think about writing? How is it possible to learn to write? Is writing purely a technical craft? What is criticism and how do we write critically about literature?
While we discuss and dissent on the answers to these questions, we will also learn about all the delicate ways in which a hypothesis can be formulated, how to fashionably synthesize materials from written sources, organize ideas in almost perfect forms and develop marvelously captivating arguments.
Masters Proseminar I: Thesis Preparation [ENG-5003]
18:20-19:50
Monday
20:00-21:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
What are the key ingredients that drive successful start-ups? How do entrepreneurs recognize new ideas and bring them to market? Is an entrepreneurial mindset different from a managerial one?
This course will engage with these and similar questions. Students will gain insights into how entrepreneurs think, how they see problems as an opportunity and how they exploit them. The course examines how an entrepreneurial mindset can help identify opportunities and pursue a lifestyle of your choice. We will also discuss how entrepreneurs deal with uncertainty and learn from failure.
We will begin by examining several myths surrounding entrepreneurship and identify its risks and opportunities. We will also see the difference between an entrepreneurial and managerial mindset across a range of dimensions. This will be followed by the concept of effectuation i.e., how entrepreneurs often take decisions based on who they are/ what they know/whom they know. The course engages with opportunity recognition behavior to understand how entrepreneurs see patterns that help them connect the dots.
During the course, we will examine social and professional networks and how entrepreneurs leverage OPR (other people’s resources). We will engage with failure and why entrepreneurs embrace failure while treating it as a learning for their next iteration.
None
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
It is often said that “Today, thinking is more important than knowing”. Opportunities are what
we all look for and their counterparts—the problems—are what we should solve in daily
lives. Dynamic environment of twenty first century requires more creative skills from citizens
than just analytical skills to manage in the ever-changing work environment.
The course is designed to provide an understanding of problem solving with a touch of
creative focus in a systemic framework. The students will be introduced to concepts of
creative thinking like convergent and divergent thinking, lateral thinking and
brainstorming.
Structured techniques such as 6 thinking hats and mind maps will also be practiced.
Students will be expected to work on live projects to come up with creative Jugaad solutions
to problems that they see around them. Concepts around creativity such as the Medici Effect
will also be discussed in class through book readings.
None
18:20-19:50
Friday
20:00-21:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
Introduction to Accounting and Financial Statement Analysis: In this course participants will
learn the basics of accounting and financial statement analysis. Most importantly, the key
interactions between the income statement, balance sheet and the cash flow statement are
covered in detail. Participants will then apply the concepts learned to case companies using
published financial statements. We will also learn how to make a basic model in excel. The
course uses a series of homework, quizzes and a basic financial model to help learners gain a
more comprehensive understanding of essential concepts of accounting. The coursework
introduces bookkeeping fundamentals, accrual accounting, cash flow analysis, financial
statement analysis and more.
None
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course is designed to teach you the fundamentals of marketing keeping in mind an entrepreneurial context. The course assumes no knowledge of marketing, and moves from the basics of defining and capturing value and understanding consumers to key marketing concepts such as segmentation, targeting and positioning, and then culminates in the in-market execution of positioning using a synergistic mix of product development, pricing management, communication and in market execution. The course also looks at brands, brand strategy and brand equity and their impact on consumer value and brand strength. We will look at marketing theory, but with a strong application bias. As we seek to understand how to market products and services, we will reflect on and learn from our experiences as customers and how we are impacted by marketing. TO get the most out of this course, you will be well served by relying on your experiences as a consumer, and for keeping your eyes open and observing other customers as a marketer
None
18:20-19:50
Thursday
20:00-21:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
Product management is one of the most sought-after functions in today’s organizations, whether in technology product firms or elsewhere. Technology firms differentiate from their competitors based on how user-centered their products are, and non-tech firms such as banks similarly aim to stay competitive by implementing product-based thinking in their technology offerings.
Digital product managers who can drive product vision and business growth have hence become critical to modern firms. Initially a Silicon Valley phenomenon, the growing importance of product management – a cross functional discipline which comprises of a deep focus on customers and design, emphasizes the centrality of data in making decisions and the importance of keeping abreast of evolving technological and market dynamics, and utilizes business metrics to evaluate the success of technological innovations – now means that product managers can be found in firms across sectors and industries. The product function is hence a critical differentiator that determines whether a technology product satisfies user needs in a seamless way, ensuring rapid adoption by customers, or becomes a hindrance towards achieving business goals.
This product management course will teach important skills necessary to be an effective product manager and build, launch, and grow successful digital products. Key focus areas include assessing customer pain points, designing a compelling product vision, leveraging product analytics, and working effectively across functions, including engineering, UX and senior management. Students will engage in group exercises and case discussions.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Thursday
Add to schedule:
To orient students towards future industrial paradigms with a focus on the digital economy, its impact on global consumer behaviour, and policy implications. The course is designed for a broad student base, emphasizing conceptual understanding and practical applications.
Learning Outcomes:
Participants will gain an understanding of the digital economy, and its impact across sectors, and develop the ability to engage with its various elements critically.
Ability to grasp the concepts and vocabulary of the digital economy and the 4th Industrial Revolution, Digital Public Infrastructure in India.
Identification of key skills required to be part of these new paradigms.
Relating the concepts to their domain of interests, whether within or outside engineering.
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Thursday
Add to schedule:
The course will focus on the importance of mathematics in understanding business solutions. Students will learn how to
use mathematical concepts and tools to solve business problems, make better decisions, and launch and grow successful
businesses. They will be exposed to a variety of industries and be taught the differences of various metrics. Students will
also learn about the entrepreneurial process, from idea generation to market research to business planning.
None
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
We live in a world where information and content have emerged as powerful entities that shape our daily lives and influence our decisions. The course, "The Evolution of Content Businesses in the Digital Age," will explain to the students the journey of the history of content, explain the dynamics of how content drives creativity, delve into the changing business models of content businesses, understand the deep impacts of ethics on business and society and explore the future prospects of content businesses in the digital age and potential impacts through AI. Every business has a story to tell and understanding impacts of these stories will enable students to have the tools to better prepare themselves in the world of business. The present global environment makes it critical for students and professionals to gain a deep understanding of the architecture of content and why it is important for professionals to be equipped with the tools to navigate business with a clear view on narratives.
None
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
20:00-21:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This undergraduate course explores the principles, strategies, and practices of frugal innovation/entrepreneurs in high technology sectors.
Students will examine how resource-constrained environments can lead to creative and efficient solutions, focusing on technological advancements that deliver high value at a low cost. Students will also get opportunities to learn how to be frugal entrepreneurs in high tech sectors by analyzing examples of such enterprises. Through a combination of lectures, case studies, group projects, and discussions, students will develop a comprehensive understanding of frugal innovation's/entrepreneurship’s role in driving technological progress and delivering societal impact.
A key component of the course will be student presentations in groups analyzing the case of a firm they have found that exemplifies the frugal high-tech approach in an industry.
None
10:10-11:40
Saturday
11:50-13:20
Saturday
Add to schedule:
From the clothes we wear (Zara, Pantaloons, Raymonds), to the mobiles we carry (Samsung), to the airlines we fly (Spicejet, AirIndia, Vistara), family businesses are all around us. They are the kirana stores we buy our groceries at, the round the corner toy store, and the Malls we frequent.
How much do you know about them? Why are they different? Do you belong to one? Are born to such a business family? Will you work in one? Will you advise one? Will you research one as a security analyst or an academician or consultant?
Then this course is for you!
This course introduces the students to
1) The role of family businesses- from SMEs to large business houses- in nation building, economy, and growth- transformation from manufacturing to services to ML/AI/E-Comm.
2) The dynamics in family businesses, their growth despite the challenges and the road ahead for them.
3) Opportunities and challenges, roles and responsibilities, and aspirations of the next-generation members in a family business.
4) The complexities in family businesses are greater due to the involvement of family members and ‘skin in the game’.
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
16:40-18:10
Friday
Add to schedule:
This course aims to support students create and build organisations that are ecologically sensitive and socially relevant. In the
changing context of the urgent need to handle climate change, environmental degradation, and increasing social inequality, the
course walks students through opportunities and challenges for organisations. The course will draw on cases from a wide
variety of settings varying from large organisations like Patagonia to smaller startups like Skrap and lessons from the margins --
newspaper vendors, street vendors, traditional arts and crafts -- lessons of management from the unexplored sector of the
informal.
Through critical readings, analysis of videos, and case discussions, participants will engage with the social and environmental
challenges the society is facing. Through deeper engagements with organizations and collectives that have been developing a
path of environmentally and socially conscious journeys, participants will set foot on such paths, by developing the possibilities
and potentials to create more of such paths, not only at a larger scale of building new organizations but also by incorporating
and integrating versatile and pluralistic values and logics of environmentally and socially conscious decision making.
In-class discussions will be largely based on the cases and readings assigned to the sessions. This will create a space to learn
ways in which collectives and organizations are being built and, further, shaping environmental and social consciousness.
None
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
20:00-21:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
What differentiates a good business from a mediocre one? How do you evaluate the quality of an industry and how can it change over time? Does a particular market entry plan, strategic plan or acquisition make sense? What tools do analysts, consultants, investors or industry professionals use to examine and gain insights into a business opportunity or problem?
The goal of this course is to provide students with tools and concepts that have real-world applicability in understanding and addressing business situations. The content is designed to bring frameworks and methods used in today’s workplace into the classroom. Whether you choose to pursue a career in consulting, banking, investing, corporate strategy, or journalism, this course will provide you with a foundation that will allow you to analyze a business or an industry situation.
None
10:10-11:40
Saturday
11:50-13:20
Saturday
Add to schedule:
This introductory course helps the course participants in understanding broad aspects of real estate and the economy around it. The course participants are exposed to the following major topics:
● Real Estate Investment
● Property Development
● Management of Assets
● PropTech
● Family Assets and Opportunities is Family Business
● Affordable Housing
● Sustainability in Real Estate
The aim of this course is to educate the course participants about the opportunities real estate offers and how best the sector can benefit them.
None
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The future of work is expected to evolve rapidly. Artificial intelligence is going to drive this change. We are already feeling the impact of AI in several products and services that we use almost daily. For example, Google uses an AI tool to selectively show us advertisements. The income tax department is using A.I. with business intelligence to identify people who have not been paying taxes. The world of medicine is undergoing changes with A.I. being used to identify cancerous cells. Companies are looking to hire data analysts and scientist who can create novel products and solve complex problems. The acute shortage of skilled manpower is being felt globally. Therefore, providing undergraduate students with skills in artificial intelligence and business insights is the need of the hour. This course is designed to teach students the core concepts of data analytics. It is oriented towards undergraduates who may not necessarily have coding skills. The audience is expected to have the willingness to learn and explore. The focus will be to help students create a portfolio of projects where they can demonstrate the application of data analytics
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
11:50-13:20
Friday
Add to schedule:
How are iconic brands built? What gets them there and how they stay there. How smart marketers influence consumer behaviour to make their brands even stronger. And get more business.
None
18:20-19:50
Monday
20:00-21:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
We are here to build your conscious competency in career and life
wayfinding and create a supportive community for conversations about
your life.
“A well-designed life is a life that is generative—it is constantly creative,
productive, changing, and evolving, and one where there is always the
possibility of surprise. “(Bill Burnett (Executive Director, D-School,
Stanford University), Dave Evans (Lecturer, D-School, Stanford
University), Authors of the bestselling book Designing Your Life.)
The Designing Your Life (DYL) course is inspired by the bestselling course (being offered for
over 15 years) and extensive research at Stanford University and Stanford’s Life Design Lab
(200 higher ed institutions have engaged with Stanford’s Life Design lab); is based on the
bestselling book of the same name, by Stanford Professors Bill Burnett and Dave Evans; The
course is offered under a license through Certified Instructor and Coach, Navyug Mohnot.
DYL is a philosophy, framework and process with a set of tried and tested tools and methods
based on principles of Design Thinking. The course’s aim is to enable people to figure out
where they are now, get ‘unstuck’ and plan what they could do next with their lives.
None
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course is designed to help students develop a strong foundational
understanding of the key principles frameworks, tools and examples of innovative finance
specific to its evolution in India and broader global context over the last 25 years. It will focus
on Impact Investment but also cover other adjacent and overlapping segments of the
Innovative Finance Capital Spectrum including ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance)
Investing, Climate Finance and Blended/Social Finance, each comprising a distinct investment
segment across the risk-return-impact spectrum. The course is designed for student with an
interest in development economics, social entrepreneurship and capital markets, who want
to apply their understanding of economics, finance and investing to create positive social and
environmental impact through new business models and financing structures. It will provide
a comprehensive overview of the innovative finance landscape and its evolution, through an
analytical assessment of each segment on the capital spectrum, and evaluation of case studies
of major impact investors and their use of different innovative finance instruments to help
solve major development challenges in climate change, social inclusion and income creation.
The overall objective of the course is to help students ‘think like an impact investor’ by
understanding the key insights and lessons of thought leaders and pioneering funds who have
helped define these new asset classes and helping to frame the key debates that continue to
remain to enable the students to pursue further research and build careers in this field.
None
18:20-19:50
Friday
20:00-21:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
Integrated digital marketing strategy in 2023 is about how to do we pull, sell and manage loyalty across consumer cohorts. While, today consumers loves authentic brand but they still believe in a fling than a marriage. How do we reach out to this consumer in this cluttered space? How do we keep this consumer engaged with us? What do we do to keep them coming back to us? The complete digital marketing strategy today for any brand lies in 3 simple Cs, now whether you are a budding entrepreneur, a digital manager for a brand or working in a digital agency.
• Content : To reach, engage and drive experiences
• Commerce : To pull (and not push) them down the funnel
• Community : To keep them engaged and coming back
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Thursday
Add to schedule:
Taught by a seasoned global tech lawyer and policy practitioner, this course will explore emerging law and policy issues in the realm of technology – in India and key foreign contexts including the U.S. and Europe. Given the increasingly pervasive nature of technology, these issues bring new and critical implications for a wide variety of professionals and businesses including but not only startups and other entrepreneurial initiatives; for society at large; and for the roles that businesses can play in society. These issues also transcend national boundaries, and routinely reflect and influence complex interactions between different nations. The course will address issues including data privacy; free speech and content moderation; competition; and others – and also distill practical skills and insights that cut across the various substantive issues discussed in the course. In doing so, the course will help prepare students to understand, navigate, and shape tech law and policy as part of the business world and more broadly – in India and globally – drawing from the instructor’s first-hand leadership experience in crafting and executing innovative, high-impact strategies in the field.
None
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The rapid growth of Institutional Capital deployed within emerging markets, incl India, has created significant opportunities for entrepreneurs across a variety of sectors, incl the social impact sector. Institutional Capital denotes all types of capital including Grants, Angel, Seed Venture Capital Private Equity, and long-term Hedge Funds. This course will offer students the opportunity to hear of, and participate in, the opportunities and challenges facing institutional
investors. The course will include India specific case studies and sharing of experiences of successful investors and entrepreneurs. It covers several industries incl Real Estate, Fin Tech, Social enterprises, and Ecommerce.
The course is based on the fundamental premise that the personal life & career of every individual is also one of an investor and entrepreneur (everyone has to have an entrepreneur mindset whether salaried or an entrepreneur). Students can apply the same investment principles when taking decisions in professional life – incl. when they decide their career choices (where to invest the time capital of life). And that their professional journey post-graduation on the 4 pillars of any investment: Risk-Return –Investment-Mindset will mirror the life cycle of any enterprise from a startup (risk seeking) to VC to PE (more conservative) to finally being a Listed company where employers will sell and exit if they do not perform (with multiple turnarounds on the journey).
While this course uses the field of unlisted investments as an anchor, the paramount learning outcome it seeks to deliver to help the participant build a muscle of identifying and having courage to a) admitting about matters we think we don’t know b) identify the matters which are important for you and your success in life and c) building a mental process to go out and understand them and learn. You will also experience the stultifying power of fear of failure and helplessness that inhibits success in any investment decision (incl. your decision to invest time and credits in this course)
None
18:20-19:50
Friday
20:00-21:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
The development sector in India today is a vibrant space especially for young professionals. There is an increasing openness of governments to civil society, not-for-profit grassroot organisations, social ventures, and professional services/external experts. This has been equally matched by shifting young adult preferences, especially from socially conscious and economically secure backgrounds, who are looking for opportunities to enhance their social contribution through their professional lives. The opportunities to affect social change have therefore grown exponentially – in the form of public sector fellowships, lateral entries into government, social sector/not for profit roles, research and think-tanks, entrepreneurship and start-ups, as well areas like social sector consulting and impact investing.
However, even as the inputs (people as well as money) increase manifold into this space, the improvement in outcomes is much slower. The quality of public-sector school education remains poor and successive NAS/ASER reports do not indicate a secular upward trend; even over decades. Public health systems still provide for only 30% of India’s population with 70% people paying out of pocket for healthcare needs. Metrics like IMR/MMR/immunization rates or stunting are barely moving. Despite increasing subsidies and numerous programs, agriculture that engages 45% of India’s workforce, it is not remunerative and holds limited attraction for youth as a talent pool. The average monthly income per agricultural household is just ₹10,218 with just 4-5% annual growth.
Where does this dichotomy of increased inputs and yet stagnant outcomes come from? Why do entrepreneurial innovations typically not scale and lead to transformative outcomes? What structural factors lie at the heart of it? How can those who are looking to enter this space understand and begin to tackle this dichotomy from day 1? We hope that this course will help you answer some of these essential questions and better prepare you for a professional career that interacts with this space in any shape or form.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
16:40-18:10
Monday
Add to schedule:
Microsoft Excel is the most widely used spreadsheet software and is used by people across industries & organizations irrespective of their type and level. In today’s world where data is the new oil, data from multiple data sources ultimately lands up in an MS Excel file. The challenge of the professionals of tomorrow will be the ease with which they can solve business problems/questions that come their way.
Welcome to the comprehensive course – ‘Problem Solving using Microsoft Excel’. In today's digitally driven world, proficiency in Excel is an indispensable asset, whether you're a student, a professional, an entrepreneur, or someone eager to enhance their data management capabilities. This course is designed to equip you with the knowledge and practical expertise required to navigate Excel with confidence, efficiency, and finesse.
Why Excel Skills Matter?
Microsoft Excel stands tall as one of the most powerful and versatile spreadsheet applications available, and its impact spans across various industries and domains. From finance to marketing, from engineering to data analysis, Excel empowers users to organize, analyze, and visualize data in ways that drive informed decision-making. Regardless of your background or profession, Excel proficiency is a gateway to unlocking numerous opportunities and streamlining your daily tasks. It allows you to handle large datasets, automate repetitive tasks, create visually compelling charts and graphs, perform complex calculations, and more. Whether you're managing personal finances, conducting business analyses, or preparing academic reports, Excel is the go-to tool for data analysis and presentation.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Thursday
Add to schedule:
So you don’t want to be a lawyer. Or maybe you do. Who knows, and who cares, because either way, a general understanding of key legal concepts – and the ability to think like a lawyer – will add invaluably to your arsenal as you step out into the real world. This knowledge and skillset will make you a distinctly sharper leader in the business world, because legal issues routinely – and increasingly – strike at the heart of business risks and opportunities, and are integral to overall corporate strategy. And so not just lawyers but a wide range of business executives (including C-suite executives) and their advisors routinely work on legal issues alongside lawyers. Legal roles are increasingly business roles, and vice versa. Therefore, the knowledge and skills this course provides will make you a sharper entrepreneur, or a sharper business executive, or a sharper consultant to businesses across sectors. But that’s not all. The benefits extend to countless roles even beyond the business world: you’ll be a sharper problem-solver regardless of field. To this end, the course will explore key concepts across several fundamental areas of law including contracts, torts, constitutional, criminal, administrative, competition, and procedural – each of which is applicable across a wide range of professional fields. The course will explore these concepts in two jurisdictions: India and the U.S. The course will also introduce students to thinking (and related) skills fundamental to not just the legal profession but also to the many professional roles (discussed above) that require frequent engagement with the law or with lawyers. These skills include: contract construction and interpretation; analyzing and applying a case; textual interpretation more broadly; analytical writing; persuasive writing; persuasive verbal argument; and highly analytical thinking with unrelenting precision, agility, and creativity.
None
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course is designed for the next generation of leaders. We will address the pain-points of entrepreneurs, CEOs, Chief Growth Managers, Product Managers, and Chief Commercial Officers who seek to master the art and science of growing and sustaining revenue growth in the Enterprise B2B ecosystem.
Participants will gain an understanding of go-to-market strategies, product-market messaging, solution selling, deal closure, and sales performance management for scale. The course combines theory, real-world case studies, interactive activities, and expert insights to equip students with the knowledge and skills necessary to drive revenue growth and lead successful organizations.
None
10:10-11:40
Saturday
11:50-13:20
Saturday
Add to schedule:
The course helps expose the participants to both the practical considerations as well as the
underlying theoretical constructs to explore the world of investments and returns. Students
will get a framework to make and manage investments both personally and professionally.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Thursday
Add to schedule:
Whether you are a start-up founder, product manager, the marketing manager or a sales head, this introductory course will provide you with real world knowledge and the tools you will need to build a successful business. Students will get a strong foundation and practical understanding with actual techniques and solutions for identifying a market landscape, building a value proposition, understanding the buying process and the role of different stakeholders in the decision making process, and create winning strategies over competition. Explorers on this journey will get exposed to different types of business models and their respective Go-to-Market strategies as well as success models for e-commerce and modern trade. They will get a hands-on experience of building pricing models and experience real in-market situations to appreciate the role of the various levers of business. Some of the other themes that will run through the course will be KPIs for success, Influencer marketing and Lifetime value of a customer.
None
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The evolution of computing power along with large amounts of data that is being collected has transformed the world of finance. An example of this is algorithmic trading where an algorithm uses trading data to determine when you should buy or sell a stock in the market. It becomes more interesting when the income tax department assess a lot of data about individual taxpayers and determines that some of the citizens are not paying enough in taxes. The third example is based on the idea of who should be given a credit card. Most people who have high savings qualify for a credit card but what about those people who have low to medium savings. What about students at Ashoka? Many of these decisions in finance, such as selling a stock, obtaining a credit card, and identifying defaulters, are based on technology, mathematical algorithms, and knowledge of finance. A person who masters these 3 fields can work for large companies, set-up their own start-up, trade in the markets, pursue a career in research, become a financial consultant and pursue many more opportunities than what is mentioned here. The course starts with a brief understanding of markets and data that we can obtain for these markets. Then we look at how to use this data to decide if we should buy or sell a stock or bond. After having evaluated it heuristically we try to explore algorithms that can fit the behaviour of the data and perhaps indicate the buy and sell decision. Similarly, we apply this broad principle of identifying the data, examining it and then determining which model should be fitted to different problems in finance including predicting stock price, detecting fraud, providing credit, pricing options, sizing of companies based on financial attributes. Companies worldwide are looking for talented people who can understand different parts of finance and apply the right tools and techniques to analyze the products, customers and services. Our goal is to provide students an opportunity to learn these skills and see challenging careers in finance globally. It is oriented towards undergraduates who may not necessarily have coding skills. The audience is expected to have the willingness to learn and explore. The focus will be to help students create a portfolio of projects where they can demonstrate the application of data analytics
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
16:40-18:10
Friday
Add to schedule:
How are iconic brands built? What gets them there and how they stay there. How smart marketers influence consumer behaviour to make their brands even stronger. And get more business. LEVEL 1: was an introduction to the building blocks of a brand. We covered what is the value of a strong brand, how brands are different from commodities, what is good advertising, how does one uncover consumer insights, basic principles in consumer behaviour, and why every brand today must think like a challenger. LEVEL 2: will focus on learning how to launch a strong brand, build a business with multiple product lines and how does one accelerate business by addressing growth challenges through the full marketing funnel.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course delves into the policies relating to biodiversity conservation in developing countries with a reference to ecological, historical and socio-political contexts. Students will learn to integrate biodiversity concerns with sustainable development and social-ecological concerns. The course will begin with giving an understanding of the processes underlying the loss of biodiversity and ecosystem degradation as well as its consequences for society. The historical and political dimensions of species loss will also be discussed. The essentials of conservation planning and design as currently practiced based on ecological principles will be studied. The course will then turn to critically exploring past and prevalent paradigms and strategies in biodiversity conservation such as strict nature protection, Integrated Conservation and Development (ICDP), community-based conservation, Payment for Ecosystem Services (PES) and ecotourism, with the aid of key case studies. In addition, current debates on wildlife laws and policies in India will be discussed, based on current developments in Forest Conservation Act and Forest Rights Act. The aim of this course is to use perspectives from a variety of disciplines, including ecology, history, political science, economics and sociology, to develop a holistic view of today’s biodiversity crisis and its solutions.
The students will learn to integrate knowledge from different disciplinary areas to understand biodiversity conservation in terms of policy and practice. Further, they will learn how to use different sources of knowledge such as quantitative data, traditional knowledge and oral histories for environmental policy-making. They will also practice debating topics in class with their peers, and class presentations.
Indicative Readings
Diamond, J. 2005. Twilight at Easter. Pp. 79-119. In Collapse: How societies choose to fail or succeed. Viking Penguin.
Gold, A.G.2003. Foreign trees: Lives and landscapes in Rajasthan. In Paul Greenough and Anna Lowenhaupt Tsing (eds.) Nature in the Global South: Environmental Projects in South and Southeast Asia. Durham and London: Duke University Press: pp. 170-200.
Rangarajan, M. 2001. India’s Wildlife History, An Introduction. Chapters 2, 3 & 4 (Pgs 11-45). Permanent Black and Ranthambhore Foundation, India.
Janzen, D.H. 1986. The Eternal External Threat. Pp. 286-303 In. M. Soule (ed.) Conservation Biology: The Science of Scarcity and Diversity, Sinauer Press, Massachusetts.
Guha, R. 2003. The authoritarian biologist and the arrogance of anti-humanism: Wildlife conservation in the Third World. Chapter 5: 139-157. In Saberwal , V.K. and M. Rangarajan (eds.)2003. Battles over Nature: Science and Politics of Wildlife Conservation. Permanent Black, New Delhi.
Terborgh, J. 1999. Requiem for Nature. Shearwater Books, Island Press.
Shahabuddin, G. & B. Lakshmi. 2014. Conservation-induced Displacement: Recent Perspectives from India. Environmental Justice 7(5):122-129
Sharma, A. and A. Kabra. 2007. Displacement as a Conservation Tool: Lessons from Kuno Wildlife Sanctuary, Madhya Pradesh. In: Shahabuddin, G. and M. Rangarajan (Ed.) Making Conservation Work: Towards Innovative Strategies for Securing Biodiversity in India. Pp. 21-47. Delhi: Permanent Black.
Kela, S. 2021. The Heart of the Matter: Studying institutional structures in historical perspective. In Sundar, N. and S. Raghavan (Eds). A Functioning Anarchy: Essays for Ramachandra Guha. Allen Lane.
Vasan, 2002. Ethnography of a forest guard. Economic and Political Weekly Vol 37(40):
Barret, C.B., K Brandon, C Gibson and H. Gjertsen (2001). Conserving tropical biodiversity amid weak institutions. BioScience 51: 497-502.
Robbins, P. 2000. The Rotten Institution: Corruption in Natural Resource Management. Political Geography 19: 423-443.
Thakaekara, T. 2018. Thinking like an elephant: looking beyond protected areas. Pgs 83-108 In.Bhagwat, S. (ed.) Conservation and Development in India, Reimagining Wilderness. Earthscan, Routledge, London/New York.
Baviskar, A. 2003. States, Communities and Conservation: The Practice of Ecodevelopment in the Great Himalayan National Park. Pgs 267-299 In In Saberwal , V.K. and M. Rangarajan (eds.)2003. Battles over Nature: Science and Politics of Wildlife Conservation. Permanent Black, New Delhi.
Shahabuddin, G. 2010. Conservation at the Crossroads, Science, Society and the Future of India’s Wildlife- Chapter 5 (Pgs 118-140) and Chapter 6 (Pgs 141-165). Permanent Black, Delhi.
Mawdsley, E., D. Mehra and K. Beazley. 2009. Nature Lovers, Picnickers and Bourgeois Environmentalism. Economic and Political Weekly XLIV No. 11: Pgs 49-59.
Karanth, K.U. & K. Karanth. 2012. A Tiger in the Drawing Room: Can Luxury Tourism Benefit Wildlife? Economic and Political Weekly XLVII: 38-43.
Madhusudan, M.D. 2005. Of Rights and Wrongs: Wildlife Conservation and the Tribal Bill. Economic and Political Weekly 40(47): 4893-4985
Hussain, S. 2020. The Snow Leopard and the Goat, Politics of Conservation in the Western Himalayas. University of Washington Press.
Bhatnagar, Y.V. and C. Mishra. 2014. Conservation without Fences: Project Snow Leopard. Pgs 157-177 In Madhusudan, M.D., Rangarajan, M. and G. Shahabuddin (Eds). Nature Without Borders. Orient Blackswan, Delhi.
Pagiola, S. 2008. Payments for Environmental Services in Costa Rica. Ecological Economics 65 : 712-724.
Sanchez-Azofeifa, G.A., A. Pfaff, J.A. Robalino & J.P. Boomhower. 2007. Costa Rica’s Payment for Environmental Services Program: Intention, Implementation and Impact. Conservation Biology 21(5): 1165-1173.
Wunder, S. 2007. The Efficiency of Payments for Environmental Services in Tropical Conservation. Conservation Biology 21 (1): 48-58.
Daniels, A.E., K. Bagstad, V. Esposito, A. Moulaert, C.M. Rodriguez. 2010. Understanding the impacts of Costa Rica’s PES: Are we asking the right questions? Ecological Economics 69: 2116-2126.
Bose, A. 2018. Ficus to filter: Understanding complexities of market incentives for conserving biodiversity on private lands. Pgs 164-192 In. Bhagwat, S. (Ed.) Conservation and Development in India, Reimagining Wilderness. Routledge, London.
Warren, T. and K.J.M. Baker. WWF’s Secret War. Buzzfeed, March 4, 2019. https://www.buzzfeednews.com/article/tomwarren/wwf-world-wide-fund-nature-parks-torture-death
Beaumont, P. Report clears WWF of Complicity in violent abuses by conservation rangers, Guardian, November 25, 2020. https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2020/nov/25/report-clears-wwf-of-complicity-in-violent-abuses-by-conservation-rangers
Shahabuddin, G. 2019. Rewilding with the Asiatic Cheetah: Policy and Politics of Wildlife Reintroduction in India. In Shahabuddin, G. and K. Sivaramakrishnan (Eds.). Nature Conservation in the New Economy: People, Wildlife and the Law in India. Orient Blackswan, Delhi.
Aiyadurai, A. 2021. Tigers are my Brothers, Anthropology of Wildlife Conservation in Northeast India. Oxford University Press, India.
Nijhawan, S. 2020. Relations of Blood: Taboos and Wildlife Conservation in the Idu Mishmi of Northeast India. Journal of Ethnobiology 40(2): 149-166.
The successful completion of this course will depend upon intensive reading, presentations in class and participation in discussions that show in-depth engagement with readings and lectures. Upto 35 pages of reading will be assigned each week. Students will write one final term paper, one essay assignment and one in-class exam (mid-term) in this course. The weightage of marks for different assessments in this course will be as follows:
Class presentations and participation: 25%
Essay Assignment: 20%
Mid-term Exam: 25%
Term Paper (Final): 25 %
Attendance: 5%
Students are expected to attend at least 85% of classes, for which they will be graded.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course explores environmental sustainability in the Anthropocene, based on key ecological concepts such as diversity, energy transfer, ecosystems, population growth, food-webs and nutrient cycling. This course will be useful for students who wish to understand the scientific underpinnings of the sustainability concept in contemporary times, and the ways that they are deployed in current socio-political contexts. The course is designed primarily as an introduction to ecological thinking for students from both natural and social sciences, based on analysis of complex environmental debates around climate justice, sustainable harvest, ‘rewilding’ and urban equity, among others.
Theory lectures will be interspersed with class discussions/presentations on current environmental concerns and articles. Articles and books will be prescribed as background reading for each topic. There will be one field outing within Delhi NCR which will form a significant component of learning in this course.
Students will learn to apply scientific principles to current environmental challenges and analyse the concept of sustainability in a range of social-ecological situations. They will learn to present complex issues in everyday language. At the end of this course, they should be able to apply a multidisciplinary lens to understand ecological issues.
Indicative Reading List
Corlett, R. 2015.The Anthropocene concept in ecology and conservation. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 30(1):36-41.
Krebs, C.J. 2009. Ecology: The Experimental Analysis of Distribution and Abundance. Benjamin Cummings Publications.
Pollan, M. 2006. Chapter 2: Farm, pp. 32-56. In: The Omnivore’s Dilemma. Penguin Books, USA.
Renard, D. and Tilman, D. 2021. Cultivate biodiversity to harvest food security and sustainability. Current Biology 31, R1141–R1224,
Nabhan, G.P. 1997. Let us Now Praise Native Crops, An American Cornucopia. In:Cultures of Habitat: On Nature, Culture and Story. Counterpoint, Washington D.C.
Commoner, B. 1971. The Closing Circle, Nature, Man, Technology. Chapter 2: The Ecosphere (Pgs 14-48); Chapter 4: Los Angeles Air (Pgs 66-80). Alfred P. Knopf, New York, USA.
Ricklefs, R.E. & G. Miller. 2000. Ecology (Fourth Edition). W.H. Freeman & Co., New York.
Nabhan, G.P. 1997. Chapter V: Hornworm’s Home Ground (Pgs 249-259) In:Cultures of Habitat: On Nature, Culture and Story. Counterpoint, Washington D.C.
Kolbert, E. 2014. Chapter 8: The Forest and the Trees (Pgs.148-172) In: The Sixth Extinction, An Unnatural History. Bloomsbury, London.
Ghosh, A. 2019. Disastrous delta: Daily struggles against nature in the Sunderbans. Pp. 29-36 In. Ghosh, A. (Ed.). The Tides of Life: Surviving Between the Margins. Indira Gandhi National Centre for the Arts, India.
Mahmud, S. 2019. Adapting to change in the Sunderbans ecosystems: Lay people’s perceptions. Pp. 129-141 In. Ghosh, A. (Ed.). The Tides of Life: Surviving Between the Margins. Indira Gandhi National Centre for the Arts, India.
Fleischman, F. et al. 2020. Pitfalls of Tree Planting Show Why we Need People-centered Natural Climate Solutions. Bioscience 70(11):947-950.
Dyke, J.G., W. Knorr and R. Watson. 2021. Why Net Zero Policies Do More Harm than Good. Pgs 39-52 in Bohm, S. and S. Sullivan (Eds) Negotiating Climate Change in Crisis. Open Book Publishers, Cambridge, UK.
Chazdon, R. and P. Brancalion. 2019. Restoring forests as a means to many ends. Science. 364, 24– 10 25.
Sinha, N. 2021. Chapter 6: The Mother of Men and Tigers, The Tiger (Panthera tigris) (Pgs 113-142) In: In Wild and Wilful; Tales of 15 Iconic Indian Species. Harper Collins India, U.P.
Chundawat, R. 2018. Chapter 5: Tiger Society: Solitary Existence but Social Living (Pgs 75-122). In: The Rise and Fall of the Emerald Tigers, Ten Years of Research in Panna National Park. Speaking Tiger Publications, New Delhi.
Kaushik, N. 2018. Was it necessary to kill tigress Avni? Scroll, November 20, 2018 . https://scroll.in/article/902693/was-it-necessary-to-kill-tigress-avni
Quammen, D. 2003. Monster of God, The Man-eating Predator in the Jungles of History and the Mind. Chapter 4: Leviathan with a Hook (Pgs 127-207). WW Norton & Co., New York, USA.
Mandal, J. and T.R. Shankar Raman. 2016. Shifting agriculture supports more tropical forest birds than oil palm or teak plantations in Mizoram, northeast India. The Condor 118: 345-359.
Dinerstein, E. 2003. Endangered Phenomena: Rhinoceros as Landscape Architects In: Dinerstein E. The Return of the Unicorns. The Natural History and Conservation of the Greater One-Horned Rhinoceros. Pages 153-177. Columbia University Press.
Simberloff, D. et al. 2013. Impacts of biological invasions: what’s what and the way forward. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 28(1): 58-66.
Ricciardi, A., M.E. Palmer and N.D.Yan. Should Biological Invasions be Managed as Natural Disasters? BioScience 61: 312-317.
Ripple, W.J., T.P. Rooney and R.L. Beschta. 2010. Large Predators, Deer and Trophic Cascades in Boreal and Temperate Ecosystems. Pp. 141-162 In Terborgh, J. And J. Estes (Eds.) Trophic Cascades: Predators, Prey and the Changing Dynamics of Nature. Island Press, Washington, USA.
Terborgh, J. 1988. The Big things that Run the World, A Sequel to E.O. Wilson. Conservation Biology 2: 402-403.
Randall, C. 2020. A Rewilding Triumph: Wolves help to Reverse Yellowstone degradation, Guardian, January 25, 2020. https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2020/jan/25/yellowstone-wolf-project-25th-anniversary
Peterson, C. 2020. 25 years after returning to Yellowstone, wolves have helped stabilize the ecosystem. National Geographic, July 10, 2020. https://www.nationalgeographic.com/animals/article/yellowstone-wolves-reintroduction-helped-stabilize-ecosystem
Vikas, M. 2019. Conservation in urban spaces: People-wildlife interactions and management of Delhi’s forests. Pp 55-82 In Shahabuddin, G. and Sivaramakrishnan, K. (Eds). Nature in the New Economy: People, Wildlife and the Law in India. Orient Blackswan, Delhi, India.
Gururani, S. 2018. When land becomes gold: Changing political ecology of the commons in a rural-urban frontier. Pp. 107-125 in: MollettS. And Kepe, T. (eds.) Land Rights, Biodiversity Conservation and Justice. New York, London: Routledge.
Agarwal, R. 2014. The Fight for an Urban Forest: The Delhi Ridge. Pp. 107-130 In Rangarajan, M., M.D. Madhusudan and G. Shahabuddin (Eds.) Nature Without Borders. Orient Blackswan, India.
Nagendra, H. 2016. Nature in the City, Bengaluru in the Past, Present and Future. Chapter 3: Resilient City (Pp38-60). Oxford University Press, India.
Agarwal, R. 2018. ‘Natural’ no More? Delhi’s Yamuna River. Pp.185-209 In in G. Cederlof and M. Rangarajan (Eds.) At Nature’s Edge, The Global Present and Long-Term History. Oxford University Press, Delhi, India.
Nagendra, H. 2016. Nature in the City, Bengaluru in the Past, Present and Future. Chapter 9: Blue Nature (Pp.163-185). Oxford University Press, India.
Course evaluation will be based on a combination of in-class essays, a mid-term exam and a final term paper (based on one of the field trips). In addition, students will be graded on the their presentations and quality of their participation in class discussions. Attendance will be graded; students are expected to attend 85% of classes.
Weightage of Assessments:
Participation in class discussions/class presentations: 25%
In-class essays (2): 20%
Mid-term Exam (open-book): 25%
Final Term Paper: 25%
Attendance: 5%
Attendance will be graded. Students are expected to attend 85% of classes at the minimum.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Climate change is already a reality, but what’s the way forward? This is the question that drives policies and practices to envision a low-carbon future. How can we craft a just and inclusive low-carbon world? What are the opportunities that are offered by moving towards a low-carbon world, what are the challenges that need to be addressed, and what new challenges does it pose? This course is inspired by these questions. The course explores how the idea of low carbon is being discussed and implemented in various facets of life and diverse socio-cultural and economic contexts.
The course is divided into different modules, and it begins with a brief discussion of the underlying debates around the idea of low-carbon society at local and global levels. The modules focus on the low-carbon solutions being offered in different areas such as energy, transportation, ecology, infrastructure, lifestyle, urbanisation, and industries. Each of these modules will discuss the underlying problems that led to the present debate on low-carbon interventions specific to the focus area of the module, how different low-carbon solutions are envisioned, and the opportunities and challenges in different contexts. Case studies from different regional contexts will be explored in the course.
Students are encouraged to bring in examples from their experiences and day-to-day life. The classes will include lectures, documentary/video presentations, and a field visit. Additional background material will be provided during the lectures to supplement the readings. The study materials will be a balanced combination of reference materials suitable for students from any stage of their programmes.
The learning outcomes of this course are the following:
(a) The students will be introduced to the debates around low-carbon society in the context of global warming and climate change.
(b) The students will be introduced to different solutions being proposed/implemented to craft a low-carbon world in diverse facets of life across different geographical contexts.
(c) The students will be able to develop a critical understanding of these proposed/implemented low-carbon solutions at policy and practice levels.
No prerequisites.
Indicative reading/watching list
Documentary
Sustainable silk fashion | DW Documentary
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NWBYCdurOYY&ab_channel=DWDocumentary
The How and Why of My Award Winning Low Carbon Lifestyle | John Cossham | TEDxUniversityofYork
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7l7wkAI3Io8&ab_channel=TEDxTalks
Books and book chapters
Leach, M., & Scoones, I. (Eds.). (2015). Carbon conflicts and forest landscapes in Africa. Routledge.
Fraser, A. (2023). Up in the air: the challenge of conceptualizing and crafting a post-carbon planetary politics to confront climate change. The Journal of Peasant Studies, 50(1), 96-113.
Cederlof, G. (2023). The Low-Carbon Contradiction: Energy Transition, Geopolitics, and the Infrastructural State in Cuba (Vol. 13). Univ of California Press.
Rauland, V., & Newman, P. (2015). Decarbonising cities: Mainstreaming low carbon
urban development. Springer.
Healy, S. (2013). Air-Conditioning and the ‘Homogenization'of people and built environments. In Comfort in a lower carbon society (pp. 7-17). Routledge.
Hong, S. K., Lee, H. J., Kang, B. R., Kim, J. E., Lee, K. A., Kim, K. W., & Jang, D. H. (2014). Challenges and goal of the sustainable island: case study in UNESCO Shinan Dadohae Biosphere Reserve, Korea. Designing Low Carbon Societies in Landscapes, 145-162.
Palmer, W. J. (2016). Will sustainability fly?: aviation fuel options in a low-carbon world. Routledge.
Fraker, H. (2013). The hidden potential of sustainable neighborhoods: Lessons from low-carbon communities (pp. 150-155). Washington, DC: Island press.
Lovell, B. (2010). Challenged by carbon: the oil industry and climate change. Cambridge University Press.
Kelbaugh, D. (2019). The urban fix: Resilient cities in the war against climate change, heat islands and overpopulation. Routledge.
Research articles
Bastin, J. F., Finegold, Y., Garcia, C., Mollicone, D., Rezende, M., Routh, D., ... & Crowther, T. W. (2019). The global tree restoration potential. Science, 365(6448), 76-79.
Bulkeley, H., Broto, V. C., & Edwards, G. (2012). Bringing climate change to the city: towards low carbon urbanism?. Local environment, 17(5), 545-551.
Sovacool, B. K., & Griffiths, S. (2020). The cultural barriers to a low-carbon future: A review of six mobility and energy transitions across 28 countries. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 119, 109569.
Lenzen, M., Sun, Y. Y., Faturay, F., Ting, Y. P., Geschke, A., & Malik, A. (2018). The carbon footprint of global tourism. Nature climate change, 8(6), 522-528.
Reid, L. A., & Houston, D. (2013). Low carbon housing: a ‘Green’wolf in sheep's clothing?. Housing Studies, 28(1), 1-9.
Hajoary, P. K., Negi, T., & Akhilesh, K. B. (2022). Electric Vehicle Mobility in India Challenges and Opportunities. Economic and Political Weekly, 57(47), 17-21.
Niinimäki, K., Peters, G., Dahlbo, H., Perry, P., Rissanen, T., & Gwilt, A. (2020). The environmental price of fast fashion. Nature Reviews Earth & Environment, 1(4), 189-200.
Sovacool, B. K. (2021). Who are the victims of low-carbon transitions? Towards a political ecology of climate change mitigation. Energy Research & Social Science, 73, 101916.
Levy, Sharon. "Running hot and cold: Are rainforests sinks or taps for carbon?." BioScience 57, no. 7 (2007): 552-557.
Howell, R. A. (2013). It's not (just)“the environment, stupid!” Values, motivations, and routes to engagement of people adopting lower-carbon lifestyles. Global Environmental Change, 23(1), 281-290.
Sovacool, B. K., & Griffiths, S. (2020). Culture and low-carbon energy transitions. Nature Sustainability, 3(9), 685-693.
Szibbo, N. (2014). The Hidden Potential of Sustainable Neighborhoods: Lessons from Low-Carbon Communities By Harrison Fraker. Berkeley Planning Journal, 27(1). (select chapters)
Articles from The Economist
Ian Naylor. May 2019. Using aviation biofuel continues to be difficult. The Economist. https://www-economist-com.elibrary.ashoka.edu.in/technology-quarterly/2019/05/30/using-aviation-biofuel-continues-to-be-difficult
How two-wheelers are weaving their way into urban transport. The Economist. https://www-economist-com.elibrary.ashoka.edu.in/business/2018/06/23/how-two-wheelers-are-weaving-their-way-into-urban-transport
Gernot Wagner on how individual actions can combat climate change. The Economist. https://www-economist-com.elibrary.ashoka.edu.in/by-invitation/2021/11/09/gernot-wagner-on-how-individual-actions-can-combat-climate-change
Can a viable industry emerge from the hydrogen shakeout? The Economist. https://www-economist-com.elibrary.ashoka.edu.in/business/2023/07/03/can-a-viable-industry-emerge-from-the-hydrogen-shakeout
The heat-pump challenge in Britain: A big piece of the net-zero jigsaw puzzle is missing. The Economist. https://www-economist-com.elibrary.ashoka.edu.in/britain/2023/02/06/the-heat-pump-challenge-in-britain
The UN takes on corporate greenwashing: Will companies—and governments—listen. The Economist. https://www-economist-com.elibrary.ashoka.edu.in/business/2022/11/10/the-un-takes-on-corporate-greenwashing
(1) In-class short assignment writing. 500-600 words, 25% marks
(2) Assignment and class presentation on a course-related topic. 1000-1200 words. 25% marks
Students need to write a take-home assignment and make a short presentation of 10 minutes.
(3) A book review or an assignment. 1200-1500 words. 25% marks
(4) Class participation and group discussions. Total 25% marks
(a) Students need to actively participate in class discussions and provide insights on their understanding of the readings and lecture (15%)
(b) Students need to form groups to discuss the readings assigned to their group and make class presentations. (10%)
No specific marks for attendance. Students can miss up to 6 classes.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In both rural and urban areas, the livelihoods of many communities are intricately connected to the environment. Global and local level changes in the environment affect people’s livelihoods in different ways. On the other hand, changing livelihoods due to changing policy and socio-economic scenarios also drive environmental changes. This course aims to explore this multi-dimensional and complex relationship between different environments and livelihoods with a focus on the Global South.
How do environmental changes drive livelihood changes? How does it affect the livelihood diversity of different communities, including indigenous groups? What are the implications of these livelihood changes to socio-environmental and cultural sustainability? In what ways do the communities build resilience and adapt to these situations? How do livelihood changes affect the environment? What are the social, economic and policy factors that contribute to these livelihood changes? How do civil society organisations and policy-level actions try to overcome these challenges? These are some of the questions explored through this course. The specific areas the course focuses on include climate change, environmental degradation, natural events, changes in land and aquatic ecosystems, biodiversity loss, and water shortages.
Students are encouraged to bring in examples from their experiences or knowledge. The classes will include lectures, documentary/video presentations, and a field visit. Additional background material will be provided during the lectures to supplement the readings. The study materials will be a balanced combination of reference materials suitable for students from any stage of their programmes.
The learning outcomes of this course are the following:
(a) Students will be able to explore the mutual relationship between environments and livelihoods and how changes in one drive changes in the other.
(b) Students will develop a critical understanding of the socio-environmental and policy factors that contribute to environmental and livelihood changes.
(c) Students will be able to analyse (a) the resilience building and adaption of the communities and individuals and (b) the interventions from government and civil society organisations to address the challenges associated with environments and livelihoods.
No prerequisites.
Indicative reading/watching list
Watching list
Kaani's Occupation & Education | Chapter 05 | Tribal Documentary film | Western Ghats | Tirunelveli
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ywzf70ewaOk&ab_channel=BrightRayProductions
Documentary on Sabarmati Canal Syphon | Sabarmati Escape | Sardar Sarovar Project | Narmada Canal
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NanVBQ5Oyu0&ab_channel=THEGUJARATITRAVELLER
Make Way! : The Kuno Story
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ku-J68qRnIw&ab_channel=EQUALatAUD
Books and book chapters
Gadgil, M., & Guha, R. (2013). Ecology and equity: The use and abuse of nature in contemporary India. Routledge. (select chapters)
Cederlöf, G., & Loftus, A. (2023). Discovering Political Ecology. Taylor & Francis. (Chapter 5)
Barua, M. (2023). Lively Cities: Reconfiguring Urban Ecology. U of Minnesota Press. (Chapter 1 A Minor Ecology of Infrastructure)
D’Souza, R. (2014). Filling multipurpose reservoirs with politics: displacing the modern large dam in India. Large dams in Asia: Contested environments between technological hydroscapes and social resistance, 61-73.
Baviskar, A. (1999). In the belly of the river: tribal conflicts over development in the Narmada Valley. Oxford University Press. (Chapter 6 Economy and Ecology)
Baruah, M. (2022). Slow disaster: Political ecology of hazards and everyday life in the Brahmaputra valley, Assam. Taylor & Francis. (Chapter 4 Livelihoods, Ruined).
Saikia, A. (2015). Jute in the Brahmaputra Valley: The making of flood control in twentieth-century Assam. Modern Asian Studies, 49(5), 1405-1441.
Scoones, I. (2013). Livelihoods perspectives and rural development. In Critical perspectives in rural development studies (pp. 159-184). Routledge.
Arati Kumar-Rao (2023). Marginlands: Indian Landscapes on the Brink. Pan Macmillan.
Shah, A. (2023). Rethinking ‘just transitions’ from coal: the dynamics of land and labour in anti-coal struggles. In Climate Change and Critical Agrarian Studies (pp. 374-393). Routledge.
Fairhead, J., Leach, M., & Scoones, I. (2014). Green grabbing: a new appropriation of nature?. In Green Grabbing: a new appropriation of nature (pp. 11-36). Routledge.
Conway, G. (2022). Exploring sustainable livelihoods. In Revolutionizing Development (pp. 85-92). Routledge.
Das, S., Gupta, G., & Hazra, S. (2023). Shifting Lands, Moving People: Livelihood, Migration, Climate Change, and Natural Disasters in the Indian Sundarbans. Jadavpur University Press.
Nigel, J. (2013). Livelihoods in a conflict setting. In The Tsunami of 2004 in Sri Lanka (pp. 22-33). Routledge.
Sekhsaria, P. (2017). Islands in flux: the Andaman and Nicobar story. (No Title).
Sathyanarayanan, C. R., & Chandra, N. (2012). Traditional Life, Livelihood and Plantations: A study among the Mullu Kurumba. GUIDELINES FOR THE CONTRIBUTORS, 594.
Hirsch, P., & Wyatt, A. (2004). Negotiating local livelihoods: scales of conflict in the Se San River Basin. Asia Pacific Viewpoint, 45(1), 51-68.
Research articles
Kabra, A. (2018). Displacement, resettlement, and livelihood restoration: safeguard standards in practice. Development in Practice, 28(2), 269-279.
Chambers, R. (1995). Poverty and livelihoods: whose reality counts?. Environment and urbanization, 7(1), 173-204.
Mundoli, S., Manjunatha, B., & Nagendra, H. (2017). Commons that provide: The importance of Bengaluru’s wooded groves for urban resilience. International Journal of Urban Sustainable Development, Special Issue, 9(2), 184 – 206. https://doi.org/10.1080/19463138.2016.1264404
Leach, M. (2008). Pathways to sustainability in the forest? Misunderstood dynamics and the negotiation of knowledge, power, and policy. Environment and Planning A, 40(8), 1783-1795.
Kelman, I., & Mather, T. A. (2008). Living with volcanoes: the sustainable livelihoods approach for volcano-related opportunities. Journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 172(3-4), 189-198.
Whitehead, J. (2002). Repopulating the landscape: space against place in Narmada Valley. Economic and Political Weekly, 1363-1369.
Reuter, T., Singh, S., Sinha, A. K., & Mehta, S. (2021). Land grab practices and a threat to livelihood and food security in India? A Case Study from Aerocity Expansion Project from SAS Nagar, Punjab. Journal of Land and Rural Studies, 9(1), 97-118.
Leach, M. (1991). Engendered environments: understanding natural resource management in the West African forest zone. IDS Bulletin, 22(4), 17-24.
Duru, J., Aro, J., & Oladipo, R. E. (2022). The effects of climate change on the livelihood of rural women: a case study of Ilorin South, Nigeria. Bulletin of the National Research Centre, 46(1), 165.
News articles
How Chernobyl made Welsh sheep radioactive and paralysed some farms for 26 years
https://www.walesonline.co.uk/news/wales-news/how-chernobyl-made-welsh-sheep-16360676
Learning from forest-dwelling, tribal communities to fight forest fires. The Indian Express
https://indianexpress.com/article/opinion/columns/learning-from-forest-dwelling-tribal-communities-to-fight-forest-fires-7804113/
Mundoli, S., Manjunatha, B., & Nagendra, H. (2015, June 26). Of lakes and livelihoods in Bengaluru. The Hindu. https://www.thehindu.com/news/cities/bangalore/of-lakes-and-livelihoods-in-bengaluru/article7356891.ece.
An Expert Explains: How rare species of Sundarbans are threatened by human activities
https://indianexpress.com/article/explained/expert-explains-rare-species-sundarbans-threatened-by-human-activities-7527840/
Climate change is stealing the livelihood of one of the most vulnerable communities in India
https://scroll.in/article/1047635/climate-change-is-stealing-the-livelihood-of-one-of-the-most-vulnerable-communities-in-india
Solar development harming farmers, academics say
https://www.taipeitimes.com/News/taiwan/archives/2023/06/21/2003801903
(1) In-class short assignment writing. 500-600 words, 25% marks
(2) Assignment and class presentation on an assigned course-related topic. 1000-1200 words. 25% marks
Students need to write a take-home assignment and make a short presentation of 10 minutes.
(3) A book review or an assignment. 1200-1500 words. 25% marks.
(4) Class participation and group discussions. Total 25% marks
(a) Students need to actively participate in class discussions and provide insights on their understanding of the readings and lecture (15 %)
(b) Students need to form groups to discuss the readings assigned to their group and make class presentations. (10%)
No specific marks for attendance. Students can miss up to 6 classes.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
A biological community is a group of species that co-occur, and community ecology aims to study the interactions between such species. In this course, we will explore the state of community ecology today, which appears less as a set of clear-cut facts and more as a continuation of a series of (often heated) debates spanning more than a century regarding the very nature of plant and animal communities. We will then expand our scope and examine interactions between biological communities and their physical environments, which comes under the purview of ecosystem ecology. This course is structured as deep dives into select topics in community and ecosystem ecology, designed to equip students with a holistic understanding of the complexity and interconnectedness of life on earth, and the ability critically analyze research in these disciplines. Topics covered in the course have relevance to diverse applications such as ecosystem management, conservation, climate change mitigation, etc. Initial lectures will recap basic ecological concepts. Some of the topics covered thereafter include: (a) major debates regarding the nature of biological communities: the holism-individualism debate, the density-dependence debate, the ecological assembly-rules debate, and the niche-neutral debate, (b) species coexistence theories, (c) facilitation, a neglected aspect of community interactions, (d) the phylogenetic structure of communities, (e) functional trait ecology, (f) the relationship between biodiversity and ecosystem functioning (productivity, complementarity, selection effects, functional redundancy, etc.), (g) ecosystem resilience (disturbances, regime shifts, alternative stable states, temporal stability, etc.), (h) ecosystem inputs: geology and soils, (i) carbon cycling and carbon budgets, (j) decomposition, (k) nutrient cycling, (l) metacommunities.
In addition to the papers discussed in class, the following texts are recommended:
Assignments 90%, class participation 10%
The minimum attendance required to pass the course is 80%
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
11:50-13:20
Friday
Add to schedule:
Research problems often present themselves in the form of broken pieces of information. A modern biologist can use multiple tools to make sense of data and uncover signals that help describe how the world works. This course is aimed at providing a toolkit to help research students design field and laboratory studies and link data to models (a description of how the world works). The discussion topics include replication and pseudoreplication, randomisation, sample size and degrees of freedom, orthogonal design, and non-orthogonal observational data. The topics on statistical modelling include parameter estimation, model prediction, overfitting, collinearity, missing data, approaches to choosing models, and model simplification. This course will be taught through lectures and worksheets using the R programming language. The example datasets used in the worksheets will be from ecological, biomedical, and social sciences.
Statistical modelling is as much art as it is a craft. Students will be encouraged to think about creative ways to model seemingly disparate datasets. For example, modelling the occupancy of snow leopards in the Himalayan landscapes might be very similar to modelling the occupancy patterns of tuberculosis in Delhi.
Learning outcomes
Appreciate that the same statistical tools can be used creatively to solve different problems
Ability to design an effective research study in the laboratory or field
Learning to visualise and manage data
Understanding principles of inference, avoiding overinterpretation of data
Understanding principles of good design, avoiding pseudoreplication, perils of p-hacking, and phantom degrees of freedom.
Ability to run statistical techniques and tests
Course grading:
Class participation: 10%
Assignments: 30%
Paper presentation: 20%
Final project and presentation: 40%
The minimum attendance required for the course is 80%
None
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This elective course focusses on questions of social exclusion and social justice in environment, with a particular emphasis on race, caste and class. The concept of social exclusion as an analytical framework has become increasingly relevant for an understanding of the notions of environmental inequality, conflicts, rights and justice. The course will capture the social exclusion structures and processes which restrict the access of certain social groups to environmental resources and entitlements. It will explain the different forms of social disadvantage – in village and community, in land and water, in space and commons, in wilderness and conservation – that persist, in multiple variants and with different intensity, across societies and nations. It will locate the agency to groups that either guard their domain of privilege or challenge the system of social inequalities and segmentation. Thus, understanding social exclusion as a condition/outcome as well as a dynamic process, the course will also examine some environmental justice movements. The course will also be contextually and temporally embedded. In the north, for example, along with African-Americans, Latino and indigenous people, the focus has been the changing nature of social exclusion in environment. Accordingly, the relevant focus groups are the new social groups, including the immigrants and ethnic groups. By contrast, in the Indian context, the problem is one of the persistent, multiple exclusion of certain social groups like Dalit affecting their basic environmental access and rights.
The course is organized around weekly lectures and discussions based on the readings. Students will be asked to write an essay on one of the topics of the course, with footnotes and bibliography, and further readings will be given to them on their chosen topic, so that they can go in much more depth on a particular topic.
Unit 1: (Week 1): Social Exclusion and Environmental Justice: An Introduction to Conceptual Issues
Unit 2: (Week 2-3): Race, Caste, Class and Environment: Patterns and Processes
Class written assignment
Unit 3: (Week 4-6): Revisiting Village, Community, Water, Commons: Sites of Social Exclusion
Class written assignment
Unit 4: (Week 7-9): Social Exclusion and Environmental Change: Insights in the literature of Jotirao Phule, E. V. Ramasamy Periyar, B. R. Ambedkar, Dalit/anti-caste writers and Dalit autobiographies
Book Readings & Discussion
Unit 5: (Week 10-11): Environmental Justice Movements: A Global and Indian Outlook
Unit 6: (Week 12): Environmental Politics and Policy against Social Exclusion
Class written assignment
Essential Readings:
Unit 1: (Week 1): This unit will examine concepts around the social exclusion, inclusion and environmental justice.
David Harvey (1996), Justice, Nature & the Geography of Difference, USA: Blackwell.
Gerry Rodgers (1995), ‘What is special about a “social exclusion” approach?’ in Gerry Rodgers, Charles Gore, Jose B. Figueiredo (eds), Social Exclusion: Rhetoric, Reality, Responses, Geneva: International Institute for Labour Studies. pp. 43-55.
Angus Stewart (2000), ‘Social Inclusion: An Introduction’ in Peter Askonas and Angus Stewart (eds.), Social Inclusion: Possibilities and Tensions, London: Macmillan. pp. 1-16.
Ramachandra Guha (1994), ‘Introduction’ in Ramachandra Guha (ed.), Social Ecology, Delhi: Oxford University Press. pp. 1-18.
Joan Martinez-Alier (2004), ‘Environmental Justice in the United States and South Africa’ in Joan Martinez-Alier, The Environmentalism of the Poor: A Study of Ecological Conflicts and Valuation, New Delhi: Oxford University Press. pp. 168-194.
Unit 2 (Week 2-3): This unit will study the inter-relationship between environment, race, caste and class, and its expressions in environmentalism.
Dorceta E. Taylor (2002), Race, Class, Gender, and American Environmentalism, Portland: Pacific Northwest Research Station, pp. 1-51.
Dianne D. Glove (2010), Rooted in the Earth: Reclaiming the African American Environmental Heritage, Chicago: Lawrence Hill Books.
Mukul Sharma (2017), ‘Brahmanical Activism as Eco-Casteism: Reading the Life Narratives of Bindeshwar Pathak, Sulabh International, and “Liberated” Dalits’, Biography: An Interdisciplinary Quarterly, Special Issue on Caste and Life Narratives, 40, 1, pp. 199-243.
Mukul Sharma (2012), ‘Dalits and Indian Environmental Politics’, Economic and Political Weekly (henceforth EPW), XLVII, 23, 9 June, pp. 46-52.
Ramachandra Guha & Juan Martinez – Alier (1997), ‘The Environmentalism of the Poor’ in Ramachandra Guha & Juan Martinez – Alier, Varieties of Environmentalism: Essays North and South. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 3-21.
Unit 3 (Week 4-7): This unit will understand how village, community, land, water, forest, and commons are sites of social exclusion, based on poverty, inequality, caste and hierarchy.
Mukul Sharma (2017), Caste and Nature: Dalits and Indian Environmental Politics, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Noel Castree (2001), ‘Socializing Nature: Theory, Practice, and Politics’ in Noel Castree and Bruce Braun (eds.), Social Nature: Theory, Practice, and Politics, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers), pp.1-21.
Surinder S. Jodhka (2012), ‘Introduction’ in Surinder S. Jodhka (ed.), Village Society, Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan, pp. 1-20.
Esha Shah (2008), ‘Telling Otherwise: A Historical Anthropology of Tank Irrigation Technology in South India’, Technology and Culture 49, no. 3, pp. 652-74.
Suhas Paranjape, Raju Adagale, and Ravi Pomane (2008), ‘Mahad to Mangaon: Eighty Years of Caste Discrimination, What Caste Is Water? In K. J. Joy et al, Water Conflicts in India: A Million Revolts in the Making, New Delhi: Routledge, pp. 110-14.
N. S. Jodha (1986), ‘Common Property Resources and Rural Poor in Dry Regions of India’, Economic and Political Weekly 21, no. 27, pp.1167-81.
Unit 4 (Week 8-9): This unit will focus on the environmental perspectives of Dalit thinkers and writers, raising the issues of social exclusion and social justice in environmental sphere.
G. P. Deshpande (2002), ‘Of Hope and Melancholy: Reading Jotirao Phule in Our Times’ in G. P. Deshpande (ed.), Selected Writings of Jotirao Phule, Delhi: LeftWord, pp. 1-21.
V. Geetha and S. V. Rajadurai (2008), ‘Samadharma’ in V. Geetha and S. V. Rajadurai, Towards a Non-Brahmin Millennium: From Iyothee Thass to Periyar, Kolkata: Samya, pp. 402-41.
Mukul Sharma (2017), ‘Ambedkar and Environmental Thought’ in Mukul Sharma, Caste and Nature, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 114-60.
Unit 5 (Week 10-11): This unit will examine the contours of environmental justice movements in south and north, challenging social exclusion.
Richard Peet and Michael Watts (1996), ‘Liberation Ecology: Development, Sustainability, and Environment in an age of Market Triumphalism’ in Richard Peet and Michael Watts (eds.), Liberation Ecologies: Environment, Development, Social Movements, Banerjee, London: Routledge, pp. 1-45.
Alf Gunvald Nilsen (2013), ‘The river and the rage: Introducing the Narmada Valley Conflict’ in Alf Gunvald Nilsen, Dispossession and Resistance in India: The River and the Rage, Delhi: Aakar Books, pp. 1-17.
Tania Murray Li (2008), ‘Situating Resource Struggles: Concepts for Empirical Analysis’ in Amita Baviskar (ed), Contested Grounds: Essays on Nature, Culture, and Power, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 193-216.
Subir Sinha (2003), ‘Development Counter-Narratives: Taking Social Movements Seriously’ in K. Sivaramakrishnan, Arun Agrawal (eds.), Regional Modernities: The Cultural Politics of Development in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 286-312.
Unit 6 (Week 12): This unit will map the ways social institutions, economic processes, environmental policies and politics can address the issues of social exclusion and social justice.
Wolfgang Sachs (1999), ‘Social Justice and Environmental Sustainability in the Post-Development Era’ in Mohamed Suliman (ed.), Ecology, Politics & Violent Conflict, London: Zed Books, pp. 59-75.
Eileen M. Mcgurty (2006), ‘Identity Politics and Multiracial Coalitions in the Environmental Justice Movement’ in Dianne D. Glave and Mark Stoll (eds), To Love the Wind and the Rain: African Americans and Environmental History, Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburg Press, pp. 133-149.
Mukul Sharma (2005), ‘Social Inclusion or Social Justice’ in Defining Dignity, New Delhi: World Dignity Forum, pp. 188-192.
Prakash Kashwan (2017), ‘Democracy in the Woods: Environmental Conservation in India, Tanzania, and Mexico,’ New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Assessments: 1) There will be one internal assessment exam after four weeks. This will be out of 25 marks. 2) There will be one class presentation and discussion. This will be out of 25 marks 3) Students will also be asked to submit a written essay of minimum 2500 words with footnotes and bibliography, which will be out of 40 marks 4) 10 marks will be for attendance and particiaption.
As per university policy.
None
08:30-10:00
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Science progresses by us proposing explanations– ‘hypotheses’–regarding how the world works. We then ask to what degree the hypotheses are supported by data in a process we call ‘hypothesis testing’. Statistics allows us to quantify this degree of support as probabilities. Crucially, the probabilities can be wrong if the assumptions of statistical tests aren’t met. Unfortunately, data commonly encountered in the natural and social sciences often challenge the assumptions of classical statistical methods, increasing the risk of erroneous conclusions being drawn. The course introduces students to advanced statistical techniques to address such challenges. Additionally, the course introduces students to multivariate statistical methods that can be used to analyze multi-dimensional data, which is frequently encountered in most scientific disciplines. Students will receive a boost to their data analysis skills and greater confidence to tackle complex, messy, real-world data and the rigorous peer-review process of many journals.
This course is suitable for advanced undergraduate and graduate level students. Initial lectures will recap basic statistical concepts and methods and R programming to bring everyone up to speed. Course topics include Generalized Linear Models (GLM), strategies for detecting and fixing GLM assumption violations, Generalized Least Squares (GLS), Generalized Linear Mixed Models (GLMM), Generalized Additive Models (GAM), Classification and Regression Trees (CART), simulation-based methods, Principal Components Analysis (PCA), Principal Coordinates Analysis (PCoA), Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling (NMDS), Redundancy Analysis (RDA), and multivariate regression.
To make concepts easier to grasp, examples will be drawn from the natural and social sciences that reflect the students’ interests, e.g., (a) using a GLMM to test the hypothesis that phosphorous content in lake water affects phytoplankton biomass, (b) using RDA on genomic data to identify which environmental variables drive spatial patterns of genetic variation, and (c) using CART to find the most important socio-economic predictors of maternal distress in low-income households. Students can bring datasets and questions; these will be jointly analyzed to illustrate the decision-making process.
Zuur A, Ieno EN, Walker N, Saveliev AA, Smith GM (2009) Mixed effects models and extensions in ecology with R. Springer Science & Business Media
Gelman A, Hill J (2006) Data analysis using regression and multilevel/hierarchical models. Cambridge University Press
Borcard D, Gillet F, Legendre P (2011) Numerical Ecology with R. Springer-Verlag
Hastie T, Tibshirani R, Friedman JH (2009) The elements of statistical learning: data mining, inference, and prediction. Springer
Assignments 90%, class participation 10%.
The minimum attendance required to pass the course is 80%.
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Environment has become an important area of interactions between society, politics, economy and culture. This foundation course will focus on diverse sets of social, economic and cultural values and political, ideological and religious views expressed through environmental frameworks. The course will discuss how ecological issues are understood in different political and economic systems, ideologies and institutions. In turn, the political, ideological and social essence of ecological problems is manifested by deeply contrasting visions of what structuring society according to nature might mean. Taking a historical approach, the course will strengthen the interaction of natural and social sciences in understanding contemporary environmental politics. The course will give close attention to some prominent environmental and social movements in India, which will significantly enhance the knowledge about new developments within the environment/politics/society interface.
Professor:
Mukul Sharma
mukul.sharma@ashoka.edu.in
Teaching Fellows:
Sidharth Ravi
sidharth.ravi_tf@ashoka.edu.in
DS timings: TBD
Shreya U.K.
shreya.uk_tf@ashoka.edu.in
DS timings: TBD
Tentative lecture outline:
UNIT 1
Lecture 1: What is environment? Types of environment? What is eco-system? What is bio-
sphere? Why should we be concerned about environment?
Lecture 2: What is earth and soil? What is Lithosphere, Atmosphere, Weather and Climate? Natural and Human-induced global warming.
UNIT 2
Lecture 3: What is development? Meaning of Sustainability and Sustainable Development;
Origin and definitions of sustainable development.
Lecture 4: Parameters of Sustainable Development – Carrying Capacity, Inter and Intra-
Generational equity, Gender, Caste, Diversity, etc.
Lecture 5: Approaches to Sustainable Development – Growth, Human Development, Multi-
dimensional, Eco-system, Indigenous, Livelihood, Development Indexes, etc.
Lecture 6: Industrialisation, Globalisation & Environment
Lecture 7: Growth, Inequality and Environment
Lecture 8: Sustainable Development and Environmental Issues & Challenges: Soil erosion, Flood and Drought, Desertification, Rise in sea level, Deforestation, North-South divide, Biodiversity, Climate Change, etc.
UNIT 3
Lecture 9: Energy, Economy, Resources, Consumption
Lecture 10: Debates about Energy Use: Access, Equality, Environment
Lecture 11: Energy Use & Environment (excluding climate change)
Lecture 12: Sustainable Energy & Environment
Attendance - 10%
Participation - 10%
Group Project - 20%
Essays (3) - 60%
Assignments:
Essays (60%):
Students will be given three take-home assignments over the course of the semester. Each essay will count for 20 percent of your final grade. These will be subjective essays that will have to address a prompt that the teaching team will share. The prompt will be designed in reference to lectures and assigned readings. The essays should be no more than 2000 words.
Group Project (20%):
All students will be divided into groups of five with predetermined presentation dates scheduled after the mid-semester break. These presentations will be graded on conceptual thoroughness, textual engagement as well as innovativeness of the execution. Each group must meet a TF at least once before their presentation. We encourage you to use this meeting to brainstorm ideas, gather literature, and deliberate on the implications of your subject matter. The time limit for each presentation is 10 minutes. The group presentation will count for 20% of your grade.
Attendance:
Attendance in lectures and discussion sessions is compulsory. Students are allowed four absences. Beyond this, points will be deducted for every missed lecture or discussion session. Emergencies, of course, will be taken into account.
Assignments:
Essays (60%):
Students will be given three take-home assignments over the course of the semester. Each essay will count for 20 percent of your final grade. These will be subjective essays that will have to address a prompt that the teaching team will share. The prompt will be designed in reference to lectures and assigned readings. The essays should be no more than 2000 words.
Group Project (20%):
All students will be divided into groups of five with predetermined presentation dates scheduled after the mid-semester break. These presentations will be graded on conceptual thoroughness, textual engagement as well as innovativeness of the execution. Each group must meet a TF at least once before their presentation. We encourage you to use this meeting to brainstorm ideas, gather literature, and deliberate on the implications of your subject matter. The time limit for each presentation is 10 minutes. The group presentation will count for 20% of your grade.
Attendance:
Attendance in lectures and discussion sessions is compulsory. Students are allowed four absences. Beyond this, points will be deducted for every missed lecture or discussion session. Emergencies, of course, will be taken into account.
Grades:
Attendance - 10%
Participation - 10%
Group Project - 20%
Essays (3) - 60%
Class Policy:
While students are welcome to use your laptops during the lectures and discussion sessions, they are also expected to be prompt and present throughout the class. It is their quality, and not frequency, of engagement that will count towards their participation. We encourage students to think with their peers, as well as the teaching staff, in a manner that co-produces an inclusive, safe and enriching learning environment for all.
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The environment in a wider sense touches on all that we are and will be. This FC takes up key dimensions of the contemporary debate on the human environment with special attention to the challenges in the developing countries.
This includes issues as diverse as human demographic expansions, the impact of new technologies to hoe issues of ecology and environment relate to gender and nation. No discussion could today be complete without a sense of how humans relate to other species on the planet and to the larger global challenges such as climate change.
We do focus case studies of when, why, and how states or societies responded to these challenges and what the outcomes , intended or unintended were. The idea is to pose dilemmas and encourage critical thought. What is the best way to save endangered species and why do so at all? Can new knowledge inform public debate in positive ways and when? Is population expansion a bane or boon? How is it best to view big dams or the Green Revolution?
The idea is to learn to think not what to think. And to so vis a vis the environment can be exciting as it will unpack many premises. Each window will open new horizons.
The course aims to equip the student to ask and consider issues of the environment in a nuanced, holistic, and critical manner. It is not aimed at one-off so-called solutions and will actively encourage all to take apart, and unpack the question before we define any answer.
The challenge of having a productive, safe, habitable, and biologically productive environment touches on all literally all fields of human knowledge and endeavour. A brief Foundation Course cannot possibly cover even a fraction. But is the place to begin to see how the parts relate to the whole.
There will be three basic books used
Sectrions will be given to read and discuss, Other readings will be papers and chapters all given in soft copy at the start of the term.
1. John McNeill and Peter Engkele, The Great Accelaration, 2014
2. Mahesh Ranagrajan ed, Enviornmental Issues in India, A Reader, 2007
3. John McNeill, Some thing new under the sun, An environmental history of the 20th century, 2001
There will be 75 per cent for three essays all take home but the draft to be shown and discussed with the TF and if need be, the Prof prior to submission.
The questions will require original thought and will not be based on any kind of rote learning as the idea is to ask why, how, and when . Most so why.
Twenty-five per cent marks are for participation: there will be a note written and submitted end of term.
During term there will be short notes in class ( not graded and only 100 or 250 words each) and these will be handed in on the spot though not graded these will be vital to help learn how to frame arguments.
Attendance in class is a must. There is no penalty but any one missing two classes in a row will be requested to explain and may be asked to do a whort write up on the reasings for that day or week. It is also noted that listening and taking part by asking questions or making comments is essential to learning. All are encouraged to take part by asking or speaking and given the complexity of the subject please be clear curiosity is encouraged. There will be adequate opportunity for all but to take part trning up in class, doing the readings is a must.
Non attendance in DS will be taken very seirously.,
There are no penalties for absence but the way you write may get aversely affected by not having experience of class.
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The idea of protecting nature has undergone a shift from “wilderness preservation” to a more formal discipline concerned with “biodiversity conservation”. This transition was not sudden and many steps in this transition had underpinnings of theoretical and empirical findings. We will also discuss what biological diversity is and how can we measure it. Where is biodiversity located and how do we prioritise areas for conservation? In this course, we will discuss how ideas towards understanding the natural world emerge, for example Rene Decartes’ bête-machine, E.O. Wilson’s biophilia, and Raworth’s Doughnut Economics. We will discuss topics on financialization of nature and nature-based solutions. We will discuss how biodiversity monitoring is playing a major part in providing a nuanced understanding of human impacts on biodiversity at multiple levels – diversity of species, genetic diversity, and diversity of ecosystems.
Throughout the course, we will underscore that conservation problems are multi-faceted. George Schaller describes the social and political nature of conservation – “Instead of being just a biologist, something for which I was trained, I must also be an educator, diplomat, fundraiser, politician, anthropologist...”
Leopold, Aldo. A Sand County Almanac: And Sketches Here and There. New York: Oxford
University Press, (first edition 1949), s/d.
Schaller, George B. A Naturalist and Other Beasts. Tales from a life in the field. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books, 2007
Biophilia. E.O.Wilson
Biology as Ideology. Richard Lewontin.
Fred Van Dyke. Conservation Biology. Second Edition. Springer. 2020
Two assignments – 30 %
End-semester project – 30 %
Mid-semester exam – 20 %
Participation through learning cards – 20 %
Students need to attend 80% classes to pass the course.
None
16:40-17:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
There is one thing in which India today is unquestionably the world leader, viz. our population. There are more people in our country than in any other in the world. At a very basic level this demonstrates an ability to stay alive and multiply. In other words, to understand and care for human bodies. There are, therefore, few better vantage points than our understandings of human bodies and health through which to explore the contours, characteristics, and even the plausibility of an ‘Indian civilization’. Have there been particular civilizational ways to think about human bodily health? If so, what are these and how best to understand them? These are the main questions we will explore in this course.
To answer the questions, we will delve into over two millennia of medical ideas and practices in region. We will learn about the classical Sanskrit works of Caraka and Susruta, the Persianate canon of Ibn Sina, the birth of modern pandemics during the British Raj, heart transplants in postcolonial India and, finally, the profits and privations around the patenting of medicinal herbs like neem.
At the end of the course, students will acquire a broad sense of both Indian history in general and, more specifically, the history of medicine. They will further acquire critical tools for thinking about the role of specialized technical knowledge within society. Additionally, the course will also hone critical thinking and writing skills.
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Is there such a thing as ‘Indian civilization?’ Is it one or many? How far back in time do we have to travel in order to discover it? Starting from the dawn of history and taking a long view of the past, how can we make sense of the seemingly endless detail, the bewildering variety and uneven textures, the striking continuities shot through by even more striking changes? Does civilization reveal itself in the everyday rhythms of life of village folk, city dwellers or forest tribes? Is it represented in artefacts or ideas, in simple objects or grand monuments, in folk songs or classical literature? This course answers such questions by looking at Indian civilization through the coexistence of contradictions. We will see the coexistence of unequal societies with promises of salvation for all; of social prudery with a celebration of sexuality; of misogyny with the worship of goddesses; of religions preaching nonviolence with a politics marked by war and violence; of religious dialogue with religious conflict; of an inward-lookingness despite centuries of lively interactions with the world. By exploring such contradictions, the course will show that the past is neither dead nor dull, and that we need to understand it in order to understand our present and ourselves.
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Consider the sport of cricket. Is this deeply loved sport that evokes tremendous passion, comradery, friction, and rivalry across South Asia, a part of Indian civilization? Many believe that cricket is a religion in India. But there is no doubt that this sport (or religion if you like) was invented by the British and came to South Asia via colonialism. How we answer the question of cricket’s place in Indian civilization, then, shows the variety of ways in which we conceptualize both civilization and India. Our answer is also most likely to suggest that for the idea of civilization to have traction, it must be grounded in some notion of territory, culture, and history. This course therefore is about how territory, culture, and history came together in specific ways to make Indian civilization thinkable in today’s day and age. Further, this course deliberates on where and when Indian civilization began and where and when it ends. It asks what is so Indian about Indian civilization? It explores the relationships between Indian civilization and some of South Asia’s economic, political, and social potentialities and limitations. And most importantly, it considers the stakes involved in posing and answering the central questions that motivate this course. This foundation course (FC) is divided into two modules: Where is Indian Civilization? Why Europe Grew Rich But India Did Not? The first module explores historical processes that make South Asia and India a recognizable entity today. The second module introduces students to key perspectives on the nature of Indian civilization and its impact on India’s economic, political, and social trajectories from 1600 onwards.
This foundation course will challenge the ways students look at the past, and through it, the present and the future.
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Welcome to Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Thinking.
For mathematicians, life is about finding some interesting pattern or idea, proving that it is really true, and communicating it clearly. In addition, mathematicians, and those who apply mathematics---physicists, computer-scientists, economists, and others---spend a lot of time learning mathematics and seeing whether it applies to their own work.
This course will be on experimental mathematics. The experimentation will be done using commonly available math packages and calculators, such as sage and desmos, and of course by hand. We will learn how to understand mathematics and experience some of the joys of finding patterns, as well as learn some strategies on how we can prove our discoveries.
At the end of the course, I expect students to gain an appreciation for mathematics, learn something about its culture, and experience the joy that accompanies a creative idea. This course should be useful for people who expect to use mathematics and computation in their work; for example, students pursuing Math, sciences including Biology, Computer Science, Economics, Finance, Psychology and Political Science.
No prior knowledge of mathematics (other than what is covered in middle school) is required. No prior knowledge of programming is required. It is expected that students who are comfortable with mathematics (or programming) will help others who are not so comfortable with math (resp. programming).
At the end of this course, you should be able to use freely available visualization and computational tools to be able to engage with mathematical ideas and formulas. We will be covering a wide variety of topics and ideas. You will be assigned a book to read, based on your interests. That will help you get something unique from this course.
We will use the following:
The following is tentative breakup of marks and activities.
1. Projects 1-10: (20 marks each = 200 Marks). No makeups. You may work in groups in class but submit your own. If you don't come to class, you will miss these.
These will be handed out, discussed, and collected in the class. Miss the classes and miss the project.
2. Portfolio: (100 marks). You are expected to maintain a portfolio during the course. This includes your lecture notes and any other items you have learned and liked in the course. Ramanujan famously maintained his "Notebooks", where he recorded his discoveries. You may wish to make one of your own, where you include items you learned from the course and from the book assigned to you.
3. Final: (100 marks) There will be an in-class final based on the math covered in the projects.
4. Group score: (100 marks) will be given to you will be the average of your group's project score scaled to 100. If you do not interact with your group members, the group may request me to throw you out of the group, in which case you will get a 0 for this part.
Grades While we cannot promise this will happen, plan as per the following. Total score: 90%-100%: A, A- (excellent); 80s: B's (good); 70s: C's (average) and so on. To pass, you will have to show reasonable effort in your portfolio, and reasonable competency in your final exam.
There is an attendance policy. If you don't come, you miss the assignment of the day. There will be no make-ups given. No delays allowed. So it is advised that you take this course only if you are sure you have the time in your busy schedule to attend ALL the classes and do all the work. It is expected you will spend time with your group outside of class, but the bulk of the work is to be done in the class, with the help of your group. Attendance will be taken and used in determining your group score.
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In this course, we will try to understand each of the words in the course title carefully. We will try to figure out how to quantify objects, how to reason, and what it means to reason. We will try to see if we can pinpoint what Mathematics is and maybe learn some Mathematics in the process. We will also try to figure out if “Mathematical” thinking is really a thing as opposed to just thinking!
Along the way we will pass through the following turns:
Develop an overall appreciation for Mathematics and learn some Mathematics in the process.
Curiosity (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lmTmGLzPVyM)
Scores in assignments given at regular intervals.
Class participation (Bonus).
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Globalisation: Old and New Perspectives
For decades, globalisation has been a driving force of growth and development, enabling countries to diversify their economies and reduce poverty, but it has also heightened inequality within nation-states and exposed blue-collar workers in rich countries to low-cost competition, engendering deep-seated frustrations with portentous political repercussions. More recently, exposures to supply chain shocks arising from the pandemic and the Russia-Ukraine war have also ignited questions over whether cross-border economic integration has gone too far, with many countries now explicitly pursuing policies aimed at on-shoring or near-shoring critical supply chains. Coupled with increasing demand for critical minerals to support the green transition, deep consideration of the benefits and risks of global value chains is ever more pressing.
This course seeks to provide an analytical understanding of the global environment and policy challenges in open economies in trade, finance and labour markets.
The course will focus on books by Jagdish Bhagwati (In Defense of Globalization), Joseph Stiglitz (Globalization and its Discontents), Dani Rodrik (The Globalization Paradox), and the OECD (Interconnected Economies: Benefiting from Global Value Chains). In addition, essential readings will include policy briefs of international institutions such as the OECD and World Trade Organization and articles in The Economist and other financial newspapers and magazines.
There will be periodic pre-announced quizzes (30%) ; one final exam (30%), and book review/essay project (30%). Attendance and class room participation (10%).
If a student misses any quiz or exam, she/he will be marked a zero score for that particular quiz/exam. If you miss any quiz or exam for valid medical reasons, you must provide a certificate from a registered medical practitioner or hospital. There will be no make-up quizzes or make-up exam for any reason.
The final letter-grading will be on a curve. The distribution of final grades will be such that no more than 15% will receive an "A" grade, no more than 15% will receive an "A minus grade" and no more than 20% of the class will receive a "B+" grade.
Attendance is mandatory
None
16:40-17:40
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The central preoccupation of modern social theory—from the 18th century onwards—has been to plumb the nature and possibility of the social bond in a non-religiously sanctioned social order. The very notions of economy, politics and society that we take for granted were conceptualized and transmuted with the onset and development of modernity. This course offers an introduction to the key texts and thinkers of modern social theory as well as the concomitant rise of the modern state, democracy and capitalism. In particular, it aims at probing the relationship between the theories and institutions of modernity. In so doing, this course intends to ground students in the conceptual and historical foundations of contemporary social sciences.
This course assumes no prior knowledge of economics, political science or sociology—only a willingness to read original texts that defy disciplinary boundaries and understand their historical context. The course is designed to make you engage closely with original texts. We will focus on one key thinker each week and you will be provided excerpts from their writings. The amount of reading assigned has been calibrated according to the difficulty of the text (in style as well as substance). In many weeks you will be given no more than 30 pages – but do not assume that you can read these as quickly as other academic literature. I have deliberately refrained from directing you to secondary literature. But if you are interested in learning more about the background and wider work of these thinkers—we will be fiercely selective in what we cover in the class—I would advise you to start with Oxford University Press’s Very Short Introduction series, which covers all the figures we will read.
Each week, I will deliver two lectures focusing on the historical context to the thinkers and on their main conceptual contribution to our understanding of the modern politics, economy and society. These will be followed by Discussion Sections with your TFs, which will focus more closely on the texts assigned.
Reading List
Week 1: Introduction and Hobbes
Thomas Hobbes, Leviathan, Ch. 13, 17, 18.
Week 2: Rousseau
Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Discourse on the Origin and Foundation of Inequality Among Men, Part II.
Idem, On the Social Contract, Bk I, Ch. 1-3, 5-8; Bk II, Ch. 1-4.
Week 3: Smith
Adam Smith, Wealth of Nations, Introduction, Bk I, Ch. 1-2, 7; Bk III, Ch. 1.
Week 4: Hegel
G.W.F. Hegel, Elements of the Philosophy of Right, “Civil Society”, sections A & C; “The State”, § 257-58, § 260-61.
Week 5: Marx
Karl Marx, “On the Jewish Question”, Pt I.
Idem, The German Ideology, “The Premises of the Materialist Method”
Idem, Preface to A Critique of Political Economy
Week 6: Weber
Max Weber, The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism
Idem, “Politics as a Vocation” in Gerth & Wright Mills (eds), From Max Weber, pp. 77-83, 114-128.
Week 7: Mid-Term Exam
Week 8: Mid-Term Break
Week 9: Gandhi
M.K. Gandhi, Hind Swaraj (Cambridge ed), pp. 26-74, 79-119.
Week 10: Ambedkar
B.R. Ambedkar, The Annihilation of Caste
Week 11: Beauvoir
Simone de Beauvoir, The Second Sex (Vintage, new trans.), ‘Introduction’; Vol. 1, Pt. I, Ch. 3; Pt. II, Chs. 1&5; Vol. 2, Pt. II, Ch. 10; Pt. IV, Ch. 14; “Conclusion”.
Week 12: Keynes
J.M. Keynes, “National Self-Sufficiency,” The Yale Review Vol. 22, No. 4 (June 1933), pp. 755-769.
Idem, General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money (1936), Ch. 24, ‘Concluding Notes on the Social Philosophy to which the General Theory might Lead’.
Week 13: Hayek
F.A. Hayek, “The Use of Knowledge in Society,” American Economic Review Vol. 35, No. 4 (1945), pp. 519-530.
Idem, The Road to Serfdom, Ch. 4-5.
Week 14: Foucault
Michel Foucault, Discipline and Punish, pp. 3-30.
Idem, The Birth of Biopolitics, Ch. 1 & 5.
Annotations (20%): In Weeks 3-6 and 9-14 you will have to annotate the original texts for that week on Perusall. These will have to be turned in no later than 10 pm on the Saturdays of these weeks. Delayed submissions will not be given a grade.
Mid-Term Exam (30%): A timed exam will be held during class hours on 4 March. This will focus on the materials covered in the course up to that point. I will explain the details of the exam in the first class.
Final Exam (30%): A timed exam will be held on 6 May. Details of format will be provided in due course.
Class Participation (20%): You will be graded on the quality of your participation in class and, especially, the Discussion Sections.
Attendance in lectures and DS is mandatory – if you are unable to attend any class, you must inform your TF in advance. Anyone who misses more than 2 lectures or DS (that too prior permission) will get an F grade in the course.
None
16:40-17:40
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Who were we? Who are we? Who will we become? How should we act? This course examines texts on human nature, human identity and human enlightenment from The Epic of Gilgamesh to current speculations on post-humanism. We will read epic, tragic, comic, philosophical and spiritual works in our quest to find meaning in the human condition and guidance on how best to live. We will draw on texts from various traditions to see if there are any universal answers to these questions.
This course will help you:
Develop a capacity for active reading in which you pose questions of texts and place them in context.
Develop an ability to view issues under discussion from a variety of perspectives.
Relate the theoretical models studied to your context.
Improve your ability to read and interpret difficult texts.
Improve your analytical skills (your ability to construct arguments, anticipate objections, and respond to them).
Improve your listening skills (your ability to pay close and mindful attention to what others are saying).
Improve your writing skills (your ability to formulate and execute a writing plan with the aim of expressing yourself clearly, succinctly, and persuasively).
Reading List
The Epic of Gilgamesh (excerpts)
Katha Upanishad
Sophocles - Antigone
Aristophanes - The Clouds
Plato – Symposium
Śāntideva – The Bodhicaryāvatāra (selected chapters)
Ibn Tufail – Hayy Ibin Yaqzan (excerpts)
Thomas Hobbes - Leviathan (excerpts)
Rene Descartes – Meditations (excerpts)
Immanuel Kant – "What is Enlightenment?"
Friedrich Nietzsche – "On Truth and Lie in an Extra-moral Sense"
Jorge Luis Borges - "Pierre Menard, Author of the Quixote"
Michel Foucault – "What is Enlightenment?"
Nick Bostom – “The Future of Humanity”
FC Mind & Behaviour Essay Rubric
Quality of the Question. You will receive marks for (1) relevance of your question, (2) originality of your question, (3) significance of your question (does it open up interesting or important perspectives on the target texts?), (4) answerability of your question (is it really able to be answered?), (5) scope of the question (is it able to be answered adequately in 500 words?), (6) Clarity of your question (make sure your question is not muddled or ambiguous).
Answer to the Question. Does your answer actually answer the question you have posed? Is your answer clear and well-formulated?
Evidence for your Answer. Do you support your answer with evidence? Do you draw on evidence from the target texts? Do you introduce extra-textual evidence (context, theoretical perspectives)?
Coherence of your Essay. You will be evaluated on the coherence of the evidence and argument, or narrative, you create to answer the question. One form of coherence would be to offer your answer as the conclusion to an argument, in which your evidence forms the premises of your argument. Narrative coherence is somewhat looser, though should be devoid of inconsistencies. It should also offer a compelling answer to your question. If you choose to write a creative piece for your midterm paper, you still need to formulate it as a question. The coherence of the piece might be assessed in terms of style, form, character, diction … depending on the genre you choose.
Lecture and Discussion Section attendance are mandatory. You are permitted four excused absences, but you must inform your TF and TA beforehand. Because late arrivals disturb the class, doors will close at the start of time and you will not be able to attend.
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
08:30-10:00
Friday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
As human beings, we have the intrinsic desire to gain knowledge not only about the external world but also about the internal world i.e., our selves. On a par with the external world, the inner world of the self is so complicated and multidimensional that can, and indeed should, be studied by diverse branches of philosophy and science. Among other scholars, philosophers have always been tackling puzzlements about the nature of the human self. Some of the fundamental philosophical questions include: what is the nature of the mind and the mental states? What is the relation between mind and body? How can we best understand certain mental characteristics like consciousness? Can AIs be conscious? How do our minds affect our behaviours? Are we really free in at least some of our behaviours? How can we be justified in believing in other minds?
In this course, we shall explore such problems and examine the main philosophical theories offered as solutions. Though we will occasionally discuss ancient, medieval and modern views, our focus will be on the views of contemporary analytic philosophers. By the end of our intellectual journey, I expect you to get familiar with some of the mysteries of our “inner world” and become strongly encouraged to enhance your relevant knowledge in future.
Course Objectives
The aim of this course is to:
Articulate an overview of philosophical issues related to the course topic
Practice critical analysis and evaluation of philosophical theories
Engage in reasoned and charitable philosophical discourse about the relevant issues with the class community
Become familiar with the methodology of philosophy
Develop expository writing skills.
Required Readings:
Neil Campbell, A Brief Introduction to the Philosophy of Mind, Broadview Press, 2005 (NC)
Jack S. Crumley, A Brief Introduction to the Philosophy of Mind, 2006 (JC)
Tim Crane, Elements of Mind: An Introduction to The Philosophy of Mind, OUP, 2001 (TC)
Barbara G. Montero, Philosophy of Mind: A Very Short Introduction, OUP, 2022 (BM)
Jaegwon Kim, Philosophy of Mind, Routledge, 2011 (JK)
* Optional readings and activities will be introduced in the syllabus.
Assessment:
Mid-term essay: 1000 words - 30%
Final essay: 2000 words - 40%
Quizzes every week on the required readings: 20%
Attendance and participation: 10%
1. If a disagreement over a grade occurs, the student can appeal the grade to the instructor after having discussed the grade with the TA.
2. A make-up quiz/assignment will be provided only upon presentation of verifiable documentation (e.g., a doctor’s note). A failure to provide one will result in a zero. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the Teaching Fellow if an assignment is missed. Students must contact the TF within 72 hours of a missed quizz or assignment to schedule a make-up. This is the student’s responsibility.
3. Materials presented by the students or the instructor (including presentations, notes, assignments and exams) remain the intellectual property of the author(s). They are intended for personal use and may not be reproduced or redistributed without prior written consent of the author(s).
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
GREAT BOOKS
The following books will be taught/read
ISA UPANISHAD
KING OEDIPUS BY SOPHOCLES
MAHABHARATA (SELECTED THEMES)
BABUR NAMA BY BABUR
COMMUNIST MANIFESTO BY MARX AND ENGELS
A ROOM OF ONE'S OWN BY VIRGINIA WOOLF
CRISIS OF CIVILIZATION BY TAGORE
ISA UPANISHAD
KING OEDIPUS BY SOPHOCLES
MAHABHARATA (SELECTED THEMES)
BABUR NAMA BY BABUR
COMMUNIST MANIFESTO BY MARX AND ENGELS
A ROOM OF ONE'S OWN BY VIRGINIA WOOLF
CRISIS OF CIVILIZATION BY TAGORE
NO PREREQUISITES EXCEPT A WILLINGNESS TO READ
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Artificial Ethics--
This Great Books course explores a wide range of texts, each regarded as true classics of their disciplines, whether originating from ancient Greece, India, or more recent times. Our aim is to try to address a few basic questions: Why should we -- if indeed we should -- be bound by ethics? What, if anything, appears to be essential to human moral psychology? How will our responses to these questions alter as humans become more cyborg (i.e., organically integrated with machines, bots, AI)? Will artificial ethics converge with human ethics or supersede it?
You should be able to confidently and competently answer the four provocative questions posed in the Course Description.
Readings (selections):
Aristotle (c.350 BCE): Nicomachean Ethics
Nāgārjuna (c.150): Mūlamadhyamakakārikā
Friedrich Nietzsche (1886): Beyond Good and Evil: Prelude to a Philosophy of the Future
M.K. Gandhi (1909): Hind Swaraj
Isaac Asimov (1950): I, Robot
Hannah Arendt (1963): Eichmann in Jerusalem: A Report on the Banality of Evil
Stanley Milgram (1974): Obedience to Authority: An Experimental View
Carol Gilligan (1982): In A Different Voice: Psychological Theory and Women's Development
Donna Haraway (1985): "A Cyborg Manifesto: Science, Technology, and Socialist-Feminism in the Late Twentieth Century"
Students will be marked for preparation (5%), class participation (10%), tutorials with the TF (20%), mid-term exams (25%) and end-semester assignment (40%).
You are permitted five absences in the semester. You do not have to inform us about your absence if the number of absences is five or fewer. Beyond five, you must secure prior permission and provide documentation to have the absences excused.
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
We will read select works by Nobel Laureates from around the world, works that have originated in various languages, cultures, histories, geographies, and systems of thoughts and beliefs, mediated by individual talent. We will read for themes that converge and diverge among what is now considered a canon of the 20th Century. We will, alongside the specificities of each text – which will comprise fiction, non-fiction, and poetry – also interrogate the idea of the canon, the notion of the market and literary awards, what constitutes literary excellence, and, finally, what it means to read translated texts.
Toni Morrison: Beloved
Gabriel Garcia Marquez: Chronicle of a Death Foretold
Elie Wiesel: Night
Albert Camus: The Stranger
Elias Canetti: Crowds and Power
John Steinbeck: Of Mice and Men
Jose Saramago: Death at Intervals
Svetlana Alexievich: Chernobyl Prayers
VS Naipaul: A House for Mr Biswas
Rabindranath Tagore: The Broken Nest
JM Coetzee: Waiting for the Barbarians
Poetry: Louis Glück, Seamus Heaney, Tomas Tranströmer, Wislawa Syzmborska
20%: Class participation (including attendance and quizzes)
40%: Mid-term paper of at least 1,000 words
40% End-term paper of at least 1,000 words
You are permitted TWO absences in a semester for non-health/non-emergency reasons.
Beyond this there will be half a grade cut (from class participation and attendance) for each subsequent missed class.
None
09:00-10:00
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
“Difficult Loves”
This course seeks to reflect on care and love both conceptually and experientially. What does it mean to love and care for oneself and for others? What allows us to love and care? What prevents us from caring and loving ourselves and others? What forces—personal, interpersonal, or collective and communal—regulate, prescribe and even prohibit experiences and expressions of love. As the narrator in Arundhati Roy’s The God of Small Things poignantly reflects, such questions are older than any conception we might have of “history,” and comprise at times unspoken and often unwritten “Love Laws” that determine who can be loved, how and how much.
Our primary goal in the course is to work towards developing a critical and comprehensive language around understanding care and love as the basis for any and all configurations of relationalities that both make and unmake our senses of being in the world. Beginning our journey with selections from The Symposium by Plato, verses from the Gatha Sattasai, and poetry from the Akam repertoire of Sangam literature, we will make our way through more contemporary iterations and meditations on caring and loving such as, Roland Barthes’ A Lover’s Discourse and Ocean Vuong’s On Earth We Are Briefly Gorgeous. All along the way we will be reflecting on and attempting to problematize “traditional” and “normative” structures within which care and love are usually understood and experienced.
This is a tentative Assessment Rubric:
Over the course of the semester, you will be sharing a total of 10 posts on a Social Media platform of your choosing. These posts must be shared the aforementioned hashtag(s). You will be compiling screenshots of these posts in a single word document. Each post must be consecutive over the weeks of the semester, show a clear time-stamp and be followed by a 2-3 sentence blurb.
You will be writing 3 short reflections of 150-200 words each. These will be based on the readings and our conversations in class and in the Discussion Sessions and will emphasize your experience of reading the texts being discussed.
You will be writing a 500-750-word essay (2-3 double-spaced pages). The topic/prompt will be discussed in class ahead of time. The midterm will then be peer reviewed and workshopped to be expanded into your final essay for the course.
The final essay will be a 1250-1500-word essay (5-6 double-spaced pages), and will be a revised and enlarged version of the midterm.
You will be required to participate in a Symposium styled loosely after the one Plato narrates in his text, the theme for which will be “A Love Like That”. Details will be shared in class.
Our classes will be a mix of activities, discussions, and short lectures. As stated in the previous section of this syllabus, attendance and active participation in class are crucial to your success in this course. To such an end up to a total of 20% of your final grade will be based on your presence in and contributions to our conversations in class. Please note, when we use the word “present” in the context of this course, we do not merely mean your physical presence in class.
Attendance Policy and Class Conduct
On Attendance:
On Reading and Notetaking:
On the Use of Electronic Devices:
On Participation:
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
We all narrate ourselves to ourselves, it is a process that helps us make our way about the world coherently. We acquire a self via experiences, to which we add language to form a self-narrative. What we call our ‘self’ is a composite of memory, imagination, and experience. And, no matter how much we try to describe ourselves and our experience, the process of self-storying remains inadequate to our inner experience and desire.
Literature affords us more language for our self-experience. One of the premises of this class is that our own biography, realistically put, is confining. Literature allows us more wide-ranging lives and selves beyond the possibilities of our own self-narratives. As we read about how literary characters narrate and navigate themselves in the world, we’ll also gain a closer understanding of ourselves as readers, navigating the literary and the material world.
Our primary task will be to think about how literary characters undertake self-narrative. How do literary characters define themselves? When and why do they surprise themselves? How does the self-story of literary characters occur in concert with the world? How does the characters backdrop—their culture and geography condition the self? Is the self that is evoked in nature different from the self that is evoked in the city? What is conveyed by the backdrop of snow or a river, by Japan or Columbia?
Once a literary character has dreamed up a self, they have to live, love, and meet the world with themselves. This opens up a range of other questions. When does the self feel insufficient or excessive? How do experiences like desire, rage, love, and ageing affect the self? What do literary characters do when they feel oppressed by themselves? Above all, what language is available for these inner experiences?
We will explore these themes and questions with the overarching goal of growing as readers. By the end of the course, you will not only have read some great literary works from across the world, you will also have honed your capacity to listen for psychological themes across literary works. Your mid-term and final papers are designed to help you develop from readers of the plot to producers of ideas—they’ll give you a chance to forward your own perspective on what is conjured up by and contained in the literary works we read.
Primary Texts
Through the Looking Glass and What Alice Found There by Lewis Carrol (Penguin Classics, 1998)
Brave New World by Aldous Huxley (1932)
Smell (short story) by Sadat Hasan Manto
Sakuntala (play by Kalidasa, Barbara Stoller-Miller translation)
Things Fall Apart by Chinua Achebe, 1958 (Everyman’s Library, 2010)
Three Short Stories by Jorge Luis Borges: The Library of Babel, Tlön, Uqbar, Orbis Tertius and The Circular Ruins translated by Andrew Hurley, in Fictions, p. 44-50 (Penguin Modern Classics, 1998)
The Headstrong Historian by Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie (short story in That Thing Around Your Neck, 2009)
Hardboiled by Banana Yoshimoto (novella in Hardboiled & Hard Luck, 1999)
The Death of Ivan Ilyich by Leo Tolstoy (Roland Wilks, trans.)
The Importance of Being Earnest by Oscar Wilde (Penguin Classics)
Films
Alice Through the Looking Glass (2016). 1 Hr 53 mins
The Enemy (2013) 1 Hr 30 mins
Certified Copy (2010) 1 Hr 46 mins
1. Class Lecture Discussion (20%): Reading the assigned texts before class is the most important requirement of this course. Please set aside sufficient time for reading—1-2 hours before each class. You are expected to bring comments and questions to the class and discussion sections. During class, you will be called upon you to share your posts with each other or to read out your post to the class. Each class will also have a discussion built around a theme that uses the reading as “a machine with which to think.”
2. Discussion section Participation(20%):
3. Regular Posts on Google Classroom (10%)
4. Midterm Exercise (25%) At mid-semester, you are expected to submit a 1200-word paper that presents an argument about any of the literary texts that we have read before the midterm.
5.Final paper/project (25%):
Attendance for both the lectures and discussion sections is required.
You are permitted four absences across the lectures and discussions after which your absence will be reflected in your grade. Be sure to inform one of the TF’s via email each time you use one of your four allowable excused absences.
None
13:30-14:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Monday
Add to schedule:
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Literature is an art of storytelling. But can storytelling bring about revolutions? Is it possible for stories to stand up against colonial abuse, fight prejudices, bring social change, impact public policy? In this course, we will talk about stories that did exactly that and did it so spectacularly that generations have remained in awe of them. We will read novels, short stories, memoirs and essays to discover that each of these works of art were responsible for protesting against the injustices of their times. And in doing so, they highlighted and gave voice to the wrongs and discriminations of today. At the heart of each of these stories, we will encounter a fierce rejection of dogma and a stubborn insistence to speak out.
Major Assignments
Weekly Annotations (4x10) – 40%
Class Participation and Attendance – 20%
Final Paper – 30%
Group Presentation – 10%
Attendance
You are allowed a maximum of two unexcused absences. After which you drop half a letter grade for each absence. A maximum of four absences will be allowed. More than four absences will lead to a failure in the course. If you must miss a class for religious holidays, medical reasons, or valid university-related activities, you must let me know as far in advance as possible of the absence and obtain information about the work you must do to keep up in class. If you miss a class for any other reason (sudden illness, family emergency, etc.), please keep the lines of communication open by getting in touch with me as soon as possible.
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The principles of science manifest themselves in different ways in different domains of science. In this course we will learn how they do so in astronomy and cosmology, which are different from physics in one fundamental respect: in physics we can do experiments to test our hypotheses, but in astronomy and cosmology we cannot. Fortunately, the fundamental laws of physics, tested through Earth-based experiments, have been applicable to the entire universe since the beginning (so far as we can tell). This point is important because we can see the universe only as it was in the past, since all information-bearing signals — in particular light, the most important of signals — must travel at finite speed. Thus the signals received from an object record not the present but the moment in the past when they were emitted. When combined with the vast distances that separate objects in the universe, this leads to the astonishing conclusion that a deep snapshot of the universe from any point taken “at any moment” is actually a snapshot of the history of the universe. We might ask why information cannot be transmitted instantaneously. The answer is embedded in the fabric of space and time, which is described by Einstein’s special theory of relativity. And the fabric of space and time, we will discover, is modified by the presence of the matter that occupies it. The modification of space and time by matter is the understanding due to Einstein of what we normally call the force of gravity. But of course gravity, as we all know, was first understood by Newton; so we start there.
Newton’s version of gravity correctly describes familiar phenomena like the motion of planets around the Sun. What is less obvious is that gravity can be used to discover planets. This method was first used to discover Neptune, and has been used extensively to discover exoplanets, i.e. planets outside the solar system. In the first part of this course we will figure out how exoplanets can be revealed by Newton’s theory of gravity, and in the process learn how it and physics work. In the second part of the course, we will understand how the nature of space and time results in a maximum speed for all signals. In the third part we will talk briefly about the way in which massive objects, for example black holes, modify the space-time around them. And in the final part we will try to understand how the universe — i.e. space-time with all that it contains — has evolved since the beginning and how it may end.
Learning how science works, and, in the process, learning how amazing our universe is.
Pre-requisites: None.
Books and online resources: No books. The Youtube lecture series Frontiers/Controversies in Astrophysics (ASTR 160) by Prof Charles Bailyn of Yale University will prove very useful.
Assessment
Four assignments: 40%; four quizzes, with the lowest score dropped: 30%; final exam: 30%. (All quizzes and final exam will be held in-class.)
You can miss up to 5 lectures without being asked for reasons. After that you'll have to have some good ones.
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course throws a light on the principles of science and central role of chemistry. Chemistry is about study of interacting electrons and synthesis of new chemical entities which are useful to the society, from renewable energy to healthcare and from materials to medicines. Historically, chemistry has been focusing on the variation of matter, their properties and how these matters can undergo interesting chemical transformations. The intriguing chemical and physical properties of these matters attract the attention of scientific community.
Therefore, in this course, we will discuss about principles of chemistry involved in the deeper understanding of matters (from quantum dots to supramolecular arrangements) at different length scales.
Principles of Science as related to the fundamentals of chemistry and use of these in day to day life
Reading materials/ Lecture notes to be shared
EndSem 40 percent
Midsem 20 percent
Internals ( Assignment/ Quiz) 40 percent
Minimum attendance 80 percent. Less than that will attract negative evaluation
None
13:30-14:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-17:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Thursday
Add to schedule:
None
09:00-10:00
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
13:30-14:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
None
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course focuses on the pricing of financial assets. We will talk mostly about the equity market, but later we will also discuss options (puts & calls). The course revolves around different models, methods, and approaches that might help us identify mispriced financial assets which in turn could help us design a reasonably good portfolio. These methods and models have some kind of economic or accounting rationale behind them and some of them are based on groundbreaking papers published in the last century. Despite all that, a student in this course would eventually come to realize that no one model/ method is enough to help us understand the true value of a financial asset. In fact, it is extremely hard to explain why a given object has a particular value and check whether that object is overpriced/ underpriced. Renowned statistician, George Box once said - "all models are wrong, but some are useful". That is what we will try to do in this course - study some models that have been useful in the context of asset pricing. To be specific, we will start with a modern interpretation of Talmudic investing strategy, Markowitz portfolio selection (and maybe some of the later variants if time or your interest permits), factor/ index models, capital asset pricing model (CAPM), and its variants, arbitrage pricing theory, Fama-French three-factor model (maybe briefly discuss the more recent 5-factor model), efficient market hypothesis, equity valuation models, and later we will study options, put-call parity, Black-Scholes' options pricing.
This is a rigorous course, a math-based, statistics-based course. If such things tire you, if you are looking for storytelling, a case-studies-based approach, then this course is probably not for you. I prefer to have a small group (even one is fine) of interested students.
Midterm 1: 20% weightage
Midterm 2: 20% weightage
Pop Quizzes and/ or Data Exercises: 15% weightage
Final Exam: 35% weightage
Participation (including attendance): 10% weightage
There will be no makeup midterm or pop quizzes. In cases of documented emergencies, I might (i.e. it is not guaranteed) agree to a make-up Final Exam when school reopens in August/ September 2024 and award you an 'Incomplete' in the meantime. This will be done on a case-by-case basis.
If your score on the Final Exam is better than your lowest midterm, I am willing to drop your lowest midterm and scale up the score on the final exam by a factor of (35+20)/35 = 1.571 (approx)
Your Total Score will be calculated according to:
Total Score = maximum of Method 1 Score and Method 2 Score rounded up to zero decimal places, where
Method 1 Score = Midterm 1 + Midterm 2 + Pop Quiz and/ or Data Exercise + Participation + Final
Method 2 Score = max(Midterm 1, Midterm 2) + Pop Quiz and/ or Data Exercise + Participation + (55/35)*Final
Total Score to letter grade conversion
90 to 100 is A
85 to 89 is A-
80 to 84 is B+
75 to 79 is B
70 to 74 is B-
65 to 69 is C+
60 to 64 is C
55 to 59 is C-
50 to 54 is D+
45 to 49 is D
40 to 44 is D-
Below 40 is F
If you are not in the habit of attending lectures regularly and in a timely fashion (not arriving late/ leaving early), then please do not sign up for this course. The penalty for lack of participation (attendance being a chief component) will be announced before the course begins. Watch this space for more details.
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
11:50-13:20
Friday
15:00-16:30
Friday
Add to schedule:
Futures and Options are the two basic derivative securities. Derivative securities get their name from the fact that their value and risk is ‘derived’ from the value and risk of the underlying asset. They enable transfer of risk of the underlying asset without an actual transfer of the underlying asset.
This course provides the conceptual basis and tools and techniques for pricing derivative securities and using them for risk management of market exposures.
While derivatives are one of the most mathematically sophisticated areas of finance, it is possible to explain the fundamental principles in simple-to-understand and relatively non-mathematical terms. This course, while being formal and rigorous, also builds the accompanying intuition, essential for effective use of derivative securities.
This course provides the conceptual basis and tools and techniques for pricing derivative securities and using them for risk management of market exposures.
Course text: "Options, Futures and other Derivatives ", John Hull, 11th edition, Pearson Education India. This is the ‘standard’ text for derivatives.
A useful accompanying text is “Derivatives: Principles and Practice”, Rangarajan Sundaram and Sanjiv Das, McGraw Hill (India)
Session
Topics and Readings
1
Derivative securities and markets (Ch. 1)
Derman, Emanuel. “Models.” Financial Analysts Journal, vol. 65, no. 1, 2009, pp. 28–33.
Over-the-Counter Markets: What Are They?, Randall Dodd, Finance and Development (Back to Basics), June 2008, Volume 45, Number 2
BIS data on Derivatives markets
2
Review of interest rates and term structure (Ch. 4)
Forwards and Futures
3-4
Forward contracts (Ch. 5)
5-6
Futures contracts (Ch. 2, 5)
“The 18 Minutes of Trading Chaos That Broke the Nickel Market”, Business Week
“Tycoon Whose Bet Broke the Nickel Market Walks Away a Billionaire” BNN Bloomberg
7
Commodity Futures
8
Bond futures
9
Stock index futures (Ch. 3)
“Market structures and systemic risks of exchange-traded funds”, Srichander Ramaswamy, BIS Working Papers No 343, April 2011
Credit Suisse Group Special Committee of The Board of Directors Report on Archegos Capital Management , July 29, 2021
10
Hedging with futures and basis risk (Ch. 3)
Options
11-12
Basic properties of options (Ch. 10, 11)
Trading Strategies Using Options (Ch. 12)
“Box Spreads of Equity Index Options on Futures as a Financing Tool”, CME
Mid term exam
Binomial Option pricing
13-14
Binomial Option Pricing (Ch. 13)
15
Binomial Option Pricing extensions (Ch. 13, 18, Ch.21:Examples 21.1 to 21.6)
Black Scholes Option pricing
Black-Scholes overview
“Trading Volatility”, Emanuel Derman, Inference, vol. 4, no. 4, July 2019
16
Black - Scholes Option Pricing (Ch. 15)
How we came up with the Option Formula, Black, Fischer, Journal of Portfolio Management; Vol. 15, Iss. 2, (Winter 1989): 4
17-18
Black - Scholes Option Pricing extensions (Ch. 17, 18)
“How to Use the Holes in Black-Scholes.”, Black, F., Journal of Applied Corporate Finance 1 (1989), 67-73.
Option Replication and Hedging (Ch 19)
19
Volatility forecasting and Implied Volatility (Ch 20, 23)
“GARCH 101: The Use of ARCH/GARCH models in Applied Econometrics”, Robert Engle, Journal Of Economic Perspectives, Volume 15, Number 4, fall 2001, 157-168
Interest rate forwards and futures
20
Interest rate swaps and futures (Ch. 4, 6)
21
Swaps (Ch. 7,9)
“Understanding SOFR Futures”, CME, May 2018
“Discounting and Derivative Pricing Before and After the Financial Crisis”, Handbook of Fixed Income Securities, Pietro Veronesi (ed), 2016, John Wiley & Sons.
22
"Banc One Corp Asset and Liability Management"
Risk Management
23
“Staff Report on Cotton Futures and Option Market Activity During the Week of March 3, 2008, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, January 4, 2010”
24
“A Framework for Risk Management, Kenneth A. Froot, David S. Scharfstein, Jeremy C. Stein, Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, Volume 7, Issue 3, Fall 1994 Pages 22-33”
25
“BHP Limited: Risk Management Strategy”
10% Class participation and Attendance
20% Homework Assignments:
There will be 5 assignments throughout the course. These will be based on the application of the concepts learnt in class. The grading for these assignments will be binary, i.e. students will receive full marks for attempting all the questions. The solutions for these assignments will be discussed in class, post-submission.
35% Midterm Exam:
This will be an open-book, in-class exam based on the topics covered up until the mid term break. The exam will test applications of the concepts covered. Students are expected to bring a physical copy of the textbook along with the class notes to the classroom for the examination. Use of the Internet, even to access class materials, is strictly prohibited. The date for this exam is yet to be decided.
35% Final Exam:
This will follow the same pattern as the midterm exam for the course. The syllabus for the exam is yet to be decided.
Grading:
This course will be graded absolutely. However, there may be relative grading with respect to other courses.
Attendance:
You are expected to attend at least 80% of the lectures. In case of emergencies, you will need to mail the Professor and the TAs with proof for the same in order to be granted an excused absence.
Introduction to Finance [FIN-2001]
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The objective of this course is to provide a framework for making corporate financial decisions in an international context. Managing an international business or one exposed to global competition requires an understanding of international financial instruments, markets, and institutions. This course seeks to provide a working knowledge of these issues. The stress will be on an understanding of the intuition behind the theories, not on mathematical proofs or on replicating empirical results from the literature. The course will not shy away from complex ideas but will try to make the ideas as accessible as possible. Solving mathematical financial problems is an important part of the course.
The course will address the following main topics: national income accounting and balance of payments; global economic developments and outlook; growth and slowdown of globalization; international financial systems; foreign exchange market and exchange rate determination; foreign currency derivative instruments; arbitrage and international parity conditions; risks in global finance (e.g., foreign exchange risk and country risk), and the management of foreign exchange risk with forwards and options.
Students will develop a strong foundation to follow economic developments across countries and recognize their interlinkages and spillovers.
There will be no single required text book for the course. Recommended books include:
International Finance: Theory and Policy by Paul R. Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld, and Marc Melitz, Pearson.
International Financial Management, by Cheol Eun and Bruce Resnick, McGraw-Hill- Irwin.
International Finance: Theory into Practice by Piet Sercu, Princeton University Press
The Globalization Paradox, by Dani Rodrik, Norton & Co.
Financial Times; Wall Street Journal; The Economist
There will be six quizzes during the semester and one mid-term exam. There will be no make-up quizzes or make-up exam for any reason.
The overall grade for the course will be the aggregate scores of the six quizzes (60% of the grade) and mid-term exam (40% of the grade). If a student misses any quiz or exam, she/he will be marked a zero score for that particular quiz/exam. If you miss any quiz or exam for valid medical reasons, you must provide a certificate from a registered medical practitioner or hospital.
The final letter-grading will be on a curve. The distribution of final grades will be such that no more than 15% will receive an "A" grade, no more than 15% will receive an "A minus grade" and no more than 20% of the class will receive a "B+" grade
Attendance is not compulsory. However, students are encouraged to attend classes regularly to get the most benefits from the course.
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
Intermediate Macroeconomics [ECO-201]
AND
Intermediate Microeconomics [ECO-202]
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
11:50-13:20
Saturday
15:00-16:30
Saturday
Add to schedule:
We will analyse role of monetary policy during the key macro events of the last century - the Great Depression, stagflation in the 1970s and early 1980s, the East Asian crisis, Dot Com bust and finally the GFC. The lessons learned will then be applied to understanding the cenrtal bank policy from 2008-2023. We will correlate the impact of monetary and fiscal policy with movements in relative interest rates, forex rates and asset prices. Finally, we use the lessons learned from the past and apply them to present day monetary policy and financial markets.
The primary objective of this course is to encourage the application of theoretical concepts learnt in the undergraduate program thus far. There will be a focus throughout the course on the impact of economics policies on financial asset markets and the real economy.
By the end of the course, students should be able to understand the causes and consequences of the great depression, the change in the monetary policy regime since the 1980s, the causes and consequences of the subprime housing bubble and the financial crisis of 2008.
Students will learn to apply these to understand the financial and political implications of the major economic events of the last 15 years including the eurozone debt crisis, taper tantrum, demonetisation, and the post covid monetary policy regime.
The course assumes a strong understanding of the macroeconomics courses taken in the last two years.
Please note that there is no textbook for this course. Students will need to do a substantial amount of reading across a variety of material ranging from academic papers, news articles, industry research, etc. These will be shared as the course progresses.
50pc – two individual assignments
25pc – end of term group research and presentation
15pc – class participation
10pc – attendance (see attendance policy below)
Assignments – these are expected to be between 1000 – 2500 words each. The first will be due at the end of the mid term break and the second one at the end of term.
Group presentation – the class will be divided into groups of 3 students. Groups will be asked to research a question, jointly author a 2500 - 5000 words paper and present it to their peers. Each group’s presentation will be followed by a short Q&A.
Class participation – regular participation in classes by students will enliven the class and enhance the learning experience for the entire cohort. We will not be covering new theoretical material and the emphasis will be on well documented economic events over the last century. Materials relevant to each lecture will be shared a fortnight before the lecture starts and students are expected to read up in advance to make the class more meaningful.
Since this is an applied course with no specific course text, it is critical that students participate in lectures and discussions therein. The 10pc allocated to attendance is yours to lose!
After the first two lectures, the loss rate will be 2.5pc per lecture missed. No exceptions.
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
08:30-10:00
Thursday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This is an advanced undergraduate elective examining the role of finance and financial institutions in the process of economic growth and development. We will start with a review of the various channels linking finance and economic growth, as well as the role of institutions and politics. Subsequently, the course will look at the evolution of finance in specific countries and the factors which might have facilitated (or served as a detriment) the development of financial institutions. The next part of the course will study the ability of various financial institutions to serve as efficient intermediaries and examine barriers to credit access faced by firms and households. The last part of the course will examine responses to financial crises, aggregate effects of such crises, and household finance.
Much of this course will involve studying, evaluating and critiquing the empirical evidence in existing research investigating the relationship between finance and economic growth. Students in this regard are be expected to have a solid foundation in multivariate regression analysis. Homework assignments will also require students to test economic hypothesis using ordinary least squares to gain first hand experience about the relationships they study in the class. The class will inherently be discussion based -- students are expected to have read the paper assigned for the class beforehand and actively contribute to the class discussion.
Past syllabus can be found on my webpage (https://sites.google.com/view/skritadhi/teaching?authuser=0). The structure and content shall be very similar this time also.
1. Becoming cognisant of barriers faced by households and firms in accessing financial services.
2. Gleaning how financial institutions contribute to the process of economic growth and development.
3. Becoming comfortable in data analysis using Stata
4. Becoming comfortable reading primary research articles in economics and empirical papers.
No required text book. Each class session will have one assigned reading (25-30 pages).
Students will be evaluated on class participation (15%), 3 homework assignments (45%), and a final term paper (40%).
No attendance requirement. Class participation however forms 15% of the overall course grade.
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
AND
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This is an advanced undergraduate elective examining the role of finance and financial institutions in the process of economic growth and development. We will start with a review of the various channels linking finance and economic growth, as well as the role of institutions and politics. Subsequently, the course will look at the evolution of finance in specific countries and the factors which might have facilitated (or served as a detriment) the development of financial institutions. The next part of the course will study the ability of various financial institutions to serve as efficient intermediaries and examine barriers to credit access faced by firms and households. The last part of the course will examine responses to financial crises, aggregate effects of such crises, and household finance.
Much of this course will involve studying, evaluating and critiquing the empirical evidence in existing research investigating the relationship between finance and economic growth. Students in this regard are be expected to have a solid foundation in multivariate regression analysis. Homework assignments will also require students to test economic hypothesis using ordinary least squares to gain first hand experience about the relationships they study in the class. The class will inherently be discussion based -- students are expected to have read the paper assigned for the class beforehand and actively contribute to the class discussion.
Past syllabus can be found on my webpage (https://sites.google.com/view/skritadhi/teaching?authuser=0). The structure and content shall be very similar this time also.
1. Becoming cognisant of barriers faced by households and firms in accessing financial services.
2. Gleaning how financial institutions contribute to the process of economic growth and development.
3. Becoming comfortable in data analysis using Stata
4. Becoming comfortable reading primary research articles in economics and empirical papers.
No required text book. Each class session will have one assigned reading (25-30 pages).
Students will be evaluated on class participation (15%), 3 homework assignments (45%), and a final term paper (40%).
No attendance requirement. Class participation however forms 15% of the overall course grade.
Econometrics [ECO-2400]
AND
Microeconomic Theory I [ECO-2101]
Macroeconomic Theory I [ECO-2201]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The course will be covered in two lectures of 90 minutes each, per week. Students will be initiated into learning Persian language and literature from learning the alphabet to the formation of words and sentences in Persian. Learning materials will be provided by the course instructor. Weekly classroom activities are given below:
Persian Alphabet and Script
Persian alphabet consists of 32 letters which are written from right to left. It is a Perso-Arabic script. Students will be taught to write the alphabet. The letters are to be written separately and jointly in which they will change forms.
Formation of Words
Once the students learn the alphabet and script, they will easily use them to form words which is the first step towards learning a language. Besides, they will be introduced to short and long Persian vowels. Separate letters will be given to the students to join them and form words. They must make 100 Persian words from the given letters. The pronunciation and meaning of every word will be explained to them.
Numbers, Names of Days of the week, Months and Seasons
Persian numbers are written from left to right in a similar way as in English. In this class, students will learn to write Persian cardinals and ordinals with proper pronunciation. Further, it will help them to learn the names of days of the week in Persian easily. Students will also learn the names of months and seasons. They will learn to use the numerical also to denote singular and plural nouns.
Possessive Case and Usage of Nouns with Adjectives
In the Persian language personal pronoun plays an important role. It has both long and short form which help learner to identify the subject/object in a sentence. In this class students will be taught to form or connect nouns with adjectives and nouns with nouns. Usage of link (Ezafe) will be taught to the learners to form possessive case or to connect noun with noun and adjective with noun to describe the noun. Students will also learn to use positive comparative and superlative degrees of adjectives. A list of adjectives will be provided to them to build their vocabulary, clauses, and expressions.
Infinitives and Conjugation of Tenses
Grammar or the science of language is essential to learn a language in an easy and systematic way. Persian grammar is limited and easy to learn. It has etymology (sarf) and syntax (nahv) which help the learners to identify words and write sentences grammatically correct. Persian grammar begins with infinitive (masdar) which is considered as “mother of words”. Infinitive begets different forms of a word. They also enable to form tenses- Present, Past and Future. The verbs also correspond with subject. Therefore, verbs and nouns will be taught together and in this way etymology and syntax will go hand in hand.
In this class students will learn to form past tense in Persian. All the types of past tense are formed by a simple manner and easy to learn method. Persian infinitives (masadir) provide forms of past tenses. Students will be provided with a list of infinitives (masadir) in the class and their meaning will be explained to them. They will have to memorize the infinitives (masadir) which will help them to form sentences in various past tenses.
Conjugating Present Tense
Present tense in Persian is formed by using the present stem of verb deduced from an infinitive. In this class students will learn to form the present stem from Persian infinitives which help them to form sentences in present tense.
They will be provided with a list of present stems from Persian infinitives. They will memorize them to develop their skill to form sentences in present tense in Persian. The present tenses are simple present and present continuous tense only which are used to convey proverbial, universal and general matters of fact.
Conjugating Future Tense
In this class students will learn to form sentences in future tense. In Persian language there are two types of future tense. Present continuous tense is also used to express future act. However, there is a particular method or usage of word to denote future tense. Students will be taught to use both the forms of future tense in the class and their appropriate usages.
Interrogative, Affirmative, Negative, Interjection and Conjunction
After learning the three forms of tenses of Persian language students will be able to form sentences in various tenses. In this class they will learn to make interrogative sentences in Persian. Students will learn to make the sentences by using different interrogative words. They will also learn to change affirmative sentences into negative. Interjection and conjunction make a sentence expressive and cohesive. A list of words (interjection and conjunction) will be given to the students to use them in their sentences.
Persian Adverbs
In this class students will become familiar with the different types of adverbs used in the Persian language. Adverb of time, place and manner will be used by the students to form sentences.
Persian Prepositions
The link (ezafe) that has been taught in previous class joins two words together. However, there is a list of prepositions in Persian language. Prepositions are necessary to learn in order to make their appropriate usage in sentences. Their usages will make expressions meaningful.
Auxiliary Verbs
Besides learning the main verbs, it is expedient for the learners to know and use auxiliary verbs in Persian. They are an added advantage to a sentence to express ideas in a whole some manner. They are used along with the main verb in a grammatical template. The template will be explained to the students to use auxiliary verbs in a sentence in past, present and future tenses.
Persian Proverbs and Idioms
Proverbs are the condensed form of human wisdom expressed in crisp and clear words in society. Idioms are the way of expression in a language. Proverbs and idioms make a language beautiful, graceful and meaningful. Students will learn
at least 10 to 15 Persian proverbs and 20-25 idioms that will help to develop their linguistic skill.
Composition
Composition, précis writing and essay help a language learner to express himself in his language. Texts will be provided to the students to comprehend and respond to them and make a precis of them. They will be asked write essays on topic of their choice.
Reading and Translating Persian Text
After learning the basic grammar, students will start reading the Persian texts both poetry and prose. They will be able to translate them into English. Students will be provided easy and simple Persian texts to read and translate them into English. They will improve their reading and comprehension abilities. They will also be encouraged to use Persian dictionary to translate the given texts. In order to develop proficiency in language reading Persian texts and translating them into English on daily basis are recommended. This exercise of reading and translating Persian texts will continue for next five weeks. Different texts will be provided to the students every week to read, comprehend and translate them. To begin with, a poetic text of Nizami Ganjavi will be studied in the class which is simple and easy to understand. It is a hymn written in beautiful and elegant Persian. Text of Nizami’s hymn is titled: Be Naam-i-Izad Bakshayendeh (In the Name of God the Merciful) compiled in Farsi wa Dastur by Zahra Khanleri will be provided to the students.
At the end of the course students will have a basic understanding of the Persian language and they will be able to read, write and understand basic Persian texts
Reading materials will be provided in the class
Three Monthly Tests of 25 Marks each (Marks of the best two shall be considered for the final grading)
Final End Semester Exam of 50 Marks (Oral & Written)
Not more than 2 absences are allowed
None
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Reading and Translating Persian Text
Students will be provided easy and simple Persian texts to read and translate them into English. They will improve their reading and comprehension abilities. They will also be encouraged to use Persian dictionary to translate the given texts. In order to develop proficiency in language reading Persian texts and translating them into English on daily basis are recommended. This exercise of reading and translating Persian texts will continue for next five weeks. Different texts will be provided to the students every week to read, comprehend and translate them. To begin with, a poetic text of Nizami Ganjavi will be studied in the class which is simple and easy to understand. It is a hymn written in beautiful and elegant Persian. Text of Nizami’s hymn is titled: Be Naam-i-Izad Bakshayendeh (In the Name of God the Merciful) compiled in Farsi wa Dastur by Zahra Khanleri will be provided to the students.
I
Reading Newspapers and Translating Them
At the end of this course students will be encouraged to use their knowledge of Persian and understand the contemporary affairs in the Persian speaking world. In the final week current news papers both in Persian and English, materials both audio visual from BBC will be provided to the students. They will discuss the news items in Persian with their group and their teacher.
Indroduction to Persian Inscription
Students shall be trained to read and decipher Persian inscriptions written on the historical monuments at Agra and Panipat. Relevant reading material shall be provided in the class
Shall be provided in the class
Three Monthly Tests of 25 Marks each (Marks of the best two shall be considered for the final grading)
Final End Semester Exam of 50 Marks
Not more than 2 Absences allowed
None
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This introductory course on ancient India provides a broad overview of the period between 2 million years ago and the 2nd century BCE, tracing the journey of the human species from the first stone tool-making to domestication, the establishment of complex societies, the emergence of the first civilization, the emergence of states and empire and the decline of the first empire. Some of the important milestones in this journey include an introduction to human evolution, cultural and technological transitions in prehistory leading to the consolidation of food production, efflorescence of Harappan culture as the first urban civilization, diversity of non-Harappan Chalcolithic cultures, proliferation of state systems coinciding with what is identified as 'second urbanization', and the transformation of one such state into a trans-regional empire. By incorporating new research in the field, the course delves into exciting themes such as historical traditions of early India, social stratification and cultural identities, kingship and visions of empire, and India's linkages with the wider world through trade and politico-diplomatic exchanges.
There are no prerequisites
BASIC REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Chakravarti Ranabir. Exploring Early India: Up to c.AD 1300, 2016 (till Chapter 5).
2. Singh, Upinder. A History of Ancient and Early Medieval India: From the Stone Age to the 12th Century, 2008 (till Chapter 7).
Additional and more up-to-date current research articles and books will be shared with you a week before the class.
1. Class participation (25%): This is a reading and response intensive course so your class participation will be assessed in various ways, from oral responses in class to written responses, which you might be expected to upload on Google Classroom at the end of a week or submit during class hours. The final class participation grade will be awarded on the basis of your sustained performance throughout the course. Therefore, it is in your best interest to avoid absences as far as possible, be responsive in class, and submit your assignments in a timely fashion. You will be expected to familiarize yourselves with weekly readings before coming for classes, access to which will be provided during the previous week.
2. Class presentations (25%): You will be expected to make group presentations in class during Weeks 7 and 8 and submit brief, accompanying write-ups. All the relevant details will be communicated to you by the third week of February.
3. Written examination (50%): A written examination will be held during class hours.
You are expected to come to class on time, attend all the classes and sit through the entire duration of class. Unless there is an emergency, you will not be allowed to step out of class during class hours so please make sure to equip yourselves with drinking water and/ or other beverages. However, you will not be allowed to bring any food to class.
An attendance record will be maintained from the second week of the semester and you are allowed a total of five absences in the course of the semester, which includes medical leave. For every additional absence over and above the permissible limit, there will be a grade cut, one for each additional absence. It is only in circumstances where the OAA communicates about granting additional leave will this policy be relaxed. Please remember that while you will not lose grades for incurring five absences, do choose your absences carefully and try your best to incur as few absences as possible since missing out on lectures and class discussions are bound to impact your total takeaway from the course.
You will not be allowed to use electronic devices such as laptops and mobile phones in class. So please come equipped with a notebook and a pen in case you would like to jot down things.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course unravels the profound changes that South Asia went through in the first three quarters of the second millennium CE. We will begin our journey at the eleventh century with the maritime invasions of Southeast Asia by the Chola navy of South India and the invasion of North India by Turko-Afghan horse-warriors. We will end with the fragmentation of the Mughal Empire and the rise of regional states in the eighteenth century. Within this time-frame, we will explore the rise and fall of sultanates and kingdoms, the dynamics of commercial production and mercantile traffic, the workings of kingly power, the techniques of military engagements, and the nature of social hierarchies and oppression. We will also closely study the relationships between gender and politics, religion and society, language and power, art and statecraft, language and culture. We will look at sufis and merchants, rulers and slaves, princesses and labourers, horses and elephants. In the process, we will uncover the diversity, dynamism, and connections South Asia embodied during this period.
Students can miss upto 6 upto the 26 classes of the course without having to explain themselves; more absences will attract penalty in terms of grade cuts.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
RM WILL TEACH THE FIRST HALF FROM 1757 TO 1857 AND MR THE SECOND PART
RM WILL COVER THE FOLLOWING THEMES
BRITISH CONQUEST
BRITISH LAND REVENUE POLICIES
REFORM OF INDIAN SOCIETY
RESISTANCE TO BRITISH RULE
A critical understading of political, social, cultural and economic patterns and processes in the period under study in the era of the Company, the Crown and ealry indepedenent India.
NO PREREQUISITES EXCEPT AN INTEREST IN LEARNING ABOUT THE HISTORY OF MODERN EUROPE
Fifty per cent marks are a for an in class sit down exam done with pen and paper in 90 minutes with three questions being required. The questions paper will be in two parts, and all strudents must do at least one questions each from Psrt I and Part 2.
The other fifty percent is for take home assignments, with one assignment in part 1 before the mid term break
and three in part two after the mid term break.
Atrndance not mandatory but strongly recomended as the quesitons will not be ones that can be answered from a book but require critical engagement.
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Course Description:
History Matters is the gateway course for the History Major. It has three main objectives, viz. sensitize students to the ways in which history saturates our lives, introduce students to the full spectrum of themes studied by historians, and finally, to acquaint students with the fundamental tools of historical analysis. We will touch upon a wide range of themes in the course ranging from the history of computers to the history-writing itself and from the history of cricket to time. This is because the course is intended to be more of an introduction, than a comprehensive discussion of any single subject. At the level of analytical tools, the course will introduce students to key distinctions between history/ memory, primary/ secondary sources, fact/ narratives etc. These will be tools and vocabulary that history students would keep encountering in all other courses they take in the subject. This latter part of the course will also be more hands-on than the earlier part. Finally, it is worth noting that the course is thematically organized and therefore will include both Indian and non-Indian topics. No pre-existing knowledge of either of the themes or regions is necessary for taking the course.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Are old Roman and Chinese jokes different from modern ones? How did love and
sexuality negotiate caste and class in India? What are the contexts in which love
and laughter get associated with food? These are some of the issues that will figure
in the course. The course will look at the social histories of consumption and
emotions as captured in works like Okakura Kakuzo’s The Book of Tea and Mary
Beard’s Laughter in Ancient Rome – On Joking, Tickling and Cracking Up. The idea is to
imbibe emotions and various kinds of food and drink in terms of their own
PROVISIONAL OUTLINE
Week One: Why study food and emotions?
Week Two: The many meanings of consumption, love and laughter across space and time
Readings:
Massimo Montanari. 2006. Food is Culture. New York: Columbia University Press. Selected Sections.
William R. Jankowiak and Edward F. Fischer. 1992. ‘A Cross-Cultural Perspective on Romantic Love’. Ethnology 31 (2): 149-55.
Michel Clasquin. 2010. ‘Real Buddhas Don’t Laugh: Attitude towards Humour and Laughter in Ancient India and China’. Social Identities: Journal for the Study of Race, Nation and Culture 7 (1): 97-116.
Week 3: Cleopatra
Love and the life of a ruler.
Remembrance across time.
Reading:
Joyce Tyldesley. 2008. Cleopatra – Last Queen of Egypt. New York: Perseus Books Group.
Week 4 and 5: Greece, Rome and China
Humour in the Homeric Epics and in Classical Greece; Laughter and giggles of Ancient Rome; Was Christianity suspicious of Laughter? Chinese humour
Readings:
Mary Beard. 2014. Laughter in Ancient Rome – On Joking, Tickling and Cracking Up. Berkeley: University of California Press. Selected chapters.
Stephen Halliwell. 2008. Greek Laughter – A study of Cultural Psychology from Homer to Early Christianity. Selected chapters.
Love – from the erotic to the affectionate. Looking at imagery, inscriptions and ideas in Greece, Rome and China
Donald Levy. 1979. The Definition of Love in Plato’s Symposium, Journal of the History of Ideas 40 (2): 285-91.
Caroline Vout. 2013. Sex on Show – Seeing the Erotic in Greece and Rome. London: The British Museum Press.
Jocelyn Chey and Jessica Milner Davis. 2011. Humour in Chinese Life and Letters . Hong Kong University Press.
Presentations
Week Seven and Eight: Laughter, Love, and Managing Sexual Renunciation in South Asia
Readings:
David Dean Shulman. 2017. The King and the Clown in South Indian Myth and Poetry. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Fransesca Orsini ed. Love in South Asia: a cultural history, N. Delhi, Cambridge University Press, 2007. Selected Chapters.
J. Duncan M. Derrett. 2006. Monastic Masturbation in Pali Buddhist Texts. Journal of the History of Sexuality 15 (1): 1-13.
Exploring primary sources
Chaurapanchashika
Matavilasaprahasana
Week 9 : Cheese and Butter
An exploration of how cheese and butter entered and expanded into civilizations around the Mediterranean and in Tibet
Reading: Mark Kurlansky. 2018. Milk – A 10,000 year Food Fracas. Chapters 3, 7, 15 and 17.
Week 10: A Cultural history of tea
A cross-cultural exploration of tea consumption with special reference to Japan
Reading: Kakuzo Okakura. 1906. The Book of Tea.
Week 11: Making Merry
Week 12: Emotional Eating
Week 13: Presentations
histories and through the links among them.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This seminar course examines the developmental history of pre-historic civilizations and complex societies across the world. It surveys various famous as well as not-so-popular cultural traditions and ancient states from across the world, focusing on issues associated with the emergence and development of social, economic and political complexities. We will look into issues like the emergence of sedentism, early villages, the evolution of urban, literate societies, city-states, centralized polities and civilizations. We will evaluate the interaction between humans and their natural and cultural environment to understand the emergence and functioning of complex societies and ancient states across the globe. For example, how human-environmental interactions as well as the regional socio-political setups help in the production, distribution and consumption of resources? Human-landscape interaction and how changing socio-politics influenced such interaction? To what extent major climatic events influenced culture change and the expression of social complexities? Students should complete the subject with a critical understanding of historical and contemporary theoretical issues in archaeological research and interpretation concerned with the complexities to develop an understanding of various methodologies utilized towards these interpretative ends.
During this course, we will study the archaeology of civilizations and complex societies like Egypt, Mesopotamia, the Inkas, the Mayans, the Natufians and the Harappans. We will also cover the not-so-popular complex societies like the Poverty Point and the Woodland culture of North America
Students will develop a critical understanding of historical and contemporary theoretical issues in archaeological research and interpretation concerned with the complexity
Develop a global perspective on archeological research and practices
Have knowledge of various methodologies utilized towards the interpretation of complexities in archaeological records
Critically evaluate scientific and theoretical publications
Students will be able to conduct independent/group research projects.
Prepare and deliver oral presentations
Produce publication-quality reports of their own research projects.
Reading Segments:
1. An introduction to Complex Societies and Ancient States (2 classes)
2. Early complex societies of Asia (Central, West, South and East) (4 classes)
3. Early complex Societies of Africa (2 classes)
4. Early Complex Societies America (North, Meso and South) (2 classes)
5. Early Complex Societies of Europe and Australia (2 Classes)
Reading List
Reading list Tentative
Ross, J.C., & Steadman, S.R. (2017). Ancient Complex Societies (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315305639
Yoffee, N. (2005). Myths of the Archaic State: Evolution of the Earliest Cities, States, and Civilizations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/CBO9780511489662
Smith, M. (Ed.). (2011). The Comparative Archaeology of Complex Societies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/CBO9781139022712
Feinman, Gary M., and Joyce. Marcus (1998). Archaic States. 1st ed. Santa Fe, N.M: School of American Research Press.
Smith, Monica L. (2021) The Process of Social Complexity: Dynamic Models Beyond Site-Size Hierarchies. World Archaeology 53(1):122-136.
Adams, R. M. (2001). Complexity in archaic states. Journal of Anthropological Archaeology, 20(3), 345-360.
Feinman, G. M. (2011). Size, complexity, and organizational variation: A comparative approach. Cross-Cultural Research, 45(1), 37-58.
Barton, C. M. (2014). Complexity, social complexity, and modelling. Journal of Archaeological Method and Theory, 21(2), 306-324.
Yerkes, R. W. (2002). Hopewell Tribes: A Study of Middle Woodland Social Organization in the Ohio Valley. In W. A. Parkinson (Ed.), The Archaeology of Tribal Societies (1st ed., pp. 227–245). Berghahn Books. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv8bt29z.16
Smith, A. T. (2003). The political landscape: Constellations of authority in early complex polities: University of California Press.
Dietrich, O., Notroff, J., Schmidt, K. (2017). Feasting, Social Complexity, and the Emergence of the Early Neolithic of Upper Mesopotamia: A View from Göbekli Tepe. In: Chacon, R., Mendoza, R. (eds) Feast, Famine or Fighting?. Studies in Human Ecology and Adaptation, vol 8. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-48402-0_5
Participation Grade 50%
Reading responses: 20% - You will be submitting 1-2 page critical review of each week’s reading. This should be submitted via classroom by 2 pm on the day before class times. You are only exempt from this on the day of your presentation. These documents will be shared with the class and the discussion in the class will be oriented around your comments.
Participation and Leading class discussion: 30% - 70% attendance is a must. You will be leading weekly classroom discussions based on one primary reading. You will be submitting a set of questions/discussion points a day before the class that will be shared with the other students to help them participate in the debate/discussion.
Course Project 50%
Course Project: 50% (20%+30%) - Each student will do an individual project examining any aspect of ancient complex societies or ancient states, from any part of the world (Except historic societies). You have complete independence to choose your own topic, however, you should discuss the topic with me prior to finalizing. This project will be presented orally in class (20%) and a written document in the form of a research paper has to be submitted during the exam week (30%). These projects must be decided in consultation with the instructor, and further information will be provided in the class.
Topic Statement (1-2 paragraphs) due by February end Formative feedback
Annotated Bibliography (10-15 readings) March end Formative feedback
Project outline (research and production) April end Formative feedback
20 min class presentation Final weeks of the class 20%
Written paper in May 30%
70%
None
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The course will explore how history as a modern discipline comes into being in the nineteenth century, and how it changes over time. It will focus on some of the dominant traditions of historical writing, and the internal dialogues within the traditions. It will move from positivism to critical theory, from Marxism to the Annales, from the French historical tradition to English social history, from histories of the economy to histories of sensibilities and emotion, from Foucault’s discursive turn to Michel de Certeau’s focus on everyday practice. Through this journey, we will reflect on some of the binaries that often shape historical thinking –– the questions of history and myth, certainty and ambiguity, objectivity and prejudice, truth and falsehood –– and see how these notions are questioned and rethought over time.
If historians in the nineteenth century established some of the founding premises of the historian’s craft, the ‘critical turn’ from the 1970s has powerfully questioned many of these assumptions, underlining the complex nature of historical practice. It has persuaded historians to ask: what does it mean to enter the archive and mine the traces of the past, to read the record, to see and represent, to narrate, and to write a story based on evidence? This course will explore what this critical turn has meant to the writing of history, how it has forced historians to question earlier frames, opening up new worlds of research, and how the old questions of historical evidence and verification still remain critical to the historian’s craft.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
No prerequisites.
This course seeks to ask how nature and nation are related in complex and often contested ways. It may seem obvious that each nation state, and there are now nearly 200 of them, four time as many as in 1914 on the eve of the Great War, each had a flag , a territory, and an anthem. Yet many also have a symbol of nature identified with them. the bison is national animal of the USA but it got protection only when driven to the edge of extinction often by the very classes that had led its slaughter. The tiger is national animal of six Asian nations, and got such status in 1972 in India and new born Bangladesh at the same time. Why does this matter in terms of policies and attitudes and who decides which animal or bird, river or tree, mountain or sea is national or not.
More seriously, can nature seen as living space be seen in a uniform way in diverse complex societies with different interest groups, economic or cultural political and social. Nazi Germany valued oaks and wolves, but its obsession with race purity even led to attempts to breed back an extinct wild ox the auroch as symbol of strength. In a very different ways the European bison in post-1918 Poland and in newly independent Angola after 1974, the giant sable antelope was seen as symbol of freedom after long era of alien rule. National parks were symbols of nature and settler culture in apartheid South Africa but while securing Kruger park 1926 on the locked out the black majority: similar processes had unfolded with American Indian peoples in many famous US parks,
Does the nation preserve nature or enclose it? Is preservation an act of destruction? Why decides and how what is to stay or not. After all nation states measure power not only via army size but also gross domestic product. What happens if drives for more production come at cost of forests, rivers or wildlife or forms of living in conflict with such plans? This course explores how to think about these.
This is designed to look at comparative histories of different countries but is open to all students of natural and social sciences, the humanities, and economics. It is a seminar with readings . An exploration of questions that excite as much as they provoke thought.
The student who does this course will have a critical and informed approach to the changing ways in which nature and nation are inter related. These vary greatly depending on place, time, and context: by placing these in comparative light we gain a better sense of the ways the 20th century world was reshaped often in unintended ways. The course draws on history and ecology, art and science, politics, and literature via a series of case studies. It is hoped that after this a student will see the relations in more nuanced and complex ways.
The reading list will be shared as class assembles. All readings are will be given on folder to all students.
Books for review in the latter part, two per student will also be available as all are in the library and there will be adequate time to study , make a presentation show a draft and then submit.
Twenty five percent is for participation.
75 per cent is for take home essays, three in all but two book reviews mandatory. Three essays all drafts to be shown and revised: the book reviews are to be represented and discussed in class.
Attendance is not mandatory but highly recommended as it is a seminar class and we will read a few essays or chapters each week and students are to share their views on the approach, methods, contents. It is also important to listen and respond to others in class and the idea is to foster a healthy critical respect for different disciplinary approaches.
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
11:50-13:20
Friday
Add to schedule:
This locality-based research-cum-teaching course will explore Sonipat and its
surrounding areas by investigating various archaeological and historical
landscapes. Sighting sites in villages and in urban localities; understanding them in
relation to soil, location and riverine proximity; getting hands-on training on how
sites are explored, and; using readings for understanding the larger region’s
changing history and geography are some of the highlights of the course. There
will be regular field visits, and collections made in the course of field work,
Week One and Week Two
Introducing the physical and archaeological landscape
In Week One, villages will be visited to try and understand sites and sights in and around Sonipat. Agricultural practices and water availability, the archaeological elements in and around villages, and the communities that people them will be explored.
In Week Two, each student will speak on one reading which will be shared before the class. They will be expected to explore specific questions in relation to it.
Week Three and Four
Exploring prehistory
Week Three - Laboratory class around lithic elements From Haryana and Delhi Aravallis
Week Four - Field visit to Mangar for understanding the contexts of stone tool occurrences in the Aravalli hills surrounding it.
Weeks Four, Five and Six
Protohistoric localities and historic sites
Week Four – Visit to a Harappan site
Week Five - Excavations at Purana Qila
Week Six - Laboratory Class
Week Seven
Excavating a trench on Ashoka Campus
Weeks Eight and Nine
Modern monuments and memorials
Field visits in order to understand war and remembrance in relation to Panipat and the 1857 rebellions
Week Ten
Mapping Sites and Landscapes
12th April
Weeks Eleven and Twelve
Exploring Sonipat
Week Thirteen
Student Presentations
None
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Today, when so much of our daily communication occurs via text or email, it can be difficult to imagine a world in which writing was the preserve of a tiny minority. Chinese characters are frequently cited as the oldest continuous written tradition, beginning over three thousand years ago, but in that time the physical form of the characters and the materials they were written on have transformed over and over again. We will consider what questions these problems raise for historians' use of textual sources by looking at writing as a social, material, and political act. What were the symbolic meanings attributed to writings that most people could not understand? What practical uses could writing serve? How did access to writing intersect with other social hierarchies, like gender and class? Beginning with the invention of writing in the Yellow River region, we will discuss problems such as: the relationship between speech and writing; changes in writing materials; writing for display and writing for use; censorship; Chinese characters in non-Chinese societies; and debates over script reform.
The written assessment for this class will build towards a final research paper on a topic of the students' choice.
Preparation/Participation: 30%
Paper proposal: 10%
Annotated bibliography: 10%
Draft workshop: 15%
Final paper: 35%
Optional assignments: 5% each, up to 15% total. Final paper weightage is reduced by the corresponding amount.
Note: >93 =A; >90 = A-; >87 = B+; >83 = B; >80 = B- etc
None
18:20-19:50
Thursday
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Most people today find mountains to be beautiful, majestic, and, serene. In contemporary imaginations, mountains are essential for the planet’s survival and indeed our own physical and mental health. But this was not always the case. In pre-modern Europe, for example, mountains were either ignored or depicted in literature as ugly deformities that scarred the Earth’s surface. Why did Europeans think of mountains as ugly? How, when, and why did their aesthetic imaginations change to a point where someone like the celebrated polymath John Ruskin could write that “mountains are the beginning and the end of all scenery”? How did European perceptions of mountains differ from that of the peoples and traditions of South Asia and elsewhere? And what role has South Asian history played in shaping modern human relationships with the mountains?
This course will take students on a journey from early Asia and pre- modern Europe, to the eighteenth-century when the Alps emerged as objects of adventure, veneration, and scientific experimentation, which in turn, kickstarted two new modern practices— mountain tourism and the world’s most literary sport, mountaineering. This course will then explore how these practices were deeply imbricated with colonialism, nationalism, fascism, and masculinity in the nineteenth and the twentieth centuries. The course will end in the late twentieth century where it will focus on commercialization of mountaineering and on issues pertaining to non-European modernity. In other words, this course will take students on a journey from a stage in human history where mountains were at best the abode of gods and spirits, and, at worst, ugly deformities, to a stage where there are now “traffic jams” on Mount Everest.
Focused on the Alps and the Himalaya, this interdisciplinary course will offer a new and exciting vantage point for learning about several fundamental issues and concepts in history and the humanities. Students will learn how scholars in the humanities have rehabilitated mountains as a key terrain where modernity is performed, its limits are exposed, and occasionally transcended. They will also learn about the extent to which our knowledge of the world is framed from the perspective of those who live in the “lowlands.” Overall, this course will motivate students to think of the history of human interactions with mountains as vital for making sense of what it means to be modern, and, for understanding how we got there.
Tenative Course Syllabus
Module I: A Cultural History of Mountains
Week 1: Mountains in Pre-Modern European Imagination and World History
Marjorie Hope Nicholson Mountain Gloom and Mountain Glory: The Development of the Aesthetics of the Infinite, pp. 34-71.
James Scott The Art of Not Being Governed: An Anarchist History of Upland South Asia (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2009), pp. 127-177.
Week 2: Mountains in Pre-modern India
Kalidasa, Meghaduta excerpts
Kalidasa, Kumarasambhava, excerpts
Nachiket Chanchani Mountain Temples and Temple Mountains: Architecture, Religion and Nature in Central Himalaya, pp. 25-74.
Week 3: Scared Mountain in Early to Middle China
Wei- Cheng Lin, Building A Sacred Mountain: The Buddhist Architecture of China’s Mount Wutai, pp. 51-88.
Wen-shing Chou Mount Wutai Vision of a Sacred Buddhist Mountain, excerpts
Week 4: Environment and Aesthetics in Modern Europe
Marjorie Hope Nicholson Mountain Gloom and Mountain Glory: The Development of The Aesthetics of the Infinite pp. 324-369.
Allen Carlson Nature and Landscape: An Introduction to Environmental Aesthetics, chapter 1, pp. 1-37.
Jon Mathieu, “The Sacralization of Mountains in Europe during the Modern Age” Mountain Research and Development, 26 (4), pp. 343-349
Week 5: Three interpretations of Change in European Attitudes towards the Mountains
Marjorie Hope Nicholson Mountain Gloom and Mountain Glory: The Development of The Aesthetics of the Infinite pp. 271-323.
Peter Hansen The Summits of the Modern Man: Mountaineering After Enlightenment pp. 30-60.
B. Sprague Allen Tides in the Taste of the English, tbd.
Week 6: Mountains and Science
Charlotte Bigg, David Aubin and Phllip Felsch “Introduction: the laboratory of nature science in the mountains” Science in Context, 22 (2009), pp. 311-321.
K. Maria D. Lane Geographies of Mars (Chicago, University of Chicago Press), pp. 65-96.
Week 7: European Mountaineering in the 19th Century
Peter Hansen, Summits of the Modern Man: Mountaineering After the Enlightenment, excerpts.
[The reading will be divided among students. Each student will read about 1-2 chapter. They will teach the assigned chapter in class].
Week 9: Mountains in 19th century Asian Imagination
Karen Wigan, “Discovering the Japanese Alps”: Meiji Mountaineering and the Quest for Historical Enlightenment, Journal of Japanese Studies Vol 31, no. 1, Winter 2005, pp. 1-26.
Sandeep Banerjee and Shubho Basu “Secularizing the Sacred, Imagining the Nation-Space: The Himlaya in Bengali travelogues, 1856-1901," Modern Asian Studies, Vol 49, Issue 3, 2015, pp 609-649.
Zahid R. Chaudhury Afterimage of Empire: Photography in Nineteenth Century India, ch. 3
Week 10: Mountains and the British Raj
Thomas Simpson The Frontier in British India, excerpts
Mathew Edney Mapping an Empire, excerpts
Dane Kennedy Hill Stations of the British Raj, excerpts
Week 9: Mountaineering and Fascism
Tait Keller Apostles of the Alps: Mountaineering and Nation Building in Austria and Germany, excerpts.
[The reading will be divided among students. Each student will read about 1-2 chapter. They will teach the assigned chapter in class].
Week 10: Cinema and Mountains in the interwar years
Allison Griffiths “Cinema in Extremis: Mount Everest and the Poetic of Monumentality” Film History, Vol 32. No 1, 202 pp.40-71.
Peter Hansen “The Dancing Lamas of Everest: Cinema, Orientalism, and Aglo-Tibetan Relations in the 1920s,” The American Historical Review, Vol 101, No 3 pp. 712-747
Eric Rentschler “Mountains and Modernity: Relocating the Bergfilm” New German Critique, Vol 51, no 2., pp. 137-161.
In class documentary "Epic of Everest (1924)."
Week 11: Gender and Mountaineering
Maurice Isserman and Stewart Weaver Fallen Giants: A History of Himalayan Mountaineering from the Age of Empires to the Age of Extremes (Yale University Press, 2009), pp. 51-57.
Jan Morris, Coronation Everest, excerpts
Jan Morris Conundrum, excerpts
Week 12: The Sherpas, Edmund Hillary, and Twentieth-Century Mountaineering
Sherry Ortner Life and Death on Mt. Everest.
[The reading will be divided among students. Each student will read about 1-2 chapter. They will teach the assigned chapter in class].
Week 13: Commercialization of Mountains
Maurice Isserman and Stewart Weaver Fallen Giants: A History of Himalayan Mountaineering from the Age of Empires to the Age of Extremes (Yale University Press, 2009), pp. 398-453.
In class documentary, tbd
Week 14: Mountains and Modernity
Peter Hansen “Confetti of Empire: The Conquest of Everest in Nepal, India, Britain and New Zealand, Comparative Studies in Society and History (2000), pp. 307-332.
Partha Chatterjee, "Our Modernity."
Brigadier Gyan Singh The Lure of Everest (NBT 1961); excerpts. [official account of the first expedition to the Himalaya].
Grading:
Response Paper and Reflection Paper — 50 per cent of total grades:
Please submit one response paper, i.e., your thoughts about the reading, per week. Please submit by 8AM on the day of our meeting. In other words, you may submit response for either the Tuesday or the Thursday class.
Please submit one reflection paper, i.e., your thought about the readings and discussions for the week. Submit by Saturday EOD.
Out of 12 weeks, you need to submit a minimum of 8 responses and 8 reflections for the entire course. Best 5 responses and best 5 reflections will be graded. If you submit less than 8 you will lose 3 points each for response you have missed.
You will receive full points for timely submission as long as your submission is original, coherent and shows you have read the text. You will not ordinarily receive feedback on your response unless there are some glaring issues that you need to fix. Points will be deducted only if you make glaring errors or write gibberish.
Tip: These are low stakes easy assignments. Be sure to max this.
Class Participation— 10 per cent of total grades: Your grade here will depend on the level of your engagement in class and the quality of your interventions. This grading is subjective. As long as you attend the classes regularly and engage you should get full marks.
Essay(s)– 40 per cent of grades:
You are required to work on one essay through the semester. The essay should be between 2000-3000 words long ( al least).
On the basis of course readings, themes covered in class, and additional research, critically analyze on of the following mountaineering accounts.
Some options are:
Eric Shipton Nanda Devi
Gyan Singh Lure of Everest
Maurice Herzog Annapurna
Monica Jackson and Elizabeth Stark Tents in the Clouds: The First Women’s Himalayan Expedition
Leslie Stephens Playground of Europe
Frank S. Smythe The Valley of Flowers: An Adventure in the Upper Himalaya
You may choose other books, but you will have to have it pre-approved.
Note: First-hand mountaineering accounts (i.e. primary source) are easily available online.
Most books in the list above are online, or in library or with me.
Deadlines:
Choose book by March 13
First draft due on April 6 [1500 words].
Final May 6
There will be 10 points for timely submission— i.e., meeting all the deadlines. You will
lose points for missing any.
Points are converted to grading scale according to stand
A 090 -100
A. 85-89
B. 80-84
B. 75-79
B 70-74
C 65-69
C. 60-64
C- 55-59
D+ 50-54
D 45-49
D- 40-44
F00-39
not compulsory, tbd.
Inform your TA in advance via email if you cannot make it to class and state the reason. Unless there is a compelling reason for your absence (eg illness backed by proof) you cannot submit a reflection paper for a class that you did not attend.
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course studies the making of the Ottoman Empire from the 13th to the 18th centuries. It focusses on the complex network of alliances, and forms of communication that sustained and reproduced empires in the pluralistic and diverse socio-cultural settings embraced by the early Ottomans. It discusses the making of Ottoman political sovereignty and economy in the early modern period in the backdrop of the many challenges faced by the Empire.
The course has a comparative edge, and encourages us to think about the deep cultural and intellectual affinities that the Ottoman empire had with the Mughals and the Safavids in India and Iran respectively.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will study in some depth The Industrial Revolution, The French Revolution and The Russian Revolution and also look at their implications for the making of modernity.
NO PREREQUISITES EXCEPT AN INTEREST IN LEARNING ABOUT THE HISTORY OF MODERN EUROPE
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
How did the issue of Queen Elizabeth’s gender complicate the nature of her rule in Tudor England? Why did the Qing emperors of China spend large parts of their reign travelling through their realms? How did the architecture of mosques and tombs articulate the power of the sultans of southern India? Why was astrology important in the functioning of Mughal court society? These are some of the questions this course addresses. It looks at a range of monarchs and their royal courts of the early modern world (1500-1800). The course is divided into two parts. The first part focuses on cases drawn from across the world. It understands kingship in terms of the despotism of the Korean king Chongjo, the gender of the Tudor queen Elizabeth, the power-projection of the Ottoman sultans, the mobility of the Qing emperors of China, and the gifts offered by the kings of Europe. The second part of the course focuses on South Asia as a case study. It analyses in particular kingship and courtly culture in the Mughal Empire, the Rajput kingdoms, the Deccan Sultanates, the Maratha Empire, and various other polities. Through this exploration, the course unravels how monarchs performed their sovereignty, how norms of comportments created and sustained courtly hierarchies, how gardens, palaces, and texts embodied anxieties and authority of rulers, and so on. By the end of the course, students will have a sound idea about the complex workings of kingship and the dynamics of court society in the early modern world.
NOTE: This is a History Elective cross-listed with Political Science. There are no prerequisites for this course.
Students can miss upto 6 of the 26 classes of this course without having to explain themselves; more unaccounted absences would attract grade cuts.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Empires, Nomads and Barbarians
This course will approach the history of ancient India within wider global and comparative frames. It will use primary sources -- textual, archaeological, epigraphic, numismatic and visual – to explore networks of political, economic, religious and intellectual interaction across Asia, Europe and Africa. What was the nature and outreach of the Achaemenid empire of Iran? Was the invasion of Alexander a minor episode in Indian history? How did the life of the Macedonian conqueror become the stuff of legend? How did the Hellenistic kingdoms interface with the Mauryas? What was the cultural impact of the Indo-Greeks, Indo-Scythians, Indo-Parthians, and Kushanas? How did the Gupta empire interface with the Hunas and Sasanids? Apart from addressing such questions, the course will discuss the evolution of overland and maritime international trade circuits and trade in commodities such as silk, spices and wine. It will explore the travels of Buddhism, reflected in the journeys of Faxian and Xuanzang and the emergence of renowned centres of monasticism and pilgrimage such as Nalanda and Bodh Gaya. It will also examine the travels and localization of Hinduism and Buddhism in Southeast Asian courts. Drawing on anthropological and historical debates related to states, empires, nomads, frontiers and borderlands, the course will explore themes such as the role of migration and nomadism in history, how cultural others become ‘barbarians,’ what happens when barbarians become rulers, and the dynamic syntheses that occur when cultures meet.
See attached file for course outline.
Students will understand the interconnections between different parts of the ancient world, and the value of a comparative historical perspective.
Please see attached file.
The following percentages will constitute your final grade:
Discussion of week-by-week readings and topics in class: 25%; Mid-semester presentation (oral presentation accompanied by submission of written text) 25%; End of semester essay: 50%.
Students are required to pass in all three of these segments in order to pass this course.
Attending lectures is mandatory. More than 5 absences without any reason can lead to you failing the course.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course seeks to impart a sense of the building blocks of the discipline of
history, through important works of history and through the writings of historians
on their craft. What ideas of the past can be seen from antiquity till the present?
How have the concerns of history changed? What constitute the facts of history
and how are these ascertained? What constitute the protocols of historical
discourse? These are questions that will be examined with reference to the works
of various historians and scholars within and outside academia.
Course Outline
Weeks One and Two
The Prehistory of History
Herodotus (NL)
Thucydides (RM)
Weeks Three and Four
The Ideas of Historians about their Craft
Marc Bloch (RM)
Robert Caro (NL)
Weeks Five and Six
Analyzing Great Works
March Bloch Feudal Society (RM)
Robert Caro The Years of Lyndon Johnson (NL)
Week Eight and Nine
Ideas of Time
Fernand Braudel’s Notion of Time (RM)
Microhistory
Carlo Ginzburg The Cheese and the Worms (NL)
Week Ten
Making the Margins Visible
Recovering the Subaltern – ‘Chandra’s Death’ by Ranajit Guha (RM)
Making Women Visible – Selected essays of Tanika Sarkar (NL)
Weeks Eleven and Twelve
History and Literature
Different aspects of the relationship of history and literature will be discussed by RM and NL
Week Thirteen
Student Presentations
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Course Description
In this course, we will analyze the major events of the Cold War through the prism of three analytical lenses: institutions, individuals, and ideology. We will attempt to evaluate the extent to which each of these factors, either singly, or in combination, affected the ways in which decision making about inter-state relations was carried out during the decades of the Cold War.
Secondly, the course will also highlight how the trajectory of the Cold War also enabled the world to become further integrated. For example, we will consider how the distant developments of the Cold War were also of relevance in shaping India’s position in the world. Furthermore, we will examine how the developments of the Cold War were equally shaped, not just by the two superpowers, but also by smaller, poorer, and recently decolonized countries. Enabling an evaluation of why developments unfolded in the way that they did during the Cold War, therefore, the course will show how the appraisal of events from more than a single point of view, is necessary in order to more fully understand the impact of the Cold War on present day international politics.
Finally, we will ask: how exactly are these three explanations for understanding how states behave: ideology, institutions, or individuals, to be better analyzed? For instance, even when a decision is ‘ideological’, are there ways of further breaking down this explanation? What exactly does an ‘individual’ decision entail? And how should we use the concept of nationalism in explaining how decisions are forged?
A) Debates about the Origins of the Cold War
[This module will explore the ‘origins’ of the Cold War, and the various traditions of historiographical debate around this question. We will examine how the Cold War began, and the extent to which explanations of individual, interests, and ideology explain the chronology of events that unfolded during the aftermath of the Second World War.]
John Lewis Gaddis, What we Now Know, Rethinking Cold War History, Chapter 1
Melvyn Leffler, ‘What do “We Now Know?”, American Historical Review, Vol 104, No. 2, April 1999
George F. Kennan, “The Sources of Soviet Conduct”, 1947 (in Judge and Langdon (eds) The Cold War Through Documents: A Global History, 2018, p. 33- 44
Alongside a discussion of:
Michael Hirsh, Is Cold War Inevitable? ForeignPolicy.com, Jan 2023
(https://foreignpolicy.com/2023/01/23/cold-war-george-kennan-diplomacy-containment-united-states-china-soviet-union/
William Hitchcock, ‘The Marshall Plan and the Creation of the West’, in Westad and Meffler (ed.), The Cambridge History of the Cold War, Vol. 1
B) Mao, and the Korean War (or the importance of Individual vs. Ideological Factors)
[Mao is a useful entry point into the debates about individual, ideology and institutions. By studying aspects of Mao’s rule in China, we also see how each of these factors can be further broken down as methods of analysis. In this module, we will attempt to understand how all, and each of these factors played a role in the decision making process of China during the Cold War. Furthermore, we will study different aspects of Mao’s rule: his reinvention of ‘orthodox’ positions within debates about communism and Marxism; and the differences in opinion between officials from the Soviet Union and Mao’s faction of the Chinese Communist Party over the ‘Great Leap Forward’.]
Julia Lovell, Maoism: A Global History, Knopf 2019, Chp 1
Jian, C, China’s Road to the Korean War: The Making of the Sino American Confrontation, Columbia University Press, 1994, Conclusion
(In consultation with) Edward H Judge (ed.): The Cold War Through Documents, A Global History, Doc. Nos: 24 D, 24 E
Rana Mitter, Old Ghosts, New Memories, China’s Changing War Histories in the Era of Post- Mao Politics, Journal of Contemporary History, Jan. 2003, Vol. 38, No. 1
C) The Legacies of the Cold War’s Long Wars: Comparing Afghanistan and Vietnam
In the aftermath of the US withdrawal from Afghanistan last year, a spate of articles and opinion pieces appeared across the international press, about the validity of a comparison of contemporary events with the history of the American involvement with Vietnam. The readings below will offer an outline of the conflicts in both contexts, and encourage readers to evaluate different perspectives, from policy makers situated Moscow and DC, as well as those on the ground. We will then consider whether the basis of the comparison is warranted, and the implications these discussions have on the analysis of American foreign policy today.
Fredrik Logevall The Origins of the Vietnam War, Routledge 2001, Chp. 6
Alongside a discussion of:
https://www.washingtonpost.com/outlook/2021/08/16/us-failed-learn-lesson-vietnam-will-it-learn-afghanistan/
https://foreignpolicy.com/2021/09/01/afghanistan-vietnam-saigon-kabul-fall/
Pierre Asselin “We Don’t Want a Munich, Hanoi’s Diplomatic Strategy, 1965- 68’, Diplomatic History, June 2012
Katya Drozdova and Joseph H Felter, Leaving Afghanistan, Enduring Lessons from the Soviet Politburo, Journal of Cold War Studies, Vol. 21, No. 4, 2019
Cuba:
[Was the Cuban Missile Crisis really about Cuba at all?]
Mark Laffey and Jutta Weldes: Decolonizing the Cuban Missile Crisis, International Studies Quarterly, Sept. 2008
Jonathan Colman: Toward ‘World Support’ and ‘The Ultimate Judgement of History’: The US Legal Case for the Blockade of Cuba during the Missile Crisis, October- November 1962 , Journal of Cold War Studies, Vol. 21, No. 2, 2019
E) Ideologies of Science:
Audra J Wolfe, Freedom’s Laboratory: The Cold War Struggle for the Soul of Science Johns Hopkins Press, 2018, Introduction, Chapter 1
David Engerman, The Romance of Economic Development and New Histories of the Cold War, Diplomatic History, Vol. 28, No. 1, 2004
Odde Arne Westad, The Global Cold War, Third World Interventions and the Making of Our Times, Cambridge University Press, 2005, Chp. 3
F) Popular Culture During The Cold War
Tony Shaw, The Politics of Cold War Culture, (review article), Journal of Cold War Studies, Fall 2001
Raminder Kaur, Bertrand Russell in Bollywood: Film, the Cold War, and a Postmortem on Peace, in Manu Bhagavan (ed), India and the Cold War, UNC Press, 2019
G) Debating the End of the Cold War
Jeremy Suri, Explaining the End of the Cold War: A New Historical Consensus? Journal of Cold War Studies, Vol. 4. No. 4, 2002
Grading:
Mid Term Assignment: 35%
End Term Assignment/ Exam: 35%
Quiz: 15%
In Class Presentation* : 15%
[* Each student shall have to make one presentation in the term, usually held at the start of the class. The TA shall compile the order of names and dates on which the presentation shall be held. Please contact the TA at the beginning of the term about this.
The Presentation is usually based on a short item in the news which is relevant to the theme we will study in class. I ask students to relate the item to the reading that we are discussing in class that day. Please contact me a day or two before your presentation to ask for the item you will present.]
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course is an undergraduate level introduction to the discipline of International Relations (IR). The course is structured to acquaint the students with both mainstream and critical approaches to the subject, examining how these theories conceptualize ‘the international’ as a field of study. The metamorphosis of the global political arena at an unprecedented pace provides a challenge for those who study politics. This course offers protean lenses to read the world: making it intelligible by offering an array of theoretical paradigms. The course is divided into three sections: the first section of readings review the state of the field and its origins, asking whose voices have dominated IR and whose interests and perspectives they speak. The second section provides an overview of the various theoretical frameworks that have come to define the field. The last section of the course concerns the future of the discipline highlighting some of the pertinent debates and questions to be addressed by the discipline. The overall objective of the course is to give students a broad grounding in the wide theoretical terrain of the field and to sensitize students to differences in the nature of knowledge claims (epistemology) and fundamental assumptions about social/international reality (ontology) as well as political and ethical implications of different theoretical approaches in IR.
None
08:30-10:00
Friday
10:10-11:40
Friday
Add to schedule:
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course introduces basic concepts and theories in the field of international security. The field is organized around the study of war, its causes, its characteristics and its mitigation. War is costly and yet both states and leaders resort to the use of force. Our task is to understand the rationale for this phenomenon.
The course is structured as follows. We start with the major theoretical approaches, realism, liberalism, and constructivism, and their understanding of the causes of war. We will then turn to the rationalist perspective to war and apply it to various issue-areas that have preoccupied both the scholarship and policy-making world. Issue-areas that will be covered include the nuclear proliferation, democratic peace, coups, and terrorism.
The attached syllabus is obviously a draft.
War is costly and yet both states and leaders resort to the use of force. Our task is to understand the rationale for this phenomenon.
This is not a course on current events. We will focus rather on the concepts that underpin the behavior of states and leaders with regards to international conflict.
This course is an International Relations (IR) that is cross listed with the Political Science (PS) department. It follows the IR rules for the course requisites.
As a level 2000 course, you are expected to have taken one of the following Level 1000 courses:
'Introduction to International Relations (IR)'
'Conflict and Cooperation in International Politics (IR)'
"Theories and Issues of International Relations" (IR)
'Introduction to comparative Politics' (PS).
Reading List:
Bruce Bueno de Mesquita. 2009. Principles of International Politics. 5th edition. CQ Press. ISBN-13: 978-1452202983, Referred to as “BDM”.
Final exam (30)
Midterm exam (30)
Class Attendance & participation (10)
Quiz 1 (15)
Quiz 2 (15)
You are expected to show up for class. You may miss three lessons, unexcused without grade penalty. Each unexcused absence beyond the third lesson will result in a 1% deduction from the final grade.
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
What is Latin America’s role in the world, and how has this role changed over time? How do Latin American states and actors influence other parts of the world (or have done so in the past)? What role does the United States play in Latin America, and what about China? What are the region’s major current transnational issues, and what challenges do they pose? What do Latin American perspectives on IR contribute to IR theory and scholarship?
The purpose of this course is to help students formulate answers to these and other questions by introducing them to the international relations of the Latin American region (understood here as comprising Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean, and South America). The first half of the course has an historical focus, giving students a crash course in developments in Latin American international politics from colonisation to the present day with particular emphasis on the 20th century. In continuation, we look at the influence of China in Latin America, the roles and foreign policies of the region’s two largest economies (Mexico and Brazil), and Latin American perspectives on IR theory and practice. In the second half of the course, we turn to important contemporary themes and issues of Latin American international relations (e.g., security, migration, the curious case of Cuba, the rise of authoritarianism, etcetera).
The course does not presume a prior knowledge of Latin American politics, history or economics.
Upon completion of this course students will be able to:
- Explain and analyse the historical trajectory of Latin American states and civil society actors’ engagement with other parts of the hemisphere and the world;
- Interpret and discuss the various forces driving inter-American relations;
- Analyse the relevance of distinct theoretical traditions in the study of global politics to studying Latin America’s role in the world;
- Explain the main Latin American contributions to IR theory;
- Explain and develop an argument about several contemporary issues of Latin American international relations.
- Apply the insights gained from the course readings to produce an essay on a contemporary issue of Latin American international relations.
See attached syllabus.
Attendance and participation 10%
Presentation 20%
Mid-term exam 30%
Final 3000-word essay 40%
See attached syllabus.
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In this course, we will aim to impart agency to states, insurgents, aid agencies, and civilians in narratives of post-conflict politics. Specifically, we will explore various cases from around the world to think about the following questions:
- What are the problems of accountability and issues of individual responsibility in times of war? How have they been dealt with in response to historical conflicts of global significance?
- What are the current principles of accountability and mechanisms for enforcing these principles, including truth and reconciliation commissions, international criminal tribunals, and legal actions by third-party countries?
- Does international aid help states to protect civilians, engage in hearts and minds, or build military coercive capacities?
- How do states that receive peacekeeping to end conflict fare differently in terms of long-term violent outcomes than those that don’t?
- Why do some rebel groups translate into political parties, while others don’t? What are the impacts of insurgent political participation on post-conflict democracy?
- What are some domestic obstacles to peacekeeping, reconstruction, and justice? How do conflict-affected groups draw boundaries between retraumatization and accountability in the absence of state processes?
In developing answers to these questions, the course will deepen students’ grasp of the different methods that have been used to study conflict, including ethnography, interviews, regression analysis, and survey experiments.
Assignments for the course include weekly classroom posts that identify, assess, and integrate arguments based on the week’s readings; an in-class midterm assignment, and a final paper. Additionally, students will be assessed on their preparation for the week’s class through their discussion of assigned readings and their in-class presentations.
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
As a discipline, IR is initially taught in terms of grand theories—realism, liberalism, constructivism, Marxism—which try to explain in one fell swoop the entirety of international politics. Foreign Policy Analysis is much more granular because it examines how policymakers decide. As you will learn, actual decision-making is always messier than what grand theories imply. So, from the grand and the ‘macro’, we look on the domestic, state, organizational, and personal levels to understand the multitude of factors that affect a country’s foreign policy. In order to do this, we make use of various conceptual lenses: theories of rational choice and alternatives to rational choice, individual/group psychology, emotions, culture/identity, and more. In a way, this course will be an exercise in unlearning IR Theory 101.
So, what are the kind of questions that this class will help you think about? Perhaps questions such as ‘Why did the United States respond to the discovery of Soviet missiles in Cuba with a blockade rather than any other possible response?’, ‘Why do state leaders sometimes choose policy options with a high risk of failure while less risky options are available?’, ‘How did domestic politics impact US-Iranian relations in the early twenty-first century?’, ‘How did Nehru’s experience of colonial subjugation shape his ideas of non-alignment?’, ‘What are the effects of social media on foreign policy?’, and ‘Can small states be successful in their foreign policy and, if yes, under what conditions?’. These are just some examples. The main objective of the course is to introduce you to the many approaches one can take when trying to understand, explain, and analyse foreign policy processes and decision-making.
A basic understanding of Foreign Policy Analysis and how it converges with and diverges from systemic IR theory.
Familiarity with several theories and core concepts of Foreign Policy Analysis.
Ability to distinguish between different levels of analysis and how each of these entails varying approaches to research.
Ability to question rhetorical justifications for prominent foreign policy decisions that often are not the real reason why such decisions are made.
Ability to apply a Foreign Policy Analysis theoretical framework to a case of choice or to write a critique of such a theoretical framework.
See attached syllabus.
Lecture and Discussion Sessions participation 15%
Memo assignments 15%
Mid-term exam 30%
End-term essay 40%
See attached syllabus.
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
What is the role of aesthetics in making the world intelligible? How does it shape and condition what we look at and how we look at it? Does location matter in IR? This course aims to open up knowledge practices from sites and positions that are usually not immediately addressed or recognized in mainstream debates in International Relations. International Relations is also enacted and performed through various mediums such as popular culture, films, literature, music, art, paintings, museums, sports, etc. The course will enable the students to look at the two-way relationship between aesthetics and international politics − both shaping and structuring the other. It will also underline that aesthetics and its deployments are deeply political acts and not value-neutral. The course will simultaneously familiarise students with conceptual and methodological tools drawn from different fields to understand the art and craft of international politics by other means. In doing so it explores what counter imaginations may exist to conventional disciplinary understandings regarding statehood, citizenship, borders and boundaries, violence, development, human rights, social change and subjectivity as well as what new political horizons and alternative modes of scholarly engagement might unfold from them.
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
International Institutions are ubiquitous in our world. They exist to regulate fields as varied as international security, global trade, the Internet, Climate Change mitigation and international banking. From Ukraine War to Covid-19 Pandemic, 2008 Financial Crisis to Paris Agreement, International Institutions can be found playing critical roles in all kinds of international events. Such institutions can sometimes even change the historical trajectory of nations – for instance, the IMF and World Bank triggered the economic liberalization of India in 1991.
This course will introduce theoretical underpinnings of international cooperation, with special focus on International and Regional organisations. It will examine their history, design, functions, controversies, politics and effectiveness. We will consider a diverse range of institutions: The first half of the course will explore global entities – UN, IMF, WB, WTO, G20 – as well as important thematic areas of international cooperation – Internet governance, economic development, and health. The second half of the course will focus on regional organisations of Asia including ASEAN, SAARC, ADB, QUAD etc.
This course would be of value to students interested in globalization, Asian regionalism and theories of international cooperation as well as those interested in pursuing careers in International Organisations.
1. Familiarity with leading theories of international cooperation.
2. Understanding of the mandate, character and challenges of important International Institutions.
3. Ability to articulate the leading explanations of why such institutions exist and why they are or are not able to solve the global problems they are tasked to solve.
4. Ability to write research papers by reading and thinking analytically.
Students can expect one or two required readings and up to three recommended readings for each lecture.
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
18:20-19:50
Monday
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course combines a study of the major theories and concepts in international security and strategic studies with empirical analysis of historical and contemporary security issues. Starting with theories of power in international politics, the course will examine ideas of strategy and strategic coercion, military power (continental, maritime and air), nuclear strategy and proliferation, insurgency and terrorism, and the impact of frontier technologies (cyber, drones and artificial intelligence) on security. The course will also focus on the institutional dimensions of strategy, including civil-military relations and intelligence analysis.
This course is designed as an advanced undergraduate seminar. The materials, format and grading rubric for this course have been designed to enable you to engage closely with the readings and participate thoughtfully in discussions. This is a demanding and reading intensive course that aims at making you engage with a range of texts on strategy and security. You may have up to 100-pages a week to read. It is imperative therefore to stay on top of the readings and assignments for each week.
Any 2000-level IR course is a prerequisite for this course. This cannot be waived.
Students are expected to read all the assigned material for the week prior to the class. These will be uploaded on Google Classroom.
Reading List
Week 1: Power and Security
Required Reading
Steven Lukes, Power: A Radical View, pp. 14-29.
Lawrence Freedman, “Strategic Studies and the Problem of Power” in Thomas Mahnken and Joseph Maiolo (eds), Strategic Studies: A Reader (London: Routledge, 2008), pp. 22-33.
Paul Bracken, “Net Assessment: A Practical Guide”, Parameters (Spring 2002), pp. 90-100.
Recommended Reading
Ken Booth and Nicholas Wheeler, “Uncertainty” in Paul Williams (ed), Security Studies: An Introduction (London: Routledge, 2008), pp. 133-151.
David Baldwin, “The Concept of Security”, Review of International Studies 23:1 (1997), pp. 5-26.
Week 2: Strategy I: Introduction and Frameworks
Required Reading
Stephen Biddle, “Strategy in War,” Political Science and Politics, 40:3 (2007).
Lawrence Freedman & Srinath Raghavan, “Coercion” in Williams (ed), Security Studies.
Edward Luttwak, “The Logic of Strategy”, pp. 1-15.
Recommended Reading
Hew Strachan, “The Lost Meaning of Strategy”, pp. 421-36.
Week 3: Strategy II: The Challenges of Strategy
Required Reading
Richard Betts, “Is Strategy an Illusion?” pp. 5-50.
Robert Jervis, Perception and Misperception, chap. 3
Week 4: Land Power
Required Reading
Clausewitz, On War, Bk I chs. 1-2.
Halford Mackinder, “The Geographic Pivot of History”, pp. 298-321.
Stephen Biddle, Military Power: Explaining Victory and Defeat in Modern Battle, chapter 3, pp. 28-51.
Recommended Reading
Clausewitz, On War, Bk II chs. 1-5
Geoffrey Sloan, “The Heartland Theory Then and Now”, pp. 15-38.
Lawrence Freedman, “A Theory of Battle or a Theory of War”, Journal of Strategic Studies 28:3 (2005), pp. 425-35.
Week 5: Maritime Power
Required Reading
Geoffrey Till, Seapower: A Guide for the Twenty First Century, chs. 3, 6.
Julian Corbett, “Some Principles of Maritime Strategy”.
Michael Beckley, “The Emerging Military Balance in East Asia”, pp. 78-119.
Recommended Reading
Paul Kennedy, “Mahan vs Mackinder: Two Interpretations of British Sea Power”, pp. 43-85.
Barry R. Posen, “Command of the Commons: The Military Foundation of U.S. Hegemony,” International Security 28:1 (Summer 2003), pp. 5-46.
Caitlin Talmadge, “Closing Time: Assessing the Iranian Threat to the Strait of Hormuz,” International Security, 33:1 (2008), pp. 82-117.
Week 6: Air Power
Required Reading
Karl P. Mueller, “Air Power”, 23pp.
Robert Pape, “The True Worth of Air Power”, pp. 116-30.
Daniel Byman & Mathew Waxman, “Kosovo and the Great Air Power Debate”, pp. 156-80.
Kyle Rempfer. "Here’s how improving enemy anti-aircraft threats put pilots and crews at risk", Air Force Times, 6 May 2019 https://www.airforcetimes.com/news/your-air-force/2019/05/07/heres-how-improving-enemy-anti-aircraft-threats-put-pilots-and-crews-at-risk/
Recommended Reading
Robert Pape, “Coercive Air Power in the Vietnam War,” International Security, 15:2 (1990).
Daryl Press, “The Myth of Air Power in the Persian Gulf War and the Future of Warfare,” International Security, 26:2 (2001), pp. 5-44.
Stephen Biddle, “Allies, Airpower, and Modern Warfare: The Afghan Model in Afghanistan and Iraq,” International Security, 30:3 (Winter 2005-6), pp. 161-176.
Miranda Priebe and Joshua R. Itzkowitz Shifrinson, “A Crude Threat: The Limits of an Iranian Missile Campaign Against Saudi Arabian Oil,” International Security, 36:1 (2011).
Week 7: Nuclear Strategy
Required Reading
Lawrence Freedman, Deterrence, pp. 7-25.
Thomas Schelling, Arms & Influence, pp. 92-125.
Vipin Narang, Nuclear Strategy in the Modern Era: Regional Powers and International Conflict, pp. 1-23.
Keir A. Lieber and Daryl G. Press, “The New Era of Counterforce: Technological Change and the Future of Nuclear Deterrence,” International Security 41:4 (2017), pp. 9-18, 48-49, skim rest.
Recommended Reading
Matthew Kroenig, “Nuclear Superiority and the Balance of Resolve: Explaining Nuclear Crisis Outcomes,” International Organization 67:1 (2013), pp. 141-171.
Matthew Fuhrmann and Todd Sechser, “Crisis Bargaining and Nuclear Blackmail,” International Organization 67:1 (2013), pp. 173-195.
Caitlin Talmadge, “Beijing’s Nuclear Option: Why a US-Chinese War Could Spiral Out of Control,” Foreign Affairs (Nov/Dec 2018).
Robert Jervis, “A Horrifying and Believable Path to Nuclear War with North Korea,” War on the Rocks, September 4, 2018, https://warontherocks.com/2018/09/a-horrifying-and-believable-path- to-nuclear-war-with-north-korea/
Week 8: Mid-Term Break
Week 9: Nuclear Proliferation
Required Reading
Scott Sagan, “Why Do States Build Nuclear Weapons: Three Models in Search of a Bomb”, pp. 54-86.
Vipin Narang, “Strategies of Nuclear Proliferation: How States Pursue the Bomb”, pp. 110-50.
Alexandre Debs and Nuno P. Monteiro, “Conflict and Cooperation on Nuclear Nonproliferation”, pp. 331-349.
Recommended Reading
Scott Sagan & Kenneth Waltz, The Spread of Nuclear Weapons, chs. 2-3.
Sonali Singh and Christopher R. Way, “The Correlates of Nuclear Proliferation: A Quantitative Test,” Journal of Conflict Resolution 48, pp. 859-885.
Jacques Hymans, Psychology of Nuclear Proliferation, pp. 1-15.
Week 10: Insurgency
Required Reading
Andrew Kennedy, “Can the Weak Defeat the Strong? Mao’s Evolving Approach to Asymmetric Warfare in Yenan”, China Quarterly 196 (2008), pp. 884-899.
Theo Farrell and Antonio Guistozzi, “The Taliban at War: Inside the Helmand Insurgency, 2004-12”, International Affairs 89:4 (2013), pp. 845-71.
David Kilcullen, “Counterinsurgency Redux”, 15p.
Edward Luttwak, “Dead End: Counterinsurgency Warfare as Military Malpractice,” Harper’s Magazine (February 2007), pp. 33-42.
David Betz, “The Virtual Dimension of Contemporary Insurgency and Counterinsurgency”, Small Wars & Insurgencies 19:4 (2008), pp. 510-40.
Recommended Reading
Andrew Mack, “Why Big Nations Lose Small Wars: The Politics of Asymmetric Conflict”, World Politics 27:2 (1975): 175-200.
Austin Long, On Other War: Lessons from Five Decades of RAND Counterinsurgency Research (2006), chapters 4, skim chap. 5.
Rupert Smith, The Utility of Force: The Art of War in the Modern World (Penguin, 2005), chap. 7.
Week 11: Terrorism
Required Reading
Walter Laquer, “Postmodern Terrorism”, pp. 24-36.
Robert Pape, “The Strategic Logic of Suicide Terrorism”, pp. 343-61.
Michael Howard, “What’s in a Name? How to Fight Terrorism”, pp. 8-13.
Audrey Kurth Cronin, “ISIS is Not a Terrorist Group”, pp. 87-98.
Emile Simpson, “Clausewitz' Clausewitz's Theory Theory of War and Victory in Contemporary in Contemporary Conflict”, pp. 7-18
Week 12: Frontier Technologies
Required Reading
Thomas Rid, “Cyber War Will Not Take Place”, pp. 5-32.
John Stone, “Cyber War Will Take Place!” 101-8.
Shashank Joshi & Aaron Stein, “Emerging Drone Nations”, pp. 53-78.
Michael C. Horowitz, “Artificial Intelligence, International Competition, and the Balance of Power,” Texas National Security Review, Vol. 1, Iss. 3 (May 2018).
Recommended Reading
Michael C. Horowitz, “Coming Next in Military Tech,” Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists 70:1 (2014), pp. 54-62.
James P. Farwell & Rafal Rohozinski, “The New Reality of Cyber War”, pp. 107-20.
Week 13: Civil-Military Relations
Required Reading
Huntington, Soldier and the State, pp. vii-viii, 1-157, 163-169, 177-180, 184-192, 345-346, 456-466.
Eliot Cohen, Supreme Command, 1-16, 262-289.
Richard Betts, “Civil-Military Relations: A Special Problem”, pp. 201-31.
Recommended Reading
Peter Feaver, “The Civil-Military Problematique: Huntington, Janowitz, and the Question of Civilian Control”, pp. 149-178.
Hew Strachan, “Strategy and Democracy”, Survival 62:2 (2020), pp. 51-82.
Peter Feaver, Armed Servants, 54-95
Week 14: Intelligence
Required Reading
Richard Betts, “An Intelligence Reformation?” pp. 124-58.
Douglas Hart & Steven Simon, “Problems of Intelligence Analysis”, pp. 35-60.
James Bruce & Roger George, “Intelligence Analysis”, 15p.
Recommended Reading
Robert Jervis, “Reports, Politics, Intelligence Failures: The Case of Iraq”, pp. 3-52.
Uri Bar Joseph, “Israel’s 1973 Intelligence Failure,” Israel Affairs, Vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 11-32.
Reading Memos (30%): Starting Week 2, every student has to submit a response to the readings of the week in a 300–400-word memo. The memo should pick up an important/ significant and interesting argument from the readings and explain why you disagree or agree (or partially agree) with it. The memos will have to be submitted prior to the first class of the week. In all, you have to submit 10 such memos during the course. Each memo will be graded on 3-2-1 scale, depending on the quality of your understanding and response to the readings. Memos submitted late will not be given a grade.
Essay 1 (30%): 3000-word essay due on the day after the mid-semester break. I will provide some questions for this essay, though students can formulate their own in consultation with me. Late submission will result in the loss of a full letter grade for each day’s delay (e.g., A- to B- if submitted on Due Date +1, A- to C- if submitted on Due Date +2, and so on).
Essay 2 (30%): 3000-word essay on a topic of their choice. Students are expected to formulate their own questions for this essay and research the paper – these will not be given to you. Use the office hours to discuss these with me. The final essay is due on 3 May (Tuesday). Late submission will result in the loss of a full letter grade for each day’s delay (e.g., A- to B- if submitted on Due Date +1, A- to C- if submitted on Due Date +2, and so on).
Class Participation (10%): This is a seminar-style course, so your participation is crucial to our learning.
Attendance is mandatory – if you are unable to attend any class, you must inform me and the TA in advance. Anyone missing more than 2 classes (and that with prior permission) will be graded F.
16:40-18:10
Friday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Please see the attached file.
Please see the attached file.
Please see the attached file.
Please see the attached file.
Please see the attached file.
Mathematics required in XI or XII
16:40-18:10
Friday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Real and complex vector spaces, subspaces, spanning sets, basis sets, dimension of a vector space. Solution of a system of linear equations. Row space and column space of a matrix, rank of a matrix, elementary row and column operations of a matrix. Inversion of square matrices, rank factorization of a matrix. Properties of determinant. Linear transformations, range and null space of a linear transformation, rank-nullity theorem. Matrix representation of a linear transformation. Inner product spaces, normed linear spaces, examples of different normed linear spaces, orthonormal basis sets. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors, characteristic polynomials. Spectral theorem for real symmetric matrices. Singular value decompositions.
Analyze and picturize multivariate data.
Friedberg, Insel and Spence: Linear algebra, Pearson, 2015.
Final grade= (Average assignment grade + Midsem grade + Endsem grade)/3
Will be mentioned in class.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Linear algebra is one of the most important parts of mathematics, perhaps as important or more than the Calculus. Peter Lax (NYU) has remarked: "If you can reduce a mathematical problem to linear algebra, you can most likely solve it". The introductory concepts (that we will study in this course) are easy to understand, but are powerful and apply in many contexts.
The applications to various fields are too numerous to mention. Lets just say that the modern world would not be so modern without the application of linear algebra, nor would our understanding of the universe would be where it is now. And neither would mathematics be as developed if all kinds of mathematical objects are not studied using linear algebra.
However, the course is mostly mathematical. Applications will be to understand some mathematical objects.The subject unfolds slowly over the semester. As you work through the semester, you learn how to extend your intuition of two and three dimensions to work in an n-dimensional space. At the same time, as the title of the main textbook reflects, this course may be regarded as an introduction to abstract mathematics. So you learn how to apply logical arguments to prove statements.
Its a busy course requiring a lot of effort and enthusiasm. You have to be young and energetic and want to learn a lot very quickly. But why am I saying this? You are Ashoka students. Of course you are young and energetic and want to learn a lot very quickly!
The syllabus in the course handbook is as follows.
Syllabus: Real vector spaces, subspaces, spanning sets, basis sets, dimension of a vector space. Solution of a system of linear equations. Row space and column space of a matrix, rank of a matrix, elementary row and column operations of a matrix. Inversion of square matrices, rank factorization of a matrix. Properties of determinants. Linear transformations, range and null space of a linear transformation, rank-nullity theorem. Matrix representation of a linear transformation. Inner product spaces, normed linear spaces, examples of different normed linear spaces, orthonormal basis sets. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors, characteristic polynomials. Spectral theorem for real symmetric matrices. Singular value decompositions.
We are likely to do all the above for vector spaces over Complex numbers. The proof of the Spectral theorem is a little easier for this.
Text book:
Isaiah Lankham, Bruno Nachtergaele and Anne Schilling, Linear Algebra - As an Introduction to Abstract Mathematics, Free online text available from:
https://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~anne/linear_algebra/
We will cover most of the book including Appendix A.
The course material is roughly from this book, but I will deviate a bit.
Additional References.
You may find the following books helpful as supplementary reading in case something is not clear from the textbook.
1. S. Axler, Linear algebra done right, (Our textbook follows this book for the most part. It is available from https://linear.axler.net)
2. S. H. Friedberg, A. J. Insel and L. E. Spence, Linear algebra, Pearson, 2015. (Good book for extensive explanations, lots of problems for you to make sure you have understood the topics.)
3. P. Bogacki, Linear Algebra, Concepts and Applications, AMS/MAA Textbooks, Vol 47, 2019. (Good for matrix examples.)
4. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, (4th or 5th edition). (The classic textbook. Covers a lot. At some point in your career, you should become familiar with it. Lectures are also available for these.)
5. T. Shifrin and M. R. Adams, Linear Algebra: A Geometric Approach, WH Freeman (2nd edition). (Nice book with a geometric flavor. Great for gaining intuition.)
6. Wikipedia is great for mathematics.
7. I will hand out a problem set which includes (most of) Professor Bhatia's problems from a few years ago. I may hand out some class notes too.
Computer algebra system.
We will make extensive use of the computer algebra system SAGE. In the real world, Linear Algebra is done using many different numerical packages. However, we use a symbolic algebra package. SAGE is available at:
Please install it before coming to class. Write to me in case of difficulties. There is a possibility of using it online too, but that has become very slow and irritating.
There will be 10 quizzes (in lecture) (on occasion replaced by Assignments) (33.33% of grade), 2 midterms (in lecture) (33.33%) and a take home final (33.33%). Midterms 1 and 2 are in-class exams. More details will be provided on the first day of class. A max of 2 missed quiz scores can be replaced by average of rest.
While there is no formal requirement to attend lectures and DS sessions, it may be a good idea to do so because we may deviate or add to the material in the textbook which may show up on quizzes and tests. In general, it's easier to read the book when you know what's going on in the lectures. Further, there will be no makeup exams (Quizzes or midterms) and these will happen during class times. Usually for math courses, expect to spend a minimum of 4-5 hours outside of class every week to keep up.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In several problems we come across a quantity that depends on many others. The study of such functions of several variables is the subject of this course. We will study differentiation, integration, optimisation of such functions.
An understanding of, and proficiency in, Calculus of several variables.
Deepening our understanding of Calculus as done in the first course.
Preparation for studying Real Analysis, Differential Geometry of curves etc.
You must have taken a good course in Calculus. It will help if you brush up on some major ideas done there. ( e.g. the mean value theorem, the idea od integration, the fundamental theorem of calculus.) A familiarity with vectors and matrices will be helpful.
We will cover roughly the material in Chapters 12-16 of James Stewart, Calculus, 7th ed.
See also S. Lang, Calculus of several variables.
Will be discussed and announced in class.
Regular attendance is encouraged.
Advice: It is necessary to back up 3 hours of lectures with 6 hours of work at home. It is necessary to do this right from the start of the course. Students who do not do this soon find they are lagging behind and are unable to catch up.
Calculus [MAT-1005]
Calculus [MAT-1000]
Calculus [FC-0307]
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This is a 2000 level course and the second in series of Algebra courses.
Syllabus: Rings and Fields: U.F.D., P.I.D, factorization of polynomials. Field extensions. Normal extensions, Separable extensions. Galois extensions, Galois group. Fundamental theorem of Galois Theory. Cyclic Extensions, Solvability by radicals. Geometric constructions, Noetherian rings, Artinian rings.
Groups: Solvable and nilpotent groups. Presentation of groups. Fundamental theorem for finitely generated Abelian groups. Semi-direct products, amalgamated products and HNN- extensions.
1. M. Artin: Algebra, Second Edition, Pearson Prentice-Hall of India, 2011.
2. D. S. Dummit and Richard M. Foote: Abstract Algebra, Wiley, 2005.
1 Quiz - 10%
1 Mid-term exam - 40%
1 Final exam - 50%
There will be a quiz on Algebra I in the very first lecture of the course. This will help students to revise necessary background from Algebra I. No make-up exams will be provided. Weekly practice sheets will be handed out and the two exams will be based on these sheets. Students are expected to solve them.
No attendance policy. Students must attend all the lectures however.
Algebra 1 [MAT-2001]
Algebra 1 [MAT-4990-5]
Algebra 1 [MAT-2001/ CS-2250]
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Please see the attached file.
Please see the attached file.
Please see the attached file.
Please see the attached file.
Please see the attached file.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course deals with notions of distances on sets and notions of neighbourhoods of points in sets and their interplay.
Syllabus: Metric spaces, open and closed sets. Euclidean spaces, normed linear spaces, examples of different normed linear spaces, sequence spaces. Completeness, Baire category Theorem. Compactness, characterization of compact spaces. Product spaces, Tychonoff’s theorem. Continuous functions, equicontinuous families, Arzela- Ascoli Theorem. Connectedness, path connectedness.
Inverse function theorem, Implicit function theorem.
Introduction to general topological spaces, separation axioms. Hausdorff spaces. Convergence of nets.
Will achieve facility with some of the basic notions and consequences of having a metric on sets and the associated characterization of sets as open, closed and compact that are needed in the higher level courses.
Prerequisite(s): MAT 1000: Calculus, MAT 1001: Linear Algebra, MAT 2003: Real Analysis. Desirable: MAT 1004: Multivariate Calculus.
Suggested Books:
J. F. Simmons: Introduction to topology and modern analysis, Krieger Publish- ing, 2003.
M. O. Searcoid: Metric Spaces, Springer, 2007.
Will be announce in Class.
Will be announced in Class.
Real Analysis [MAT-2003]
AND
Linear Algebra [MAT-1001/ CS-2210/ PHY-1001]
Linear Algebra [MAT-4990-6]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will serve as an introduction to the theory of differential geometry and perhaps its interaction with physics.
The couee will cover some of the following topics:
The theory of curves in two and three dimensions and that of surfaces in three dimensions.
Curvature, Riemannian metrics, geodesics, Parallel transport, theorems of Gauss.
Integration on manifolds, Gauss-Bonnet and other miscelleneous topics.
Applications to Physics: curves, celestial mechanics, Maxwell's equations.
I am planning on making the course more interactive. In practice,
this might mean that students revise in class the material
that has been covered in previous lectures, solve problems in class, maybe
give some presentations too.
The students are strongly urged to revise thoroughly multi-variable calculus and linear algebra. A good reference book for
multivariable calculus is the one by M. Spivak (Calculus on Manifolds).
It is highly recommended that the students go through the beginning sections of at least one of the following
books (the book by Do Carmo and Kobayashi are highly recommended).
Books for the course:
1. M P. do Carmo: Differential Geometry of Curves and Surfaces, Prentice-Hall, 1976.
2. A. Pressley: Elementary Differential Geometry, Springer, 2010.
3) S. Kumaresan and G.Santhanam : An Expedition to Geometry.
4) S. Kumaresan : A Course in Differential Geometry and Lie Groups.
5) Shoshichi Kobayashi: Differential Geometry of Curves and Surfaces, Springer, SUMS.
6) David Bressoud: Second year Calculus.
7) Montiel and Ros: Cuevesa and Surfaces.
8) Umehara and Yamada: Differential Geometry of Curves and Surfaces.
9) Gray, Abbena and Salamon: Modern differential geometry of curves and Surfaces
Grading Rubric
Tentative:
Assignments 40%, Midsem 30%, Final 30%.
If the interactive method of learning works out, the grading rubrics may change.
For reasons given above, attendance is mandatory.
Real Analysis [MAT-2003]
AND
Linear Algebra [MAT-1001/ CS-2210/ PHY-1001]
Linear Algebra [MAT-4990-6]
Multivariable Calculus [MAT-1004]
Calculus II [MAT-207]
08:30-10:00
Thursday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course is meant to give you an overview of how probability theory is used to devise statistical tools and techniques to analyse and interpreate data.
This is an exciting course in the sense that it has right balance of theory and applications.
In the first part of the course we will use our knowledge of probability to formulate the statistical theory of inference (point estimation and testing of hypothesis). We will learn the theory as well as their real life applications. The focus will be on the theory part though.
In the second part of the course (actually towards the end of the course) we will discuss applications of statistics in more detail. More specifically we will focus on two specific techniques often used in predictive analytics:
Regression: Linear Models, Gauss-Markov Theorem, Multiple Linear Regression, Variable Selection, Outlier detection, Influential point, Cooks distance, Model Selection via AIC and BIC
Classification: Linear Classifiers, Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA), Quadratic Discriminant Analysis
We will try to discuss implementation of the above techniques in R as well.
Do note that the second part is not the essential part of this course and we may drop or add some other topics here in this part depending on our progress.
For this course strong probability background is required.
Prerequisite: Probability theory or Probability and Statisitcs (MAT-2020) or Eco probability course
Suggested texts (may add some more later):
1. Statistical Inference by Casella and Berger
2. The theory of point estimation by Lehmann and Casella
3. The elements of statistical learning by Hastie, Friedman et al. (available at https://hastie.su.domains/ElemStatLearn/)
To be discussed later.
To be discussed later.
Probability Theory [MAT-2006]
Probability Theory [MAT-201/ ECO-208]
Probability and Statistics [CS-1208]
Probability and Statistics [CT-219/ CS-208]
Probability
Statistics
and Data Science [CS-203]
Probability Theory [ECO-208]
OR
Probability and Statistics [MAT-2020/ CS-1209/ PHY-1208]
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will deal with infinite dimensional spaces, their definitions and some basic structures on them and study transformations on them.
Will learn to deal with infinite dimensional spaces.
Prerequisite(s): MAT 1000: Calculus, MAT 1001: Linear Algebra, MAT 1004: Multivariate Calculus, MAT 2003: Real Analysis.
Preferred: MAT 3013 Differntial Equations, MAT 3018 Complex Analysis.
Books:
1. Notes on Functional Analysis by Rajendra Bhatia, TRIM 50, Hindustan Book Agency
2. Functional Analysis, VS Sunder, TRIM series book
3. Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics I - Functional Analysis , M Reed and B Simon
Will be announced in Class.
Will be announced in Class.
Calculus [MAT-1005]
Calculus [MAT-1000]
Calculus [FC-0307]
AND
Multivariable Calculus [MAT-1004]
Calculus II [MAT-207]
Real Analysis [MAT-2003]
Complex Analysis [MAT-3018]
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course will be suitable for 3rd and 4th year Mathematics/ Computer Science students. The first half of the course will focus on the theory of Elliptic curves from a Number Theoretic perspective. The second half of the course will focus computational aspectes of Elliptic curves using SAGE/MAGMA and Elliptic curve cryptography (ECC).
Basic theory of Elliptic curves: Weierstrass equation, doubly periodic func- tions, group law, torsion points, Elliptic curves over finite fields, Congruent Number Problem and its connection to Elliptic curves, Elliptic Curve Cryptography.
Pre-requisites : Algebra 1 is a compulsory pre-requisite. Complex Analysis and Algebra 2 are recommended but not necessary. Students who don't have sufficient background in Algebra 2 or Complex Analysis must be willing to learn necessary background by themselves as and when necessary.
Textbooks
1. Lawrence C. Washington, Elliptic Curves : Number Theory and Cryptography (Second Edition), Chapman & Hall/CRC 2008.
2. Elliptic curves, Modular forms and Their L-functions, Alvaro Lozano-Robledo, Student Mathematical Library, AMS.
3. Neal Koblitz, Introduction to Elliptic Curves and Modular Forms (Third Edition), GTM Vol. 97, Springer-Verlag 199
Will be announced in class.
No attendance policy.
Algebra 1 [MAT-2001]
Algebra 1 [MAT-2001/ CS-2250]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The theory of percolation is an exciting field of research which offers an exciting blend of statistical physics with random garphs.
There are lots of of interesting open questions. The purpose of this course is to develop the theoritcal probability model to present these questions
and pressent some of the celebrated results rigorously.
Probabilistic background of the percolation problem and the model, rigorous proof of some of the celebrated results and (rigorous) exposure to some of the famous open problems in this area
MAT-2003 and MAT 2020 are required.
Knowledge about Markov chains or martingales would be of added advantage.
Mostly we will follow:
Percolation by Geoffrey Grimmett
Will be shared later.
But this is a difficult course. An integral part of grading would be presentation of high level research papers. Students should be prepared for that.
80% attendance is required to pass the course.
Real Analysis [MAT-2003]
AND
Algebra 1 [MAT-2001]
Algebra 1 [MAT-2001/ CS-2250]
Probability and Statistics [MAT-2020/ CS-1209]
Probability and Statistics [MAT-2020/ CS-1209/ PHY-1208]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will serve as an introduction to the theory of Differentiable Manifolds, Lie groups, Riemannian
Geometry, Differential Topology with perhaps some applications to Physics. The course will start with a review
of mulitvariable calculus, the inverse and implicit function theorems, smooth functions, etc.
Differentiable manifolds, vector fields, theorem on ODE.
Differential forms, integration, maybe deRham cohomology
Lie Groups
Applications to Physics
I am planning on making the course more interactive, in the form of revisions
by the students, problem solving in class and possibly presentations by students.
1. Manfredo do Carmo: Riemannian Geometry
2. M. Berger and B. Gostiaux: Differential Geometry: manifolds, curves and surfaces.
3. M. Spivak: A comprehensive introduction to differential geometry.
4. Notes of N. Hitchin:
https://people.maths.ox.ac.uk/~joyce/Nairobi2019/Hitchin-DifferentiableManifolds.pdf
5. Milnor: Topology from a differentiable viewpoint.
Tentative: Assignments: 40%, Midsem: 30%, Endsem: 30%.
If the interactive mode of learning works out, the grading rubrics may cbange.
Mandatory for reasons stated above.
Linear Algebra [MAT-1001/ CS-2210]
Linear Algebra [MAT-1001/ CS-2210/ PHY-1001]
AND
Real Analysis [MAT-2003]
Calculus [MAT-1005]
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This is an introductory technical course on audio-visual media; students will learn to listen, watch and create audio-visual stories of their own. This includes an introduction to handling audio and video recording systems. From microphones to cameras, basic audio and video editing. The course would begin with a brief introduction of the various roles required to be taken up for the smooth running of a studio. We will cover camera handling and basic techniques to take good-quality videos. We learn about the kinds of different microphones and where and when to use which one. While learning audio and video, we will simultaneously begin basic editing to stitch together the shots and audio samples we take. Gradually we get into more nuanced editing techniques followed by studio lighting.
Media Literacy on how to hear & watch media in the audio-visual format, separately and together. - Comprehending basic camera operations. - Lighting Technique - Basic Audio-Video Editing tools like Adobe Premiere, Adobe Audition - Sound and Video recording - Constructing an audio and audio-visual narrative from end to end - Mastery of storytelling essentials, encompassing production, post-production, and preview stages.
*(If it goes online)
A laptop or desktop with an i5 processor at least, and 4GB RAM
A smartphone with a working back and front camera
Smartphone and laptop/desktop with ample memory available
An internet connection with 5 Mbps speed dedicated to a single user with good data (If it goes online)
A set of earphones or headphones for the duration of the class
This course will follow Ashoka’s grading rubric for the final grade. Three assignments through the semester will be an ascending base of developing skills in seeing, making a media product and maintaining a proper record of the process. All classes will involve group work. The rubric is as follows:
1. Attendance 10%
2. Class Participation 10%
3. Team Work 10%
4. Assignment 1 15%
5. Assignment 2 15%
6. Viva 1 5%
7. Viva 2 5%
8. Final Assignment 30%
1. Attendance Policy- We have a total of 26 sessions. In accordance with Ashoka policy, students can miss up to 2 classes with no penalty, and 1% will be deducted from the attendance grade for every class missed beyond 2 classes.
2. Class participation- This will include your participation in in-class assignments and interaction with other peers and professor.
3. Teamwork- This refers to your participation and contribution to group assignments.
4. Viva- To ensure that everyone has understood the content and can contribute meaningfully to their assignments, a viva will be held at the end of the semester.
The students will have to submit three assignments throughout the semester. The First and Second assignments will be individual, and the Third (Final) assignment will be done with support. The exact details of the assignment will be shared during the class.
* Late Submission will get a 10% grade cut on each assignment. In case of an emergency, the students must email Instructors and CC the TA 24 hours before the submission is due. The professor will grant an extension accordingly if the reason is valid and supported with evidence. No end-moment requests will be entertained
None
08:30-10:00
Thursday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Media, Culture and Society MS-1201 (Spring 2024)
Tues & Thurs 8:30 - 10 am
Taught by- Professor Tisha Srivastav
TF- Shariq Jalal (3 Discussion sections) + TA
Overview: This gateway course has been created to recognize the utmost need for media literacy in contemporary times. It aims to give students a broad-based understanding of mass media form, be it the newspaper or social media or cinema. It introduces key communication theorists who help reflect on the cultures, within which media emerge in particular ways. An understanding of media in terms of attitudes, consumption and engagement with communities and society, forms the final part of the course.
This is a mandatory gateway course for all forms of the Media Studies Program at Ashoka
Learning Outcomes
Students not only reflect on ways of seeing and listening, they get to explore how our everyday engagements with media are connected with broader economic, political, ideological, and social contexts. It also introduces students to all the four streams offered in media studies courses. There will be one field trip as part of the course.
10 Marks - Attendance
10 Marks - First five weeks will carry an in class exercise of 2 marks, each week.
20 Marks - Workshop/ Guest Lecture/ Field trip participation related assignment in class
50 Marks Written assignments at the end of each month will amount to this total.
10 Marks for Discussion section prompts
2 unexcused absences allowed. Third needs prior proof. 5 and above classes missed will lead to an automatic fail. This course offers a mental health policy.
None
16:40-18:10
Thursday
18:20-19:50
Thursday
Add to schedule:
Storytelling in the Digital Age [MS-3051/ CW-2051/ VA-2015] [MS-3051/ CW-2051/ VA-2015-1]
Faculty Name
Natasha Badhwar [natasha.badhwar@ashoka.edu.in] ,Lakshya Sharma [lakshya.sharma_ug24@ashoka.edu.in] ;
Overview
Storytelling in the Digital Age Natasha Badhwar (MEDIA PRODUCTION)
Course Cap - 20
Timetable - Monday and Wednesday 11:50 am- 1:20 pm | ROOM AC04-408
Prerequisite - None
This course will focus on the creative process of using digital technology as a medium and a tool of narrating stories, profiles and personal histories. Through workshops, hands-on projects and guided assignments, students will train in the practice of researching, planning, shooting and editing digital video documentaries.
In groups and as individual projects, students will create short films, reels, music videos and develop their own talent and skill with scripting, videography, interview, monologue, multimedia visualization, design and editing. They will be encouraged to craft narratives that interest them, reflecting on various aspects of contemporary lives.
Broad outline of Syllabus
Week 1 to 4:
Workshopping to explore aspects of storytelling – the personal, social and universal
Visual Storytelling – what are the letters, words, phrases and paragragraphs of visual language
Using the smartphone to tell a simple story entirely through visual language
Workshops with film-maker in basics of shooting with DSLR camera
Week 5 to 8:
Workshopping to exploring the lives of others – how we listen so we can tell
Interview and Video Documentation as tools of representing the profile (telling a story)
Three stages of production – Pre, Pro and Post
Research and Ideating for the Mid-term project – a profile of someone around us. Different but same. Ordinary but unique
Creating and submitting a pre-production plan
Filming the profile
Workshop with film-maker in basics of editing with Adobe Premeire Pro in Media Lab
Week 9 to 12:
Evolving and co-creating the themes of the final project
Audio-video production of the final project
Learning Outcomes
Through practical exercises, writing and collective brainstorming, students will learn to create digital stories that explain a concept, make an argument, reflect on a personal experience and retell a family or community history. They will acquire multimedia skills as well as engage in critical thinking and analysis as they complete their final projects for this course.
Requirements (Reading List and other materials)
Familiarity and experience with the basics of digital camera operation and video editing is preferred.
Workshops in filmimg with DSLR cameras and editing on non-linear software will be conducted in the first few weeks of the course. Attendance is mandatory for these workshops.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
16:40-18:10
Friday
18:20-19:50
Friday
Add to schedule:
Indian elections are some of the most complex, most politically exhilarating globally. Bringing this excitement, along with rigourous journalistic research and contextual understanding is what this course intends to do over 13 weeks of the Spring Semester. As India prepares for the 2024 general elections, students will have an opportunity to learn by doing- through fieldwork, interviews, interactions with politicians and poring over Parliamentary and Election Commission history and historical data. Students will be introduced to the calculations and combinations of identity politics and welfare promises made to attract voters, and most importantly be taught how to analyse the voter, and the rationale behind their political choices.
The course will be taught by Satish Padmanabhan, currently the Managing Editor of Outlook magazine who has decades of journalistic experience and has traveled the length and breadth of the country during every general and state election cycle. He will provide insights into how democracy works in the farthest village, the growth of the voice of women voters, the importance of candidate selection, caste equations in various states, the rise of regional parties, and the role role money.
Students will be assigned stories, asked to go out reporting both for print and multi-media, write real stories from elections that take place in India at all times, small and big.
Introduction to Newswriting and Reporting [MS-1101]
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Sameera Jain, Visiting Professor
Documentary Film Making: Ways of Seeing and Being Seen 1
MS 3405
Tuesday 4.30-7.30 pm
Understanding non-fiction cinema
Course cap 15
PRE-REQUISITE : MS-1201 Media, Culture and Society
Course Description
The course addresses the politics of representation in non-fiction film in multiple ways, working with critical evaluation, participatory discussion and some writing. It will include references to a wide variety of contemporary and historical work.
Students are advised to take both MS 3405 and MS 3406 together in the same semester as companion courses that teach themvthe art and craft of documentary film making.
Ways of Seeing and Being Seen - 1 and 2
(Companion Courses) Nurturing a fresh understanding of cinematic practice.
Ways of Seeing and Being Seen - 1
Understanding Non-Fiction Cinema
The Course addresses the politics of representation in non-fiction film in multiple ways, working with critical evaluation and participatory discussion. It will include references to a wide variety of historical and contemporary work, including the viewing of recent short films and discussion with the filmmakers. The Course will culminate with brief presentations on various aspects of non-fiction cinema by participants, individually guided by the mentor over several sessions. In the process, students delve into ethical and aesthetic dimensions, cinema history and find their own personal perspectives.
Some of the explorations in this Course -
- The document in documentary. Is documentary always to carry the mantle of information, education, activism…Or can the understanding of ambiguity also play a role, even in these polarised times.
- Ideas of objective, subjective, and the power of the truth claim. Facts and fictions in documentary.
- Examining impetus and intent in tropes such as the interview and the voice over in news and documentary. Going beyond the habitual.
- The nature and function of research. Cold information versus creative intervention. - Non-fiction, Fiction, Experiment and Art – are these watertight categories, or do the lines blur.
Media
Culture and Society [MS-1201]
Media
Culture and Society [MS-1202]
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Sameera Jain, Visiting Professor
Documentary Film Making Ways of Seeing and Being Seen 2
MS 3406
Wed 3 pm to 6 pm
Unearthing Form, through practice
Course cap 15
PRE-REQUISITE : MS-1201 Media, Culture and Society
Course Description
This companion course examines templates and tropes associated with documentary, moving into experimentation and innovation. It will approach an understanding of various facets of representation, and the relationship between Content and Form.
Students are advised to take both MS 3405 and MS 3406 together in the same semester as companion courses that teach them the art and craft of documentary film making.
Ways of Seeing and Being Seen - 1 and 2
(Companion Courses)
Nurturing a fresh understanding of cinematic practice.
Ways of Seeing and Being Seen - 2
Unearthing Form, through Practice
This companion Course goes forward into clearer insight with experimentation and innovation. Through exercises and projects, we examine tropes associated with documentary, creating our own interpretations, approaching an understanding of various facets of cinematic expression and reassessing our engagement with personal, social and political realities. The Course will culminate with an intensive workshop over several sessions in which we attempt to clean the slate and re-orient to image making.
Some of the explorations in this Course -
- Image, Sound and Time in cinema. A close reading, taking a film as text, helps to refine our own perceptions and practice.
- What are the possibilities of interpretation that lie just underneath the surface. How is the world perceived, and how does our perception influence the perceived. Discussed through readings of literature and cinema, and much that the participants bring in too.
- Experiments with familiar tropes of the interview and the voice over, searching for and constructing new found possibilities.
- In workshop mode, discovering the inextricable connection between content and form. What emerges when we work with a freedom from templates, and with a cognisance of the politics of representation.
Media
Culture and Society [MS-1201]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course is inspired by feminist production studies scholarship which goes beyond debates on representation of women in film and media texts, and focuses instead on the gendering of work. We will work on developing an understanding of the craft of a range of on-screen and off-screen film practitioners. We will pay close attention to work that is otherwise undervalued and invisibilized. Some of the topics will include: Gender and Stardom; TV, Middle cinema and the "women filmmaker" of 1980s; film editor Renu Saluja and Parallel cinema; feminist documentary. We will also discuss the work of filmmakers in mainstream Bollywood and alternative cinema who experiment with a 'female gaze', as well as the work of groups like Yugantar collective and Ektara collective that challenge notions of auteur-centric authorship.
Some familiarity with Indian cinema would be helpful, though not a prerequisite. Students who have taken courses on Indian cinema are welcome.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
MS 3901 Advanced Primer- Environmental Journalism Course cap 15 Timetable: 11.50 - 1.20 Tuesday & Thursday
Teaching Assistant Tanvi Gupta tanvi.gupta_asp24@ashoka.edu.in
No prerequisites. Existing interest in environmental issues is a valuable entry point.
Course overview:
This course focusses on reading the works of environmental journalists, learning from field activists and community media educators engaged in environmental conservation, alongwith developing an understanding of the value of archives and audio/ video as a conservation tool. You will be reading environmental journalists primarily including digital editions of a national daily newspaper, a science and environment magazine and annual reports.
There will be a minimum of one outstation field trip and one local field trip. There may be an added workshop.
Students will become literate in an India focussed understanding on reportage of two key environmental subject areas, wildlife conservation and climate change.
Students will learn the use of audio on their phone in local field trip/s to conservation sites and maintain a 'sound' field journal, with the aid of the Media Lab staff.
Students will inspect how video is used as a conservation tool in an outstation field trip.
Students will learn how to analyze historically relevant environmental journalism from primary editorial sources in the Ashoka Archives, aided by the Ashoka Archives team.
Week 1 -13
Week 1 Intro to environmental journalism 2023/2024
Date of mandatory audio workshop at the Media Lab
Week 2 Online resources
Week 3 Guest Lecture from The Hindu's environmental correspondent in Delhi
Planning outstation field trip for March
Week 4 Journalism/ activism – In field and online
Mid Feb local field trip to Aravali Biodiversity Park Gurgaon with the Rewilders team
Week 5 & 6 Green Hub
Outstation field trip to Central India Green Hub Fellows
Mid term break
Week 7 & 8 Chronological scrapbook exercise with Green Pen
Week 9-12 Ashoka Archive engagement with Darryl D'Monte papers including an on campus workshop
60 marks 3 assignments of 20 marks at the end of each month of the course
20 marks 4 quizzes based on media headlines on the Environment, through the semester, at short notice.
10 marks Attendance
10 marks Field trip participation & attendance
2 absences in the course of the semester. Third with prior evidence. 5 and above classes missed lead to an automatic fail in the course. A Mental Health Policy is offered in this course (attached).
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Taught by Professor Justin McCarthy and Veena Kumar
Movement, text, sound, music- these are some of the areas touched upon while developing skills in performance. The emphasis is on building a vocabulary of performance techniques. These techniques can include breathing, movement improvisation, and voice modulation, as well as exercises in awareness and musicality. These ‘tools of performance’ are often tempered by a plethora of contemporary performance outlooks. The emphasis in this most preliminary of Ashoka’s performing arts courses is on the individual as a performing entity. The consciousness of one’s own self vis-à-vis performative potentialities lays the foundations for the group work so essential to later performing arts courses. The course work will proceed in a series of ‘etudes’ or studies which will result in small performance ‘moments’ or phrases. Some of the coursework will be based on texts and scripts to be chosen afresh each semester. Other coursework can be based on non-textual concepts.
No previous experience is required. This course is a presumed prerequisite for higher-level performing arts courses.
This course is mandatory for all students wanting to pursue a minor in performing arts.
The criteria for grading are the following: attendance, participation in class, and a creative project/ assignment determined by the Professor. All three criteria are equal.
As the classes are highly participative in nature, more than 4 absences will affect your grade.
None
08:30-10:00
Friday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Taught by Justin McCarthy
This course guides students through a multiplicity of performance practices existing on the subcontinent. These practices include the locally specific, the socially specific, the traditional, the hereditary, the rural, the nomadic, the urban, the pan-Indian, as well as those practices with discernible connections to performance conventions beyond the specifically Indian context. An important premise of this course is that music, dance and theatre are three strands of an intertwined whole. Their closely related cultural, social and aesthetic histories will constitute the core material to be studied. While acknowledging a cultural corpus often possessing obvious mutual affinities, this course will give pride of place to the wide varieties of performance practices found in India and the divergent histories accompanying them. Though mainly academic, the course can contain performance elements depending on the students’ inclinations and their performative relationship to the material being studied.
There is no prerequisite for this course.
This course is mandatory for all students wanting to pursue a minor in performing arts.
As this course is practical in nature, students will be graded based on participation in class and attendance.
More than 4 unexcused absences will affect the student’s grade.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Designed for students interested in honing their live performance skills, this course combines practical explorations of voicework and bodywork across a selection of approaches and cultures with brief theoretical and historical investigations of the same. It builds upon the fundamental principals of voice, speech and movement to ask - How do the voice and the body relate to and influence one another, and to the world around us? How do they intersect, integrate and separate? Moving from individual introspection towards an ensemble practice, the course also offers students the opportunity to consider bodies and voices in terms of the figurative and corporeal - the physical body as the instrument of the voice, the voice as the spirited expression of the body; the body as a site of rupture, protest, celebration; the voice as a playground for discovery and connection. Through games, improvisation, textual analysis, devising, case studies, physical strengthening and conditioning, breathwork, and choral singing, the coursework seeks to immerse students in the paradoxes of performance. While some prior experience of performance is welcome, it is not necessary.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The course aims to foster an understanding of the relationship between words, melody and rhythmic measure, and how they inspire movement. The inherent musical qualities of different forms of dance- jazz, contemporary dance, ballet, bharathanatyam, hip-hop-, and a working understanding of interpreting music through movement will be explored. Another focus will be on a lyrical and musical approach to composing dance phrases. Prior experience in dance or any movement practice will be helpful but not a prerequisite.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course invites students to explore some of the key roles of the director in theatre making. From establishing the rituals and riyaaz of a rehearsal process and building an ensemble through group work, exercises and games, to the process of analysing and staging a text with actors, it seeks to open a door into how directors can work in an imaginative and collaborative practice. Through the course, students will work on realising scenes from a single full-length play. Each student will be assigned a scene or section of the text while doubling up as an acting member of the ensemble for the other directors. Directors will work on creating and exploring a process of engagement with their actors and of composing and developing the scenes from the text. Students will also be expected to observe and engage critically with their fellow directors' work, encouraging a responsive environment that anticipates the role of the audience. A familiarity with textual analysis in the theatre, basic acting and staging techniques and vocabulary is recommended for students interested in this course.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will introduce students to different approaches to developing an embodied practice
by exploring Odissi dance in conversation with ideas regarding psycho-physical awareness
developed by FM Alexander (creator of the Alexander Technique) and other teachers.
Odissi is one among multiple styles of dance in India that were developed and popularized in the
twentieth century as ‘classical’. In recent decades, audiences unfamiliar with the conventions that
shape them as codified forms of performance have struggled to engage with this world of dance.
The field has also faced scrutiny about how it has historically presented itself. At the same time,
these dances offer a valuable structured process of developing physical expression for
performance.
Alexander and other teachers draw our attention to the relationship between the body and our
internal thoughts in a way that is generative to make the practice of dance more present in the
moment and attuned to our physical and sensory environment.
Using a mix of structured exercises and explorations, we will engage with these diverse
approaches to develop our performance skills. Resource materials for the course will include
images, videos, and texts.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Is it wrong to slap a child? If it is, is it wrong in every society and in every age, or is its wrongness relative to those factors? What is knowledge? What kind of knowledge do we have? Can social practices subvert knowledge or undermine its value? What is the nature of reality? Is reality a construction of the mind or is it independent of the mind? What is freedom of expression? What are the ways in which it can be subverted? Via these kinds of questions, this elective course is an introduction to some central philosophical topics such as metaethics, epistemology, metaphysics, and political theory.
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Professor Alexander Siantonas
This is an introduction to logic as a resource for philosophy, though it should benet many who do not mean to make philosophy their primary subject of study. Logic is concerned with truth; in learning it, we learn to evaluate how well our thoughts and arguments are tied to truth. We will study several articial formal languages, especially rst-order propositional and predicate logic, as well as modal and higher-order logic. We will think about their relation to the natural language of English, and to the world, as it is independent of all our speech.
This is a demanding course, covering a good deal of challenging technical ground. It is still an introductory course, intended primarily to prepare philosophers for work across that subject. It is not an advanced course, exploring the field of logic for its own sake, in the manner of an advanced metaphysics course. But as an introductory logic course, it is more advanced than most (including, for instance, the logic course offered by the excellent department at Leeds, in Britain’s prestigious Russell Group). Some of the topics covered towards the end are at the edge of active research. You will have to work hard, and you may well feel yourself struggling at times. If you are prepared to put in the work, and square up to the struggle, you will learn a lot, and be equipped both to follow and create philosophical arguments at the highest level.
Here is a rough plan
Week 1: What is logic, and what do we want from it?
See Logic Manual 1
Week 2: Syntax and semantics of propositional logic
See Logic Manual 2
Week 3: Formalization in propositional logic
See Logic Manual 3
Week 4: Syntax of predicate logic
See Logic Manual 4
Week 5: Semantics of predicate logic
See Logic Manual 5
Week 6: Natural deduction
See Logic Manual 6
Week 7: Formalization in predicate logic
See Logic Manual 7
Week 8: Identity etc
See Logic Manual 8
Midterm Exam
Week 9: Modal propositional logic
See Logic for Philosophers 6
Week 10: Quantified modal logic
See Logic for Philosophers 10
Week 11: Second-order logic
See Crash Course 3
Week 12: Higher-order logic
See Crash Course 5
Henceforward: Review/TBD
NB this syllabus will be subject to review. In particular, the closing higher-order component is an ambition, which may or may not be realized depending on progress and performance elsewhere in the course.
By the end of this course, you will be able to:
Understand the fundamental ideas of logic.
Translate sentences of English into well-formed sentences of logical languages, and vice versa.
Determine the formal properties of arguments, such as validity and soundness, as they are used in philosophical writing and elsewhere.
Construct formal proofs for sentences of our formal languages.
Recognise some of the philosophical implications and applications of logic.
The three main texts for this course are Volker Halbach's The Logic Manual, which covers propositional and predicate logic; Ted Sider's Logic for Philosophy, from which we will study modal logic; and Sider's Crash Course on Higher-Order Logic, which will cover the last portion on higher order logic.
Other recommended free online resources are Tim Button's Open Education Resources and Garson's Modal Logic for Philosophers
Total grade: 30% homework, 30% midterm, 30% final, 10% participation.
We will try to stick closely to the standard grade boundaries:
A+ 96-100
A 90 -95
A- 85-89
B+ 80-84
B 75-79
B- 70-74
C+ 65-69
C 60-64
C- 55-59
D+ 50-54
D 45-49
D- 40-44
F 0-39
This will be subject to review, and any general departures in policy noted and explained.
Note that this applies only to exams, and homework will be graded more loosely (and leniently, per correct question).
Attendance is mandatory. After 5 unexcused absences, you can receive no more than 90% for your final grade. Your grades will decline thereafter by 10 points per unexplained absence until failure.
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Epistemology asks how we can answer any questions at all. Economics asks questions about the activities of production and exchange; history asks questions about what the past was like, and why; physics asks questions about what are the fundamental forces operating in the universe. Inevitably, these disciplines all must wrestle, implicitly or explictly (usually both), with the question of how to set about addressing their central questions. What matters more, the patient accumulation of facts in libraries and laboraties , or simple models and elegant formulas? Do we know how the Song silk industry worked, or the rates at which things fall on exoplanets, or can we only make plausible guesses? Can we even say when one answer is better than another at all? Similar questions arise also in ordinary life: if your friend has let you down before, can you depend on his word now? Press such thoughts far enough, and you end up doing epistemology.
Unsurprisngly, epistemology has always been central to philosophy, being a major preoccupation of Plato and Aristotle, as well as of the Nyāya here in India, and indeed the Neo-Confucians of the Song. This course will teach epistemology as an active area of research within the analytic tradition of philosophy, picking up the story in 1963, when Edmund Gettier launched the quest to analyse the concept of knowledge into more fundamental terms. What is knowledge? How can our beliefs be justified? How do knowledge, justification, and belief interrelate? What should we say to the sceptic, who denies that we have any knowledge at all? These are some of the problems pursued in the discipline today, and this course will take us through them, including some of the very latest twists and turns.
Here is a rough plan
Weeks 1-3: Gettier to Williamson
This part of the course will introduce the topic, and cover the main themes of analytic epistemology. Per tradition, we will start with Edmund Gettier's case that knowledge is not justified, true, belief, and the different attempts to define knowledge that followed; explore in detail the broad debate between internalism and externalism in epistemology; and explore the idea that knowledge should be taken as s starting to explain the rest of epistemology, rather than being defined in supposedly more basic terms.
Weeks 3-6: The Pramana
Next we will look at some putative ways of knowing in more detail, such as perception, inference, and testimony.
Weeks 6-9: Foudations and Scepticism
After this, we will consider questions about the structure of justification, such as whether there are a few self-justifying beliefs on which all others depend, or whether our beliefs are collectively justified by their internal coherence, as well as examining the the challenge of scepticism.
Week 10 on: Contemporary Debates
Finally, we will look at some recent developments in epistemology, such as the new evil demon problem, the relation between knowledge and belief, and Jennifer Nagel's work on intuitive vs reflective assessments of knowledge.
By the end of this course, you will be familiar with current debates in epistemology. You will be able to explain different theories of knowledge, including their main strengths and weaknesses. You will understand the challenge of scepticism, and the possible responses to it. You will be able to articulate and defend your own views about knowledge and right belief.
You should read Jennifer Nagel's Knowledge: A Very Short Introduction. It's available as a cheap paperback, and I will try to source a PDF. More detailed reading lists for the different topics will be shared later.
There will be weekly quizzes on the material, accounting for 20% of the grade, a sit down midterm testing understanding and analysis accounting for 30% of the grade, and a final research paper accounting for 40% of the grade. The final 10% will be for participation.
Poor attendance will count against your participation grade, and particularly poor attendance may incur a further penalty.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Is your mind identical to your brain or are they radically different? What is consciousness? How do your experiences and thoughts come to be about anything? This course will survey some of the major philosophical views of the mind/body problem, consciousness, intentionality, and bodily awareness.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Phi 2300 (Philosophy of Language, Spring 2024)
Marvels of Talk and Meaning:
Can we imagine a world without language? The answer is Yes, under one interpretation: “Can we imagine a world where there is no language?”. The answer is No, under another interpretation: “Can we imagine-without-language any world?”. Imagining or thinking, (especially of a world, e.g. without any language) requires the concepts of a world, a language and the complex concept meant by the word “without”. Do humans make up concepts by their class-forming and exclusionary practices or do they discover pre-existent (Platonic) abstract generalities and then hang specific words on them? And if in the beginning there was no language, then language and words came into being, how were the first word-meaning relations established, in so far as conventions cannot be laid down without the use of language? Perhaps, then, Bhartrhari and the Gospel of John are right: “In the beginning was the Word”!
This introductory course foundational to all sorts of philosophy, and to literary critical theory, media-studies, and the human social sciences including psychology will introduce students to 20th century Western classics by Gottlob Frege, Bertrand Russell, J.L.Austin,W.V. Quine, Peter Strawson, Michael Dummett, David Lewis, Noam Chomsky, Saul Kripke, Donald Davidson and Keith Donnellan. It will raise and answer questions such as : What is language in general? What is a language such as French or Urdu or Malayalam? What is a word or a sentence? How do meanings of sentences emerge out of meanings of words or vice-versa? Do we glean proper knowledge from historical records, gossips, gospels or speeches of scientists, politicians or religious guru-s? How does aname manage to pick out a real or no-longer real or not-yet real or utterly unreal fictionalobject or person? What happens when we address someone using or not using their name? How can a literally false sentence (e.g. “The Brain is larger than the sky”) manage to express a deeply true thought simply by metaphorical import? How do our exclamations or expletives such as “Amazing!” “OMG!” “Shit!” or “Goddamn!” express emotions with or without meaning anything? To marvel with these modern masters about talk and meaning would be to understand the presuppositions of human communication.
None
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The course is primarily intended for those wanting to major in PsyPhi, but is open to anyone. It will consider whether the ways of thinking characteristic of Philosophy of Mind can yield any fruit when applied to the topic of Psychotherapy, and whether the Psychotherapy literature is of use to any of the debates in the Philosophy of Mind.
We will start with Freud's case study of Elisabeth von R., who, it turns out, was in love with her sister's husband without knowing it. How can one be in love with someone without knowing it? This paradox led to Freud's distinctive map of the psyche with its division into conscious and unconscious parts. A censor stands at the gateway dividing these two, deciding what it is safe to let pass from the unconscious to the conscious. We will consider Sartre's critique of the coherence of this idea of the censor.
You will be introduced to some of the central debates in the Philosophy of Mind so that we can think about their application to psychotherapy. If conversations with a psychotherapist can indeed result in significant changes in our mental life and our behaviour, does this imply mutual causation between the physical and the mental? If so, is it more compatible with some positions than others in debates about the mind-body problem and free will?
You will emerge from the course familiar with
and having reflected on what light these two areas of enquiry can throw on each other
Here is the reading list from the last (and only) time that this course has been taught (Spring 2022).
The readings wil be very similar. There will just be a few changes.
24/1. In the first class we will introduce each other, look at the course structure and discuss practical matters. The readings for the remaining classes are given below.
26/1. Republic Day Holiday. No Class. But you can score quiz points or Perusall points on these readings:
Anthony Storr: The Art of Psychotherapy, pp. 340–371.
Alain de Botton: http://www.thebookoflife.org/what-is-therapy-for/
Freud’s model(s) of the psyche
31/1. Sigmund Freud (1895a): ‘Case History of Fräulein Elisabeth von R.’ in The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud. Translated by James Strachey. Volume II: Studies on Hysteria by Josef Breuer and Sigmund Freud. London: Hogarth Press, pp. 135-181.
Concentrate on pp. 135–169. Make sure you reach the ‘Discussion’ on pp. 160–169.
2/2. Alex Watson (2014a): ‘Who am I? The Self/Subject according to Psychoanalytic Theory.’ Sage Open 4(3): pp. 1–6.
Sartre’s critique of Freud’s model of the psyche
7/2. Ivan Soll (1981): "Sartre’s Rejection of the Freudian Unconscious", in Paul A. Schilpp, ed., The Philosophy of Jean-Paul Sartre, (Library of Living Philosophers, vol. xvi), pp. 582–604.
Concentrate on pp. 582–595.
The Sense of Self
9/2. Galen Strawson (1999): ‘The Sense of the Self’, in From Soul to Self: Wolfson College Lectures 1996, ed. J. Crabbe. London: Routledge, pp. 126–152.
And listen to this 14-minute podcast:
https://goodpods.com/podcasts/philosophy-bites-19399/galen-strawson-on-the-sense-of-self-671177
Also available here:
https://philosophybites.libsyn.com/galen_strawson_on_the_sense_of_self
Philosophy of Mind: The Mind-Body Problem
14/2. Peter Smith and O. R. Jones (1997): ‘Introduction’ (pp. 3–15) in The Philosophy of Mind: An Introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. First Published: 1986.
16/2. Smith and Jones: ‘Arguments for Dualism’, pp. 16–30.
Out with the ‘Shoulds’!
21/2. Karen Horney (1950): ‘The Tyranny of the Should’ in Neurosis and Human Growth: The Struggle Toward Human Realization, pp. 64–85.
23/2. Alex Watson (2014b): ‘Conscience, Guilt: Nietzsche, Heidegger and Psychotherapy.’ Journal of The Society for Existential Analysis 25(2): pp. 284–295.
Philosophy of Mind: Descartes’ Argument for Dualism and its Difficulties
28/2. Smith and Jones: ‘Descartes’s Argument’, pp. 31–44.
2/3. Smith and Jones: ‘Difficulties for the Dualist’, pp. 45–61.
7/3 and 9/3 Midterm break
Going Beyond Freud 1: Therapy Inflected by ‘Eastern Spirituality’
14/3. Alan Watts (1963): ‘Psychotherapy and Liberation’ in Psychotherapy East and West (First Published 1961), pp. vii–x, 11–24.
Optional Reading: Alex Watson (2005): ‘Psychotherapy and Indian Paths to Liberation’, pp. 1–13.
Philosophy of Mind: Concluding Remarks on Dualism
16/3. Smith and Jones: ‘Assessing the Dualist Theory’, pp. 62–67.
Going Beyond Freud 2: Humanistic Psychotherapy
21/3. Frits Perls (1992): Gestalt Therapy Verbatim, pp. 21–60 (= Preface and the first two Talks).
23/3. Brian Thorne and David Mearns (2000): ‘Revisiting the Core Conditions’ in Person-Centred Therapy Today, pp. 85–100.
Philosophy of Mind: A New Framework
28/2. Smith and Jones: ‘An Aristotelian Framework’, pp. 71–84.
30/3. Smith and Jones: ‘Perception and Sense-Data’, pp. 85–102.
4/3. I will be away at the APA conference in America. No class. But you can score quiz points or Perusall points on this reading:
Alice Miller (1990): The Drama of the Gifted Child, pp. xi–xxv, 3–29.
6/4. I will be away at the APA conference in America. No class. But you can score quiz points or Perusall points on this reading:
Alex Watson (2018): ‘Contrasting Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika and Buddhist Explanations of Attention.’ Philosophy East and West 68(4): pp. 1292–1313.
Going Beyond Freud 3: Existential-Phenomenological Psychotherapy
11/4. Emmy van Deurzen-Smith (1997): ‘General Introduction’ in Everyday Mysteries, pp. 1–5.
13/4. Medard Boss (1982): ‘The Daseinsanalytic View of Man’ in Psychoanalysis and Daseinsanalysis, Translated by Ludwig Lefebre, pp. 2–27.
Philosophy of Mind: Perception, Action and Volition
18/4. Smith and Jones: ‘Perception and the Acquisition of Beliefs’, pp. 103–118.
20/4. Smith and Jones: ‘Action and Volition’, pp. 119–134.
Human Nature: To Be Trusted or Restrained?
25/4. Carl Rogers v’s Rollo May (1989): Carl Rogers Dialogues, pp. 237–255.
Philosophy of Mind: Belief
27/4. Smith and Jones: ‘Two Theories of Belief’, pp. 135–151.
The last time this course was taught, the final grade was calculated from a combination of five scores, weighted as below. But because of the prevalance of ChatGPT, I am reconsidering what to do about grading.
10% Presentation
26% Mid-length assignments
20% Engagement with the course through Perusall annotations
27% Final Essay
17% Quiz questions
Regular attendance will be rewarded.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In this course we will examine questions about the value of technology, the moral status of technological interventions, and our interests and responsibilities—as human beings, consumers, citizens, engineers, entrepreneurs, etc.—in the development and utilization of technology.
Weekly Quizzes (20%)
Essay of 1000 words (20%)
Midterm Exam (15%)
Essay of 1500 words (30%)
Final Exam (15%)
Grading Scale
A+ 97.0-100 A 93.0-96.99 A- 90.0- 92.99
B+ 87.0-89.99 B 83.0-86.99 B- 80.0-82.99
C+ 77.0-79.99 C 73.0-76.99 C- 70.0-72.99
D+ 67.0-69.99 D 63.0-66.99 D- 60.0-62.99
F 0-59.99
Students are expected to be present in class and are subject to receiving an F grade if they exceed 5 unexcused absences.
None
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
An introduction to key topics in political philosophy, including equality, justice, democracy, and additional topics chosen by class vote.
All readings will be available on Canvas. Initial topics:
Justice
Rawls, A Theory of Justice Sections 1-4
Rawls, A Theory of Justice Sections 10-13 (up until “chain connection”) (also, optionally, section 14)
Rawls, A Theory of Justice Sections 17, 22, 24, 29
Sen, “What Do We Want from a Theory of Justice?”
Nozick, Anarchy State and Utopia pages 150-64
Realism and Idealism
Estlund, “Utopophobia”
Williams, “Realism and Moralism in Political Theory”
Liberalism and Communitarianism
Shklar, “The Liberalism of Fear”
Taylor, “Cross-Purposes: The Liberal-Communitarian Debate”
Democracy
Arneson, “The Supposed Right to a Democratic Say”
Anderson, “Democracy: Instrumental vs. Non-Instrumental Value”
Possible topics will probably look something like this:
Anarchism: TBD
Annihilation of Caste: Ambedkar, "Annihilation of CAste", Manoharan, "Anti-Casteist Casteism"; Dhanda, "Philosophical Foundations of Anti-Casteism"
Bad Monuments: Lai, “Political Vandalism as Counter-Speech: A Defense of Defacing and Destroying Tainted Monuments”; Burch-Brown, “Should Slavery’s Statues Be Preserved? On Transitional Justice and Contested Heritage”; Lim, “Transforming Problematic Commemorations through Vandalism”; Bell, “Against Simple Removal: A Defence of Defacement as a Response to Racist Monuments”; Demetriou, “Questioning the Assumptions of Moralism, Universalism, and Interpretive Dominance in Racist Monument Debates”; Kuznar, “I Detest Our Confederate Monuments. But They Should Remain”
Capitalism: Hayek, “The Use of Knowledge in Society”; Nozick, Anarchy State and Utopia pages 246-65; Cohen, “Why Not Socialism?”; Arneson, “Why Not Capitalism?”
Civil Disobedience: King Jr., “Nonviolence and Social Change”; Thoreau, “Civil Disobedience”; Selections from Rawls, A Theory of Justice; Selections from Raz, The Authority of Law; Lefkowitz, “In Defense of Penalizing (but Not Punishing) Civil Disobedience”; Brownlee, “Penalizing Civil Disobedience” and “Two Tales of Civil Disobedience: A Reply to David Lefkowitz”
Colonialism: Nichols, “Indigenous Peoples, Settler Colonialism, and Global Justice in Anglo-America”; Kohn, “Colonialism and the State of Exception”; Selections from Fanon, The Wretched of the Earth; Ypi, “What’s Wrong with Colonialism,” Nine, “Colonialism, Territory, and Pre-Existing Obligations”
Communism and Socialism: Marx, “Theses on Feuerbach” and Critique of the Gotha Program; Engels, “The Principles of Communism”; King Jr., “Beyond Vietnam: A Time to Break the Silence”; Wills, “What Could It Mean to Say, ‘Capitalism Causes Sexism and Racism?’”; Ypi, “Democratic Dictatorship: Political Legitimacy in Marxist Perspective”
Cosmopolitanism: Brock, “Equality, Sufficiency, and Global Justice”; Rofel, “Between tianxia and postsocialism: contemporary Chinese Cosmopolitanism”; Arneson, “Extreme Cosmopolitanisms Defended”; Miller, “Cosmopolitan Respect and Patriotic Concern”
Defunding the Police: Wilson and Kelling, “Broken Windows”; Selections from Alexander, The New Jim Crow; Selections from Vitale, The End of Policing; Mitchell, Attoh, and Staeheli, “‘Broken Windows Is Not the Panacea’: Common Sense, Good Sense, and Police Accountability in American Cities”
Deliberative Democracy: Benhabib, “Liberal Dialogue Versus a Critical Theory of Discursive Legitimation”; Habermas, “Three Normative Models of Democracy: Liberal, Republican, Procedural”; Lafont, “Is the Ideal of a Deliberative Democracy Coherent?”
Dirty Hands: Walzer, “Political Action: The Problem of Dirty Hands”; Coady and O’Neill, “Messy Morality and the Art of the Possible”; Nielson, “There is No Dilemma of Dirty Hands”
Egalitarianism: Sen, “Equality of What?”; Kagan, “Equality and Desert”; Dworkin, “Equality, Luck, and Hierarchy”; Arneson, “Luck Egalitarianism Interpreted and Defended”; Anderson, “What Is the Point of Equality?”
Feminist Political Philosophy: Jaggar, “L’Imagination au Pouvoir: Comparing John Rawls’s Method of Ideal Theory with Iris Marion Young’s Method of Critical Theory”; Nussbaum, “Women and Cultural Universals” and “The Feminist Critique of Liberalism”; Okin, “Gender, The Public and the Private”
Identity Politics: Young, “Social Difference as a Political Resource”; Fraser, “Rethinking Recognition”; Parekh, “Redistribution or Recognition? A Misguided Debate”
Immigration: Abizadeh, “Democratic Theory and Border Coercion: No Right to Unilaterally Control Your Own Borders” and “Democratic Legitimacy and State Coercion: A Reply to David Miller”; Miller, “Why Immigration Controls Are Not Coercive: A Reply to Arash Abizadeh”; Steinhoff, “Border Coercion and ‘Democratic Legitimacy’: On Abizadeh’s Argument Against Current Regimes of Border Control”; Mendoza, “Enforcement Matters: Reframing The Philosophical Debate over Immigration”; Selections from Song, Immigration and Democracy
Lying: Brennan, “Murderers at the Ballot Box”; Ramsay, “Democratic Dirty Hands”
More on Democracy: Kolody, “Rule Over None” parts I and II
More on Liberalism: Hartley and Watson, “Is a Feminist Political Liberalism Possible?”; Mills, “Racial Liberalism”
Non-Human Animals: Pepper, “Beyond Anthropocentrism: Cosmopolitanism and Nonhuman Animals”; Hinchcliffe, “Animals and the Limits of Citizenship: Zoopolis and the Concept of Citizenship”; Ladwig, “Against Wild Animal Sovereignty: An Interest-based Critique of Zoopolis”; Donaldson and Kymlicka, “Interspecies Politics: Reply to Hinchcliffe and Ladwig”
Patriotism and Nationalism: Nathanson, “In Defense of Moderate Patriotism”; Gomberg, “Patriotism is Like Racism”; Hurka, “The Justification of National Partiality”; Lichtenberg, “Nationalism, For and (Mainly) Against”
Political Obligation: Parekh, “A Misconceived Discourse on Political Obligation”; Applbaum, “Legitimacy without the Duty to Obey”
Secession: Buchanan, “Theories of Secession”; Selections from Altman and Wellman, A Liberal Theory of International Justice
Voting Ethics: Maskivker, “An Epistemic Justification for the Obligation to Vote”; Goldman, “Why Citizens Should Vote: A Causal Responsibility Approach”; Lim, “Voting in Bad Faith”; Brennan, “Polluting The Polls: When Citizens Should Not Vote”; Sheehy, “A Duty Not to Vote”
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Art plays an essential role in our individual and social life. As a matter of fact, works of art have been created from the prehistoric era to modern times. In every period of history, while the general public enjoys their aesthetic experiences, a large number of people are busy creating works of art. Contemporary art is exemplified in diverse forms such as literature, painting, sculpture, architecture, music, theatre, etc. This unique status has made art the subject of inquiry by various disciplines such as history, sociology, literary criticism, etc. Philosophers, however, from antiquity to the contemporary era, tried to raise and answer a set of the most fundamental queries about art. This prolonged philosophical inquiry has led to the formation of what nowadays is called "philosophy of art" or "aesthetics."
In this introductory course, we will review some prominent philosophical views about art and try to answer questions like: what is the nature of art? Is it possible to provide a suitable definition for art, in its general sense? What are the artistic characteristics of a work or activity? How can we understand the artistic value of a work? What is the relationship between art and ethics? What are the most important contemporary theories about art and what are the strengths and weaknesses of each? In order to find the best answers, we will discuss the ideas of some great philosophers such as Plato, Aristotle, Hume, Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche, and Derrida.
Having a philosophical approach, this course does not require any professional pre-knowledge of any specific art forms.
The aim of this course is to:
Articulate an overview of philosophical issues related to the course topic
Practice critical analysis and evaluation of philosophical theories of art
Engage in reasoned and charitable philosophical discourse about the relevant issues with the class community
Become familiar with the methodology of philosophy
Develop expository writing skills.
Main Readings: (detailed will be announced in the syllabus)
Carroll, Noël. Philosophy of Art: A Contemporary Introduction. Routledge Contemporary Introductions to Philosophy Series. New York: Routledge, 1999.
Eldridge, Richard. An Introduction to the Philosophy of Art. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2003.
Graham, Gordon. Philosophy of Arts; An Introduction to Aesthetics, Routledge, Third Edition. 2005.
Gaut, Berys, and Dominic McIver Lopes, eds. The Routledge Companion to Aesthetics. New York: Routledge,.
The course will be assessed based on:
Attendance and Participation: This class thrives on in-class discussions of the assigned readings. Your active attendance and productive participation in the discussions are required. The participation grade is dependent on the quantity and quality of your participation in raising noble questions and proposing answers.
Two essays: You will be required to prepare two essays as the mid-term and final essays.
Midterm and Final Exams: The Exams will be closed-book and written by hand on exam booklets.
GRADING SCHEME
Attendance and Participation: 15%
Mid-term essay (1000 words): 15%
Final Essay: (2000 words): 25%
Midterm Exam: 20%
Final Exam: 25%
This class thrives on in-class discussions of the assigned readings. Your active attendance and productive participation in the discussions are required. The participation grade is dependent on the quantity and quality of your participation in raising noble questions and proposing answers.
Your attendance at every session will recorded. You can accumulate at most 4 unexcused absences without penalty but after those, each additional unexcused absence carries a significant penalty.
None
18:20-19:50
Friday
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Søren Kierkegaard (1813-1855) sought to provoke and awaken those who were religious merely by default into grasping their faith with passion. In the process, Kierkegaard produced withering critiques of his contemporaries, created a dialectic of existential types, delved into the dark corners of psychology (anxiety, despair, self-deception, narcissism) and its redemptive light (humour, joy, love, faith), seduced with aesthetic delights, bamboozled through his strategy of making things more difficult (against an age that tried to make everything easier) and published a complex authorship which coheres in an extraordinary unified whole.
This course will introduce Kierkegaard’s oeuvre by reading selections from his “first authorship” (Either/Or to Concluding Unscientific Postscript) with occasional nods to his later works. We will examine philosophical, psychological, aesthetic and religious concepts and endeavour to situate them in historical context – bearing in mind Kierkegaard’s quest for an idea for which he could live and die.
On completion of this course students will:
* Have an understanding of the structure of Kierkegaard's "first authorship."
* Have an understanding of the dialectic of existential types.
* Have an understanding of some of Kierkegaard's key concepts.
* Have an understanding of how Kierkegaard's work engaged with his contemporaries and thinkers of the past.
* Have developed a critical perspective on some of Kierkegaard's central themes.
* Have developed the capacity to ask critical questions regarding the texts.
Reading from the “First Authorship”
Søren Kierkegaard, Either/Or (volumes I & II)
Søren Kierkegaard, Fear and Trembling
Søren Kierkegaard, Repetition
Søren Kierkegaard, Eighteen Upbuilding Discourses (selections)
Søren Kierkegaard, Philosophical Fragments (or Philosophical Crumbs)
Reading from Elsewhere in Kierkegaard’s Oeuvre
Søren Kierkegaard, The Concept of Irony with Constant Reference to Socrates
Presentation Grading Rubric
Clarity of exposition. You will receive marks for giving a clear exposition of themes and concepts and for explaining difficult sections of the text.
Demonstrating understanding of the text. You will receive marks for showing that you have understood the text, particularly those parts whose meaning is not obvious.
Raising questions about the text. You will receive marks for raising questions about the text. You will receive marks for the quality of the questions, whether for their critical acumen or for the way in which they orient readings of the text or for the way in which they reflect genuine perplexity about the text.
Promotion of Discussion. You will receive marks for promoting discussion of the text among your classmates. You will earn marks especially for promoting critical discussion or insightful discussion.
Final Essay Grading Rubric
Quality of the Question. You will receive marks for (1) relevance of your question, (2) originality of your question, (3) significance of your question (does it open up interesting or important perspectives on the target texts?), (4) answerability of your question (is it really able to be answered?), (5) scope of the question (is it able to be answered adequately in 500 words?), (6) Clarity of your question (make sure your question is not muddled or ambiguous).
Answer to the Question. Does your answer actually answer the question you have posed? Is your answer clear and well-formulated?
Evidence for your Answer. Do you support your answer with evidence? Do you draw on evidence from the target texts? Do you introduce extra-textual evidence (context, theoretical perspectives)?
Coherence of your Essay. You will be evaluated on the coherence of the evidence and argument, or narrative, you create to answer the question. One form of coherence would be to offer your answer as the conclusion to an argument, in which your evidence forms the premises of your argument. Narrative coherence is somewhat looser, though should be devoid of inconsistencies. It should also offer a compelling answer to your question.
Attendance is compulsory. You will be allowed up to four unexplained absences. Other absences will require documentation. Course participation is worth 15% of total mark and regular attendance will count towards participation.
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Are war and other forms of political violence ever justified? This course focuses on the nature and justification of violence in the context of war and political conflict. Many defenders of just war theory claim that forms of violence which are unjustified if performed by a lone individual are sometimes acceptable when performed by a state or in the name of a political cause. Pacifists, on the other hand, claim that many or all forms of state sponsored or political violence are unjustified. We will examine prominent positions on the justification of violence, and will consider whether specific forms of political violence, such as genocide, are distinctively morally problematic. We will seek philosophical clarity through analysis of key theories and application of these theories to specific conflicts and wars.
None
18:20-19:50
Thursday
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Phil 4520: Wittgenstein
An overview of the early and late philosophies of Ludwig Wittgenstein (1889-1951)-- the most intense, inspiring, and influential Western analytic philosopher of the 20th century. A careful reading of his Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus (TLP), and parts of The Blue and Brown Books (BBB), and the Philosophical Investigations (PI), paying attention to his radical change of style of thinking from the early prophetic, systematic and aphoristic to the later descriptive, example-rich, conversational, and common linguistic-practice-describing manner of doing philosophy. Students will be trained to think and write self-critically, rigorously, and re-enact philosophical dialogues in class on the following themes from TLP:
*the world of facts and why there must be simple objects and atomic states of affairs( TLP:1--2.02); *form and content of objects and the concept of logical space ( TLP 2.0124--2.063); *the picture theory of meaning and thoughts as logical pictures ( TLP 2.1--3.1432); *names, propositions, saying versus showing,;*how negation and other logical constants mean (but do not represent); *the sentences of logic as tautologies, *and nature of philosophy as the activity of logical clarification of thoughts; *the concepts of the senseless and the unsayable ( TLP: 3.203--4.112); *the subject / first person that thinks; limits of language and thought; *meaning of life and the Mystical; *how ethics and aesthetics are one. From BBB: imagination, the object of thought, and how one can think what is not the case etc. Topics we shall read, write and discuss from PI: *rejection of the "Augustinian"=referential theory of meaning and Logical Atomism of the Tractatus. (PI: 1---63); *language-games and “meaning = use” (PI:43—137) ;*following a rule and the Nature of Understanding ( PI: 138--242); *sensation and the argument against the possibility of a private language( PI:243--427);*wish, expectation and will (PI: 437--494, feelings, bodily sensations, seeing and seeing-as (PI: Pt II, Sections viii--xi); *concept formation and memory ( PI: PtII, Section xii--xiii);*nature of philosophy; the place of moral, aesthetic and religious values in Wittgenstein's thought. An Introductory Logic class is not a pre-requisite but would surely help.
None
16:40-18:10
Friday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Contemporary virtue ethics proposes, as Aristotle does, that the ethically good person is one who has a good character that is expressed through action in accordance with specific virtues (e.g. courage, generosity). In this course, we will explore Aristotle’s own conception of virtue ethics alongside contemporary positions. These theories converge and diverge in interesting and philosophically revealing ways. Some contemporary views are, like Aristotle’s, eudaimonist, identifying a flourishing, well-lived life as the overarching goal of the virtuous person, and identifying individual virtues as states constitutive of that goal. Exemplarist virtue theories instead identify virtues as states that produce motivations that match those of the wholly good person. Still other virtue theories identify virtues as character states that enable us to see the world less egoistically, to see it ‘on its own terms’. We will explore questions about the plausibility of Aristotle’s virtue ethics and a range of contemporary virtue theories, and we will consider arguments against these theories from critics of virtue ethics.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
In this course we will examine the different kinds of normative questions that emotions can be subject to, and ask some of these questions about particular emotions like grief, anger, and love. We will, for instance, distinguish the fittingness of an emotion from its moral appropriateness, examine the rationality of the diminution of grief, ask whether anger might be apt even if it is counterproductive, and so on.
Weekly Quizzes (15%)
Essay of 1500 words (20%)
Midterm Exam (15%)
Proposal for Essay of 3000 words (10%)
Essay of 3000 words (25%)
Final Exam (15%)
Grading Scale
A+ 97.0-100 A 93.0-96.99 A- 90.0- 92.99
B+ 87.0-89.99 B 83.0-86.99 B- 80.0-82.99
C+ 77.0-79.99 C 73.0-76.99 C- 70.0-72.99
D+ 67.0-69.99 D 63.0-66.99 D- 60.0-62.99
F 0-59.99
Students are expected to be present in class and are subject to receiving an F grade if they exceed 5 unexcused absences.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
We will read three recent political philosophy books, as chosen by vote.
All readings will be available on Canvas. Possible books include:
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This is a gateway course — mandatory for those intending to major or minor in physics, though also of more general interest. The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the way in which physicists observe the world around them — what they notice, how they design experiments and make observations, how they analyse the information collected, how they match them against theory-based expectations, and how in general they draw inferences. Anyone with an interest in experimental science is welcome — there are no pre-requisites.
Designing (and appreciating the design of) experiments.
Understanding instruments, appreciating their design, and using them appropriately.
Acquiring data correctly, using appropriate instruments.
Understanding the limits of your measuring instruments, which are related to their least count and, in the case of time measurement, also to your reaction time. This leads to what is usually called error (but perhaps better called precision).
Recording data appropriately in your logbook, with the correct units.
Graphing your data, and fitting lines and curves to them if necessary.
Doing the necessary calculations, with sensitivity to dimensions and units.
Drawing conclusions, and stating them correctly. This includes understanding how measurement errors propagate into your conclusions.
Writing lab reports.
Continuous evaluation based on lab reports (60%), viva (25%) and final exam (15%)
Full attendance is expected, with exceptions only for compelling reasons. You should write to the TF (cc to the instructor) if you are unable to make it to a particular session. Note that no extra make-up sessions (outside the Tue -Thurs lab sessions) can be arranged.
None
18:20-19:50
Monday
20:00-21:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Instructor: Dipankar Bhattacharya
This will be a hands-on laboratory course with both indoor and outdoor experiments. Students will learn how to handle an optical telescope and a radio telescope, a theodolite, a sextant and other related equipment. They will measure the temperature of the Sun and several other bright stars, learn how to measure distances using parallax and how to infer the latitude and longitude of a location from the position of stars. Experiments involving important techniques used regularly in Astrnomy, including astrophotography, photometry, emission and absorption spectroscopy and the study of Doppler effect, will be introduced. The experiments will include the measurement of the hyperfine spectral transition of hydrogen, the most abundant element, using a homemade radio telescope.
1. Learning to navigate the sky and recognising different celestial bodies.
2. Learning to use and calibrate telescopes and other associated equipment.
3. Learning various methods of astronomical measurements
4. Developing computing skills for data processing
Recommended reading:
Experiment handouts and associated material will be provided.
The following books can be consulted as peripheral references:
1. Preliminary report 5%
2. Lab reports 6x10% = 60%
3. Final examination 35%
Attendance is compulsory.
To allow for unforeseen circumstances you will be allowed one unexcused absence and two excused absences. For an absence to be excused it needs to be approved by the OAA.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
1. Vector Spaces and Linear Algebra
2. Ordinary Differential Equations (ODE) (First order and second order with constant coefficients)
3. Basic computational/programming skills in evaluating integrals, solving ODEs and manipulating matrices numerically
4. Fourier Series and Fourier Transform
5. Partial differentiations
6. Multiple integrals
7. Vector Calculus
Differential and integral calculus, basic matrix and vector algebra covered at the senior secondary school level
1. Two assignment problem sets before the mid-semester
2. Two assignment problem sets after the mid-semester
3. Assignments 30%, Mid-term exam 35% and End-term exam 35%.
Attending all the classes are mandatory.
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
16:40-18:10
Friday
15:00-16:30
Monday
16:40-18:10
Monday
Add to schedule:
We will do experiments on the Optics, Oscillations and Thermodynamics.
Continuous assessment: 12.5 marks for each experiment [7.5 (Theory ) + 5 (Viva)]
Attendance and class performance: 5
Exam: 20
Monday (Mandatory) and Friday (Optioanal) from 3pm to 6 pm
Each experiment: 2 weeks (6 x 2 = 12 weeks)
Attendance Mandatory
Physics Lab 1:Introduction to Physics through Experiments [PHY-1010]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Brief Course Description:
This mathematical physics course aims to be an introduction to differential equations with a view towards physical applications (especially in later physics courses). The course will be in two parts. Part I on first order ODEs, non-linear systems and dynamical systems will be taught by Amin A. Nizami and Part II on second order ODEs, special functions, Fourier analysis and PDEs will be taught by Suratna Das.
Part 1 (AAN, 12 lectures)
Ordinary differential equations (first order):
Overview and importance. Rate of change problems, modeling simple systems, radioactive decay; logistic curve, population growth, resource depletion and harvesting. First order linear equations, Integrating factors. linear ODEs with constant coefficients. Dynamics in the phase plane, coupled systems of linear first order ODEs.
Nonlinear ODEs and Dynamical systems: phase portraits, flows and vector fields, phase plane analysis, linearisation about fixed points, stability analysis, limit cycles and bifurcations. Topological index of a closed curve and index theorems. Lotka-Volterra (competitive and/or prey-predator) model in ecology; non-linear oscillators, brief discussion of Poincare-Bendixson theorem and basic ideas of chaotic dynamical systems.
Part 2 (SD, 12 lectures)
Second order ODEs: Power series solutions, some special functions (Bessel, Legendre and Hermite).
Fourier Series and Fourier integrals with a few physical applications
Partial differential equations:
Linear first and second order PDEs, separation of variables, illustration through Laplace’s equation/ wave equation/ diffusion equation.
A familiarity with linear differential equations and analytical ways of solving them; Also an acquaintance with basic geometric/qualitative ways of understanding nonlinear sytems (linearisation, stability, fixed points, flows, phase portraits etc.)
Prerequisites: Multivariable calculus and partial differentiation besides the differential and integral calculus covered at the senior secondary school level. Some familiarity with basic linear algebra - eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
We will use the following textbooks:
G F Simmons, Differential Equations with Applications and Historical Notes 2nd edition (McGraw Hill)\
Steven Strogatz, Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos, 2nd edition (CRC press)
Other books useful for reference and supplementary reading are:
Edwards and Penney, Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems (Pearson)
Smale, Hirsch and Devaney, Differential equations, dynamical systems and an introduction to chaos, 3rd edition (Academic Press)
These are all available in Indian editions
Assignments (30%), Midterm exam (35%), Endterm exam (35%).
Students are expected to attend all the lecture and DS sessions.
Mathematical Physics 1: Mathematical and Computational Toolkit [PHY-1110]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Picture a perfect evening with friends, guitars, violins, and a beach bonfire. The water waves hitting the shore, a pleasant sound of music and of course the warmth of fire. Wondering how this scene connects to our class?
Here's the connection – WAVES – sometimes visible in the form of water waves, but not so apparent in the other forms, of sound and light! And what these waves actually are? They are correlated collection of “OSCILLATIONS”. The oscillations play a vital role in Physics, be it classical or quantum, and it is widely accepted that “the domain of physics is all phenomena that can be reduced to coupled oscillators. In Physics Lab 3 (PHY-2020), you'll witness practical applications of the theoretical concepts covered in this course.
Contents:
Harmonic oscillator: undamped, damped, forced; Coupled oscillators: Normal modes and normal coordinates; Standing wave: Fourier series and decomposition into normal modes; Travelling waves: Sound waves, Doppler effect, Transmission of energy and momentum; Dispersive systems: Phase and group velocity; transmission of waves presence of a boundary between different media
Electromagnetic waves: unbounded medium, Boundary conditions, Reflection and transmission, Total internal reflection, conductors; Optical waveguides: TE and TM modes; Polarization electromagnetic waves: linear and circular polarization; Interference: Amplitude division, Wave-front division; Diffraction: diffraction integral, Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction.
1. Waves (In SI Units): Berkeley Physics Course, F. S. Crawford, Jr.
2. Vibrations and Waves (MIT Introductory Physics Series), A. P. French
3. Introduction to Electrodynamics, David J. Griffiths.
4. Optics, Ajoy ghatak
5. Optical electronics, Ajoy Ghatak
6. Polarisation of light, Ajoy Ghatak
25% assignments, 5% quizzes, 35% mid-term exam, 35% end-term exam.
Students are expected to attend all classes
Classical Mechanics [PHY-2210]
Electricity and Magnetism in Light of Relativity [PHY-2310]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course provides an introduction to thermodynamics, otherwise called “Thermal Physics”. Of this field, Einstein said, “ It is the only physical theory of universal content, which I am convinced, that within the framework of applicability of its basic concepts will never be overthrown.”
Given this unambiguous indication as to its importance, also as a foundation for other fields, this course will develop the ideas and intuition appropriate to thinking about thermodynamics and making calculations in thermodynamics.
The approach of this course is first grounded in intuition regarding the need for conservation laws, such as of energy, expanded to include internal modes that are not accessible at the macro level. The difference between microscopic and macroscopic degrees of freedom will be emphasized, and the problem of thermodynamics presented at understanding how behaviour in equilibrium at the macroscopic scale requires that we think of the impact of the microscopic degrees of freedom that must enter the description. We will discuss the idea of entropy in detail, taking a postulational approach to thermodynamics and then showing how all of what we take for granted in thermal equilibrium can be derived from a small number of basic principles.
Topics that this course will cover include: the history of thermodynamic thought, fundamental relations in the energetic and entropic representations, the first, second and third law of thermodynamics, the Gibbs and Euler relations, Legendre transformations and free energies, Maxwell relations, Carnot cycles and their interpretation, useful work and the relation to statistical physics.
The emphasis will be on (a) the development of the right intuition in its historical context (b) the codification of this intuition in terms of the laws of thermodynamics and how to understand them and (c) actual calculations of relevance to real life
The student will develop a fundamental intuition about thermodynamics that will illuminate its application to statistical physics. He/she will be able to appreciate the importance of the concept of entropy, the second law of thermodynamics and the utility of thermodynamic calculations.
Thermodynamics and an Introduction to Thermostatistics, by H B Callen
Grading will largely be based on regular class quizzes, as well as a mid-sem and an end-sem. A viva is a possible replacement for an end-sem.
Attendance is mandatory. If, for any special reason, a student cannot attend, he/she is expected to inform the TF and the instructor in advance of the class.
Mathematical Physics 1: Mathematical and Computational Toolkit [PHY-1110]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The course (MP3) will cover Complex analysis (functions, singularities, multivalued functions, differentiation, integration, analytic continuation, etc.), theory of distributions, Integral transforms like Fourier and Laplace transforms, Green's functions, second order differetial equations and special functions,
Learning basic concepts and methodologies, which form the backbone of advanced topics in physics and allied subjects.
Prereq: MP1, MP2
Ref:
1. Arfken etal, Mathematical Methods for Physicists
2. "Mathematics for Physics and Physicists" by Walter Appel (Princeton U Press)
Homeworks (30%), Mid-term(30%) and Final exam (40%)
Attendance is mandatory
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Matters are all around us and we get frequent encounter with them. Some very common questions come to mind, i.e. why they behave in certain specific manner? A simple example, not everything shines but metal does. What makes glass transparent etc.
“Physics of matter” describes this world around us. And this knowledge is used to engineer new materials and exploit their properties to change our word, semiconductor technology (whole electronic industry), is one such example of it. This course will also be the laboratory for the fundamental courses of Physics you studied in last two year.
Contents:
Drude theory of metals:Basic assumption of theory, Equation of motion, DC conductivity, Hall effect, AC conductivity, thermal conductivity, Wiedemann-Franz law;
Sommerfeld theory of metals: Free electron(Quantum picture), Periodic boundary condition, Density of state, Fermi energy, Fermi temperature, Ground state energy Fermi pressure, thermal properties of free electron gas (specific heat), Wiedemann-Franz law;
Crystal structure: Bravais lattice, primitive vectors, 2d and 3d lattices, primitive unit cell, Wigner Seitz cell and conventional cell, packing fraction;
Reciprocal lattice: Diffraction from periodic structure, Laue condition, Reciprocal lattice vector, Brillouin zone, Lattice plane and Miller indices, Bragg formulation of diffraction, Von Laue formulation of diffraction, Bragg planes, Ewald construction;
Lattice vibrations: 1-d monoatomic Bravais lattice, Dispersion relation, Specific heat of solid: High and low temperature, Boltzmann and Einstein model, Normal mode and phonon, Debye model for specific heat, 1-d diatomic chain, optical and acoustic branches and gap, Lattice thermal conductivity: Elementary kinetic theory;
Electrical properties of material: periodic potential and Bloch’s theorem, crystal momentum, band gap (perturbation theory), Energy Band, mixing waves, Reduced and extended zone scheme, Semiconductor;
Magnetic Properties of Matter, Superconductivity, Soft Matters.
Reference books:
N W Ashcroft and N D Mermin, Solid State Physics
C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics
M Doi, Soft Matter Physics
25% Assignments/viva, 5% quizzes, 35% mid-term exam, 35% end-term exam.
Students are expected to attend all classes
Physics Lab 1:Introduction to Physics through Experiments [PHY-1010]
AND
Mathematical Physics 1: Mathematical and Computational Toolkit [PHY-1110]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Our day-to-day life highly depends on electronic devices. Hence, studying electronics has become more important than ever. In this introductory course on electronics, we aim to study about semiconductors and their applications in analog and digital electronics. This course will be taught in a hybrid mode, where there will be both theory classes as well as six laboratory experiments based on the theories taught in the class.
Theory:
• Introduction with semiconductor, P and N type semiconductors, P-N junction diodes, Band structures of P-N junction diode and their applications
• Bi-polar junction transistor (CB, CE, CC modes) and their characteristics. Applications of transistors
• Feedback amplifier, Oscillator, multivibrator
• Filters and RLC circuit
• Operational amplifiers (Op-AMP) and their applications as integrator, differentiator, voltage comparator, rectifier, Schmidt Trigger etc.
• Number system, Boolean algebra, Logic gates, Universal gates, Adders, Flip-flops, counters
Experiment:
• Characteristics of a diode
• Applications of Op-Amp as integrator, differentiator, inverter, Schmidt trigger
• The truth tables of all gates, formation of universal gates by using NAND and NOR, half adder, full adder, half subtractor, Flip-Flop.
Concept of Basic Physics
Asigments (25%),
Lab (30%),
Mid semesters exam (20%) and
Final semester exam (25%)
10.10 am to 11.40 am
Monday and Wednesday
Attendance mandatory
None
08:30-10:00
Monday
08:30-10:00
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Instructor: Dipankar Bhattacharya
Violent phenomena like energetic explosions, jet-like ejection of matter or sudden collapse of stars are very common in the Universe. These phenomena play a key role in controlling the energetics of gas in galaxies and the synthesis and dispersal of heavy elements. Of late, major emphasis has been placed globally on the study of such events and new information is emerging rapidly. This course will acquaint the student with the physical processes associated with these violent events and the wealth of information that can be gleaned from them about the evolution of the universe.
Syllabus:
1 Developing familiarity with energetic cosmic phenomena
2. Understanding the diverse physical processes associated with violent cosmic events
Pre-requisites (desirable): Physical science at the std XI-XII level, FCs on QRMT and PoS
Recommended reading:
1. Quiz submissions (3): 15%
2. Assignments (4): 40%
3. Mid-term examination: 20%
4. Final examination: 25%
Attendance requirement: 80%
AND
Principles of Science [FC-0305]
Principles of Science [FC-0801]
Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Thinking [FC-0306]
Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Thinking: Foundations of Computer Programming [FC-0309]
Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Thinking: Introduction to Mathematical Thinking [FC-0310]
Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Thinking: Mathematics for Liberal Arts [FC-0311]
18:20-19:50
Thursday
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course will explore different approaches to studying non-equilibrium systems, as no general framework is available. Unlike in equilibrium systems, there is no equivalent concept of entropy in non-equilibrium ones. We will discuss topics such as the Langevin equation, Fokker-Planck formalism, Martin-Siggia-Rose field theory, master equation, Boltzmann equation, and hydrodynamics to develop a broader understanding of non-equilibrium systems. Additionally, the course will cover established results such as the fluctuation-dissipation theorem, work theorem, linear response theory, and Onsager relations. If time permits, we will also discuss specific model systems to introduce the concept of the renormalization group.
Learning about problems and methodology at the frontiers of research.
References:
General
Reif: Fundamentals of statistical and thermal physics
Chaikin-Lubensky: Principles of condensed mattter physics
Homework (40%)+final-project (60%)
Attendance is mandatory
Statistical Mechanics [PHY-3610]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
luid dynamics is at the heart of most Astrophysical phenomena, and many of these processes have close parallels in Geophysics. In this course the fluid dynamical principles will be introduced with specific applications to Astrophysical and Geophysical problems. The topics covered will include hydrostatic equilibrium, accretion flows, shock waves, radiative gas dynamics and magnetohydrodynamics.
Syllabus:
Continuity, Euler and Navier-Stokes equations, Compressible and Incompressible fluids; Potential flows; Effect of rotation - cyclones and climate systems; Gasdynamics in gravitational field - Hydrostatic Equilibrium, Virial Theorem, Accretion flows; Shock Waves, Radiative Hydrodynamics; Induction equation and introduction to MHD - Terrestrial and Astrophysical Dynamos.
The student will learn to appreciate the wide variety of contexts where the physics of fluids play an essential role in governing phenomena in both terrestial contexts and the Univere at large.
Pre-requisites: Classical Mechanics, Electromagnetism in the Light of Relativity
Recommended reading:
1. The Physics of Fluids and Plasmas - An introduction for Astrophysicists, Arnab Rai Choudhuri, Cambridge University Press
2. An introduction to Astrophysical Fluid Dynamics, M.J. Thompson, World Scientific
3. Astrophysical Magnetic Fields, A. Shukurov and K. Subramanian, Cambridge University Press
4. Fundamentals of Geophysical Fluid Dynamics, J.C. McWilliams, Cambridge University Press
There will be 3 assignments totalling to 50 marks, mid-term of 20 marks, end exam of 30 marks
Attendance of 75 percent of classes is strongly recommended
Classical Mechanics [PHY-2210]
Electricity and Magnetism in Light of Relativity [PHY-2310]
Mathematical Physics 2 [PHY-2110]
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
India has undergone multiple transformations in its 75 year journey as an independent nation-state. The country also seems to be making an attempt to reassert its position in the global arena. The goal of this introductory course is to trace India’s transition from a British colony to an independent nation-state, and make an attempt to understand structures and processes that shaped Indian politics post-independence. The course will focus on various concepts such as political institutions, centre-state relations, governance, political parties, social groups, political economy, among others to reflect on contemporary Indian politics.
There are no prerequisites for this course. However, you should be prepared to read at least 60 pages per week.
The final grades in the course are be based on a continuous assessment system, i.e., participation in the class including attendance and 10 reading responses (20%), two short short assignments (20%), mid-term (15%), book review (15%) and a final exam (30%).
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The course is a survey of major themes in the study of comparative politics. It asks a broad range of questions that are both theoretically and substantially important. What are states and how did they become the primary form of political organization in the world? Why are some states more capable than others? Why are some countries more prosperous than others, is there one or many paths toward economic development? Why is inequality rising across the world? What is ethnicity and nationalism and why is it associated with conflict and violence? What is globalization, and why is it celebrated in the Global South and associated with rising populism in the West? We will integrate theory with case studies from across the world.
As an introductory course, it will also place an equal emphasis on familiarising students with the political science ‘approach’ to studying politics and society. A thorough understanding of the scientific enquiry will prepare you to expertly read empirical (that is, research that is based on observation) journal articles and books. We will understand the logic of comparing cases to draw inferences in a scientific manner. We will become comfortable with thinking about politics in terms of unit of analysis, independent and dependent variables, and alternative explanations. The course will also explain how political science attempts to reach causality, that is, how evidence is used to make convincing claims that a particular factor “causes” a phenomenon (state capacity, economic development, civil wars) more significantly than others.
The goals of the course are three-fold. By the end of the course, students should have an overview of some of the major debates in the field of comparative politics. This will prepare students to take advanced courses in political science and other social science departments. Second, the course will reinforce the department’s continuous training in analytical thinking. It will bolster students’ ability to distinguish between different theoretical explanations, evaluate the merit of competing arguments made in the literature, and communicate their arguments clearly in written form. Finally, the course will also augment students’ intellectual ability to take an informed stand in contemporary political debates and become more consummate readers of news and popular media.
Reading list from the previous iteration of the course. Please note that readings for Spring 2024 will be modified.
Class 1: Introduction + Overview
Humphreys, Macartan. Excerpts from Comparative Politics Field Seminar I, Columbia
University, 2013
Farrell, Henry. Good Writing in Political Science: An Undergraduate Student’s Short Illustrated Primer, 2010
Edwards, Paul. How to Read a Book, v5.0. School of Information, University of Michigan
Class 2: What is Comparative, What comes Under it, How do we make arguments?
Samuels, David J. 2012. Comparative Politics. 1st edition. New York: Pearson. Chapter 1: “Doing Comparative Politics”
Paul M. Kellstedt & Guy Whitten, The Fundamentals of Political Science Research, Chapter 1: “The Scientific Study of Politics”
King, Gary, Robert O. Keohane and Sidney Verba. 1994. Designing Social Inquiry Princeton: Princeton University Press, Chapter 1: “The Science in Social Science” (pp 3-12)
MODULE 1: MAKING STATES, MAKING NATIONS
Class 3. Wednesday, 2nd February : Nations and Nationalism – What is it, Where does it come from?
Key Questions:
What is a nation?
What is nationalism?
Where do nations come from? Why do some nations remain together, and others fall apart?
Anderson, Benedict. 1983. Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism. Revised edition. London New York: Verso. (Chapter 1 and Chapter 3)
Gellner, Ernest. 1983. Nations and Nationalism. Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press.(Read Chapter 1)
Wimmer, Andreas. 2018. Nation Building: Why Some Countries Come Together While Others Fall Apart. Princeton University Press. (Read Introduction)
Class 4. Friday, 4 February : Nationalism, Sub-Nationalism, and Ethnicity
Key Questions
What is sub-nationalism? What is ethnicity? How are they different from nationalism?
What are civic and ethnic nationalisms?
Mylonas, Harris, and Maya Tudor. 2021. “Nationalism: What We Know and What We Still Need to Know.” Annual Review of Political Science 24 (1): 109–32.
Singh, Prerna. 2017. How Solidarity Works for Welfare: Subnationalism and Social Development in India. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. [pages 27-40]
Varshney, Ashutosh. 2007. “Ethnicity and Ethnic Conflict.” In The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics, edited by Susan C. Stokes and Carles Boix. [pages 274-279]
Class 5. Wednesday, 8 February: Origins of State
Key Questions
What is a state? How is it different from similar concepts?
Where do states come from?
Tilly, Charles. 1985. “War-making and state-making as organized crime.” In Peter Evans
et al., eds., Bringing the State Back In. Cambridge University Press. [read entire chapter]
Spruyt, Hendrik. 2007. “War, Trade, and State Formation.” In The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics, edited by Susan C. Stokes and Carles Boix. [read entire chapter]
Class 6: State II - Origins, Determinants of State Capacity
Key Questions
Where do states come from, and how has this varied over ages?
How is a state different from a nation?
Is state synonymous with government?
What makes states effective?
Samuels, David J. 2012. Comparative Politics. 1st edition. New York: Pearson. Chapter 2: “The State”
Centeno, Miguel A., Atul Kohli, Deborah J. Yashar, and Dinsha Mistree. 2017. States in the Developing World. Cambridge University Press. (Read Chapter 1: Unpacking States in the Developing World)
Optional Reading
Fukuyama Francis. 2013. “What Is Governance?” Governance 26 (3): 347–68.
Class 7: State III: Weak States / State Society Relations
Key Questions
What is state capacity?
How do ‘weak states’ differ from ‘strong states’?
Are their factors besides state strength that are important for society’s well-being?
Migdal, Joel. 1988. Strong Societies and Weak States: State-Society Relations and State Capabilities in the Third World. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Read Chapter 1, pages 19-41. If you have time, read the first section of Chapter 1 for a sweeping intellectual history of scholarship on state formation.
Peter B. Evans, “Predatory, Developmental, and Other Apparatuses: A Comparative Political Economy Perspective on the Third World State,” Sociological Forum 4 (1989): 561-587. Read pages 566-574 that compare Zaire and Japan. I’ll provide details of Evan’s theory of embedded autonomy.
Centeno, Miguel A., Atul Kohli, Deborah J. Yashar, and Dinsha Mistree. 2017. States in the Developing World. Cambridge University Press. (Read Chapter 1: Unpacking States in the Developing World) Revise your reading notes
Optional
King, Desmond, and Robert C. Lieberman. 2009. “Ironies of State Building: A Comparative Perspective on the American State.” World Politics 61 (03): 547–88.
MODULE 2: POLITICAL REGIMES
Class 8: Regimes I. What is a democracy? Why do democracies matter? How are democracies different from “non-democracies”?
Key Questions
What is democracy?
Alvarez, Mike and José Antonio Cheibub, Fernando Limongi, and Adam Przeworski. 1996. “Classifying political regimes.” Studies in Comparative International Development 31: 3-34
Schmitter, Philippe, and Terry Karl. 1991. "What Democracy Is...And Is Not." Journal of
Democracy 2:3.
Optional
Robert A. Dahl, Polyarchy, 1971, pp. 1-16
Joseph Schumpeter, Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, 1947, pp. 241-251
Francis Fukyuama, “States and Democracy”, Democratization, 2014
Class 9: Regimes II. Origins of Democracies
Key Questions
What are the origins of early democracies?
What are the factors behind the ‘third wave’ of democratisation?
How is economic development linked to democratisation?
Geddes, Barbara. 2007. “What Causes Democratization?”. In The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics, edited by Susan C. Stokes and Carles Boix. [pages 317-339]
Pavone, Tommaso. 2015. Online summary of Barrington Moore’s Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy. [3 pages]
Class 10: Regimes III. Unpacking Non-Democracies
Key Questions
How do we conceptualise ‘non-democracies’?
What are the different types of non-democracies?
What are the challenges of democratisation associated with each category of non-democratic regime?
What is competitive-authoritarianism?
Proceed in the following sequence - 1) Read the Geddes article. Skim the first seven pages and read carefully from ‘Theoretical Synthesis’. 2) Do a quick online research on competitive-authoritarianism to get yourself familiar with the term. 3) Read the Brancati article.
Geddes, Barbara. 1999. “What Do We Know About Democratization After Twenty Years?” Annual Review of Political Science 2 (1): 115–44.
Brancati, Dawn. 2014. “Democratic Authoritarianism: Origins and Effects,” Annual Review of Political Science, 17 pp. 313-326
Class 11: Democratic Backsliding
Key Questions
What is an illiberal democracy?
Is an illiberal democracy any different from a competitive authoritarian regime?
How do democracies die?
Zakaria, Fareed. 1997. "The Rise of Illiberal Democracy." Foreign Affairs (Nov/Dec 1997).
NPR interview of Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, authors of How Democracies Die.
https://www.npr.org/2018/01/22/579670528/how-democracies-die-authors-say-trump-is-a-symptom-of-deeper-problems
MODULE 3: POLITICAL INSTITUTIONS
Class 12: Political Institutions: Political Parties
Key Questions
What is a political party?
What is a party system?
How do party systems shape the functioning of democracies?
Sequence for reading: Being with the eight-page primer of parties from the Samuels textbook. Follow it up with the Boix chapter from the Oxford Handbook.
Samuels, David J. 2012. Comparative Politics. 1st edition. New York: Pearson. Chapter 9: Collective Action [Read section ‘Political Parties from page 246-253]
Boix, Carles. “The Emergence of Parties and Party Systems,” in C. Boix & S. Stokes, eds., Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics. Ch. 21, pp. 499-521
Class 13: Political Institutions II: Unicamerical versus Bicameral, Electoral Systems, and Parliamentary/Presidential Forms of Government
Read carefully: I have curated readings from two different textbooks, under three headings. Follow the page selections so you don’t end up reading more than you have to. The readings are spread across 35 pages.
Unicameral versus Bicameral Legislatures
O’Neil, Patrick H. . 2018. Essentials of Comparative Politics. New York: W.W. Norton).
Read section ‘Legislatures: Unicameral and Bicameral’ pages 147-148
Parliamentary versus Presidential Systems
O’Neil, Patrick H. . 2018. Essentials of Comparative Politics. New York: W.W. Norton).
Read section ‘Models of Democracy: Parliamentary, Presidential, and Semi-Presidential Systems’ pages 150-155
Samuels, David J. 2012. Comparative Politics. 1st edition. New York: Pearson.
Read section ‘Executive-Legislative Relations’ pages 69-78
First-past-the-Post versus Proportional Representation
O’Neil, Patrick H. . 2018. Essentials of Comparative Politics. New York: W.W. Norton).
Read section ‘Electoral Systems’ pages 157-165
Samuels, David J. 2012. Comparative Politics. 1st edition. New York: Pearson.
Read section ‘Majoritarian versus Proportional Electoral Systems’ pages 79-87
Class 14: Mass Identity – Ethnicity and Ethnic Politics
Both Donald Horowitz and Kanchan Chandra are exemplars of powerful yet simple writing. Consider saving the readings as a reference for how to write complex social science ideas in simple language. Turning to the substance of ethnic parties, look out for the following questions:
Key Questions
What is an ethnic party?
How are ethnic parties different from non-ethnic parties?
How do ethnic parties win elections?
On average, are ethnic parties a positive influence on a) governance and b) democracy?
Horowitz, Donald L. 1985. Ethnic Groups in Conflict. University of California Press. [Read Chapter 7: Ethnic Parties and Party Systems pages 291-302]
Chandra, Kanchan. 2004. Why Ethnic Parties Succeed: Patronage and Ethnic Head Counts in India. Cambridge, UK ; New York: Cambridge University Press. [Read Introduction pages 1-15]
MODULE 4: DEVELOPMENT
The module is structured around four main themes - 1) the study of institutions as a determinant of economic development, 2) the role of state in development, 2) social welfare and redistribution, and finally, 4) patronage and clientelism.
Class 15: Economic Development
What is development - classical and contemporary definitions.
What causes development?
Do economic and social development go hand in hand?
KEY Question: What are institutions, and how are they important to the story?
North, Douglass C. 1990. Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance. Cambridge University Press. Chapter 1 (pages 3-10) and Chapter 12 (pages 107-117)
Rodrik, Dani, Arvind Subramanian, and Francesco Trebbi. 2004. “Institutions Rule: The Primacy of Institutions over Geography and Integration in Economic Development.” Journal of Economic Growth 9(2): 131–65. Read pages 131-138 - read the theory section and skip the quantitative data.
Class 16: Role of State
How did markets emerge?
What explains the ‘Asian Miracle’?
What lessons does the economic growth of East Asian countries hold for our understanding of development?
Start by reading Polanyi’s classic account of how markets as we understand them first emerged. Then read the five page section where Rodrik compares economics conventions with patterns of East Asian development. Follow it up with Stiglitz.
Polanyi, Karl. 2001. The Great Transformation: The Political and Economic Origins of Our Time. 2nd ed. edition. Boston, MA: Beacon Press. Read Chapter 6, pages 71-81
Rodrik, Dani. 2007. "Fifty Years of Growth (and Lack Thereof): An Interpretation," in Rodrik One Economics, Many Recipes: Globalization, Institutions, and Economic Growth.Princeton: Princeton University Press, Chapter 1, read the section ‘What We Know That (Possibly) Ain’t So’, pages 16-21
Stiglitz, Joseph E. 1996. “Some Lessons from the East Asian Miracle.” The World Bank Research Observer 11(2): 151–77.
Class 17: Welfare State (and Dependency Theory)
We will squeeze-in two different themes into one class. The focus will be on the welfare state, but we will also spend some time talking about dependency theory (neocolonialism) and an explanation for differences in level of development. This isn’t ideal, but I want to give priority to review sections before we wrap up. You will be responsible for reading on the welfare state and I will provide a commentary on dependency theory (for which, readings are optional).
The Samuels (textbook) chapter is divided between description of what a welfare state is, details of welfare states in advanced countries and an analytical section to explain variation in welfare states. Skim the descriptive part and focus on the latter part.
The Carnes and Mares fill a very important gap in Samuels - welfare state in non-democracies and the developing world.
Key Questions
1. What is the welfare state?
2. Does the welfare state depend on political regimes?
3. Why do we notice variation in the extent of the welfare state in the developed world?
4. Can developing countries ‘afford’ to create a welfare state?
Samuels, David J. 2012. Comparative Politics. 1st edition. New York: Pearson. Chapter 12. The Political Economy of Development
Matthew Carnes and Isabella Mares. 2017. “The Welfare State in Global Perspective,” In The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics, edited by Susan C. Stokes and Carles Boix.
Optional reading on Dependency Theory
Valenzuela, J. Samuel, and Arturo Valenzuela. 1978. “Modernization and Dependency: Alternative Perspectives in the Study of Latin American Underdevelopment.” Comparative Politics 10(4): 535–57.
MODULE 5: COLLECTIVE ACTION – SOCIAL MOVEMENTS, AND ORGANISED
VIOLENCE
Class 18: Gender and Politics
Key Questions and Reading Guideline
Begin with the Lovenduski article. Read the first few pages surgically to understand the distinction between sex and gender. Continue with the rest of the article and focus on the implication of this distinction on political representation, public policy, and political institutions.
Read sections from Samuels textbook and concentrate on the two comparisons between similar countries in North Africa and established Western democracies.
Finish with Htun’s article that compares gender and ethnicity and asks why affirmative action for the two take the respective forms of quotas inside parties and reservations in legislatures (added bonus – there is a case study of India!).
Lovenduski, Joni. 1998. “Gendering Research in Political Science.” Annual Review of Political Science 1(1): 333–56.
Samuels, David J. 2012. Comparative Politics. 1st edition. New York: Pearson. Chapter 8 Gender and Politics [Read pages 217-225, from ‘Politics Shapes Gender Roles’]
Htun, Mala. 2004. “Is Gender like Ethnicity? The Political Representation of Identity Groups.” Perspectives on Politics 2(3): 439–58.
Class 19: Social Movements
Tarrow, Sydney and Charles Tilly. 2007. ‘Contentious Politics and Social Movements’. In The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics, edited by Susan C. Stokes and Carles Boix.
Class 20: Civil War, Guerrilla War, and ‘Terrorism’
Key Questions
Why do Civil Wars occur?
How are civil wars different from ‘terrorism’?
Why are civil wars so brutal toward unarmed civilians?
How do political scientists, counterinsurgency, and guerrillas conceptualise civil wars?
Why do Civil Wars Take Place?
Kalyvas, Stathis. 2007. “Civil Wars.” In The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics. , edited by Susan C. Stokes and Carles Boix. (Pages 416-422, till end of Section 2)
How are Civil Wars Fought
Political Science Perspective
Kalyvas, Stathis N. 2008. “Promises and Pitfalls of an Emerging Research Program: The Microdynamics of Civil War.” In Order, Conflict, and Violence, edited by Ian Shapiro, Stathis N. Kalyvas, and Tarek Masoud, 397–421. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pages 405-414
Military Perspective
Lynn, John A. 2005. “Patterns of Insurgency and Counterinsurgency.” MILITARY REVIEW, 6. (pages 22-25, read the section ‘Basic Model of Insurgency/ Counterinsurgency’)
Kilcullen, David J. 2005. “Countering Global Insurgency.” Journal of Strategic Studies 28 (4): 597–617. (Study Figure 2 on p 606)
Guerrilla Perspective - read any one of the following canons of revolutionary war
Zedong, Mao. 1937. On Guerrilla Warfare. University of Illinois Press. (pages 41-57,102-114)
General Headquarters Irish Republican Army. 1956. Handbook for Volunteers of the Irish Republican Army (chapters 2,3,4,6. They add to 7 pages)
Guevara Ernesto. 1961. Guerrilla Warfare (pages 7-14)
Class 21: Wrap Up: Comparative Politics through History
Munck, Gerardo L., and Richard Snyder. 2007. Passion, Craft, and Method in Comparative Politics. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. Chapter 2
The course will not use scaled grading. Assignments and grading policy will be shared soon.
Your participation is essential for the course’s success and you are expected to attend all lectures. As a form of professional courtesy, I expect that you will inform me about medical contingencies and scheduling conflicts (related to sports, debate events etc) ahead of time, with a written note from your coach or concerned authority. As long as you inform me with a valid reason, you can miss classes. You are allowed three unexcused absences. Beyond three unexcused absences, I’m afraid that we will dock points.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Politics makes appeal to ideas and ideals. Political debate often centers around ideals like nationalism, secularism, liberty, justice, constitutionalism, democracy and the like. Some skeptics believe that when politicians appeal to ideals, they always do so self-servingly in the pursuit of power. But even power is a political concept. Understanding political concepts are therefore important for participants in politics – and all of us are participants in politics as citizens. But understanding political concepts is also important to analyze and explain political events. After all, explanations often involve political concepts like democracy, federalism, the rule of law, and so on.
Political theory is the sub-field of political science that critically engages with political concepts and ideas. There are two main approaches to political theory: history of political thought – studying the development and history of ideas – and political philosophy – studying political ideas systematically. Students can meet their political theory requirement through a course in either of the traditions. Introduction to Political Theory focuses on political philosophy, although we will read some historic texts both from Europe and India.
The course is divided into four big parts. We begin by studying democracy and constitutionalism. Is there a will of the people? Is democracy possible? Is constitutionalism a compromise with democracy? Ideas of constitutionalism are often associated with liberalism and secularism. The second part discusses these ideas. What is the basis for human rights? How should we understand secularism? Do liberty and equality conflict? The last question points towards another domain of politics: social justice. In the third part we look more closely at social justice. We look at questions of caste, class, and gender. Some of these questions are often framed as identity politics. One form of identity is that of shared citizenship. Another threat that binds us together is our shared humanity. How should we think of these two connections, nationalism and cosmopolitanism? How should we do political theory in light of this?
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Over the past forty years, China has grown rapidly to become one of the world’s largest economies. This course first examines how China transitioned from a planned economy to a “socialist market economy,” then turns to how the “socialist market economy” has functioned in practice. By examining the key factors of production—land, labor, capital, and information—this course shows how the Chinese state retains the ability to set prices and allocate inputs across different sectors of the economy, facilitating the implementation of industrial policy. At the same time, the course highlights the large size of informal markets in land, labor, capital, and information, which spur market-driven economic behavior outside of the industrial policy framework.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course is the second part of a year-long survey of the classics of the Western tradition of social and political theory.
Tentative List of Texts:
Adam Smith, Theory of Moral Sentiments
Immanuel Kant, Groundwork of a Metaphysics of Morals
The Federalist
Immanuel Sieyes, What is the Third Estate
Condorcet, "On Despotism" and other essays
Edmund Burke, Reflections on the Revolution in France
Mary Wollstonecraft, A Vindication of the Rights of Women
Hegel, Elements of a Philosophy of Right
Karl Marx, "Eighteen Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte", "Estranged Labor", "The Commdodity Form" and its fetishism.
Alexis De Tocqueville, Democracy in America
John Stuart Mill, On Liberty
Fredrich Nietzsche, On the Genealogy of Morals
Carl Schmitt, The Crisis of Parliamentary Democracy
Hannah Arendt, The Human Condition
Michel Foucault, Discipline and Punish
Two papers: (1/3rd each)
Class participation: 1/3rd
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Starting with the question ‘Why do we call the Middle East, the Middle East?’ and ending with an overview of the recent trends in the politics of the region this course will introduce students to one of the most misunderstood parts of the world. The course is structured so that the intellectual trends, political currents and historical contexts of various countries will be mapped through primary sources as well as secondary readings. By the end of the course, students will be familiar with the main proponents, thinkers and ideologues of Political Islamism, Zionism and Arab nationalism amongst other such ‘isms.’
None
16:40-18:10
Friday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Nation and State-Making in India’s Borders examines four key concepts - nation, state, violence, and development - in the context of India’s contested border regions. It is motivated by a set of perplexing observations about armed conflict in India. First, India’s response to civil wars (or insurgencies) involves both massive levels of violence to coerce communities into obedience, and extensive distribution of development funds to induce loyalty. Do these strategies complement or contradict each other? What is the long-term effect of these strategies?
Second, India has an impressive track record in defeating armed groups, but it struggles to resolve conflicts. Regions like Kashmir, Nagaland, and Manipur continue to remain affected by low levels of violence. Why?
Third, India’s governing institutions do not fritter away. Generally, we do not notice a complete breakdown of law and order that often leads to large-scale migration in other countries. Instead, civil administration remains robust and even expands during civil wars. How does India succeed in avoiding the World Bank’s conflict-trap hypothesis, wherein armed conflict depletes state’s capacity and creates conditions for future conflict?
Fourth, even as India limits fundamental rights (such as right to assembly, right to speech and opinion) through the Armed Forces Special Powers Act time and again, it is eager to resume electoral democracy. Why? Why not just continue with the President’s Rule? From Kashmir to Nagaland, elections in conflict zones register exceptionally high participation. Yet, contrary to the convention that voting is an indicator of legitimacy, surveys and ethnographies show that communities affected by conflict do not positively associate with Indian identity, or at the very least, their identification with Indian nationalism is tenuous. How do democratic institutions operate in conflict zones where political rights are limited by the threat of violence by both sides?
To understand these seemingly contradictory observations, one must look beyond the literature on civil war. The course, therefore, is a compliment to Militants or Freedom Fighters? Armed Conflicts in India (familiarity with the civil war literature is not essential to understand content in Nations..) that examines civil wars in India through the lens of major works of civil wars. Nation and State-Making in India’s Borders will use canonical works of nationalism, state formation, organised violence, and the politics of development as pillars to guide our search for answers to these vexing questions. Equipped with the knowledge of theory, we will study detailed case studies and collectively discuss the most convincing explanations for patterns of nation and state-making in India’s contested borderlands.
The goals of the course are three-fold. By the end of the course, students should have an overview of some of the major debates in the political science of nation and state-making (or state-formation). We will collectively grapple with understanding linkages between state and nation-making with civil wars. In doing so, the course will also familiarise students with major civil wars (or ‘insurgencies’) in India through detailed case studies. Finally, the course will reinforce the department’s continuous training in analytical thinking. It will bolster students’ ability to distinguish between different theoretical explanations, evaluate the merit of competing arguments made in the literature, and communicate their arguments clearly in written form.
Please see readings from the previous iteration of the course below. Note that many of the readings will be revised.
Module 1: Basics + Framing Borderlands
Class 1: Introduction and Course Overview
Humphreys, Macartan. Excerpts from Comparative Politics Field Seminar I, Columbia University, 2013
Farrell, Henry. Good Writing in Political Science: An Undergraduate Student’s Short Illustrated Primer, 2010
Edwards, Paul. How to Read a Book, v5.0. School of Information, University of Michigan
Class 2: Basics – Concept, Theory, Research Design (and writing)
Paul M. Kellstedt & Guy Whitten, The Fundamentals of Political Science Research, Chapter 1: “The Scientific Study of Politics”
King, Gary, Robert O. Keohane and Sidney Verba. 1994. Designing Social Inquiry Princeton: Princeton University Press, Chapter 1: “The Science in Social Science” (pp 3-12)
Giovanni Sartori, “Concept Misformation in Comparative Politics,” American Political Science Review 64 (1970), pp. 1033-1053
Class 3: What are Civil Wars? What causes them?
Kalyvas, Stathis N. 2006. The Logic of Violence in Civil War. Cambridge ; New York: Cambridge University Press. (Chapter 1: Concepts, pages (pages 16-31)
Tarrow, Sidney. 2007. “Inside Insurgencies: Politics and Violence in an Age of Civil War.” Perspectives on Politics 5 (03): (pages 587-600, read till end of section I).
Kalyvas, Stathis. 2007. “Civil Wars.” In The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics. , edited by Susan C. Stokes and Carles Boix. (Pages 416-422, till end of Section 2)
Class 4: Violence and Repression During Civil Wars
Kalyvas, Stathis N. 2006. “The Logic of Violence in Civil War.” Cambridge University Press. May 2006. (Chapter 3, Barbarism, pages 52-85)
Kalyvas, Stathis N. 2008. “Promises and Pitfalls of an Emerging Research Program: The Microdynamics of Civil War.” In Order, Conflict, and Violence, edited by Ian Shapiro, Stathis N. Kalyvas, and Tarek Masoud, 397–421. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Pages 405-414, start with “Most civil wars are fought as..”, end before “A replication” on p413 )
Class 5: A Snapshot of ‘Low-Intensity’ Conflicts in India’s Borderlands
Staniland, Paul. 2013. “Kashmir since 2003: Counterinsurgency and the Paradox of ‘Normalcy.’” Asian Survey 53 (5): 931–57.
Baruah, Sanjib. 2005. Durable Disorder: Understanding the Politics of Northeast India. New Delhi ; New York: OUP India. Selections (Chapter 1)
Baruah, Sanjib. 2020. In the Name of the Nation: India and Its Northeast. 1st edition. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press. Selections.
Lacina, Bethany. 2007. “Does Counterinsurgency Theory Apply in Northeast India?” India Review 6 (3): 165–83.
Class 6: Borderlands in Dialogue With Theory
Staniland, Paul. 2012. “States, Insurgents, and Wartime Political Orders.” Perspectives on Politics 10 (02):
Braun, Robert, and Otto Kienitz. “Comparative Politics in Borderlands: Actors, Identities, and Strategies.” Annual Review of Political Science 25, no. 1 (2022)
Module 2: Identity and Borderlands
Class 7: Nation-Making
Wimmer, Andreas. 2018. Nation Building: Why Some Countries Come Together While Others Fall Apart. Princeton University Press. (Read Chapter 1)
Wimmer, Andreas. 2018. Nation Building: Why Some Countries Come Together While Others Fall Apart. Princeton University Press. (Skim Chapter 3)
Class 8: Case Study: Mass Identity Formation in Nagaland
1. Wouters, Jelle J. P. 2018. In the Shadows of Naga Insurgency: Tribes, State, and Violence in India’s Northeast. Oxford University Press. (Entire Chapter 2: ‘Clan, Village, Tribe, and Naga Nation’).
2. Baruah, Sanjib. 2003. “Confronting Constructionism: Ending India’s Naga War.” Journal of Peace Research 40 (3): 321–38. [read from ‘Strange Multiplicity: Hill Peoples and Lowland States’ on p324 up to ‘The Manipur Factor and the Peace Process’ on p332]
Class 9: State-Making - at the Centre and on the Margins
Naseemullah, Adnan, and Paul Staniland. 2016. “Indirect Rule and Varieties of Governance: Indirect Rule and Varieties of Governance.” Governance 29 (1): 13–30.
O’Donnell, Guillermo. 1993. “On the State, Democratization and Some Conceptual Problems: A Latin American View with Glances at Some Postcommunist Countries.” World Development 21 (8): 1355–69.
Class 10: Kashmir I: State and Nation Making in Colonial Period
Zutshi, Chitralekha. 2004. Languages of Belonging: Islam, Regional Identity, and the Making of Kashmir. Hurst & Company. [Chapter Chapter 5, Read briskly to find answers to questions posted above.
Bose, Sumantra. 2003. Kashmir: Roots of Conflict, Paths to Peace. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press. [Read Chapter 1, pages 15-30, for background information about the nature of the Dogra state during colonial period]
Class 11: Kashmir II: State-Making and Political Repression in 1947-1980s
Kanjwal, Hafsa. 2017. Building a New Kashmir: Bakshi Ghulam Muhammad and the Politics of State-Formation in a Disputed Territory (1953-1963). PhD Dissertation. University of Michigan [Chapter 1, read briskly to find answers for questions posted above.]
Bose, Sumantra. 2003. Kashmir: Roots of Conflict, Paths to Peace. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press. [Read pages 72-78, from ‘Inside IJK’, till ‘ministerial appointments’ for sample description of the nature of political institutions during the same phase]
Class 12: Kashmir III: State, Nationalism, and Civil War in Kashmir
Fazili, Gowhar. 2018. Police Subjectivity in Occupied Kashmir Reflections on an Account of a Police Officer. In Resisting Occupation in Kashmir, edited by Haley Duschinski, Mona Bhan, Ather Zia, and Cynthia Mahmood. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
The course will not use scaled grading.
Grade-Breakup from the previous iteration of the course. Please note that I am likely to revise the breakup.
Attendance 10%
Feedback survey 5%
Reading Notes 15%
Mid-Term Essay 30%
Final Paper 40%
Your participation is essential for the course’s success and you are expected to attend all lectures. As a form of professional courtesy, I expect that you will inform me about medical contingencies and scheduling conflicts (related to sports, debate events etc) ahead of time, with a written note from your coach or concerned authority. As long as you inform me with a valid reason, you can miss classes. You are allowed three unexcused absences. Beyond three unexcused absences, I’m afraid that we will dock points.
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course makes a semester-long case for using gender as an effective lens to understand (a) political participation and representation, and (b) contexts affected by political violence. While it is well-established that male bodies make up the vast majority of decision-makers and participants in quotidian electoral politics, the same logic applies to contexts affected by conflict and war. Conventionally, male bodies are considered to be at the forefront of decision-making about whether to go to war, and on the frontlines of said wars as fighters.
In the last few decades, however, these constructions of masculinity and femininity have come to be questioned. Instead, the understanding that gender affects the way in which we see and make sense of the world around us – and that men and women experience and affect wartime and electoral dynamics differently – has come front and center. In the same spirit, we will focus on the role of women in political decision-making and participation; their role both as perpetrators of violence as combatants (and terrorists), as victims and as survivors of male-victimizing atrocities; the militarization of gendered bodies and the impact of gender-based violence in armed conflict.
Finally, we will reflect on the gendered aspects of women’s restructuring of economies in male absence, their resistance to political violence, and their role in peacekeeping and rebuilding societies after war. As we cover each theme, we will pay particular attention to what feminists have described as intersectionality and the continuum of violence, from the “private” to the “public” sphere, from the militarization of everyday living to overt violent conflict. In addition, we will pay attention to whether different approaches to tackling gender inequality in South Asian contexts have been effective.
Assignments for the course include weekly discussion posts, an in-class midterm assignment and a final paper analyzing a conflict or electoral event through a gendered lens. Additionally, students will be assessed on their preparation for the week’s class through their discussion of assigned readings and their in-class presentations.
None
16:40-18:10
Friday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Quantitative Research Methods [POL-1007]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Course Description
This course explores contemporary epistemic interventions related to the concepts of religion, modernity, and secularity as they have come to be scrutinized, contested and reformulated in light of the socio-political experiences of non-Western and post-colonial societies of South Asia, the Middle-East, and Africa. We will engage with contemporary theories and responses to the global condition of the rise of religion under conditions of modernity and colonialism. This course has two main sections: Part 1 is a conceptual and theoretical exploration of debates on religion, modernity and secularity in contemporary political thought, where the Euro-centrism of canonical sociological theories are examined, questioned and challenged; Part 2 looks at various responses to the global condition of the rise and relevance of religion in its relationship to modernity and secularity in countries such as India, Turkey, Egypt, and South Africa.
A core objective of this lecture course is to bring meta-theorization and area studies together to highlight how current debates emerging from the experiences of the non-Western world challenge the Eurocentrism of concepts and theories of religion, modernity and secularity. We will not only study the reception of so-called ‘Western’ concepts like modernity and secularity in non-Western societies but also understand how they underwent change as they were re-interpreted or rejected in new environments. Thus, we will put canonical theories under critical scrutiny to understand the plurality and contested nature of what is considered to be “religion” or “secular” or “modern”. The course has a rigorous theoretical basis, and students will be familiarized with the current state-of-the-art debates on religion, modernity, secularism, and secularization. The course has a regional focus – the post-colonial states of India, Turkey, Egypt and South Africa, and a disciplinary breadth that draws on a wealth of interdisciplinary perspectives, such as Political Science, Philosophy, Sociology, History, and Anthropology.
Upon completion of the course students will be able to:
i) Demonstrate their ability to engage analytically and critically with conceptions of religion, modernity and secularity, and their global impact.
ii) Demonstrate an analytical understanding of the varied impact of modernity, colonialism, and capitalism in South Asia and Africa and their lasting consequences in today’s modern states in the region.
iii) Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of contemporary society and politics in South Asia and Africa.
TBA
Exam and Requirements
Class participation (Attendance + Participation) is going to count for 20% of your final grade. A class presentation, done jointly or in small teams, will count for 10% of your final grade. Students will grade their peers for the presentation. The details of evaluation by peers will be explained in class. Apart from this, you will have two response papers of 1000 words each that will count for 30% of your final grade. You will also have a final take-home exam of 2800 words, also in the form of an essay, which will count for 40% of your grade. There will be a zero-tolerance policy for any form of cheating or plagiarism. In case you are not clear about what constitutes plagiarism, then please refer to Ashoka University’s Academic Integrity Policy.
Students are expected to attend classes regularly as class attendance contributes to the final grade (10%). A total of five absences are allowed throughout the semester, which includes medical leave and participation in university events. More than five absences will lead to grade cuts, one for each additional absence.
None
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Course Description
We live in populist times. Today’s strongmen, such as Trump, Modi, Bolsonaro, Erdoğan, and Orbán, demonstrate the rising popularity of populist leadership around the world. This has resulted in a significant rise in the number of scholars studying populism in the recent years, and it is now considered as one of the most contentious issues in contemporary political science. Whether it is the rise and popularity of right-wing nationalism in countries such as India, Israel, Italy or Turkey, or the turn to "democratic authoritarianism" in several constitutional democracies in the world today, or the role of social media as decisive in electoral politics in linking the leader to the masses, populism is seen as a central concept to understand all these contemporary challenges. In order to understand the concept and the political practice of populism, we not only need to examine it both in contemporary times and in history, but also the different forms it has assumed in societies as diverse as Hungary, India, the UK, the Philippines, Brazil, Turkey, the United States of America etc. These varied experiences with populism have also resulted in a diversity of approaches to study this phenomenon. This course will introduce students to influential theories of populism as well as empirical experiences of populism in countries such as India, the United States of America, as well as countries in Latin America and Europe. Analysing populism in various countries will help ground theoretical discussions to the empirical realities of populist politics. The syllabus is thus divided in two parts: in Part – I we will study the key approaches and theoretical debates on populism; in Part – II we will study specific case-studies of populism by focussing on countries with a long history and/or recent experience of populism. Throughout the semester, students will be familiarized with the key approaches and theoretical debates on populism, as well as its empirical manifestations in various countries, all the while tracing the conceptual changes and challenges to this concept in its relation to democracy, nationalism and media.
Readings: TBA
Exam and Requirements
Class participation (attendance + participation) is going to count for 20% of your final grade. A class presentation, done jointly or in small teams, will count for 10% of your final grade. The presentation will be graded by peers present in class. The details of this will be explained in class. Apart from this, you will have a mid-term take home exam in the form of an essay that will count for 30% of your final grade. Your final take-home exam, also in the form of an essay, will count 40% of your grade. The mid-term essay should be 1800 words and the final essay should be 2800 words. Essays should be double-spaced using Times New Roman font with font size 12 for text. There will be a zero-tolerance policy for any form of cheating (including the use of AI) or plagiarism. In case you are not clear about what constitutes plagiarism, then please refer to Ashoka University’s Academic Integrity Policy.
Students are expected to attend classes regularly as class attendance contributes to the final grade (10%). A total of five absences are allowed throughout the semester, which includes medical leave and participation in university events. More than five absences will lead to grade cuts, one for each additional absence.
None
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course is an entry level introduction to Rasa theory, the Indian theory of drama, which constitutes the main strand of Sanskrit philosophical aesthetics. Even though the academic study of rasa is languishing, Indian dramatic practices of various kinds--from films to theater to politics--still work with the rasa framework. Understanding the basic ideas and arguments of this theory shall equip students with a powerful lens with which to make sense of the proliferating forms of drama in today's world. The first half of the course is devoted to a close reading of the mythological tale of the origin of drama as provided in the Nāṭyaśāstra, the foundational text of Indian aesthetics. We shall read this tale, moreover, through Abhinavagupta's famous commentary (Abhinavabhārati). In the second half of the course, we shall then turn to consider in detail the various views of rasa. Here we shall focus on the philosophical problem of the nature of aesthetic relish. Throughout the course, we shall keep an eye on what rasa theory can teach us about politics. But students who are interested in analyzing any form of drama whatsoever are welcome. No knowledge of Sanskrit is required. Translations will be provided for all original texts.
Students will learn a powerful theory to analyze films, theater, politics, and other forms of drama.
Sheldon Pollock, A Rasa Reader
Nāṭyaśāstra of Bharatamuni with Abhinavabharati (instructor's translation)
Two short papers (20% + 20%)
Final paper / presentation (40%)
Class participation (20%)
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course is an interdisciplinary course which draws on political science, philosophy, and economics. The idea of the course is that many challenges for society and the practice of social science requires the input of multiple disciplines. We shall look at three broad areas: democracy, decisions, and development.
In discussing democracy, we shall ask questions like the following: How do we justify democracy? What kind of democracy should India aspire to be? Given that the chances that your vote will be decisive are miniscule, is it rational to vote? If not, why should one vote and why do people continue to vote? What can results from social choice theory tell us about democracy?
Under the heading of decisions, we shall ask questions related to rationality, rational choice theory, and scientific methodology. Does rational choice theory assume an egoistic homo economicus? How can we square rational choice theory with observations of human irrationality and human altruism? Has expected utility theory, on which microeconomics rests, been falsified? What is the purpose of false assumptions in economics and political science?
In discussing development, we shall ask questions like the following: What is development? Why are some countries poor and others rich? Does this matter for policy purposes? Should we engage in evidence-based policy? What are the methodological and ethical concerns with evidence-based policy?
The course requires familiarity or a willingness to catch up in all three disciplines: political science, philosophy, and economics - in particular rational choice theory and philosophical reasoning.
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Quantitative Research Methods [POL-1007]
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Asset bubbles have been a recurring theme in economic history. Many have political roots, and most have political consequences. This course examines the interplay of asset bubbles and politics, beginning with historical examples such as Tulip Mania, then turning to the more recent housing bubbles that contributed to the 2007-2008 Global Financial Crisis. The course will focus on major theoretical contributions to our understanding of the politics of asset bubbles.
This is an advanced course with a heavy reading load. Students will be expected to read approximately one book per week. The course is meant for students willing to devote significant time and mental energy to understanding the politics of asset bubbles.
None
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Qualitative Research Methods in Political Science [POL-1030]
Quantitative Research Methods [POL-1007]
AND
Introduction to Indian Politics [POL-1004]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Course Description:
Welcome to PSY 101! This course will introduce you to the central principles of the field of psychology. You may be familiar with the definition of psychology as the scientific study of thought and behaviour. What does this mean exactly? Understanding psychology as an empirical science will be our starting point. Without rigorous standards for examining human behaviour, psychology would be little more than intuition, opinion, whim or belief.
NA
COMPONENTS WEIGHTAGE
Learning Assignment 30%
Learning Checks 30%
Presentations 30%
DS attendance and participation 15%
LS attendance and participation 5%
Total 100%
Final Points Letter Grade
90-100 A
85 ~ 89 A –
80 ~ 84 B +
75 ~ 79 B
70 ~ 74 B –
65 ~ 69 C +
60 ~ 64 C
55 ~ 59 C-
50 ~ 54 D+
45 ~ 49 D
40 ~ 44 D-
Below 40 F
Attendance will be marked as a component of the participation grade, but not as a barrier to doing exams. Three unexcused absences are permitted. Missing class is a student’s loss and will impact the class participation grades. Note, though, that if you miss a learning check, you will not be offered a re-take of that particular learning check.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Welcome to PSY-1003!
This course builds on and strengthens the central principles of the field of scientific psychology. You should be familiar with the definition of psychology as the scientific study of thought and behaviour. What does this mean exactly? Understanding psychology as an empirical science will be our starting point. Without rigorous standards for examining human behaviour, psychology would be little more than intuition, opinion, whim or belief. A large part of this course will be devoted to a critical analysis of things you might have already learned in psychology – some of which might, in fact, be classic misconceptions, in other words “myths”… Waiting for us to be explored and find out!
We will parallel some of what students are learning in Psychology-1001 but will focus on exploring psychology as a science, including aspects of how to study questions of interest, critical thinking, and analysis of general findings.
Structure of the Course
This course introduces the scientific discipline of psychology and familiarises the student with basic concepts within it. We look at how researchers and practitioners conduct their work and the various challenges, myths, misunderstandings and misconceptions that the discipline often has to grapple with. First and foremost, this is not a class composed only of lectures. We will devote class time to discussions, demonstrations and in-class presentations, which will add to your appreciation of the application of scientific psychological knowledge in our lives (: Psychology is fun :) However fun it can be, you will need to put in a considerable amount of work. Please come to class with a mindful, interested, curious & courageous mindset, prepared to ask your questions and ready to respond to mine and discuss: I very much look forward to healthy lively discussions in class, as a whole but also in small groups.
Please note, that this is only the second time I am taking this course, therefore and as in all my courses, there will be a fair amount of flexibility in the course timing as well as in the shaping “the course” of the course according to your interests, especially in the small group presentations part during the second half of the course!
Discussion Sections
We will be holding discussion sections during the course of the semester to help you review course material and gain further understanding about the application of the concepts covered in class. To further your understanding and assist with clearing queries, discussion sections in smaller groups will be held once a week with the TF(s). Please register for a DS via LMS.
Knowledge:
State the goals and methods of science as they allow for evaluation of the quality of the evidence, distinguishing between evidence and pseudoscience.
Articulate the rationale and the need for considreing psychology among the sciences.
Meta-Skills:
Read, summarise, paraphrase, critique primary reserach in psychology.
Personal:
Apply theoretical principles from psychology to enhance you everday life - especially student life.
Reading Material
E-copies of the main textbooks will be shared with you via Google Classroom.
These are the two main textbooks:
. Stanovich, K. E. (1992). How to think straight about psychology. Harper Collins Publishers.
. Lilienfeld, S. O., Lynn, S. J., Ruscio, J., & Beyerstein, B. L. (2011). 50 great myths of popular psychology: Shattering widespread misconceptions about human behavior. John Wiley & Sons.
An excellent additional introductory textbook, for this course in particular with reference to some specific chapters:
. Bhatia, A. (2018). Introduction to Psychology. DEF Publishers
Any further additional articles / chapters to read up on more specific topics will also be shared via Google Classroom over the course of the semester.
Following are the mandatory, graded course requirements along with a breakdown of how they contribute to the final grade:
1. Attendance and Participation (20%)(10% each)
The elements that contribute to this grade include: being in good standing of the attendance requirements as mentioned in this document, being on time for the classes and discussion sessions, participation in the class and discussions sessions, in the form of asking and responding to questions, making comments and points about the content being taught, and actively engaging with the course.
2. Three Quizzes (30%)
Three quizzes will be conducted, each worth 10% of the overall grade.
3. One Written Assignment (25%)
A review paper, written in groups of two, will be assigned as the midterm/final assignment.
4. One “Final” Presentation Assignment (25%)
A presentation, in groups of two, on one of the 50 myths in the textbook will be the midterm/final assignment.
Additional & Bonus Assigments:
5. Make-up quiz:
Make up quiz that can substitute the lowest score in the 3 quizzes.
6. Bonus assignment
Bonus presentation assignment for a maximum of up 5% of overall grade.
Attendance and presence in the physical classroom is mandatory, unless announced differently. Attendance will be recorded by the TAs during the first 10 min of the class. You are allowed three unexcused absences for the course. Taking more than five absences will result in a grade cut. Please note that you must not miss more than 7 classes in order to pass the course.
For the Discussion Session, you are allowed two absences.
None
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Course Overview
“I couldn't claim that I was smarter than sixty-five other guys--but the average of sixty-five other guys, certainly!”― Richard P. Feynman [Surely You're Joking, Mr. Feynman: Adventures of a Curious Character]
In this course, you will learn how to use statistical tools (central tendency, variability, probability, hypothesis testing (e.g., t-tests, ANOVAs), regression, etc.) to answer questions of psychological interest. The emphasis will be given on understanding statistical concepts and performing basic statistical analyses, not on mathematical formulas and derivations. Many students, for whom the world of numerals and symbols has been a ‘no-go’ area, begin their statistics course with a fear of doing mathematics. However, statistics is not about (re-)learning summation; instead, statistics summarizes the data in a comprehensive manner.
COURSE STRUCTURE
Lecture Sessions are scheduled on _______ and __________, in addition Dr. Ray will hold office on __________ every week. The aim will be to give a foundation on the topics listed below. Reading the corresponding topic before attending the lecture is expected, but not mandatory, for better understanding and interaction. Lectures are designed to supplement the assigned readings.
WEEK TOPIC
1. Scientific Approach to psychological research, Experiment design in psychology
2. Introduction to frequentist statistics (conceptual primer)
3. Types of Data, Types of Statistical Analysis
4. Describing data using frequency distributions, graphs
5. Measures of Central Tendency, Measures of Spread, Skewness, Kurtosis
6. Introduction to Probability, Probability Distributions, z-statistics, Point estimation, Confidence interval
7. Introduction to Testing of Hypothesis, Finding outliers, Testing for difference between samples
8. Normality and significance testing
9. Analysis of variance (ANOVA), F-Ratio statistics, A priori and post-hoc comparison
10. Non-parametric tests of hypothesis
11. Correlation, Regression, Goodness of Fit
12. Effect size, Statistical Power, Sample size
This course is primarily designed for undergraduate students. By the end of this course you
will be able to
Course Reading
Text Books:
"Explaining Psychological Statistics" by Barry H. Cohen (Wiley)
"Research Methods and Statistics in Psychology" by Hugh Coolican (Hodder Education, Taylor & Francis)
Division of marks:
Academic Integrity: 10%
Syllabus Quiz: 5%
Midterm Exam: 20%
Final Exam: 30%
Data Analysis Project [Group Project]: 25%
Class Participation [Subject Quiz]: 10%
Grades:
Percentage GPA quality points Letter grade Remark
Marks >=85 4.0 A Outstanding
Marks >=80 & <85 3.7 A- Excellent
Marks >=75 & <80 3.3 B+ Very good
Marks >=70 & <75 3.0 B Good
Marks >=65 & <70 2.7 B- Above average
Marks >=60 & <65 2.3 C+ Satisfactory
Marks >=55 & <60 2.0 C Average
Marks >=50 & <55 1.7 C- Ordinary
Marks >=45 & <50 1.3 D+ Poor
Marks >=40 & <45 1.0 D Pass
Marks < 40 0.0 F Fail
Marks = 0 (ABSENT) 0.0 Ab/F Absent
University policy- 3 unexcused absences. Thereafter missed classes will incure penalties.
None
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Course Overview
“I couldn't claim that I was smarter than sixty-five other guys--but the average of sixty-five other guys, certainly!”― Richard P. Feynman [Surely You're Joking, Mr. Feynman: Adventures of a Curious Character]
In this course, you will learn how to use statistical tools (central tendency, variability, probability, hypothesis testing (e.g., t-tests, ANOVAs), regression, etc.) to answer questions of psychological interest. The emphasis will be given on understanding statistical concepts and performing basic statistical analyses, not on mathematical formulas and derivations. Many students, for whom the world of numerals and symbols has been a ‘no-go’ area, begin their statistics course with a fear of doing mathematics. However, statistics is not about (re-)learning summation; instead, statistics summarizes the data in a comprehensive manner.
COURSE STRUCTURE
Lecture Sessions are scheduled on _______ and __________, in addition Dr. Ray will hold office on __________ every week. The aim will be to give a foundation on the topics listed below. Reading the corresponding topic before attending the lecture is expected, but not mandatory, for better understanding and interaction. Lectures are designed to supplement the assigned readings.
WEEK TOPIC
1. Scientific Approach to psychological research, Experiment design in psychology
2. Introduction to frequentist statistics (conceptual primer)
3. Types of Data, Types of Statistical Analysis
4. Describing data using frequency distributions, graphs
5. Measures of Central Tendency, Measures of Spread, Skewness, Kurtosis
6. Introduction to Probability, Probability Distributions, z-statistics, Point estimation, Confidence interval
7. Introduction to Testing of Hypothesis, Finding outliers, Testing for difference between samples
8. Normality and significance testing
9. Analysis of variance (ANOVA), F-Ratio statistics, A priori and post-hoc comparison
10. Non-parametric tests of hypothesis
11. Correlation, Regression, Goodness of Fit
12. Effect size, Statistical Power, Sample size
This course is primarily designed for undergraduate students. By the end of this course you
will be able to
Course Reading
Text Books:
"Explaining Psychological Statistics" by Barry H. Cohen (Wiley)
"Research Methods and Statistics in Psychology" by Hugh Coolican (Hodder Education, Taylor & Francis)
Division of marks:
Academic Integrity: 10%
Syllabus Quiz: 5%
Midterm Exam: 20%
Final Exam: 30%
Data Analysis Project [Group Project]: 25%
Class Participation [Subject Quiz]: 10%
Grades:
Percentage GPA quality points Letter grade Remark
Marks >=85 4.0 A Outstanding
Marks >=80 & <85 3.7 A- Excellent
Marks >=75 & <80 3.3 B+ Very good
Marks >=70 & <75 3.0 B Good
Marks >=65 & <70 2.7 B- Above average
Marks >=60 & <65 2.3 C+ Satisfactory
Marks >=55 & <60 2.0 C Average
Marks >=50 & <55 1.7 C- Ordinary
Marks >=45 & <50 1.3 D+ Poor
Marks >=40 & <45 1.0 D Pass
Marks < 40 0.0 F Fail
Marks = 0 (ABSENT) 0.0 Ab/F Absent
University policy- 3 unexcused absences. Thereafter missed classes will incure penalties.
None
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Quantitative psychological data is frequently a bunch of structured numbers. These cannot be interpreted meaningfully until one understands and appreciates how the data came about and what can be properly inferred from the data. In this course, we will focus on quantitative methodology. This course is for students who know the basics of statistical analyses. The aim is to develop a trained eye for sound methodology to better evaluate other scientists’ research, as well as their own. Students will also learn about planning, ethical conduct, and reporting of findings from a survey and experimental study. Along with some of the most widely-used quantitative methods in psychology (e.g., surveys and experiments), students will also understand how these methods are different from alternative methodologies (i.e., qualitative methods, mixed methods).
By the end of this course, you will be able to:
Prerequisites: Pass in Statistics and Research Methodology I, or equivalent modules in math, economics, or political science.
Required materials:
Shaughnessy J. J., Zechmeister, E. B., Zechmeister, J. S., & (2012). Essentials of research methods in psychology. (9th ed.) Tata McGraw-Hill.
Attendance will be taken within the first five minutes of every class. I expect students to attend all lecture and discussion sessions. The following rules will apply for absences:
Statistics and Research Methods I [PSY-2001]
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Cognitive psychology is the study of how we think, and how we make sense of the external (and internal) environment using our prior experiences, and determine how to respond to an ever changing environment. While the main purpose of this course is to introduce you to the scientific study of the mind, you will also begin to understand the central role cognition plays in our everyday lives.
Upon completing this course, students should be able to:
• Trace the history of cognitive psychology and its influence on other fields of psychology.
• Critically compare and contrast different theories of cognitive function.
• Demonstrate knowledge of the basic methods of cognitive research, plus their strengths and weaknesses.
• Apply communication skills using oral and written materials to discuss topics related to human cognition or to critically review a paper.
• Explain how theories and research findings from cognitive psychology can inform everyday problems
Required Texts
Goldstein, E. B. (2014). Cognitive psychology: Connecting mind, research and everyday experience. Cengage Learning.
Recommended Text
Gobet, F., Chassy, P., & Bilalic, M. (2016). Foundations of cognitive psychology. McGraw Hill.
Other
Any required journal articles and book chapters will be provided on google classroom.
10% Class participation
10% Presentations
20% Mid term exam
25% Final exam
20% Assignment
10% Class and DS Attendance
5% Take Home Quizzes
Grading rubric: A= 90-100; A- = 85-89; B+= 80-84; B = 75-79.4; B-= 70-
74; C+= 65-69; C= 60-64 ;C-= 55-59; D+= 50-54; D= 45-49; D-= 40-44;
F= Below 40. Curving is at the discretion of the professor.
Introduction to Psychology [PSY-1001]
Thinking like a Psychologist [PSY-1003]
AND
Statistics and Research Methods I [PSY-2001]
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400/ CS-1207]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
The course examines changes across different time points in development by addressing four central questions of developmental science: continuity, plasticity, sources of development, and individual differences across lifespan. Empirical data from infants, children, and adults will be examined to explain the developmental processes and learn how the emergence of the human mind. The essence is to also to examine if the endpoints of human development are complex and unique.
Specific Learning Outcomes (SLO)
SLO#1: Profound understanding of both ‘what’ develops and ‘how’ development occurs with a specific emphasis on recent developments and current issues in the studies of human development.
✔ Evaluate the relative contributions of nature and nurture to human development.
✔ Explain major issues and principles guiding the study of human development.
✔ Describe how developmental theories contribute to understanding the nature of developmental change.
SLO#2: Studying the influence of multiple domains (e.g., biological, perceptual, cognitive, affective/emotional, and contextual) on development.
✔ How behaviors develop and change throughout the life span.
✔ How internal, environmental, and social factors influence behavior.
✔ Individual differences in behavior, including those related to gender, ethnicity, and culture.
✔ Developmental changes and processes across multiple contexts to identify human universals as well as context-specific differences in human development.
SLO#3: Integrating research across multiple domains (e.g., biological, perceptual, cognitive, affective/emotional, and contextual) and examining the influence of their interactions across development.
✔ Use of experimentation and quasi-experimentation in studies of development.
✔ Developmental measurement issues.
✔ Conceptualizations of change and approaches to assess it.
SLO # 4: Application of developmental psychology principles to the real world.
Required text for the course:
Kail, R. V., & Cavanaugh, J. C. (2017). Human development: A life-span view. Cengage Learning (8th edition)
Evaluation and Grading of Assignments:
Percentage |
Description |
>93 (A) |
Outstanding. |
85-92 (A-) |
Very Good to Excellent. |
80-84(B+) |
Acceptable to Good. The student demonstrated an adequate to good understanding of the course material at a level of performance acceptable to complete the course. |
75- 79(B) |
Good to average. The student's understanding of the course material at a level of performance is just sufficient to complete the course. |
63 – 75 (B- & C) |
Below average The student’s understanding of the course material is just sufficient to pass the course but a level of performance much lower than expected. |
<64 |
Minimally Acceptable. The student demonstrated understanding of the material sufficient to pass the course but at a level of performance lower than expected from continuing graduate students. |
Attendance for lectures & discussion sessions[1]: 0.5% per week, up to a maximum of 5%. There are 24 on-line class lectures and13 discussion sessions where attendance is counted. This means that you can miss 2 classes/discussion sessions with no penalty to your grades – not that you should miss them in the first place.
Class participation: Includes in-class discussions/excercises, participation in discussion sessions and responding to discussion questions posted every weekon classroom. Every week class discussion, in-class participation exercises, and responding to discussion questions will yield a 2-4 points. The aggregate points will contribute to 15 % of your grade.
[1] The discussion session will provide an opportunity to revise and review the concepts in smaller groups and are led by TF and TA.
Statistics and Research Methods I [PSY-2001]
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400/ CS-1207]
AND
Introduction to Psychology [PSY-1001]
Thinking like a Psychologist [PSY-1003]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course focuses on understanding the phenomenology (description), etiology (causes), and treatment of abnormal behavior. Major psychological syndromes will be discussed along with the current APA classification system (DSM-5) and other classification systems. Genetic, biological, social, and psychological parameters implicated in the etiology of these syndromes will be introduced
Text : Butcher J.N, Mineka S, Hooley J.M, Kapoor P (2019) Abnormal Psychology (18th ed) Pearson India
https://www.amazon.in/dp/9353065593?tag=pearindieduc-21 ( Rs.781 from amazon India for paperback, Rs. 389 for Kindle edition) Students are highly encouraged to get their own copy of the south asian edition)
Reference: Nevid, J.S., Rathus, S.A., & Greene, B (2018). Abnormal Psychology in a Changing World (10th ed.) New Jersey: Pearson Higher Education.
In Addition to text chapters, occasionally, there will be sections from the reference, other book chapters, or articles. All chapters, articles, readings, lectures, will be uploaded on Google Classroom
Individual Grade components: 60
● LS Attendance-5
● Syllabus quiz 5
● Academic Integrity (Individual)-5
● DS Attendance- 5
● DS Participation-10
● Learning Checks-30 (3 out of 4 learning checks - 10% each)
Group + Individual components: 40
● Practicum: 40, of which 20% is a collaboration score
Total: 100 points
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400/ CS-1207]
Statistics and Research Methods I [PSY-2001]
AND
Introduction to Psychology [PSY-1001]
Thinking like a Psychologist [PSY-1003]
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Course description: Social psychology is the branch of psychological science that examines how an individual's thoughts, emotions and behavior are shaped by social norms and the larger social context. We will explore how the presence of others shapes and influences our motivations, cognition, attitudes, emotions and behavior, by looking at group processes involved in cooperation, conflict and competition.
To introduce major theories, concepts, empirical findings and debates in social psychology.
To familiarize students with methods within social psychological research.
To critically engage with social psychological findings and explore how they apply to our cultural contexts.
To understand the intersections between ‘social’ and ‘individual’ and the multi-layered problems that social psychologists examine.
To facilitate the development of interest in exploring social psychological questions of enquiry among students.
Prerequisites- SRM 1 & Introduction to Psychology/ Thinking Like A Psychologist
Blended Learning Assignment (BLA) – 20%
Quizzes (4 + 1 Make-up quiz) – 20%
Mid- term Exam – 25%
Social Experiment (with summary/abstract) – 30%
DS Attendance and Participation - 5%
TOTAL = 100%
Final Points Letter Grade
90-100 A
85 ~ 89 A –
80 ~ 84 B +
75 ~ 79 B
70 ~ 74 B –
65 ~ 69 C +
60 ~ 64 C
55 ~ 59 C-
50 ~ 54 D+
45 ~ 49 D
40 ~ 44 D-
Below 40 F
Statistics and Research Methods I [PSY-2001]
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400/ CS-1207]
AND
Introduction to Psychology [PSY-1001]
Thinking like a Psychologist [PSY-1003]
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
In this class, we will put together a series of topics in neuroscience for further study. A rough set of topics is provided in the syllabus, but we can explore really any other system that people are interested in. Every week, one class will involve teaching, and the other will involve discussion and presentations. In the second class, students take turns contributing to the collective understanding of the field by presenting individually selected readings, based on your own interest. Then we will collectively discuss advances in each field, relying on looking up fresh primary research papers together.
The goal of this class is for students to explore various topics in neuroscience that give one a sense of the possible framework of computation through electrical signaling by wet, messy, living systems. The introduction to neuroscience course should have already given you all a sense of how single neurons perform basic computations of addition and subtraction and how elementary circuits might perform more complicated computations. We will explore how these multi neuron circuits work in this course not through textbook material or conventional teaching, but rather through reading primary scientific material.
Grading is equally divided between assignments and presentation - one assignment, one presentation, and one multimedia submission (format of your choice).
Your participation in class or even by email will count towards the remaining 10%. In terms of class participation, questions in class will be counted, as will engaging by email, etc. Your attendance is a part of your participation grade.
Attendance: will be tracked for class participation, but not as a barrier to doing exams, etc. Missing class is a student’s loss and through the participation grade, there are built-in rewards for attending.
Introduction to Neuroscience/ Biological Psychology [BIO-2103/ BIO-6103/ PSY-2001]
Introduction to Neuroscience/ Biological Psychology [PSY-2011/ BIO-2103/ BIO-6103]
Introduction to Neuroscience [PSY-2011]
18:20-19:50
Thursday
18:20-19:50
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Welcome to “Auditory & Temporal Cognition: The Rhythm of Speech & Music”!
This course will: take you on a journey into the human central auditory system, its structure and functions, ranging from simple pitch discrimination to rhythm perception, and all the way up to language and music processing, the two most sophisticated “end uses” of auditory cognition. We will also cover related dysfunctions, including developmental and neurological ones, with specific focus on rhythm and timing as the basis for music, language - and even movement.
We will start with the inner ear and move on into the brain, along the auditory pathway, discover the specialisation of the relevant brain structures, look into the role of expertise (e.g. musicianship) and go full circle by touching on predictive processing and top-down projections from the brain to the ear.
Each of the lectures be complemented by presentations and critical discussion of related articles of your choice (: which will range from relevant seminal classical studies to hot-of-the-press ones.
Introduction to Neuroscience [PSY-2011]
Introduction to Neuroscience/ Biological Psychology [PSY-2011/ BIO-2103/ BIO-6103]
Introduction to Neuroscience/ Biological Psychology [BIO-2103/ BIO-6103/ PSY-2001]
AND
Introduction to Psychology [PSY-1001]
Thinking like a Psychologist [PSY-1003]
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Thursday
Add to schedule:
Welcome to “Cognitive Neuroscience”!
This course will cover the main areas of Cognitive Neuroscience, that is the science of the biological bases for cognition , i.e. the relationship between the nervous system‘s structural and physiological mechanisms and the psychological reality of the mind. Following an overview of the anatomy of the human brain, we will then look into the neural processes underlying cognitive functions including sensory cognition, memory, attention, language and music, reward and decision making, consciousness and time. Along the way, we will learn about the methodologies used to study these functions: neuropsychological work in patient populations (e.g. stroke, degenerative diseases) to brain imaging at the macro- and microscopic level (e.g. magnetic resonance imaging, MRI; electro/magnetoencephalography, M/EEG) and brain stimulation techniques (e.g. transcranial magnetic stimulation, TMS; or deep brain stimulation, DBS) and
computational modelling and brain-computer interfacing.
The course will in part follow the text book “Cognitive Neuroscience”, by world-renowned
researchers Michael Gazzaniga et al. (which remains the gold standard in its field) including exciting
chapters from its newest edition (2020). In addition, the course will heavily draw on scientific
research articles (presented by the instructor as well as by the students), which will range from
seminal “classics” to hot-off-the-press ones, whereby the final list of papers presented will be
determined by the students’ specific choices.
Recommended prerequisite:
Introduction to Neuroscience.
About half of the course is taken up by lectures and presentations given by the instructor, whilst the
other half is taken up by student presentations. The course will familiarize you not only with the
topics of the course, including a general and specific knowledge on classical as well as cutting-edge
research findings, but also give you insights with how the world of research works and provide
valuable training and practice in presenting research papers in the safe environment of peers. In both
the lectures and presentations, interactive discussions based on questions, curiosity and critical
thinking are highly encouraged. Your input into these discussions is welcome in any and all forms,
whichever suits you and the occasion best (raising your hand & voice, chat or even email if preferred
although a bit cumbersome and of course not immediate). The final grade will be a composite score
including participation, presentation, exam questions and an essay exam.
TBD
Introduction to Neuroscience/ Biological Psychology [BIO-2103/ BIO-6103/ PSY-2001]
Introduction to Neuroscience [PSY-2011]
Introduction to Neuroscience/ Biological Psychology [PSY-2011/ BIO-2103/ BIO-6103]
AND
Introduction to Psychology [PSY-1001]
Thinking like a Psychologist [PSY-1003]
15:00-16:30
Friday
18:20-19:50
Thursday
Add to schedule:
Course Description:
This course is designed to provide the students with an overview of Counseling Psychology as a profession and define the subject matter of this field. The history, philosophy, values, and organization of counseling psychology both as an academic discipline and as a helping profession are explored. The course will provide students with an introduction to the major therapeutic approaches, different modalities of treatment and prevention work. The course also gets into an exploration of issues associated with values, ethics, multiculturalism, social justice, and more. Discussions, demonstrations, and self-refective exercises give students an opportunity to explore counseling psychology as a career path.
By the end of the semester students will be able to:
Required Readings:
Gelso, C. J., Nutt Williams, E., & Fretz, B. R. (2014). Counseling psychology (3rd ed.). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/14378-000 (ISBN: 978-1-4338-1711-3)
Corey, G. (2017). Theory and Practice of Counseling and Psychotherapy (10th ed.). Cengage Learning. Custom Publishing.
Recommended Readings:
American Psychological Association [APA] (2020). Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington, DC: APA. https://doi.org/10.1037/0000165-000 (ISBN: 978-1-4338-3217-8)
APA Style Tutorials & Webinars: https://apastyle.apa.org/instructional-aids/tutorials-webinars/
**Please note that I may change/add readings to those mentioned in the syllabus. I’ll announce changes in readings (if any) during our class at least two weeks prior to when I expect you to read them**
Attendance - 5% of final grade
Participation and Class Citizenship – 5% of final grade
Learning Checks – 20% of final grade
Cultural Event Paper- 15% of final grade
Conceptualization Paper - 20% of final grade
Prevention Program - Group Project– 30% of final grade
Self-Reflection Paper – 5% 0f final grade
Attendance Policy
Research has shown that students who attend class regularly tend to receive better grades than students with sporadic attendance. This is likely to also be true in this class. Class participation will account for 5% of your final grade (3 "free" absences from lectures are allowed). You are also required to attend weekly DS sessions led by the TF (2 “free” absences allowed). Class Participation and citizenship will account for 5% of the grade as well.
Introduction to Psychology [PSY-1001]
Thinking like a Psychologist [PSY-1003]
AND
Statistics and Research Methods I [PSY-2001]
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400]
Statistics for Economics [ECO-1400/ CS-1207]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Law and Psychology presents an interesting intersection and an extensive body of research that focuses on the application of psychological theories to the understanding of criminal behavior, court procedures and other socio-legal realities. This course will present a unique and critical approach to legal issues, rooted within a social-psychological approach with the intention to find answers to difficult questions that define the subject area of law, ethics, mental health, investigation and rehabilitation.
To introduce major theories, concepts, empirical findings and debates in legal and forensic psychology
Critical engagement with theories on crime and criminal behavior, investigative methods and rehabilitative practices
Myth busting and examining the realities of application of forensic psychological concepts
To understand the range of intersection between law and psychology
To facilitate the development of interest in exploring social-legal-psychological questions of enquiry among students.
Prerequisites- Introduction to Psychology/ Thinking like a Psychologist
SRM 1&2
Statistics and Research Methods II [PSY-2002]
AND
Introduction to Psychology [PSY-1001]
Thinking like a Psychologist [PSY-1003]
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Thursday
Add to schedule:
The course is designed to introduce students to the prominent qualitative research methods in Psychology. Qualitative research facilitates an in-depth and contextual understanding of psychological states and processes through systematic analyses of thick descriptive and experiential data. Questions like - What is the lived experience of a psychiatric diagnosis? How are images and symbols in popular media influencing our everyday language and reality? What are the various stages of coping in the aftermath of a trauma? Why are certain stories and myths important in a community? are most suited for a qualitative inquiry.
The course will begin with a rationale of the various qualitative approaches and their underlying theoretical assumptions. The lectures will include activities designed to give a hands-on-experience of all the major qualitative methods. Throughout the course, students will be encouraged to engage in thinking about and articulating the role of researcher’s subjectivity and social position in qualitative research.
After completing the course, the student will be able to:
1. Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (Eds.). (2018). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (5th ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Sage.
2. Smith, J. A. (Ed.). (2003). Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods. Sage Publications, Inc.
3. Grbich, C. (2013). Qualitative Data Analysis: An Introduction (2nd ed.). New York: Sage
4 Yin, R. K. (2016). Qualitative research from start to finish. New York: The Guilford Press
The lectures will be progressive in nature and hence students are expected to attend their classes regularly and also read their weekly reading before the lecture.
Introduction to Neuroscience [PSY-2011]
Introduction to Neuroscience/ Biological Psychology [PSY-2011/ BIO-2103/ BIO-6103]
Cognitive Psychology [PSY-2021]
Developmental Psychology [PSY-2031]
Clinical Psychology [PSY-2041]
Social Psychology [PSY-2051]
AND
Statistics and Research Methods II [PSY-2002]
10:10-11:40
Friday
11:50-13:20
Friday
Add to schedule:
This course is designed to provide an introduction to psychotherapy skills. Students will be able to understand elements of ethical and effective counseling practice. They will be able to identify and use a variety of helping Skills at a beginner level with an appreciation of personal and sociocultural factors. The course also aims to enhance student understanding of self as a tool and increase self-awareness and self-reflective abilities. Students will practice helping skills with each other every week. Attendance is mandatory and contributes to the course grade. Note that the course will involve discussing and working with emotionally charged content. Students should also be prepared to reflect on, and talk about (not mandated) some personal/emotional issues in class.
At the completion of this course, students will be able to…
Note: Completion of this course does not qualify students to practice as counselors or therapists.
Required Reading:
Textbook: Hill, C. E. (2014). Helping skills: Facilitating exploration, insight, and action (4 ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association. ISBN: 978-1-4338-1678-9
Recommended Readings:
**Please note that I may change/add readings to those mentioned in the syllabus. I’ll announce changes in readings (if any) during our class at least two weeks prior to when I expect you to read the articles**
Grading Rubric
Attendance - 5% of final grade
Participation – 5% of final grade
Self-Examination paper – 20% of final grade
Practice Exercises (Total 5 practice exercises) – 10%
Reading Reflections (3*5) – 15%
Group Presentation of Articles – 10%
Lab Score: Helping Sessions, Review, and Final Report – 35%
*The standard Ashoka grading rubric for letter grades will be followed.
Student’s participation is essential in this course and is graded.
One session each week will be lecture and the second session each week is Lab.
Lecture participation grades - will be based on your attendance and active engagement in the class discussion (e.g, asking questions, sharing a thought or opinion to generate discussion among classmates).
Lab participation grades - will consider your attendance, ability to stay on task, engage actively in the roleplays (as either a helper, client, or observer), to provide both positive and constructive feedback to your classmates on their skills, and to come into lab with concerns or problems to talk about.
Statistics and Research Methods II [PSY-2002]
Statistics and Research Methods II [PSY-4990-05]
Statistics and Research Methods II [PSY-4990-14]
AND
Introduction to Counseling Psychology [PSY-3042]
Psychotherapy: Theoretical Foundations and Research [PSY-3047]
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Elementary Sanskrit I is the first of a set of two language courses meant to introduce the beginner to Sanskrit Grammar. At the end of this intensive course, the student will have learnt about half of the major topics required to read and comprehend texts in Classical Sanskrit. We assume no prior knowledge on behalf of the student.
We will follow the ‘‘Samskrta-Subodhini: A Sanskrit Primer" by Madhav Deshpande. Additional handouts and worksheets will be shared over the AMS. We aim to cover the following topics:
Attendance and Class Quizzes 10%
Weekly assignments: 20%
Midterm Exam: 20%
Final Exam: 50%
This is a language course, and its success entirely depends upon your participation and preparation. Please be committed to doing the weekly quizzes and assignments. You need a minimum attendance of 70% to be eligible to take the exams. You are expected to turn up in time for the classes. If you need extra help with any topic, I am willing to help. But you have to take the first step – speak to me and schedule a tutorial. Take language courses seriously!
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Elementary Sanskrit II is the second of a set of three language courses meant to introduce the student to Sanskrit Grammar. At the end of this intensive course, the student will have learnt most of the major topics required to read and comprehend texts in Classical Sanskrit. We will also revise topics learnt previously through the weekly assignments and quizzes.
Topics covered –
Gerunds and Infinitives
Consonant Sandhi
Neuter nouns – i, u, ṛ
Verbs with prefixes
Passive and Middle Voice
Future Tense
Nouns ending on Consonants
Present Active Participles
Future Active Participles
Present Passive Participles
Past Perfect Participles
Demonstrative Pronouns
Compounds
Past Perfect
Past Aorist
Conditional and Benedictive
Secondary Verbal Roots (sanādi)
Secondary Derivatives (taddhita)
Abstract Nouns
Degrees of Comparison
Numbers and counting
At the end of this intensive course, the student will have learnt most of the major topics in grammar required to read and comprehend texts in Classical Sanskrit.
You will reinforce the vocabulary learnt earlier, and will augment it with more lexemes.
You will be equipped to read longer, more complex passages.
Course Textbook
We will follow the ‘‘Samskrta-Subodhini: A Sanskrit Primer" by Madhav Deshpande. Additional handouts and worksheets will be shared over the AMS.
Prerequisites
Students are required to have completed Elementary Sanskrit I. If you haven’t taken Elementary Sanskrit I, but wish to attend Elementary Sanskrit II, write to me.
Attendance and Class Quizzes 10%
Weekly assignments: 20%
Midterm Exam: 30%
Final Exam: 40%
Attendance will be marked in each class. You need a minimum attendance of 70% to take the exams. This is a language course, and its success entirely depends upon your participation and preparation. Please be committed to doing the weekly quizzes and assignments.
Elementary Sanskrit - I [SAN-1001/ HIS-1101]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course is for those who have either done 2 semesters of Sanskrit already (Elementary 1 and Elementary 2).
We will start reading actual Classical Sanskrit – probably the Mahābhārata. Along the way we will consolidate grammar.
Over the course of the semester your grammar will be consolidated and extended, and you will become gradually more confident reading actual classical Sanskrit.
We will read from Lanman's 'Sanskrit Reader'.
Before each class students will prepare. During class we will go around the room, each student reading one sentence and attempting to translate it. We will then discuss it before passing on to the next student for the next sentence.
Mid term exam 40%
Final exam 60%
If you miss a class, the 2 exams will be harder for you, as the passage we translate in that class may come up in the exam.
Elementary Sanskrit - I [SAN-1001/ HIS-1101]
AND
Elementary Sanskrit - II [SAN-1002/ HIS-1102]
16:40-18:10
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course surveys some of the major texts and literary genres of South Asia, with a focus on the first millennium CE. We will closely read a range of translations from Sanskrit, Prakrit and Tamil sources, spanning several genres – inscriptional praise-poems, lyrical poetry, plays, courtly epics, novels, farces and literary riddles.
While familiarizing ourselves with the contents and styles of these texts, we will attend to two major strands. One the historical and social circumstances that produced, received and circulated these texts, and two to the literary craft: styles of narrative, the use of figures and topoi, allusion and intertextuality. No prior knowledge of primary languages is required.
The student will be exposed to a wide range of early South Asian belletristic texts. You will learn about to situate and read premodern literary texts against their social and intellectual backdrop. We will develop a sensibility for the models of creativity and classicism present in the texts.
You will learn to identify major figural and rhetorical techniques. We will engage in fine-grained as well as critical reading, and also reflect on the process of translation.
The reading package will be available on the LMS. There are no prerequisites for the course. Once you sign up for the course, however, it is essential that you do the required readings, and some of the suggested readings for each week.
Class Participation and discussion 15%
Weekly reflection 20%
Presentations 25%
Final Submission 40%
Attendance will be marked every week. If you need to be absent, write to me in advance. You will still need to do the weekly reading, and post the weekly reflection. For every two absences, you will have an extra written assignment [2 pages long]. Unannounced absences will reflect on your score for participation.
None
16:40-18:10
Friday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course is a survey of the themes of death, rebirth and Karma in South Asian culture. Drawing upon a range of primary Sanskrit sources [in English translation] we will explore the philosophical, ritual and socio-political aspects revolving around death and rebirth. Students will read and reflect on these complex topics, along the psychological, social and spiritual frames.
This is a list of topics we will cover in this course –
Week 1: Philosophical and Historical Overview of Mortality and Immortality in South Asia
Week 2: The Existential Anxiety: Fear of Death in South Asian Thought
Week 3: Exploring the Multiplicity: Various Notions of Death in South Asian Cultures
Week 4: Encountering the Inevitable: The Multifaceted Nature of Death
Week 5: Navigating the Beyond: Diverse Paths to Death, Varied Beliefs, and Fantasies
Week 6: Transcendent Wisdom: Mystical Teachings on the Philosophy of Death
Week 7: Ritualistic Philosophies on Death: Unveiling the Sacred and Profound Practices
Week 8: Beyond Mortality: Strategies and Philosophical Foundations for Conquering Death
Week 9: Karmic Threads: Exploring Theories of Karma to the Notion of Death
Week 10: The Cycle Unveiled: Theories of Rebirth and Conceptualizing Death
Week 11: Threshold of Existence: Crossing over Worlds
Week 12: Transcending Finality: Life Beyond Death and the Afterlife
Readings will be shared through the AMS.
This course is meant to be accessible to students with diverse academic backgrounds and curiosity about the concepts of life, death and rebirth in South Asian cultures. No prior knowledge of Sanskrit is assumed.
Attendance and class participation 25%
Weekly reflections: 25%
Classroom presentations: 25%
Final Paper: 25%
Attendance Policy
Students are expected to attend on time. If you need to be absent, inform me over email well in advance [24 hours at least]. You will still be expected to keep up with weekly readings and assignments. Two consecutive absences will earn you an extra written assignment (2 pages). Further absences will reflect on your attendance grade.
If you feel you need extra help, sign up (and turn up) for office hours.
None
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course explores important concepts and approaches in sociology and anthropology. The syllabus is designed to familiarize the students with select concepts and ethnographies of the discipline. We will discuss the sociology and anthropology of kinship, social stratification (caste, race, tribe), cities, migration, nationalism, and environment. Rather than treating these as independent concepts, we seek to show their inter-relation with other social phenomena. For example, how are notions of family and kinship intertwined with science and technology studies; what is the connection between migration and urban transformations, how does one critically study the relation between environment and tourism etc. By doing this, the course demonstrates how the sociological approach explores and finds relations and connections between people, places, and objects. The objective of this course is to develop students’ appreciation of concepts and categories and their evolution and innovation. This course will also demonstrate to students how theory, ethnography and critical thinking can be integrated. Course materials will include examples from India as well as other parts of the world, and will offer a representative overview and not exhaustive coverage of all topics and perspectives existing in the discipline. Evaluation will be on the basis of written assignments, discussion board responses and class participation.
A. Attendance and Class Participation: 10 points
B. Discussion Board questions. Questions will be posted online for you to respond in 200 words on scheduled dates. See syllabus for dates (5x5) 25 points
C. Mid-semester Exam. You will be given three questions that you will have to answer in 24 hours (10 AM – 10 AM, next day) 25 points. Questions will test your ability to apply concepts to real life situations
D. End-semester Review Quiz. 15 Multiple Choice Questions on the last day of teaching. 15 points
E. End-semester Assignment. Socio-autobiography/Auto-ethnography*
Word limit 3000/12 double spaced pages. 25 points
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
What kinds of things are gifts and commodities? What does their exchange tell us about the relations between persons and things, between things and things, and between different persons party to an exchange? What gives a thing a sense of value? Are there such things that are useful but that are not up for exchange? What kinds of debts are generated when gifts and commodities are exchanged? Does the clearing of a debt signal the end of a relationship? Is reciprocity a good thing after all? If being creditable is a respectable characteristic, why are creditors typically such villainous characters? Is being indebted a show of strength or a sign of weakness? What goes into making a price? What does it really mean for a thing to be priceless? If time is indeed money, is money also in some way a form or measure of time?
This course is an intensive introduction to the anthropology of exchange through the circulation of gifts and commodities across diverse times and places. We will read a set of classical and contemporary texts that explore the complex processes and relations of gift and commodity exchange and consider the rich and seemingly endless debates that they generate for the discipline and beyond
TOTAL: class participation (10 %) + Midterm exam (45 %) + Final exam (45 %)
90-100: A
85-89: A-
80-84: B+
75-79: B
70-74: B-
65-69: C+
60-64: C
55-59: C-
50-54: D+
45-49: D
40-44: D-
<40: F
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Why do we have a taboo on incest? Why do cousins marry in some cultures? Do women have to leave their natal homes on marriage? Why are children often named after their father’s lines? How do the contours of American kinship and marriage differ from practices in India? What do we mean by ‘blood’ relatives? Is kinship in the genes? How do these notions relate to new reproductive technologies?
Puzzle over these human conundrums with the classic and the contemporary in the field. As one of the subject’s most popular writers put it, ‘Kinship is to anthropology what logic is to philosophy or the nude is to art’. It structures human life.
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Marxist geographer Neil Smith famously said – “there’s no such thing as a natural disaster.” He was echoing a generation of environmental geographers and anthropologists who have shown, drawing on political economic and political ecological scholarship, that disasters are a social calculus – both in terms of causes and consequences. Recent years have seen an increased frequency of disasters globally. From mega events such as tsunamis, cyclones, earthquakes and deep water oil spills to “slow disasters” like air pollution, soil erosion, desertification, epidemics, and sea level rise, disasters have become ubiquitous. Climate change has made matters worse, producing greater vulnerability, particularly in the Global South, and deepening the ruts of social differences and inequity.
How do we re-conceptualize risk, disaster, and vulnerability in the Anthropocene? What would an anthropological understanding of disaster look like? In what ways is the (capitalist) state implicated in the production of hazardscapes? How might a decolonial approach to disaster look like? These are but some of the many issues this course aims to grapple with. Drawing on an interdisciplinary scholarship, and a number of iconic case studies from around the world, this course will allow students to gain a critical perspective on disaster and vulnerability. We will also go on field trips within Delhi-NCR for a closer look at urban hazards and vulnerability.
None
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Questions of borders and citizenship are important topics across various disciplines today. This course will discuss national and territorial borders as well as symbolic, cultural and bodily borders and borders of the mind. It will focus on populations who cross borders, or live deterritorialised existences, and how their actions defy strictly political ideas of the border. Territorial borders can spread their influence beyond their immediate vicinity through material forms such as check posts or through unequal citizenship laws. Belonging adds another element to this course, for it explores how people relate to the particular geography or society within whose borders they live or are forced to cross during their lifetime.
This course will also explore the conceptual tangle that often results between terms such as borders, boundaries, frontiers, and margins, which seem interchangeable with each other. Whereas borders are understood to be the physical limits of nation-states, and frontiers as porous, flexible zones, boundaries may be symbolic, referring to divides between classes, genders, races, religions or languages. But these are contested categories and their meanings often overlap. People may accept political borders on the surface but morally and practically, transgress them in their everyday life and livelihood activities. Studying borders encourage us not to remain trapped in the search for fixed definitions but to move beyond to understand how they appear and evolve and are crossed and remade. The readings include ethnographies, fiction, social theory and literary essays in order to show the significance of borders in the contemporary world.
(1) Attendance and class participation = 10 points
(2) Mid-semester assignment = 25 points (10 pages, double spaced) The mid-semester assignment will be a test of application. Students will be given a case study relating to the course material and will be asked to analyse it in relation to the material covered in class.
(3) Student presentation = 15 points. Please select one film/documentary that is relevant to your topic. You have to show the most relevant 5-minute clip from that film. Presentation must be a brief recounting of literature surveyed, main argument, interpretation and analysis, and case study/studies used.
(4) End-term quiz = 20 points. This is an MCQ style exam to test conceptual knowledge.
(5) End-semester assignment = 30 points (12 pages, double spaced)
The end-semester assignment will be an essay on a topic related to the subject of borders. The following list of indicative themes does not exhaust the list of possible themes: Immigration, Border Security, Border and Gender, Borders and Nations, Border identities, City and Border, Citizen and Refugee, Detention and Deportation, Diaspora Globalization, Literature, Film and Borders
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
15:00-16:30
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
There are few disciplines that seem to be so deeply wedded to a method as anthropology is to something called fieldwork and to something related called ethnography. So much so that one often wonders if and to what extent anthropology is method? This course explores the relationships between anthropology and ethnography and those between question and method in the making of the discipline. Indeed, in some ways, the course could also have been named Anthropology's Questions. Here are some other questions we will ask: What might it mean to have an anthropological imagination or an ethnographic sensibility? How are they related? Where does the field of fieldwork begin and end and how does one find it? What is the relationship between a 'site' and 'sight' in constituting the field? How else does one sense the field? How long does it take to arrive at and exist in the everyday and how does one exit? How does one deal with questions of subjects and objects, subjectivity and objectivity, intimacy and scale, the actual and the virtual, power and privilege, anonymity and representation, originality and authenticity? How does one go about uncovering and establishing relationships in practice? What is the role of comparison in anthropology? What does it mean to move relationally and comparatively in conceptual and empirical terms? What are the different ways in which anthropologists approach 'the field' and 'the archive'? How does one go about conducting fieldwork and composing an ethnography? What are disciplinary codes and conventions, how are they established, when are they broken? In what ways might the limitations of anthropology's methods expand our imagination of its very possibilities? Over the semester, this course will attempt to address these and other questions through close reading, discussion and debates on a range of anthropological texts and texts on anthropology and its methods. Students will also complete a series of methodological exercises and assignments, including crafting a short research proposal and paper.
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology [SOA-101]
AND
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
10:10-11:40
Friday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
To paraphrase Guy Debord, reasoning about water is inseparably reasoning about power. Water flows through circuits of power, both benefitting and dispossessing many along the way. In South Asia, access to water is also deeply tied up with questions of caste, along with other axes of difference, such as gender and class. The social life of water in South Asia is thus complex and polyvalent that calls for a deeper historical, cultural analysis across scales, something that this course aims to achieve.
Water is life-giving and non-substitutable. More than a decade ago, in July 2010, the UN General Assembly adopted a resolution that recognized the right to safe and clean drinking water and sanitation as a human right. Yet nearly a billion people in the world still lack access to safe drinking water, and water-related diseases and deaths remain pervasive, particularly in the Global South. At the same time, recent years have witnessed a drastic rise in water grabbing and privatization, as well as mega hydraulic projects, including large dams, waterways, etc., which often create grounds for water-related conflicts and threaten the survival of many.
This course will help students gain an in-depth anthropological and political ecological understanding of water, with a special focus on South Asia. Based on a range of interdisciplinary literature, as well as field trips within Delhi-NCR, the course aims to provide students with a deeper epistemological and ontological grounding on water, water governance, and water justice.
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
AND
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
What is expertise? How is it determined? Who gets to decide? This course examines the role of experts and expertise in modern life, taking inspiration from E. Summerson Carr’s formulation that expertise is “something people do rather than something people have or hold” (2010, 18). To this end, we will consider how expertise unfolds in interactions between individuals and institutions in spaces such as universities, clinics, and courtrooms. We will pay particularly close attention to the mediating role of language and discourse in establishing and stabilizing expertise. We will also examine how expert knowledge is inflected by experiences of race, caste, gender, and class, among other stratifications. Topics in the course include training and apprenticeship, professionalization, the idea of merit, the “genius,” and imposter syndrome. We will read foundational texts by Weber, Foucault, and Bourdieu and writing by Ian Hacking, Mary Poovey, Timothy Mitchell, Charles Goodwin, Beth Mertz, Ajantha Subramanian, Joe Dumit, and Dominic Boyer.
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
AND
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
15:00-16:30
Monday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
The course basically prompts the question of what are the defining characteristics of Capital and what role does it play in contemporary times? What constitutes and determines life today as against a transcendental notion of a human life? In responding to these questions the course uncovers four axes of historical lineage in which the contemporary life is situated with Capital at the centre. In other words Capital cannot be divorced or studied independently of 3 other phenomena so what we are going to do in this class is to trace the epochal shifts in the relationship of 4 important phenomena that go together to make the present world or the world as we know it.
The course consists of four modules. The module on capitalism discusses the historical origins, key anthropological elements and certain basic tenets from the works of James Blaut, Karl Marx, Giovanni Arrighi, and Thomas Piketty; in the module on colonialism we will read Edward Said’s formulations in his key text Orientalism, along with Frantz Fanon and David Scot to discuss colonial and post-colonial difference; the module on modernity will cover the writings of Dipesh Chakravarthy, Timothy Mitchel and Bruno Latour; the last module on nationalism will just carefully read selected passages from Benedict Anderson and Partha Chatterjee.
Each Module will last for 3-4 weeks
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
AND
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
AND
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
15:00-16:30
Friday
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
VIOLENCE AND THE CITY
What description could adequately account for the relation between collective violence and the modern and/or postcolonial city? Can this relationship be theorized through classical explanatory models (Marxism, neoliberal capitalist accumulation, political networks of patronage) that are alive to contemporary forms of urban violence? Violence – a concept and a mode of action – constantly oscillates between the physical and the structural, the visible and the invisible, the natural and the social, the institutional and the criminal. Likewise, the modern city refers to the physical environment, a ‘way of life’, an assemblage of multiple and heterogenous actors, and a historical process. The course will bring these two terms – violence and city – together by offering granular ethnographic accounts of the multiple ways in which they overlap, intersect, and refer to each other. In doing so the course will show how a social imaginary of the modern and postcolonial city is built on the constitutive co-presence of collective violence. At the heart of this co-presence are practices of embodiment and dismemberment, subjectivity and the denudation of the subject and a proliferating economy of affect centered around hate, ressentiment and melancholia. Equally, the force of the biopolitical in instituting novel repertoires of violence will be delimited. Of special importance here is the way in which state practices of violence map themselves over the architecture of the city.
We will read a range of ethnographies from Africa to Asia, from the Middle East to Europe and to the Americas. The course is designed for both advanced graduate and postgraduate students. As part of the evaluation process, all students are expected to write a midterm and end term answer of 40 marks each. Every student will also make one seminar presentation (either singly or in a group, depending on the numbers enrolled). The presentations will make up 20% of the evaluation. The reading list is extensive, but we will make a selection depending on student interest.
The course will be organized along the following thematics:
Introduction: the city as a site of non-legitimate domination (Weber: The City; David Harvey: The Urbanization of Capital)
The city and space (Feldman, Sassen, Das)
Architectures of occupation (the case of Palestine and Gaza
The city as siege
Violence and performance in the city
The city, the state and the illegible
Legal violence and the city
We will make a selection from the readings listed below.
Eyal Weizmann: Hollow Land
Oscar Verkaaik: Militants and Migrants
Veena Das: Mirrors of Violence/ Anthropology at the Margins of the State (article by Pradeep Jeganathan on checkpoints)
Margaret Trawick: Enemy Lines
Ivana Macek: Sarajevo Under Siege
Yael Navaro: The Aftermath of Mass Violence
Adi Ophir, Michael Givoni: The Power of Inclusive Inclusion
Jean and John Comaroff: Law and Disorder in the Postcolony
Thomas Blom Hansen: Expelled from Public Memory
Lieven Ameel: The Routledge Companion to Literary Urban studies
Derek Gregory and Alan Pred: Violent Geographies
Derek Gregory: The Colonial Present
Alan Feldman: Formations of Violence
Begona Aretxaga: States of Terror
Begona Aretxaga: Madness and the Politically Real in Postcolonial Disorders
Hans Bakker: Ayodhya: A Hindu Jerusalem
Saskia Sassen: When a City becomes a Technology of War
Moyukh Chatterjee: Bandh Politics, Crowds, Spectacular Violence
Marcello Svirsky: Agamben and Colonialism
Sudhir Venkatesh: Gang Leader for a day
Tarek Baconi: Stanford Studies in Middle Eastern Islamic societies and cultures
Deepak Mehta: Collective Violence, Public spaces and the Unmaking of Men
Smadar Lavie: The Poetics of Military Occupation
Mark Seltzer: to be specified
Daniel M Goldstein: The Spectacular City: Violence and Performance in Urban Bolivia
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
AND
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
11:50-13:20
Friday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
How do we theorise pandemics from the interconnecting insights of knowledge in the humanities and the social sciences? The study of past and present pandemics affords conceptual models chiselled by philosophers such as Michel Foucault and Slavoj Zizek, on the one hand, and granular fieldwork-based studies drawing on sociological theories of risk society, gender, globalization, disaster capitalism, and more, on the other that invite attention. In a departure from conventional theorising in this course, we will also explore personal accounts of pandemic-related experiences and COVID-19 art that serve as valuable commentary depicting the impact of the pandemic through expressive modes.
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
AND
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Togetherness changes people. From trade unions to fan clubs, political opposition parties to angry mobs, getting together gives humans a different force, whether seen as progressive ("activists") or retrograde ("rioters"). Togetherness gives agentive valence to disparate humans, and it is only through taking humans together that we understand "public opinion" or can follow "the people's will." But togetherness also has a dark and dangerous side in which, for instance, "collective justice" might be unconsidered or even murderous. In this course, we examine the possibilities and terrors of the collective.
How do collectives come to know themselves as such — as citizens of the same country, members of the same ethnic group, or fans of the same television show? How are people defined by others collectively, whether or not they would agree with the characterization? How can these collectives be studied when they span space and time (in the case of diasporic ethnic groups), or exist only ephemerally (in the case of television audiences)? What analytical frameworks allow groups of people to be recognizable as political subjects or dangerous rioters? We will use a variety of theoretical works and primary sources from history, sociology, anthropology, media studies, and political theory to interrogate the limits and possibilities of imagining collective belonging and collective action. We grapple with ‘universalist’ theories of crowds, publics, and audiences in order to understand their possible application (or mis-application) in specific contexts. Students are encouraged to use their own research contexts as locations for analyzing collective formations. We will examine television reception, public opinion polls, online communities, grassroots political movements, labour strikes, collective violence and other diverse sites of historic and contemporary togetherness on different scales and in different social locations, both in India and abroad.
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
AND
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
16:40-18:10
Monday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This is a course on the making of languages in the Indian subcontinent – how they emerged, and how they were shaped by powerful groups of migrants who moved across the north and down the western coast. According to geneticists, the major migrations after the arrival of the First Indians 65,000 years ago were all male-driven, men who interbred with First Indian women, mixing the language streams in a characteristic way. This course will thus examine the evidence offered by geneticists, historians, archaeologists, and linguists to track who met whom, when, and how this created new communities in South Asia.
We will examine models of how languages mix, going on to look at different situations in the subcontinent where, over the ages, local elites and ‘little people’ came to terms in with new power structures which called for adjustments, creating prakrits as well as more radically mixed varieties. This will mean stretching our minds back to imagine how things might have been before the early empires appeared, spreading local prakrits across the north of this land. We will also see how that gave way to the connected web of languages we have today, with the influence of those early prakrits continuing to spread into India like slowly cooling lava. We will then go on to think about English, the newest player in Indian language power structure, and how this links to the other end of the life cycle: Indian languages threatened as their speaker communities move on to new languages.
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
AND
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
11:50-13:20
Thursday
11:50-13:20
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Since 2007, more people in the world live in urban than in rural areas. Between slums and smart cities, they inhabit a world of social conflict, ecological crisis, and contending visions of the future. As cities become even more central to social experience and aspiration, we need to understand their place in history and in the human imagination. This course looks at cities through three thematic lenses: accumulation, order, and identity. It studies cities in relation to the countryside, tracing flows of people and goods that create wealth and poverty. It examines the spatial politics of managing urban populations, from planning to informality. It analyses cities as places where cultural identities – parochial and progressive – are formed and defended. It introduces urban studies as a critical area of sociology and anthropology, and as an essential prerequisite for understanding environmental politics.
Course requirements and grading criteria
1. Attendance and class participation (20%)
Students must come to class prepared to discuss the assigned readings and participate actively in class discussions. You will be required to post one analytical question or comment (less than 100 words) by midnight before class each week (except Week 1). These responses will not be individually graded. A minimum of 10 responses is required over the course of the semester.
2. Leading the discussion (15%)
Each student will be responsible for leading at least one class discussion by presenting a short commentary on the week’s readings. The commentaries should clarify central concepts, critically evaluate them in relation to other readings in the course, and pose questions for discussion. They should be no longer than 800 words. A sign-up sheet will be posted on Classroom.
3. Take-home mid-term exam (25%)
Students will be asked to write a short take-home exam (not more than 1000 words) responding to a question posed by the instructor. The question will invite reflection on the readings of the previous weeks.
4. Final research paper (40%)
Students will be asked to submit a final paper (not more than 2000 words) on a topic selected in consultation with the professor, due on the assigned examination day. You are expected to relate two or more texts in the syllabus to each other to comment on the overall themes of the class.
All students are allowed four absences from class without prior notice. If you need to miss any more classes, please email the professor and the TA at least 24 hours before the class. Approval for such absences will be at the discretion of the instructor.
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
AND
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Our world is increasingly interconnected economically, politically, and culturally, yet it remains characterized by tremendous diversity in the standards of living observed between, among, and within countries. The gap between the global North and global South is particularly stark as evidenced by just a few distressing indicators: 1.4 billion people live on less than $1.25 a day; 1.1 billion people have inadequate access to water; 2.6 billion lack basic sanitation; 24,000 children die each day due to poverty.
This seminar examines some of the major theories, paradigms, perspectives, concepts and policies that, over the past 60 years, have attempted to explain, predict or otherwise effect change in the global South, including modernization and dependency theory, neoliberalism, human development, post-development, and feminist contributions to development. The course also surveys some contemporary perspectives on the discourse and practice of development, such as participatory development, the “good governance” agenda, and the “institutional turn.” This is a multidisciplinary social science course, drawing on “mainstream” and “critical” literature from development studies, geography, anthropology, and sociology. We should note at the outset that development is not static, and that it has long been impelled by both practical and theoretical concerns. It has also been and continues to be shaped by geopolitical interests and social scientific trends that are not immediately tied to development. Bearing this in mind, we shall seek to answer the following key questions this semester: What is development? How have our ideas about development, its causes, and its objectives changed over time? Why, after 60 years of development, are so many people still suffering from poverty, economic decline, ill health, political insecurity, repression, and powerlessness? Where should we focus our development efforts in the future?
Goals
This course is intended to survey the major debates that have occurred within development studies over the past 60 years. By the end of the semester, students should:
have a deep and broad interdisciplinary knowledge of development;
appreciate the range of alternative concepts and measures of development;
be able to think critically about the ways in which intellectuals engage and effect change in the global South through development discourses;
have a greater knowledge of the political, economic, social and cultural issues confronting former colonies at independence;
research.
This course is intended to survey the major debates that have occurred within development studies over the past 60 years. By the end of the semester, students should:
have a deep and broad interdisciplinary knowledge of development;
appreciate the range of alternative concepts and measures of development;
be able to think critically about the ways in which intellectuals engage and effect change in the global South through development discourses;
have a greater knowledge of the political, economic, social and cultural issues confronting former colonies at independence;
research.
Syllabus Change Policy
This syllabus is only a guide for the course and is subject to change with advanced notice.
Course Requirements
Research Paper: 40%
Mid-Term Paper 20%
Participation and Attendance 20%
Research presentation at the end of term 10%
Seminar reading presentation with written summary 10%
Research Presentation:
Each student will present his/her independent research findings at the end of the term. When appropriate, the lectures are accompanied film clips The presentation should articulate the argument, situate the audience in the debates within the literature, and give relevant case evidence from research. 10-15 minutes, in a conference-style presentation.
Students must abide by the Student Academic Integrity Code as stated in the Ashoka University Undergraduate Handbook.
Teaching and Learning Methodologies:
The course is taught as a combination of lectures and class discussions. Students are expected to come to class having read the relevant text. Students may occasionally be required to discuss a series of study questions in groups.
Welcome to the course! We will devote our first meeting to laying the foundation for our subsequent conversations. We will begin by introducing ourselves to one another, reviewing the syllabus, and discussing the main themes of the course. In an effort to remind ourselves of what is at stake with respect to the success/failure of “development,” we will consider a brief article by Thomas Pogge (2005), in which he argues for the moral duty to address world poverty.
Sociology and the Making of Concepts [SOA-1101]
AND
State
Stateless Societies and Problems of Power [SOA-2101]
Gift
Commodity and the Exchange of Values [SOA-2102]
Magic
Science
Religion [SOA-2103]
Kin
Friends and Enemies [SOA-2104]
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Final thesis: 55%
Drafts: 15%
Writing Exercises, Peer Reviews, In Class Writing: 30%
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course is an introduction to the methods of anthropological practice. It consists of learning the various techniques of conducting field-based research as well as understanding the philosophical and methodological foundations of fieldwork. Course material will cover a range of topics such as methods of doing and writing historical ethnography, ethnographic fiction, oral history, and auto-ethnography, as well reflections about the practice of anthropology, including cultural relativism, reflexivity, subjectivity, inter-subjectivity, critical objectivity, ethics, and the politics of knowledge production. The final section of the course will focus on the craft of ethnographic writing and proposal writing.
1. Weekly response paper/weekly task. 8x5=40
2. Class participation 10
3. Mid-term assignment – Use a mode to tell a story/ Ethnographic fiction/ Auto- ethnography/ Historical Ethnography etc. 15
4. Questionnaire for final proposal 5
5. Literature review for final proposal 5
6. Final presentation and assignment: Write and present on your research proposal.
Choose a topic that relates to your intended doctoral research project. (10 + 15) 25
(4000 words = 15 double spaced pages)
You have to think about (1) the research question (2) the methods - the information you will need to answer your question, including literature review, where you would go, what you would observe, who would you talk to, what documents you would use etc. (3) expected finding - what you expect to answer and how your research question can point to new directions, alternatives, or modify existing ideas in social research (4) why you are the best person to carry out this research or how you were drawn to it.
None
10:10-11:40
Monday
10:10-11:40
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
Class Meets: Mondays and Wednesdays, 10:10 am to 11:40 am
Office Hours: Wednesdays, 1:30 pm to 2:30 pm or by prior appointment only
Course Level: 2000 to 3000 for Visual Arts Compulsory course for Visual Arts Minor or Concentration. Course also open for credit and audit by students from any other department/ discipline
Course Prerequisites: None
Course Description How do sites and spaces of visual encounters condition our perceptions of visual images? Seeking answers to these questions, this course brings in dialogue the works of art with the spaces that such works have come to inhabit in our present world – museums, art galleries, and other spaces of visual exhibitions. Moving beyond the established trajectories of looking at exhibitions, museums, and gallery spaces as storehouses of masterpieces of Art, or merely as spaces of ordering, classifying, and displaying objects and images, we will look closely at how exhibition practices of museums and public art galleries, constitute the very category “Art” around a select body of objects and images. Beginning with early modern royal and notable private collections, and cabinet of curiosities across the world, the course will explore the specific moments of the coming into being of public museums and art galleries through fairs, “freak shows”, and world exhibitions in Europe and across different parts of the world. It will explore how politics of collection, museum acquisition, display, and repatriation are tied with larger questions of colonialism, war, loot, postcolonial nationalist reassertions, and postwar encounters with race and ethnicity. With a specific focus on Asia, the course will map the connected global trajectories of museums, art galleries and memorials as dense narratives of unfolding spatial and temporal complexes. In the process it will highlight the role of the artists, curators, and museum/ gallery visitors in the production of a complex set of dialogues around artistic, and curatorial visions. The course will end by looking at contemporary South Asia, mapping the challenges of redesigning exhibition orders of older museums and art institutions and spread of museum modes of display and viewing, with different intent, in commemorative sites, theme parks, memorials, and new temples. This co-constitution of art and art museums will be addressed during class discussions and during visits (both on site and virtual) to local galleries, museums, theme parks, and temples – to the Indian Museum, Kolkata (virtual), the National Gallery of Modern Art, New Delhi (on site), the National Museum, New Delhi (on site,) the National Handloom and Handicrafts Musem, New Delhi, (on site), the Rashtriya Dalit Prerna Sthal, Nodia (on site), the Swaminarayan Akshardham Complex, New Delhi (on site). the British Museum, London (virtual) and the Victoria and Albert Museum, London (virtual).
On successful completion of the course, we will be able to: a) Explore the main trends in the development of Art History, Visual Culture and Museum Studies by accessing the critical essential skills. b) Evaluate the approaches of artists, art historians, and curators to the field of visual arts and museum studies c) Explore curatorial practices in the art world d) Develop the interests for a future training in art curatorial programme and critical museum studies.
Modules
Introduction to the Scope and Aims of the Course: Why Museums? Rethinking Exhibitions as Plural visions in space and time Suggested Reading Appadurai, Arjun and Carol A. Breckenridge, “Museums are Good to Think: Heritage on View in India,” in I. Karp, S. Levine and T. Ybarra-Frausto (Eds.). Museums and Their Communities: The Politics of Public Culture. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1991, 34-55.
Module 1: Paths Taken and Forgotten From Cabinet of Curiosities, Freak Shows, and Circus to the Exhibitionary Complex of early International Exhibitions and Public Museums
Readings: 1. Duncan, Carol. Civilising Rituals: Inside Public Art Museums. London: Routledge, 1996. (Chapter 2)
2. Bennett, Tony. The Birth of the Museum: History, Theory, Politics. London: Routledge, 1995. (Chapter 5- The Exhibitionary Complex) Module 2: Displaying/ Representing The “Others” in the “First Cities” of the Empires Readings:
Module 2: Displaying/ Representing The “Others” in the “First Cities” of the Empires Readings:
1. Willis, Deborah. The Black Venus2010: They Called Her “Hottentot”. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2010 (Chapter 14)
2. Mitchell, Timothy. “The World as Exhibition.” Comparative Studies in History and Society, vol. 31, no. 9, 1989.
3. Mathur, Saloni. India by Design: Colonial History and Cultural Display. University of California Press, 2007 (chapter 2)
Further Reading:
Breckenridge, Carol A. “The Aesthetics and Politics of Colonial Collecting: India at World Fairs”, Comparative Studies in Society and History, 31/2, 1989, 195-216
Module 3: Beyond Magic Museums as Transmutations: Colonial Locations of Imperial Archives
Readings:
1. Guha-Thakurta, Tapati. Monuments, Objects, Histories: Institutions of Art in Colonial and Postcolonial India. New York: Columbia University Press, 2004 (Chapter 2)
2. Codell, Julie F. “Ironies of Mimicry: The Art of Sayaji Rao III Gaekwad, Maharaja of Baroda, and the Cultural Politics of Early Modern India”, Journal of History of Collections, 15/5, 2003, 127-146.
Further Reading: Prakash, Gyan. “Science ‘Gone Native’ in Colonial India.” Representations, 40, Fall 1992, 153-178
Module 4: Postcolonial Passages Museums in Postcolonial States
Readings:
1. Guha-Thakurta, Tapati. Monuments, Objects, Histories: Institutions of Art in Colonial and Postcolonial India. New York: Columbia University Press, 2004 (Chapter 6)
2. Singh, Kavita. “The Museum is National” in Saloni Mathur and Kavita Singh eds. No Touching, No Spitting, No Praying. New Delhi: Routledge, 2015, 107-131
3. Bhatti, Shaila. Translating Museums: A Counter History of South Asian Museology. London and New York: Routledge, 2012, 2016 (Selections To Be Announced)
Announced)
Module 5: Memories/ Memorials Museums as Sites
Readings:
1. Harris, Clare. “The Potala Palace: Remembering to Forget in Contemporary Tibet”, South Asian Studies, 2013, 29:1, 61-75
2. Fangquing Lu. “Museum architecture as spatial storytelling of historical time: Manifesting a primary example of Jewish space in Yad Vashem Holocaust History Museum”, Frontiers of Architectural Research, 6, 2017, 442-455
Further Reading:
Nora, Pierre. “Between Memory and History: Les Lieux de Mémoire”, Representations, 26, Spring, 1989, 7-24
Module 6: The Spill over Theme Parks and Museums
Readings:
1. Mathur, Saloni and Kavita Singh. “Reincarnations of the Museum: The Museum in an Age of Religious Revivalism” in Saloni Mathur and Kavita Singh eds. No Touching, No Spitting, No Praying. New Delhi: Routledge, 2015, 203-218.
2. Jain, Kajri. “The Hand Bag That Exploded: Mayawati’s Monuments and the Aesthetics of Democracy in Post Reform India”, in Partha Chatterjee, Tapati Guha-Thakurta, and Bodhisattva Kar, ed. New Cultural Histories of India: Materiality and Practices. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2014 (Chapter 5)
Further Reading
Jain, Kajri. “Post-reform India’s automotive-iconic-cement assemblages: uneven globality, territorial spectacle and iconic exhibition value”, Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power, 2015, 1-18.
Module 7 - Site Visits Site Visits to select galleries of the Indian Museum, Kolkata (virtual), the National Gallery of Modern Art (on site), the National Museum (on site), the National Handloom and Handicrafts Musem, New Delhi (on site), the Rashtriya Dalit Prerna Sthal, Nodia, (on site) the Swaminarayan Akshardham Complex, New Delhi, (on site), the British Museum (virtual), and the Victoria and Albert Museum, London (Virtual)
Module 8: Decolonizing Museums? Rethinking Exhibitionary Complex as Multiple Temporalities
Readings:
1. Brown, Rebecca. Displaying Time: The Many Temporalities of the Festival of India. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 2017 (Selections to be announced)
Further Reading:
1. Bharucha, Rustom. “Beyond the box”, Third Text, 14:52, 2000, 11-19
This course follows a pattern of continuous assessment and grading through the entire semester including active class participation, and museum and gallery visits, and mid semester and end semester evaluations. The assessment and grading criterion are as follows:
1) Students will be assessed on basis on their active engagement with course contents during classes which will carry ten percent (10%) of the total course grades. 2) Museum, Gallery and site visits and subsequent submission of one written report on spatial politics gallery display, curatorial visions, and visitor perceptions (within 800 to 1000 words) will carry thirty percent (30%) of the total course grades. 3) The mid semester assessment will comprise of a class presentation based on any one site or gallery or an image in a museum chosen by the student in consultation with the instructor. The mid semester evaluation will carry twenty percent (20%) of the total course grades. 4. For the end semester evaluation we will write an essay between 2000 and 2500 words (including footnotes and bibliography). The topic of the end semester assessment has to be chosen by the student from a range of verbal text and visual image prompts provided by the course instructor. The end semester assessments for this course will follow a feed forward method and students are actively encouraged to submit (within date and time specified) one working draft/ draft in progress to the course instructor for comments and feedback. The end semester assessment will carry forty percent (40%) of the total course grades. 5. All submissions including field reports, mid semester and end semester papers have to be made electronically.
6. Plagiarism (intended or unintended) constitutes the most serious academic offence. Any act of plagiarism will be reported to the Academic Integrity Committee of the University and will attract punitive measures from grade cuts to failing the course. Please go through the Academic Integrity document of Ashoka University to check what constitutes plagiarism and other forms of academic dishonesty. Specific citation styles for texts and images will be addressed by specific course instructors.
Upto 3 undocumented absences permitted for the entire semester
None
15:00-16:30
Wednesday
16:40-18:10
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
VISUALISING FROM THE ARCHIVE
Exploring the Ashoka Archive through visual storytelling
Introduction: Why go in to the Archive?
The word "archive" has an interesting history, dating back to ancient languages. In Latin, it comes from "archivum" or "archium," while in Greek, it's related to "arkheion." This term not only referred to the place where important records were kept but also the people responsible for managing them, the "archons" or citizens.
Archives are like a time capsule, preserving the past. They're unique to individuals, organisations and specific periods in history, so no two archives are the same. They serve as a reminder of everything we might forget but should always remember. Archives hold a special power because archives act as the keepers of our collective memories, providing a glimpse into the worlds of writers, artists, thinkers and organisations, that helps us understand the different worlds where the materials in the archives come from. They're like hidden treasure troves for storytelling enthusiasts, creative minds, artists and scholars.
Exploring the Ashoka Archives: The Ashoka Archives is building up to offer an incredible wealth of knowledge, stories, experiences, correspondences, and images. It's truly astonishing that such an amazing resource is now on campus. As an educational institution, it's exceptionally vital to emphasize that without an archive, a significant portion of cultural history, can get lost due to various reasons.
Centred around the Ashoka Archives, this course aims to delve into distinctive viewpoints of scholars through active engagement with archives and the materials that pique their individual interests. Scholars will also delve into the dual role of archives, serving as both tools and points of reference for shaping their artistic and storytelling visions. A primary emphasis of the program will be to openly and candidly investigate how archival materials can be harnessed to spark new artistic possibilities. Through art, visual storytelling, graphic narratives, there’s an opportunity for the scholars to reinvigorate and re-examine the information available but also to generate new creations and events that can themselves be archived, allowing the scholar artists to contribute their unique voices to the historical record.
What this course is about
The fundamental concept here is to utilize the Archive as a platform for artistic discussion and intellectual exchange. This will offer not only the institution but also scholars and practitioners a chance to develop fresh, critical, and imaginative methods to engage the public. This engagement will be based on the materials found in the Ashoka Archive. The emphasis lies on both the Archive itself and individual scholars, who will collaboratively produce knowledge, visual narratives, and expertise. The process is as crucial as the final results, ensuring that visual exploration aligns seamlessly with the creation of knowledge and artistic expression.
The course is designed to empower scholars in conjunction with the Archive over a single semester:
Creative Documentation: These projects will focus on creating content to enrich the archive's knowledge repository, ultimately leading to tangible outcomes such as mini-books, zines, and catalogues.
Creative Projects: These initiatives aim to support creative expressions that interpret the archive's collections through visual stories, comics, artwork, and other artistic endeavours.
This approach can help the scholars in negotiating their findings, research and learnings through visual interpretations in multi-disciplinary formats that is much required in today’s realm of information & content, where visual storytelling is an alternate and a popular form of information, opinion and communication.
Learning Objectives: These learning objectives will guide scholars through the course, enabling them to not only delve into the archival materials available but also develop a skill set that combines historical interpretation, visual storytelling, and ethical considerations in presenting interpreted narratives inspired from the archive.
Understanding Archives: Define the concept of archives and their significance in preserving historical records. Explain the role of university archives in the history making and the process of documentation within the framework of an academic institution.
Research and Selection: Develop the skills to identify and select relevant materials from the university archive. Distinguish between primary and secondary sources and understand the value of primary materials in historical research.
Visual Analysis: Learn to critically analyse visual materials, including photographs, documents, and artifacts. Identify key elements of visual analysis, such as authorship, date, context, and significance.
Material Context: Gain an understanding of the historical context in which the selected materials were created. Recognize the broader historical events and societal influences that may have shaped the materials.
Visual Storytelling: Master the principles of visual storytelling, including design, composition, and narrative. Develop the ability to create visually engaging and informative materials based on historical content. Explore the use of digital tools and design software for creating visual materials. Learn to articulate the stories and insights conveyed through visual interpretation.
Ethical Considerations: Explore the ethical considerations when working with historical materials, including issues related to copyright, privacy, and cultural sensitivity. Learn to handle and cite archival materials with integrity and respect for the rights of individuals involved.
Interdisciplinary Skills: Encourage interdisciplinary thinking by connecting historical materials with various academic disciplines. Foster the ability to draw insights and connections between archival content and other fields of study.
Reflection and Analysis: Encourage critical thinking by reflecting on the impact of visual interpretation on historical understanding. Analyse the choices made during the interpretation process and their implications.
Collaboration and Peer Review: Foster collaboration by engaging in peer review and constructive feedback with fellow students. Learn from others' interpretations and perspectives.
+ Final Project: the knowledge and skills acquired throughout the course to create a final visual interpretation project using materials from the university archive. Present the project to the class, showcasing the historical context, significance, and storytelling elements.
Course Modules: The proposed modules aim to provide scholars with valuable skills in archival research, critical analysis, visual design, and storytelling while fostering a deeper connection to their university's archive and the materials available. The idea would be in exploring from the diversity of materials to create diversity of practice involved in visual interpretations. The core idea here will be to discuss the materials available to create forms and works that can bring new practice-based influences and ideas, their working process and explore the architecture of visual storytelling in these works.
Weeks 1-2: Introduction and understanding the University Archive
In this initial module, scholars will be introduced to the concept of university archive. They will gain an understanding of what these archives are, why they are essential for preserving historical records, and how they play a significant role in documenting academic works, arts, historical materials etc.
Weeks 2-3: Understanding the Archives & Research Skills and Selection
Scholars will be initiated with practical skills for conducting archival research. They will receive hands-on guidance on searching for materials within the university archive's catalogue or database. The module will emphasize the importance of reliable sources and the value of primary documents in historical research. Scholars will be encouraged to select a specific topic or theme related to their interest or a particular collection within the archive.
Weeks 3-4: Selection of material + Analysing and Placing in Context
In this module, the focus will be on how to critically analyse the materials selected by the scholars. They will delve into key elements of analysis, including authorship, date, context, and significance. Additionally, they will explore historical context, including the important events, and the broader historical backdrop. Scholars will be encouraged to ask probing questions about the materials they're examining and to uncover the stories and insights they hold. Scholars will also be sensitised how to handle and cite archival materials appropriately, with a strong emphasis on giving credit to the source and respecting the rights and privacy of individuals involved.
Week 5: Presentation of final material selected + their visual ideas
Selection and research of interesting archival material will be followed to process and distill the findings to create the core conceptual idea and be presented in the studio sessions for the benefit of collective brainstorming and discussions. These discussions with fellow classmates will led to an inter-disciplinary ideation and conceptualization, moving closer to shape and sharpen the core project ideas of the scholars. The scholars will also be expected to share the processing of their research findings along with their influences and inspirations.
Weeks 6-7: Mastering Visual Storytelling
Moving on from research, the course will now discuss the working process of creating a visual narrative using multiple influences of form and genres. This will include detailed discussions on the various possibilities of the form i.e., different forms that can be explored - doodle narratives, popular comics, mobile based narratives, photo comics, design, layouts, page architecture, typography, sequential storytelling and the work process involved in each, enabling the students to make informed choices in sync with their ideas. Students will explore various tools and software for creating visual materials, and they'll discuss the strengths and limitations of popular software including open-source alternatives. Practical exercises will be provided to enable students to create engaging and informative visual materials, which may include designing inarratives, zines, or digital outputs.
Week 8: Presentation of a final project draft followed by discussion on similar ideas & influences
The following week the students will be expected to present their ideas and preliminary drafts as scribbles/ sketches with fellow batchmates, followed by open discussions, suggestions and ideation to evolve a clear understanding to flesh out the final narrative. Peer review and discussion will be encouraged to facilitate mutual learning. Each scholar/ project will be further exposed to similar works through display and in-depth discussions on influences and ideas related to the project to lend a visual and storytelling perspective, enabling the practitioner to take one’s work further.
Besides creating multiple micro narratives through the semester, finally, the semester will move to its last weeks to create a bigger multi-page graphic narrative.
Weeks 9-14: Final completion with a mid-level presentation in week 8.
A mid-level draft presentation will be shared in the studio to display the work in progress after 2 weeks then followed by the final 4 weeks or the end of the semester, ready for display, presentation and production. Studio presence in these weeks will be a must.
Output Participation: Though the output will be individual, the process of production will be based on archival research, short studio collaborations and conversations and work-in-progress presentations at regular intervals as discussed above.
Course Deliverables: Every student will be expected to develop, produce multiple research-based short visual stories and graphic narratives/ comics.
Prerequisites: Research based on materials available in the Ashoka Archive, writing, basic drawing, basic research photography, working knowledge of design software like Photoshop, Canva, Krita etc.
Preliminary Reading List:
1. "Archives: Principles and Practices" by Laura A. Millar
2. "The Archive Effect: Found Footage and the Audiovisual Experience of History" by Jaimie Baron
3. Digital memory and the Archive by Wolfgang Ernst
4. Archive Fever: Uses of the Document in Contemporary Art by Okwui Enwezor
5. Managing Archival and Manuscript Repositories by Michael J. Kurtz
6. Visual Explanations: Images and Quantities, Evidence and Narrative by Edward R. Tufte
7. Design for Information: An Introduction to the Histories, Theories, and Best Practices Behind Effective Information Visualizations by Isabel Meirelles
8. Access to History: The Archive and the User by David Thomas, Simon Fowler, and Valerie Johnson
9. Copyright for Archivists and Records Managers by Tim Padfield
10. The New Historicism and Other Old-Fashioned Topics by Arnold Rampersad
11. Information Design Workbook: Graphic Approaches, Solutions, and Inspiration + 30 Case Studies by Kim Baer
Scholars will be assessed based on their ability to select, analyse, and create visual materials. Assessment criteria may include the depth of research analysis, quality of their visual materials and their adherence to ethical guidelines. Presentations and students' participation in discussions will also be considered in their evaluation.
Conceptual clarity & Research – 20%
Ability to understand concepts comprehensively, remember and articulate them. Pursuing research to acquire broader understanding. Relating acquired knowledge to improve information organisation. The ability to fully comprehend, remember, and communicate concepts.
Originality & Visualization – 20%
The ability to come up with original ideas inspired from the archival material, the skill to articulate visually.
Exploration, Execution– 40%
Ability to deeply enquire a wide variety of explorations and bring it into practice. To improvise and pivot when required. The journey from visualisation to final execution.
Problem Solving & Improvisation -10%
Having a methodological approach to address visual challenges. The willingness to connect ones academic practice and those notions to one's own work.
Teamwork, Class Participation, Time Management -10%
Efficiency and the capacity to manage time and participates in joint feedback sessions, collective display and collective work effectively
Attendance Policy: 90% minimum attendance
None
15:00-16:30
Friday
16:40-18:10
Friday
Add to schedule:
This course introduces the students to the practical skills and conceptual methodologies of curating with particular emphasis on contemporary art. From being a custodian of art in a museum, the role of the curator has diversified extensively in the past decades to a new dynamic of cultural production and collaboration between the artists and curators. By beginning with the history of curatorial practice and the figure of the curator, this course will offer students an initial grounding on curatorial practices and models globally. It will unpack the challenges and possibilities of art institutions such as private galleries, museums, non-profit organizations, and Biennales. Further, it will investigate with case studies the methods of curating art that does not fit into the neat institutional definitions.
In this part-theoretical and part-practical course, the students will also learn hands-on procedures of curating: research, fundraising, management, design, publicity, exhibition making, and producing a publication. With studio exercises and interim collaborations with artists and art institutions in India, the course aims to enable the students to discover their niche in the potentiality offered by the methods of curating.
Modules
Curating as Memory-making - Introduces the histories of curatorial practice by assessing the role of curating in constituting public memory.
The Shifting Role of the Curator - Familiarizes the students with the multiple roles and responsibilities of the curator through history.
The Expanded Field of the Curatorial - Unpacks the practices of the curatorial that embrace interdisciplinarity in practice and research moving beyond the formats of exhibition-making.
Curating in Museums - Maps the history of curatorial practice within the space of the museum to understand how it has reconfigured the public role of art. (Case Studies - Magicians of the Earth, Century City, Where in the World, Body in Indian Art.)
Gallerist as a Curator - Elaborates on the history of commercial galleries where the gallerist/owner often took up the task of the curator. (Case Studies - Nature Morte, Gladstone Gallery, Gallery Chemould)
Negotiating the Public Domain - Looks at the history of public art and performance that challenge the status quo of the cultural institutions. (Case Studies - 48 Degree Centigrade, Khoj Live, Public Art Fund, Ashkal Alwan, Skulptur Projekte Münster)
Catching up with Novelty - Elaborates on the histories of curating technology-based art in its novelty and obsolescence. (Case Studies - ZKM Karlsruhe, Ars Electronica, Apeejay Media Gallery, Seoul Media City Biennale)
Artists as Curators - Delves into the history of artist-run spaces and artists-led curatorial projects. (Kochi Muziris Biennale, Raqs Media Collective, Parasite)
Biennales and Triennials - Explores the specific formats of Biennales and Triennials and their particular role in art and community building across global cities. (Case Studies - Kochi Muziris Biennale, Gwangju Biennale, Venice Biennale, Yokohama Triennale, Asia Pacific Triennial)
Artist Studio Visits / Research Trips - Discussions with students about artists and research material for their curatorial projects. We will conduct offline studio visits and research trips with the local artists and organizations preferred by the students.
Curatorial Proposal - Collectively developing a curatorial proposal following the research findings. There will be scope for multiple projects and formats of presentation to co-exist.
Production Plan - Breaking down the curatorial proposal into a workable production plan that includes material, spatial, and fund requirements.
Project Production - Preparing the press release, poster, and publication booklets for final project presentation.
Project Presentation + Opening - Presentation of the student projects in Ashoka University Campus and preparing for the opening ceremony.
Feedback Session - Collective reflection on developing the curatorial projects and feedback by visual arts faculty.
Course Deliverables:
The course will consist of illustrated lectures, seminars and hands-on workshops in which active participation will be expected of students.
Students will deliver:
One 500 word case study of any exhibition that resonates with them.
One presentation delving deep into a curatorial format of their choice.
A final exhibition / presentation co-curated by the students of the course advised by the course instructor. (*The material for the final exhibition / presentation can be sourced from any artist, institution across the world contingent on the resources available at the department and university.)
By the end of this course, students:
Will be well versed in the diverse practical and conceptual methods of curating.
Will develop an understanding of contemporary art and its multiple forms of public engagement.
Will develop a critical eye towards looking at artistic practice from a curatorial perspective.
Will learn the process of ideating, planning, and executing a curatorial project.
Selected Bibliography
Irit Rogoff, "The Expanding Field," Yishu: Journal of Contemporary Chinese Art, Vancouver, Vol. 13 No. 2.
Irit Rogoff, "Smuggling: An Embodied Criticality," (http://transform.eipcp.net/transversal/ 0806/rogoff 1/en) (accessed 10 July 2022).
Paul O'Neill ed., The Culture of Curating and the Curating of Culture(s), MIT Press, Massachusetts 2016.
Sara Cook and Beryl Graham. Rethinking Curating: Art After New Media. London: The MIT Press, Massachusetts, 2010.
Raqs Media Collective, INSERT2014, Exhibition Publication, New Delhi, 2014.
Raqs Media Collective, Why Not Ask Again? - 11th Shanghai Biennale, Exhibition Publication, Power Station of Art, Shanghai, 2016.
Kochi Muziris Biennale, Exhibition Publication, 2012, 2014, 2016, 2018, 2022, Kochi Biennale Foundation, Kochi, 2012-2021.
Naman P Ahuja, The Body In Indian Art And Thought, Ludion, 2014.
Annapurna Garimella ed., Vernacular in the Contemporary 1 & 2, Exhibition Publications, Devi Art Foundation, Gurgaon, 2010-11.
Okwui Enwezor, All the World’s Futures, Exhibition Publication, Biennale Di Venezia, Venice, 2015.
Chika Okeke-Agulu, Jane Chin Davidson, Alpesh Kantilal Patel ed., Okwui Enwezor: The Art of Curating, Duke University Press, 2021.
Gabi Ngcobo, We Don't Need Another Hero - 10th Berlin Biennale, Exhibition Publication, KW Berlin, 2018.
Naman Ahuja, Parul Dave Mukherji and Kavita Singh ed., Influx: Contemporary Art in Asia, Sage, New Delhi, 2014.
Beatrice Von Bismarch, Jorn Schafaff, Thomas Weski ed., Cultures of the Curatorial, Sternberg Press, 2012.
ruangrupa, Lumbung - Documenta 15, Exhibition Publication, Hatje Cantz, Kassel, 2022.
Pooja Sood ed., The Khoj Book 1997-2007: Contemporary Art Practice in India, Harper Collins, India, 2010.
Sarai Reader Series 1 - 9 (2001-2013), Sarai Media Lab - Centre for Studies in Developing Societies, New Delhi.
Kavita Singh, Shukla Sawant, and Naman Ahuja + Students of School of Arts and Aesthetics, JNU, Where in the World, Exhibition Publication, Devi Art Foundation, Gurgaon, 2008-09.
Jean Hubert Martin, Magiciens de la terre, Exhibition Publication, Centre Pompidou, Paris, 1989.
Maura Reilly, and Lucy Lippard ed., Curatorial Activism: Towards an Ethics of Curating, Thames & Hudson, London, 2018.
Students will be graded on the basis of active participation in class, their choice of presentation topics, written components as well as the realization of the final project.
Class/ Seminar Participation - 20%
One 500 word case study of an exhibition that resonated with the students - 15 %
One presentation on the curatorial format of their choice. 15%
Final exhibition / presentation (individual or group project format): 50 %
Three absences are permitted. However, since grading will be based on continuous assessment through the semester, absences during participative seminars and presentations will result in a reduction in the overall grade.
None
08:30-10:00
Thursday
08:30-10:00
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
Level of the Course: 1000/2000/3000
Prerequisites: None
Overview:
This course is an introduction to the architecture, sculpture and paintings of Buddhist temples and monasteries in the Western Himalayas, with a focus on extant sites in Tibet, Ladakh and Himachal Pradesh. We will study major sites of art historical and cultural importance, while tracing their roots and interconnections to developments in mythology, religion, iconography and aesthetics in Kashmir, Eastern India and Tibet.
The course focuses on studying monasteries and temples through their location, their usage, and changes in structure and style in response to religious and socio-political developments as well as changes in local ecological conditions. The artistic strategies employed, the material used in making paintings and sculptures will be explored in relation to their geographic, architectonic and spatial contexts as well as the ritual requirements of different schools of Buddhism in the region. Students will be familiarized with artistic styles from the late 9th century onwards and the major iconographic programmes and deities of the ‘Tibetan Buddhist’ pantheon. Through a site visit to a Buddhist complex in Delhi, we will prepare field notes, spatial layouts, plans and conduct a study of a site in use.
Course Modules:
1. Himalayan Art: disciplinary formation and evolution
2. Sacred geographies & an introduction to basic concepts of Buddhism- major schools and developments in Buddhism in the Trans-Himalayas
3. Eastern India: the development of Vajrayana Buddhism in the great universities in Bihar
4. Early temple and stupa sites in the Kashmir valley: Architecture and in-situ sculpture in stone; wood and bronze sculpture- patrons, major deities, artistic styles and material
5. A brief history of the Western Himalayas: patrons, scholars, teachers and monks
6. Early sites in the Western Himalayas I:
- Mammoth rock cut sculptures: Mulbek, Kartse, Drass, Digar, Sani etc.
- Kinnaur, H.P: The stele of Yeshe ‘Od, Lotsawa Lakhang in Puh and Kanam villages, Buddhist temples in Ribba and Ropa, wooden sculptures in the temple of Rangrigtse in Charang village
7. Early sites in the Western Himalayas II:
- Tholing (Tibet) Nyarma (Ladakh) and Tabo (Spiti) complex of temples- a study of the architecture, iconographic programmes, sculpture and painting on site, the relationship between the iconic and the narrative in an architectonic context
- Alchi choskhor (Ladakh)- the development of the complex from the 11th- 13th centuries, architecture, sculpture and painting with a focus on style, iconography and narrative strategies
8. Later Buddhist monasteries in Kinnaur, Spiti and Ladakh:
13th- 14th century onwards (Nako, Lhalung, Kye, Diskit, Thiksey etc.)
9. Paintings of textiles in Buddhist temples in the Western Himalayas
10. Sacred Objects: in situ and in museums
By the end of this course, students:
Select/ Preliminary Reading List:
Students will be graded on the basis of active participation in class/ seminars and on written assignments.
Three absences are permitted.
However, since grading will be based on continuous assessment through the semester, repeated absences will result in a reduction in the overall grade.
None
11:50-13:20
Monday
11:50-13:20
Wednesday
Add to schedule:
This course will bring together image making histories, concerns, theories and practices, based on photographic techniques and technologies. The course will comprehensively introduce proto-photographic methods and re-trace those with modern and contemporary material as well as some nineteenth and twentieth century cultural reactions and theories of photographic image-forms.
Considering its interdisciplinary nature, the media of photography will be introduced and explored through its contemporary usage as well as creative possibilities, bringing in perspectives from Art History, Visual Culture as well as artistic practice of the form.
1. To recognize and locate photographic image-making language as a nuanced process with historical and theoretical underpinnings.
2. To frame (reading) and craft (making) photographic practices from the discourse of technique, technology and aesthetics.
3. To discern and gain confidence in situating and making of photographic image forms.
Details of Course Modules along with readings for every module:
Module 1: Proto-photography techniques and histories:
Proto-photography and various techniques of image making:
Fading of a color or a surface due to light as reaction or creation of an image due to light sensitivity.
Camera Obscura
Camera Lucida
Proto-photographic methods and image making in oil painting.
One point, Linear perspective and development of photography
Tableaux Vivant for painting- history painting, Caravaggio and baroque light.
Shroud of Turin and the ‘miraculous’ image form.
Readings:
Mike Ware- Proto Photography and the Shroud of Turin
Peter Galassi – Before Photography
Practice exercise :
Assignment 1, create 4-5 image forms using any one or two proto-photographic methods introduced in class.
The assignment will be based on experimenting and producing images with the aid of tools that seemingly appear familiar or simplistic.
Use some or any of the methods as tools to create 4-5 images and reflect (write an essay) on the experience, technique the outcome of the images, especially considering what are the significant markers of making images in such ways? what kind of aesthetic attitude or aesthetic form does such a method entail?
Module 2: Photography as Representation and as Reproduction
Readings:
Walter Benjamin (1931) - Little History of Photography
Walter Benjamin (1936) – The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction
Practice exercise :
Assignment 2: Making a Photo Essay-Representation, Reproduction, Sequentiality and Narration
Using some of the most basic aspects of photographic form, representation and reproduction, construct a sequential arrangement of photo images that shape a narrative of your choosing.
Early Photography had its claim in indexicality- a 'true' 'impression' of an object or event that has existed in front of the camera lens. While photographic images stand for real/truth of an image, ie, 'this exists' in a moment in time, it is also a framing device; it is an apparatus that lends itself to re-presentation and reproduction of an image.
While a still image captures the fleeting momentary aspect of a world we live in, it represents this moment in specific ways. It reproduces this moment, frames it and imbues it with the subjectivity of the photographer.
It is this aspect of photography that this assignment explores, especially in relation to early photographic folios, albums and other incunabula as Walter Benjamin points out to us.
Note: Sequentiality and Repetition could be utilised to hold certain directorial vision or poetic aspects to the narrative. Also you could utilise the inherent qualities of a photograph- that a photograph manages to capture a fleeting moment of a second (shutter speeds), as well as varying qualities of light (aperture); it captures certain frames that human eye cannot capture, including a point of view where human eye may not be able to reach.)
Module 3: Photography and Identities:
Reading:
Christopher Pinney (1997) - Camera Indica Chapter- Chamber of Dreams
Susan Sontag (1973) On Photography Chapter- On Melancholy
Practice exercise:
Assignment 3: Shifting from the premise of photography as that representing a reality, create a series of images that provide a convincing impression of a construction and framing of a tableau. Use lights, props, models, or any required additional elements to create a ‘subject’ of description through photography.
Bibliography of further readings
Additional reading:
Roland Barthes (1980)- Camera Lucida- Reflections on Photography
Christopher Pinney (2004): Photos of the Gods : The Printed Image and Political Struggle in India
Susan Sontag (1977)- On Photography
John Berger (1972) – Ways of Seeing
Aileen Blaney and Chinar Shah (2018): Photography in India from archives to Contemporary Practice
Details of grading rubric
Cumulative grading through three assignments.
Each assignment will have components of practice plus one written essay based on a verbal or image prompt (Time frame : 4 weeks for each assignment.)
Each assignment will have a historical and theoretical framework to generate creative and investigative processes in the assignment.
Each assignment will have modules of a written essay and a practice oriented work. The rubrics will be :
40% practice
· Techniques in crafting of an image,
· Image structure and composition,
· Thematic concerns
40% essay
20% class participation
Cumulative grading through three assignments.
Each assignment will have components of practice plus one written essay based on a verbal or image prompt (Time frame : 4 weeks for each assignment.)
Each assignment will have a historical and theoretical framework to generate creative and investigative processes in the assignment.
Each assignment will have modules of a written essay and a practice oriented work. The rubrics will be :
40% practice
· Techniques in crafting of an image,
· Image structure and composition,
· Thematic concerns
40% essay
20% class participation
Up to 3 unannounced absences through the entire semester is permitted
None
15:00-16:30
Thursday
16:40-18:10
Thursday
Add to schedule:
Drawing as Extended Play [VA-3025] [VA-3025-1]
Overview
This course examines the intersections between drawing and photography, drawing and video, drawing and performance, and drawing and popular culture. We will be looking at the practice of four contemporary artists, including Chitra Ganesh, Nalini Malani, Nikhil Chopra, and Pushpamala N in trying to understand how strands of history, memory, mythology, iconography, ethnography and identity become visible through their image making process.
In thinking of the everyday through the prism of theatrical reality, the course encourages inquiry about how can drawings and the act of drawing itself be a dialogue about provisionality, uncertainty, and change. How do artists and artistic explorations address issues of meaning-making and shared history, politics, and culture?
How does the process of repetition, layering, overlapping, erasure, and incision transform an image, leading to alternative perspectives about how we perceive and engage with the known? How can we tell the same story with a different material and socio-cultural context?
Recognizing the importance of contradictions, ambiguity, and serendipity as integral to processes of meaning-making, students have the flexibility to make interventions that can vary from being poetic, polemic, dramatic, metaphorical, provocative or incisive. You are encouraged to borrow from processes of handmade cinema posters, comics book, experimental theatre, set design, printmaking, photo performance etc.
By taking figures and forms out of their familiar settings and putting them in a ‘fluid’ and fantastical environment where seemingly unrelated ideas respond to one another, the course encourages students to attempt blurring of boundaries between fiction and reality.
Modules
Module 1: Narrating and re-narrating
Duration-3 weeks
Class exercises will include study of selected Kalighat paintings, Amar Chitra Katha, hand painted posters of early Indian cinema and viewing of works from early 20th century experimental theatre. Students will be introduced to processes of printmaking, graffiti and visual storytelling (graphic novels/comics books)
Materials required: Cartridge Sheets, Graded pencils (B, 2B, 4B), Indian ink, Charcoal & Watercolours
References to Artists and their works: comics book series of Chitra Ganesh; site-specific drawings and installations of Nalini Malani
Assignment 1: Submission of 6 drawings as a culmination of class exercises
Module 2: Performing the Image
Duration -4 weeks
Class exercises will involve researching archives; visit to the National Museum
Frameworks: Situating the body; masquerading and seduction; entry and exit points; points of intersections; colonial history and Euro-centric sensibilities; protagonist and the provocateur
References to Artists and their works: Ethnographic series of photo-performances by Pushpamala N; drawing based performances by Nikhil Chopra
Module 3: Collective Project
Duration -6 weeks
Students are expected to work on a collective project drawing from the experience of engaging with the archives, devising their own strategies and methodologies of engaging with space , material and moment.
An understanding of drawing as a visual language with trans-disciplinary possibilities.
An insight into artistic processes that enable documentation of concepts/ideas/emotions into visual formats
Awareness about how artistic processes reflect on life.
Level: 3000
Pre-requisite: Basic drawing/ photography and research skills
References
https://southasia.berkeley.edu/pushpamala-n
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sNvAqktHl_I
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UZm1nIqSktg
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FBy7kSpITyw
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EYv6HI5VXkE
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rXxG-Q8tEw0
Mid-Term Assessment: Assignment 1 (20%) + Assignment 2 (20%)
End semester assessment: Class participation (20%) + Contribution to the collective Project (40%)
Course Deliverables: Photo documentation of class assignments and the different stages of the project making process
Up to two absences need no prior approval or medical documentation.
None
10:10-11:40
Thursday
10:10-11:40
Tuesday
Add to schedule:
This course seeks to enlarge the boundaries of art history as a discipline by focussing on art practices of persons seen as belonging to marginalised communities. What are the forces that shape the lives and practices of individuals referred to in public discourse as craftsmen, or ‘folk ‘and ‘tribal’ artists in post -colonial India? How much agency do they have over their lives and practice and to what extent are they ‘manipulated’ by ‘outside’ mediations? And how do tradition and modernity parley with each other in the shaping of their work and careers? This course is designed to make students actively debate and engage with these issues and beyond, through case studies of practitioners of both material and performative practices. It examines trajectories in artisanal and performative practices from the region of Madhya Pradesh, the recently created state of Chhattisgarh, and the regions of Maharashtra, Bihar and West Bengal.
The course will acquaint students with case histories of practitioners, from the ground, to trace trajectories of transformation. Students will engage with questions of caste and community, agency, selfhood, and gender, to understand the shaping of art forms and their contexts. They will be led to look at shifting contexts for the production and reception of art practices, examining the role of the state, museums and institutions, exhibitions and the market in creating binary categories of ‘art’ verses ‘craft’. A key component will be unravelling histories and modes of intervention following developmental or anthropological paradigms in the field.
Discussions will be largely based on films and video recordings from the ‘field’, interviews, exhibition catalogues and on- site visits to the crafts museum and art galleries.
Areas of discussion include:
Understanding contemporaneity in practices referred to as ‘Warli, Gond, and Madhubani art' and in Bengal pata chitra.
Seeking the indigenous in the ‘folk’ .
Performing identities, of ‘artist ‘and ‘craftsperson’ in the lives and practice of modernist sculptor Meera Mukherjee and Jaidev Baghel, metal sculptor from Bastar.
The role of key museums and institutions in the ‘discovery’ of art forms and the creation of exhibition paradigms.( Bharat Bhavan, Crafts Museum, Tribal Museum)
The role of interlocutors from art worlds, such as J. Swaminathan, Pupul Jaykar etc and their impact in transforming practices.
Course Structure and modules
The course syllabi focuses on the following set of practices and forms from Central India. It follows developments in the lives of practitioners and their practice.
Modules
‘Gond’ art
In 2001, the artist Jangarh Singh Shyam committed suicide at a Museum in Japan, unable to return home before paintings that had been commissioned by the Museum were completed. He was a Gond Pradhan, from an ‘adivasi ‘ community in Central India’, famously ‘discovered’ by the art world in 1981. This module charts his life and art through films, art works and publications and examines the role of played by art world interlocutors in shaping his life and career. Lectures will look at ‘Gond art ‘ as a tradition that was ‘invented’ in recent times, and look at individuals who followed Jangarh Singh Shaym to trace trajectories in their practice. It will also look at ‘primitivism’ as a phenomenon in 20th century modern art to unpack ideologies that informed the discovery of ‘adivasi’ artists.
Rajwar clay sculpture
Valorised as a woman sculptor whose art was born of loneliness, Sona Bai’s life changed completely after her discovery by teams from Bharat Bhavan. Her art which was made from local clay found in Sarguja in Chhattisgarh shaped into sculptures and screens, began to adorn museums and exhibition spaces. What did this shift from a domestic space in the interiors of Chhattisgarh to sites of international exhibition do to her art and how much agency did she have in shaping her life or work? Which markets defined her work as individualistic art practice and which defined it as craft born of women’s labour? What happens when her work, which was domestic and therefore private, enters a larger public sphere for staging ethnicities? Students will look at films, exhibition catalogues and in situ installations to understand her art and that of others who followed her.
Gadhwa metal sculpture, Bastar.
The module will focus on the transformation of metal sculptures from Bastar, from objects of ritual use to highly sought after objects in the art market. Jaidev Baghel, metal sculptor from Bastar, was able to negotiate a space for himself across markets, moving between art worlds and sites for the marketing of ‘crafts. Students will look at his work and that of the modernist sculptor Meera Mukherjee who apprenticed under him to see how both practices changed through the interaction. They will also examine how the idea of the ‘folk’ feeds into ideas of authenticity and nationality.
Between ethnography and anthropology
How have ethnography and anthropology as disciplines shaped the work of largely urban based individuals and institutions to inform interventions in the field? Students will look at the work of Verrier Elwin, J . Swaminathan, photographer Sunil Janah, culture activist Pupul Jaykar, artists Meera Mukherjee, Navjot Altaf to raise questions about ethics and intentionality. ‘
Performative practices
This module looks at shifts in the performances of the Pandvani, (stories of the Pandavas recited in Chhattisgarh), and the Lorik Chanda , tracing the emergence of ‘professional artists’ and the shifts from oral to textual sources of storytelling. what are emic understadigns of this shift ? Student will also looks at ‘Nacha’ a form of theatre that became popular in Chhattisgarh in the early years of the twentieth century, examining interventions by Habeeb Tanveer, the modernist theatre director, and the trope of ‘indigenism’ in modernist art discourse.
Subalternity in Chhattisgarh.
This module will focus on practices that define subalternity in this region, and their resistance to the culture of upper caste communities. Many of these are highly charged performative practices that have, so far, also resisted being co- opted into mainstream culture. One of the most compelling of these are the Ramnamis, a community that perform bhakti and resist upper caste practices by tattooing their bodies with the name of the divine.
Readings:
Themes outlined in the readings below will inform discussions on the modules listed above.
Central India: mapping the field
Gregory, Christopher A. "Chhattisgarh: At the crossroads." The Modern Anthropology of India. Routledge, 2013. 60-79.
Lamb, Ramdas. Rapt in the Name: The Ramnamis, Ramnam, and Untouchable Religion in Central India. SUNY Press, 2002
Nalini Sundar, Subalterns and Sovereigns: An Anthropological History of Bastar, (OUP) , 2008.
Varma, Rashmi. "Primitive Accumulation: The Political Economy of Indigenous Art in Postcolonial India." Third Text27.6 (2013): 748-761.
Agents of transformation: Interlocutors, the market and the state
Hacker, Katherine F. "Displaying a Tribal Imaginary: Known and Unknown India." Museum Anthropology 23.3 (2000): 5-25.
Luis, Sandip K. "Between Anthropology and History: The Entangled Lives of Jangarh Singh Shyam and Jagdish Swaminathan." Intersections of Contemporary Art, Anthropology and Art History in South Asia. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham, 2019. 139-179.
Dalmia, V. . Folk Theatre and the Search for an Indigenous Idiom:: Brecht in India. In Poetics, Plays, and Performances: The Politics of Modern Indian Theatre. : Oxford University Press,2008.
https://www.oxfordscholarship.com/view/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780195695052.001.0001/acprof-9780195695052-chapter-
Ramchandra Guha, Verrier Elwin: His Tribals and India, Penguin, 2016.
Hacker, Katherine. "" A Simultaneous Validity of Co-Existing Cultures": J. Swaminathan, the Bharat Bhavan, and Contemporaneity." Archives of Asian Art 64.2 (2014): 191-209.
Gregory, Chris A. Savage money: the anthropology and politics of commodity exchange. Vol. 21. Taylor & Francis, 1997.
Sanjay Srivastava et al. Critical Themes in Indian Sociology, (Sage) 2019.
Gayatri Sinha, Ed. Expressions and Evocations: Contemporary Women Artists in India,(Marg) , 1996.
Bharat Ray Ed. Women Of India: Colonial and Post -Colonial Periods (Sage) 2005
Exhibiting and labelling the ‘other’: categories of art and craft, folk and tribal
Singh, Kavita, Mathur Saloni, No touching, No spitting, No praying: the Museum in South Asia (Routledge) 2017.
Perera, Sasanka, and Dev Nath Pathak, eds. Intersections of Contemporary Art, Anthropology and Art History in South Asia: Decoding Visual Worlds. Springer, 2019.
Price, Sally. "The Enduring Power of Primitivism: Showcasing “the Other” in Twenty‐First‐Century France." A Companion to Modern African Art (2013): 445-465.
Garimella, Annapurna. "A Tree Grows in a Painting: Tribal Artists and the Museum." MARG-A MAGAZINE OF THE ARTS71.3 (2020): 40-51.
Garimella, Annapurna, ed. Vernacular in the Contemporary 1. Devi Art Foundation, 2010.
Venkatesan, Soumhya. Craft matters: Artisans, development and the Indian nation. Orient Blackswan Private Limited, 2009.
Liebl, Maureen, and Tirthankar Roy. "Handmade in India: Traditional craft skills in a changing world." Poor people’s knowledge: Promoting intellectual property in developing countries (2004): 53-74.
Dutta, Arindam. The bureaucracy of beauty: Design in the age of its global reproducibility. Routledge, 2006.
Kramrisch, Stella. Unknown India: Ritual art in tribe and village. Museum of Art, 1968.
Hacker, Katherine F. "Displaying a Tribal Imaginary: Known and Unknown India." Museum Anthropology 23.3 (2000): 5-25.
Greenough, Paul. "Nation, Economy, and Tradition Displayed: The Indian Crafts Museum, New Delhi." Consuming modernity: public culture in a South Asian world (1995): 216-248.
Performative practices, material culture
Joyce Burkhalter Flueckigner, Gender and Genre in the Folklore of Middle India, (Cornell University Press, Ithaca, London) 1996.
Sen, Moumita. "Politics, Religion, and Art in the Durga Puja of West Bengal." Nine Nights of the Goddess: The Navarātri Festival in South Asia (2018): 105.
Sen, Moumita. "Craft, identity, hierarchy: the Kumbhakars of Bengal." The Politics of Caste in West Bengal. Routledge India, 2015. 216-239.
Gregory, Chris A. "The oral epics of the women of the Dandakaranya Plateau: a preliminary mapping." Journal of Social Sciences 8.2 (2004): 93-104.
Hacker, Katherine F. "Traveling Objects: Brass Images, Artisans, and Audiences." Res: Anthropology and Aesthetics 37.1 (2000): 147-165.
Hacker, Katherine. "The ‘Possessed’ Body: Siraha, Swings, and Performing Difference in Bastar, Central India." Dialogues with Gods: Possession in Middle Indian Rituals, ed. Tina Otten and Uwe Skoda (Berlin: Weissensee Verlag, 2014): 193-229.
Chatterji, Roma. Speaking with pictures: Folk art and the narrative tradition in India. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group, 2016.
Swaminathan, Jagdish. "Art and the Adivasi." India International Centre Quarterly 19.1/2 (1992): 113-127.
Hacker, Katherine. "Dismantling or Rehabilitating the Cult of the Craftsman Paradigm: Some Reflections on Jaidev Baghel’s Practice." The Journal of Modern Craft 9.2 (2016): 139-159
Becoming Artists: Selfhood and agency
Jyotindra Jain, Other Masters: Five Contemporary Folk and Tribal Artists of India ( Crafts Museum) 1998.
Jyotindra Jain, Jangarh Singh Shyam: A Conjurer’s Archive (Mapin), 2019.
Chatterji, Roma. Op.cit
Swaminathan, Jagdish. "Art and the Adivasi." India International Centre Quarterly 19.1/2 (1992): 113-127.
Jain, Jyotindra. "Women Artists of Rural India." Women of India: Colonial and Post-Colonial Periods (‘History of Science, Philosophy and Culture in Indian Civilization’, 9.3 (2005): 501-523.
Students will be assessed continually through the entire semester including active class participation, mid semester and end semester evaluations. The assessment and grading pattern will broadly be as follows:
Class participation and engagement : 30% of total grades.
Class presentations and mid semester assignment: 50% of total grades.
End semester curatorial project: 20% of total grades.
90% attendance is mandatory
None
10:10-11:40
Friday
11:50-13:20
Friday
Add to schedule:
Course Description:
This course will enable participants to inculcate fundamentals of contemporary artistic practice through material (or immaterial) explorations within certain critical contexts.
The course will look at Art as a critical tool to develop questions and expressions through a base in non-functional or fictional routes, encouraging work in visual, textual and other forms of expression.
Participants will be introduced to selected arts and artists of 20th C, the key pivotal points in Art histories of 20th C where artistic forms punctured the social fabric through critical media interventions.
A relevant aspects of this course is to introduce an expanded discourse on Art and Media, the relevance of media forms in making Art as a critical expression.
Students will be introduced to expanded understanding of Media, in its older and more contemporary forms. Various media like imprints, text, printing, photography, still images and moving image will be explored to understand the possible reach, potential, distribution of the forms.
Participants will develop lines of enquiry – through media forms – as narratives, intermedia interventions (posters, zines, poems, oral storytelling, conversation), pop up exhibition making and other critical forms of media to address the notions of art and its Public, its Viewer, audience, consumer.
The course will enable work with drawings, doodles, journaling, artists’ books/ publishable material from T-shirts to blogs will be seen as social and spatial interventions creating ruptures in a social context and as public exposition of ideas.
Participants will be urged to explore their understanding of social, cultural, intellectual aspects of their life through political concepts of media.
The course will be structured around specific affects and experiences of different media forms, encouraging production and dissemination of ideas as possibilities of the course outcome.
Channels for information and communication will be seen as mediums to investigate and experiment in creation of artistic practice. 2 Dimensional, 3 Dimensional and relation of time and space in media forms will be explored to locate contingencies of circulation and institutionalised structures of dissemination of ideas.
Artistic forms will be explored and developed as a possible tactics and tool of communication, through interventions, provocations and reflections in social/political/cultural contexts.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will learn pertinent aspects about art practices in Contemporary arts, namely:
1. Understanding the politics of media and their relational possibilities in the age of mass production and digital circulation.
2. Students will gain insights on the roll of the viewer, creation of a public, with a work of art.
3. Explore practices that shaped the Avantgarde movements of 20th C.
4. Critical revisions about 'work of art' in the current age of global capitalism and digital circulation.
Walter Benjamin- A Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproductions
Marshall McLuhan - Counterblast
Guy Debord – The Society of Spectacle
Marshall McLuhan- Understanding Media
Miklos Erhardt / Joanne Richardson – The Art of Subtraction
List of Materials required will be updated shortly.
Grading Rubric:
75% Practice
· (30%) Quality and craftsmanship of ideas (Production )
· (15%) Critical and Thematic concerns (Concepts)
. (30%) Implementation of ideas/interventions/communication (Expression/ Dissemintaion)
25% Class participation
(10%) Attendance
(15%) Participation in questions/ discussions
Up to two absences permitted without questions
(Each session of a practice course is 3 hours long, equivalent to two theory classes.)
None
1
2
3
4
5
08:00
09:00
10:00
11:00
12:00
13:00
14:00
15:00
16:00
17:00
18:00
19:00
20:00
21:00
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday